德育目標: 教導學生:好的學習方法固然重要,但勤勉更重要?！皀o pains, no gains.”
三、教學重點(Teaching Key Points):
1.采用不同的閱讀技巧,讓學生了解文章大意,并歸納每段文章的中心意思(main idea)和文章的主旨(purpose of the text)。
2.掌握文中的重點詞匯、短語和句型。
四、教學難點(Teaching Difficult Points):
把文中所學到的有用的外語學習者的經驗運用到學生的英語學習上,以便于提高他們的英語水平。
五、教學方法(Teaching Methods):
1. Ask and answer 和 pictures 相結合,導入課文。
2. Fast reading 歸納每段文章的中心意思(main idea)和文章的主旨(purpose of the text), 提高學生的閱讀能力。
3. Careful reading 回答問題,了解文章細節內容。
4. Group work 討論成功語言學習者的經驗和特點。
5. Explaining and learning 掌握文中重點詞匯、句型。
六、教學輔助(Teaching Aids):
Multi-media Computer,tape
七、媒體的設計:
首先利用課文標題 “Learning a Foreign Language: Twice as Hard?” 問學生 “How do you think of this question?” 讓學生討論導入。然后利用圖片與Pre-reading部分的問題相結合的方式,展開討論與問答,啟發學生思考,引起聯想,使學生對語言學習這個問題產生更濃的興趣,以
What he said and what he did agreed with each other.
b. 當and連接的兩個名詞指同一個人、同一件事或一概念，這時and后面的名詞前沒有冠詞，其謂語動詞用單數形式（這里and相當于as well as ）。如：
The singer and composer is coming to our school .
那位歌唱家兼作曲家將來我們學校。
Bread and butter is often served for breakfast in our dining hall .
（比較：The boy and the girl were given a book each .每個同學都分得一本書。其中 “each”是同位語，句中主語為復數。）
我們食堂早點經常供應奶油面包。
常見的由and連接的兩個名詞指由一個概念的形式有：the needle and thread針線，salt and water鹽水，the or and knife刀叉，soap and water肥皂水，iron and steel鋼鐵等。
C. 由and連接的兩個并列主語為單數概念。主語前面分別由each , every ,no等詞來修飾時，其謂語動詞為單數形式。
Each doctor and each nurse was sent for .
把所有的醫生和護士都清來了。
Every boy and every girl is able to go to school in that village .
在那個村子里所有的孩子們都能上學。
注意：more than one和many a 修飾的單數名詞后面的謂語用單數形式，但其意義是復數。
如：
More than one student is fond of folk- music .
許多學生喜歡民間音樂。
Many a boy enjoys playing foot-ball .
許多男同學喜歡踢足球。
② 當主語后面接說明主語的修飾詞或插入語時，謂語動詞的數不受修飾成份的影響，仍同主語的關系一致。
這些修飾成分常見的有：with, along with , togeth whit (和…一起)；as well as (還) ；like (像)；no less than (不亞于)；rather than (而不是)；more than（多于)；as much as (如…一般多)；but ,except（除了……）；besides (除了……還……)；including包括；in addition to（另外）等引導的一個修飾結構，放在主語后面。如：
The old man , along with his two grandsons, often have a walk in the evening .
Jenny , as well as her friends , is going abroad .
The house ,including the garden and the garage ,was sold out .
1. Many Europeans e______ the continent of Africa in the 19th century. 1___________
2. The moment old Jonh put a h________ of sweets on the chair by the bed , little Tom ran towards to it . 2___________
3. India gained i_______ from Britain in 1947. 3___________
4. Marx once said that labour c________ man itself . 4____________
5. After reading the letter from her boss , Jane t______ it up and threw
it into the dustbin. 5____________
6. I wouldn’t think it w______ to ask him join the club─he’ll only refuse. 6____________
7. Bob was a shy boy ,and he always sat a _____ from the other children. 7____________
8. This medicine has an u_____ taste , but it is of great help. 8____________
9. Ann asked Jim to give up smoking not only because she o___ to the smell. 9___________
10. About 70 percent of the p_______ in China are peasants . 10___________
11. Will you please ______ the radio ? The baby is sleeping.
A. turn off B. turn down C. turn up D. turn on
12. The husband coughed day and night .It’s the wife’s fault for giving______ to him so that he didn’t stop smoking .
13. -Why ______ they ______ the building?
-Because another new one is to be built there .
A. have been destroyed B. did pull down
C. do remove D. are turning down
14. -It is the people who ______ history.
-And labour ____ man itself .
A. create created B. created invented
C. discover made D. invent creates
15. ─I have much difficulty _______ maths.
─Well , I have some trouble________ the English pronunciation.
A. in with B. in learning with C. with in D. in in
16. -You shouldn’t ______ from the girls in your class.
-But I don’t like ______ .
A. keep away being laughed at B. keep to laugh at
C. turn away to be laughed at D. return laughing
17. Last year some over _____ buildings ______ in the city.
A. 20-story were set up B. 20-storey set up
C. 20-storied had set up D. 20-floor had been set up
18. The old mother was _______ to hear that her daughter had a ____ journey.
A. pleasant pleasant B. pleased pleased
C. pleased pleasing D. pleased pleasant
19. -The young mother ______ her baby Jimmy.
-Really ? My brother ______ Jimmy , too .
A. calls names B. named is named
C. named was named D. called calls
20. Old Jack made a living _____ waste paper ,while his brother _______on slaves .
A. by selling made money B. to sell was rich
C. with lives D. on earns his living
21. _____ about three hundred people _____ the local illnesses ____ in that area.
A. As is known to us die from one year
B. It is said that die of a year
C. As we know are killed per year
D. It is reported that kill every year
22. _____ you are unwell , I’ll go to the meeting instead .
A. Because B. For C. Now that D. Though
23. We come to realize that we have to try our best to create a new life _____ our own and ______our own .
A. with , by B. on with C. of by D. for on
24. Don’t you think what to learn in class ____ the same effect ____ the character of the students ______ what to learn through practice ?
A. has on as B. have for as C. is in that D. are to from
25. Which of the following is NOT correct ?
A. Japan faces the Pacific on the east .
B. Taiwan lies in the east of Fujian belonging to China.
C. North of the United States lies Canada .
D. Britain stands to the northwest of France.
26. All of the work _____ finished and neither the teacher nor the students _____ enough time now .
A. is , has B. is , have C. are , has D. are ,have
27. What I saw ______ two boys running after the thief .
28. This exercise on agreement of subjects and verbs ______ easy for you .
29. Here _______ the papers you ask for .
30. There ______ to be many arguments on both side.
31. Half of the money ________ to you and half of the books _______ to you , too .
A. belong, belong B. belongs , belongs
C. belong, belongs D. belongs, belong
32. Taking pictures _______ not only young men but also many of the old people .
A. are interested in B. are interesting
C. interests D. is interested in
33. Ten minutes _______ more than enough time to complete this exercise.
34. One hundred and fifty pounds _______ what you should weigh.
A. are B. maybe C. should be D. is
35. You are the one who ______ wrong that Susan is one of those people who ______ out of their way to be helpful .
A. are , goes B. are , go C. is , go D. is , goes
36. Where and when to go ______ Jack since his graduation from college .
A. has been troubling B. has been troubled
C. have troubled D. have been troubling
37. Six eights _____ forty- eight , while six times nine _____ fifty - four .
A. is , are B. are , is C. is , is D. are ,are
38. Nobody but you _______ going to London on business next month.
39. It ________ Tom and John who ______ here yesterday preparing for today’s experiment.
A. were, were B. are , were C. was , were D. is , were
40. None of the four boys ______ a good swimmer two years ago , but now all of them ______ able to swim across the river .
A. was , are B. is , are C. are , are D. was ,is
Chicago --- lying in the east of the USA--- is a rather young American city . It was 41 completely rebuilt 42 the Creat Fire of 1871. One’s first impression of the city may 43 streams of cars running to and 44 on the highways , skyscrapers and the wide green water of Lake Michigan , 45 lies to the northeast of the city . The 46 of the city is over 228 square miles 47 a population of about 3 million .
The 48 of Chicago on the whole is almost the same as 49 of Beijing with 50 hot days in summer , 51 and fresh days in 52 and icy but often 53 days in winter . The spring in Chicago is 54 changeable in temperature. For instance, I saw a snowfall in early 55 this year 56 some of the flowers were already in 57 bloom . Chicago is also famous 58 its frequent strong winds , and 59 it has got the name of “ the 60 City .”
41. A. most B. almost C. mostly D. merely
42. A. before B. since C. after D. when
43. A. have B. mean C. be D. include
44. A. from B. above C. down D. along
45. A. when B. that C. which D. where
46. A. land B. measure C. area D. size
47. A. having B. with C. for D. and
48. A. climate B. weather C. temperature D. season
49. A. which B. it C. the one D. that
50. A. fairly B. rather C. much D. too
51. A. colorful B. colorless C. colour D. coloured
52. A. spring B. winter C. fall D. summer
53. A. clean B. clear C. cleaning D. clearly
54. A. little B. bit C. a lot D. a little
55. A. April B. May C. January D. June
56. A. and B. but C. when D. while
57. A. full B. filled C. filling D. full of
59. A. in fact B. in a word C. as a result D. above all
60. A. Snowy B. Windy C. Rainy D. Sunny
Christopher Columbus discovered America on the 12th of October , 1492. He had spent eighteen years in planning for that wonderful voyage which he made a cross the Atlantic Ocean .The Spanish king and queen ,who were interested in finding a sea route to India ,offered him ships and men so that he could carry out his plan . He crossed the Ocean and discovered strange islands ,inhabited ( vt. 居住于) by people unknown to Europeans .He believed these islands to be part of India.
Early in 1493, Columbus returned to Spain. There was great rejoicing（歡慶）in the country , and he was hailed（歡呼）as the hero who had made an epoch-making discovery .Crowds of people lined the streets to do him honour , and the king and queen welcomed him to their palace. Never had such respect been shown to any common man.
61. Christopher Columbus discovered America ________.
C. at the beginning of the fifteenth century
D. by the end of the fifteenth century
62. He had spent ______ in planning for the wonderful voyage .
A. eighteen days B. eighteen months
63. Finally the Spanish king and queen offered him ships and men so that _____.
A. he would have faith in himself
B. he could work out his new plan
D. he could put his plan into practice.
64. He crossed the ocean and discovered strange islands , inhabited ______.
A. by a people unknown to Europeans
B. by a people already known to Europeans
65. After returning to Spain he was hailed as the hero ______.
B. who had made an epoch-making discovery
C. who had discovered a new planet
D. who had made a great invention
The United States became a rich industrial nation toward the end of the 1800s . There were more goods ,more services , more jobs ,and a high standard of living . There was more of everything, including problems .One problem was monopoly（壟斷）. In some cases ,several companies that made the same product would agree not to compete with one another .They would all agree to charge the same price .These agreements made it impossible for buyers to shop around for lower prices for certain products .
Some people decided that huge companies had too much power and controlled too many markets . Because of their wealth and power , they could see to it that governments passed laws favorable to them . Many people believed that monopoly and price fixing were bad for buyers and bad for the country so that they should be broken up .
Such laws and government action didn’t entirely do away with monopoly. Nor did they stop the growth of huge companies . But they did show the American people had decided that some of the changes that taken place were harmful .
66. From paragraph 1, we can know that big companies ______.
A. produced certain kinds of goods
B. sold the same goods at the different prices
D. reached and agreement on prices
67. Because of the agreements between big companies ,______.
A. people had to buy things at certain shops
B. the prices of their goods were much lower
C. people had no choice but to buy goods at fixed prices
D. there were fewer markets in some states
68. According to the laws passed by the national government , companies _______.
A. were not allowed to control the markets
B. could not force people to buy their products
C. should have fixed prices for their products
D. must produce the same kind of goods for the same markets .
69. Some American people thought that ________.
A. the government should make some of the huge companies much smaller
B. the country’s industry was growing too rapidly
C. shops should have the same price for the same kind of goods
D. their country’s getting rich was both good and bad to the people.
70. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage ?
A. Big companies could not have any effort on the governments .
B. A certain number of markets were still controlled by big companies .
C. Many Americans were worried about the changes in their country.
D. Some of the laws were in favor of buyers .
短文改錯（計分15）：
One afternoon in April , 1912, a new ship set off 71_______________
from England to America on it first trip . It was one of 72_______________
the largest and first ship at that time . 73_______________
It was cold , but the trip was pleasant and people are 74_______________
enjoying themselves . The next day was even cold . People 75_______________
could see icebergs here or there . It was night , suddenly 76_______________
the man on watch shouting “Look out ! Iceberg !” 77_______________
It was too late ,a ship hit the iceberg and came to 78_______________
a stop . There that was a very big hole in the ship and 79_______________
water began to come .Slowly the ship stated to go down . 80_______________
參考答案：
1. explored 2. handful 3. independence 4. created 5. tore 6. worthwhile 7.apart 8. unpleasant 9. objected 10. population
11-15. B C D A B 16-20. C A D B A 21-25. B C D A B 26-30. B B A D C 31-35. D C B D A 36-40. A B C C A
41-45. B C D A C 46-50. C B A D B 51-55. A C B D A 56-60. D A B C B
61-65. D C D A B 66-70. D C A D A
71. √ 72. on it --- on its 73. ship ---ships 74. Are --- were 75. Cold---colder 76. or --- and 77. shouting ---shouted 78. a ship --- the ship 79. that 80. come --- come in
1.Their wedding yesterday. Many friends came to congratulate them on their marriage.
A.was taken place B.was to happen C.took place D.would hold
2.Since he is ready to help you, you should say“thank you”.
A.at last B.at first C.at most D.at least
3.Mr Smith with his wife goes to the cinema .
A.day by day B.now and again C.here and there D.day and night
4.Drivers,of course,want to travel miles with petrol and
hours.
A.many,a little,few B.more,fewer,less
C.more,less,fewer D.many,less,fewer
5.The rain has my new dress.
A.damaged B.hurt C.destroyed D.failure
6.He was sorry to fail again in the driving test. His only was that he was too nervous.
A.reason B.cause C.regret D.failure
7.Good advice is price.
A.over B.cause C.destroyed D.ruined
8.The basin of water won't freeze, the temperature is well above zero.
A.unless B.because C.even if D.as though
9. put the medicine the little boy can't reach it.
A.Do,where B.Don't that C.Just,which D.Do,there
10.Rather than on a crowded bus,he always prefers a bicycle.
11.You can fly to London this evening you don't mind changing planes in
Paris.
12.It's rule that comes home first cooks the dinner for the whole family.
A.who B.somebody who C.whoever D.anybody
13.Beautifully ,the little girl tried to make herself .
A.dressed,noticed B.what will man look like
C.dressed,noticing D.dressed,notice
14.The weather turned out to be very good, was morethan we could expect.
15.No one can be sure in a million years.
A.what man will look like B.what will man look like
C.man will look like what D.what look will man like
1. my horror,I noticed two men trying to break my office.
2.- the same,I expect you'll come to visit my hometown.
-I'm looking forward that.
3.Farmland is becoming smaller day day several reasons.
4.Don't drive into the bush plenty of water and never throw your cigarette
of the window .
5.We must try all means to get rid flies.
6.Generally speaking,a newly-built house is likely to fall ,
the case of an earthquake.
7. 1920,people from Italy have come to Australia great numbers.
8.The village used to be rather poor.One every three children could
not go to school and most families were debt.
9.-How do farmers round their sheep or cattle?
-It depends the size of their farms.
10.No one has far been brave to enter the forest alone.
(三)改正下面句子的錯誤(無錯的句子不要改；有錯的句子中每句只有一處錯誤)
1.The long fence is used to keeping out a kind of wild dog.
2.Cattles are kept in some countries mainly for beef.
3.They pay peasants very a little money to work in the fields for them.
4.He had to have a job, or go hunger.
5.Their mother can't afford to feed them to meat and fish every day.
6.New types of plants have been developed in Egypt to grow in desert land.
by hunting, they are very experienced at killing wild animals.
8.In area, Australia is about the same size of the USA, which has more than thirteen times as many people.
9.In Australia fruit and vegetables are grown in areas where is enough water.
10.What surprised me was that he spoke English so well.
11.Mr White slowed down his car, for he saw a blind man cross the road.
12.Why did she keep on wipe her eyes with a damp towel?
Agatha Christie seldom went out at night. She never(1)the night when she met a(2)many years ago.
That evening she was (3)to a birthday party which (4)until 2 o'clock in the
morning.Agatha(5)in the quiet street alone.Suddenly from the shadow(陰影)of a (6)building a tall man with a sharp knife in his right hand (7)out at her.“Good morning,lady,” the man said in a (8)voice,“I don't think you wish to (9)here!”
“What do you(10)?”Agatha asked.
“Your earrings(耳環).Take them off!”
Agatha suddenly had a (11)idea.She tried to cover her necklace (12)the collar(衣領)of her overcoat while she used(13)hand to take off her earrings and then she quickly(14)them on the groud.“Take them(15)let me go.”The robber(16)that the girl didn't care for the earrings at all,only trying to (17)the necklace.He thought the necklace (18)cost more,so he said,“Give me your necklace.”
“Oh,sir,It's(19)worth much.Please let me(20)it.”“Stop rubbish(廢話).Quick!”
With (21)hands,Agatha took off her necklace.As soon as the robber (22),she picked up her earrings and ran as (23)as she could to one of her friends.The earrings (24)480pounds and the necklace the robber had taken(25)was worth six pounds.
rush sb．off his feet, change, action, repair, work on, fix up
2．重要句型
1) It is better to ask for help at the beginning rather than to wait until a busy period when everyone is rushed off their feet．
2) What is more, this “information line” operates 24 hours a day．
3) It did not take the firefighters long to put out the fire, and they at once started to look for causes of the fire．
4) They had to work inside the ship, cutting away old metal, fixing new metal plates, drilling holes, laying electrical and phone wires and fixing new pipes for water and steam．
3．語法 復習ing形式，to do和表達等
4．日常交際用語
1) May I speak to…? 2) Hello．Who's that speaking? 3) I called to tell you…4) Hold on, please 5) Wait a moment．6) Can I take (leave) a message?
三、難點講解
The man who had fixed up the air line was also questioned.
1．fix up
A．修理，安裝；改變式樣(使……儀容端正)。例如：
1) They are busy fixing up the lights．他們在忙著安裝燈光設備。
2) Wait until I get fixed up．稍等一下，我把儀容打扮整齊。
Let's fix up a date (a time and place ) for the meeting．我們來決定聚會的日期(時間和場所)吧。
C．為(某人)安排。例如：
I will fix you up for the night。我來為你安排今晚的住宿。
D．解決(紛爭)，收拾。例如：
They are fixed the matter up now．他們現在已把問題解決了。
2．fix…up with為……準備(提供)。例如：
1)I fixed him up with a job．我給他安排了一個工作。
2)Can you fix me up with a room for three nights? 你能替我安排住三個晚上的房間嗎？
6．In order to ______ the flood, the soil on the hillside must be held by planting more trees.
A．clear up; in order
B．hold up; in place
C．put up ; in the place
D．call off ; in time
7．______ the Party's help, the villagers moved into new houses soon after the big flood.
A．Thank to
B．Thanks to
C．To thank
D．Thank for
8．----______ can I do with such a situation?
----Take ______ measure you consider best．
A．How ; whichever
B．What ; whatever
C．How; Whatever
D．What; whichever
9．You look ______ in blue while red clothes are nice her.
A．well; for
B．good ; on
C．well ; to
D．good ; at
10．You'll make mistakes if you do things ______.
A．in a short while
B．in a minute
C．in a hurry
D．at the same time
11．The manager, ______, stopped to apologize to the workers．
A．realize his mistake
B．realized his mistake
C．to realize his mistake
D．his mistake realized
12．Hardly ______ to the cinema ______ the film began．
A．had he got; than
B．he had got; when
C．did he get; than
D．had he got; when
13．All life on the earth ______ on the sun.
A．depends
B．carries
C．keeps
D．goes
14．That boy works hard, I ______ him to succeed in the exam.
A．like
B．expect
C．think
D．need
15．Father will not ______ us to use his recorder.
A．have
B．let
C．agree
D．allow
16.______ plastics, the machine is light in weight.
A．To make of
B．Having made
C．To be made of
D．Made of
17．I'm sure all will go well as ______．
A．to be planned
B．being planned
C．planned
D．having planned
18．----We are having our daughter's wedding at the end of the summer．Do you think you ______?
----I'll do my best, but I think I'll be away then．
A．can see it
B．can make it
C．can see to that
D．can make that
19．Although she was listening, she didn't hear ______ because there was so much noise.
A．what he says
B．what did he say
C．what he was saying
D．what was he saying
20．Where and how to find him ______ to us．
A．is not known
B．are not known
C．don't know
D．doesn't know
21．Liverpool ______ yet．What's wrong?
A．don't score
B．doesn't score
C．hadn't scored
D．haven't scored
22．______ we should close the shop has not been discussed.
A．Whether
B．If
C．That
D．Which
23．They decided not to make a trip to Tibet ______.
A．but stay at the present place
B．instead of staying at the place
C．but to remain where they were
D．so they remained at the place they were now
24．Come here and stay with us for a moment, ______?
A．will you
B．shall you
C．don't you
D．aren't you
25．----You did very well on your test．
-----______.
A．Oh, no ! I was worried
B．That's terrific ! I was worried
C．That's all right．Thank you
D．Sure．That sounds good
Ⅲ．完形填空。
A gentleman put an advertisement in a newspaper for a boy to work in his office． 26 nearly fifty persons who came for the 27, the man selected (挑選) one and dismissed(打發)the 28.
“I should like to 29 ,” said a friend, “the reason you 30 that boy, who brought not 31 a letter, not a single recommendation (推薦信).”
“You are wrong,”said the gentleman.“He had a great 32．He wiped his feet in front of the 33 and closed it 34 him, showing that he was 35．He gave his seat immediately 36 that old man, showing that the was kind and 37．He took off his cap 38 he came in and answered my 39 quickly, showing that he was 40 and gentlemanly.”
“All the 41 stepped over the book which I had purposely put on the 42．He picked it up and 43 it on the table; and he waited of his 44 instead of pushing and crowding．As I 45 him, I 46 his tidy clothing, his neatly 47 hair and his clean 48．Can't you see that these things are 49 recommendations? I consider them more 50 than letters.”
Tom was a writer．He wrote detective stories for magazines．One evening he could not find an end for a story．He sat with his typewriter (打字員) in front of him, but he had no idea．So he decided to go to the cinema.
When he came back, he found that he had a visitor．Someone had broken into his flat．The man had a drink, smoked several of Tom's cigarettes and had read his story．The visitor left Tom a note: “I have read your story and I don't think much of it．But if you become a successful writer, I'll return.”
Tom read the burglar's (資賊) suggestions．Then he sat down and wrote the rest of the story．He is still not a successful writer, and he is waiting for the burglar to return．Before he goes out in the evening, he always leaves a half-finished story near his typewriter.
51．The man came to Tom's flat to ______．
A．steal something
B．have a drink
C．see Tom
D．read Tom's story
52．The man thought that Tom's story was ______.
A．rather poor
B．quite good
C．too short
D．not worth thinking of
53．The man threatened (威脅) to ______.
A．steal Tom's story
B．write more stories
C．come back every night
D．come back and do stealing again
54．Tom found the burglar's suggestions were very ______.
A．successful
B．amusing
C．foolish
D．helpful
55．Tom would like to ______.
A．meet his visitor
B．get more idea from him
C．have his stories stolen
D．be robbed more often
B
MUSIC
AM 640 KHz
09:00 Top Chinese Songs
11:00 Foreign Light Music
14:15 World-famous Music
15:10 Chinese Songs Sung by Peng Liyuan
AM 720 KHz
09:00 Music World
13:00 Window on Chinese Music
15:00 Foreign Classic Music
17:00 Chinese Songs by Famous Singers
ON TV
CCTV-1 Channel 2
17:20 Programmes for Children
19:00 News and Weather Forecast
20:05 23-part Serial (連續劇): The Times of Pecac (8)
23:00 News in English
CCTV-3 Channel 15
12:00 Music Knowledge: Piano
14:00 Music Bridge
18:00 Opera Fans Garden
19:00 Peking Opera Stars
CCTV-4 Channel 32
19:00 News and Weather Forecast
21:00 Chinese News
CCTV-6 Channel 18
16:28 Chinese Movie: Singing at Midnight
19:50 American Movie: Speed
23:31 Chinese Movie: Hardships of the Hainan Island
BTV-1 Channel 6
17:12 12-part Serial: The Third Bridge (4)
18:30 Beijing News and Weather Forecast
56．If you want to enjoy yourself in the morning, you can ______.
A．see movies on TV
B．listen to music on TV
C．listen to some excellent Chinese songs on radio
D．listen to some foreign music on TV
57．By CCTV-6 you can
A．learn what has happened in our country
B．enjoy music
C．see a lot of movies
D．see operas
58．You know what the weather will be like all over the country if you turn on ______.
A．your TV at 7 p．m.
B．your radio at 8 A．m．
C．your TV at 6:30 p．m.
D．your TV at 9 p．m．
59．Which of the following is not true?
A．Children may like CCTV-1 Channel 2．
B．You can enjoy good music only on radio.
C．From BTV-1 Channel 6 you can get to know something that happens in Beijing.
D．CCTV-6 is a movie Channel．
60．If you want to know more about China, you can choose
A．Channel 2
B．Channel 32
C．Channel 18
D．Channel 27
Ⅴ．單詞拼寫。
61．Great ______ (變化) have taken place in our country．
62．It's ______ (肯定的) that he'll pass the examination．
63．He asked the man in the water to ______ (抓住) the rope．
64．There are seven ______ (奇跡) in the world.
65．We have friends ______ (遍及) the world.
66．How many b______ of beer are there on the table?
67．Beijing is the c______ of China.
68．He t______ me on the forehead with his left hand.
69．He wrote an a______ on reading.
70．He has a large q______ of books．
Ⅵ．短文改錯。
After a day of work, the body need to have a 71．______
rest．Sleep is necessary for well health．The rest 72．______
you get while sleep makes your body be able to prepare 73．______
itself the next day．There are four levels of sleep. 74．______
Each is little deeper than the one before．As you 75．______
will sleep, your body relaxes (放松)．Your heart 76．______
beats more slowly and your brain slows down．If you 77．______
have troubles falling asleep, some people suggest 78．______
breathing slowly and deeply and the other people 79．______
believe that drink warm milk will help make you 80．______
1．師生互動：教師提一些問題如Do you like seeing films? How often? Favorite actor? Actress? Film? 在此過程中教師可展示一些學生熟悉并喜歡的名演員、名片的海報，從視覺上激發學生對本話題的興趣。
2．小組活動：教師選取幾副不同題材的電影畫面（可選取教材外的其它畫面），要求學生進行小組合作，每小組選一幅畫面進行討論What is happening in this scene? What happens before/after the scene? 要求學生不拘泥于已知的電影內容，發揮自己的想象力，給出各種不同的觀點。
3．班級活動：向班級其它同學描述本小組所選圖片，其他同學可給出不同意見。
本單元的聽力是培養學生捕捉特定信息的能力，并讓學生熟悉interview這種形式。Task: To discuss what questions the reporters will ask when interviewing famous directors.
活動形式：
1． 師生互動：教師設置開放性的問題，進一步啟發學生思考，并為過渡到聽力部分做準備。問題可設置為：Of course these films now are very popular and successful, and what does the success of the films bring to the actors? 學生各抒己見，金錢、榮譽、名氣，成為公眾人物后帶來一個問題They received a lot of interviews。
2． 小組活動：教師引出問題What questions will you ask when interviewing an actor?通過小組討論，收集盡可能多的問題，一方面讓學生預測聽力中可能會出現的問題，同時也對interview這種形式有所了解。
本單元說的任務是利用閱讀所得信息開展對名演員的interview,從而提
演員的職業有所了解并增加學習趣味。
Task: To interview famous actors and directors in different ways.
活動形式：
1、 師生互動：教師可設置問題了解學生對電影大獎及獲獎演員的了解程度，為接下來的兩位演員的介紹作好鋪墊。問題可為Can you tell me some famous awards to the films in the world? Try to tell the famous actors, actresses and the films you know that have won the Oscar.
1． 班級活動：教師可為學生播放分別由Meryl streep和Keanu Reeves主演的電影Out of Africa《走出非洲》和 speed《生死時速》片段，并可展現他們主演的其它電影的海報，讓學生在視覺上對這兩位演員及他們的表演有所了解。
在教學過程中，先利用圖片，實物等教具對學生進行直觀的教學，使之有更清晰的認識后，再輔之以語境，利用語境來推測詞義，達到猜詞的效果。如給出The Matrix和The Matrix Reloaded的電影海報，學生很容易得出：The Matrix Reloaded is the follow-up of The Matrix。通過這樣的鋪墊，學生在做第七小題時，只要利用好文中的線索Speed II, Jurassic Park III就可以輕而易舉的得出follow-ups。
作而突出導演的重要作用。Task: To experience being a director (write one scene of the film and act it out).
1．師生互動：教師提問If you want to make a film, who do you
need to invite?通過此問題引出電影制作過程中所需的各種角色，如photographer, actor/actress, editor, director等等
2．小組活動：
1）教師可設置這樣的討論題：What part would you like to play in making a film?根據選擇分組，讓他們討論選擇各角色的理由。同時討論各角色在電影制作中所做的不同工作。通過討論，學生不難發現，在電影的制作過程中，導演起了非常關鍵的作用。
2）根據所選的各種角色交叉分組，發揮各自的作用。
Think of one scene you are quite familiar with and act it out.
a. What would the scene be like and what happens in it?
b. Who are the main actors in that scene and what do they do?
這部分的重點是學習掌握關系副詞when，where，why 引導的定語從句及介詞+關系代詞引導的定語從句。Task: To talk about some famous directors in China and some of their most famous and popular films, using attributive clause.
活動步驟：
1． 師生互動：教師提一些問題如What Chinese directors do you know?
What are their well-known films? 在此過程中教師可展示一些學生熟悉的國內知名導演的海報，從視覺上激發學生的興趣。然后談論某個導演及他的代表作品，引出定語從句。
如Zhang Yimou is the famous director who successfully directed the film Hero.
2．小組活動：教師選取幾副大家熟悉的國產大片的電影畫面，要求學生進行小組討論，分別來自什么電影，他們的男、女主角（main actor/actress）分別是誰。然后用定語從句知識來談論。如：Shaolin Soccer is a funny film in which Zhou Xingchi plays the main role.
3．班級活動：給出幾副圖片及幾個關鍵詞（key words），用所學定語從句來描述圖片。如：
北京申奧成功圖 Beijing the city Beijing is the city where/in which the 2008 Olympic Games will be held.
該部分主要閱讀張藝謀的影片Not One Less并學習如何評價電影及寫影評。Task: Make comments on films and write reviews about them.
1. 師生互動：教師可設置問題了解學生對張藝謀及其主要作品的熟悉情況，為接下來閱讀Not One Less 作鋪墊。問題可為 What does he do? What is famous for? What films has he directed? What is his recent film? What else do you know about him? 同時呈現張的有關信息表格，為后面的Survey 作鋪墊。通過提問談論《一個也不能少》有關情節，為閱讀作鋪墊。
2． 個人活動：閱讀Not One Less ；回答問題，填寫信息表。
3． 班級活動：學習寫review 的有關建議。并以Not One Less 作為例子寫影評一篇。
4．個人活動：Survey--Your favorite director and his film in china
5．小組活動：討論關于Your favorite film What’s it about? What kind of story do you think it is? How do you think of the actors/ actresses?...
6．個人活動：模仿前面所學，寫一篇影評 My Favorite Film
7．兩人活動：交換作文，從影評內容、時態、單詞拼寫、所用詞匯等方面相互交流、修改。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
非謂語動詞有三種形式：不定式，動詞ing形式(v-ing)及過去分詞(ed分詞)。
不定式的基本形式是由“to+ 動詞原形”構成，其否定形式是not to do，不定式可以帶自己的賓語或狀語，構成不定式短語，沒有人稱和數的變化，但有時態和語態的變化，不定式在句中可作主語、表語、賓語、定語、狀語、補足語，不作謂語。如：
Lucy asked him to turn up the radio.
To make a plan first is a good idea.
1. 動詞不定式不失動詞的特點，有時態和語態的變化，不定式有六種形式，以write為例：
(1)不定式的時態：
①不定式所表達的動作與謂語動詞同時發生或是在謂語動詞之后發生，不定式用一般式，如：
It seems that he knows this.
鯤e seems to know this.
I hope that I'll see you again.
鯥 hope to see you again.
②不定式所表達的動作與謂語動詞同時發生，并強調動作正在進行的情景，或持續性，不定式用進行式，如：
He pretended that he was listening to English course when I came in.
鯤e pretended to be listening to English course when I came in.
(7)need, require, want譯作“需要”時，跟動詞-ing作賓語，主動表示被動，相當于to be done，如：
The windows require cleaning.
The windows require to be cleaned.
The patient needs operating on at once.
The patient needs to be operated on.
The flowers want watering.
The flowers want to be watered.
(8)在一些固定表達中用動詞-ing形式，不用不定式：
can't help doing, be worth doing, devote…to doing, look forward to doing, be/get/become used to doing, object to doing, thank…for doing, excuse…for doing等。
Einstein devoted his life to making a research in science.
I'm looking forward to getting your letter.
We are used to living in the countryside.
4. 動詞-ing在句中作表語：
Our plan is setting up a new car factory.
My job is teaching/driving.
這類詞作表語，起解釋說明主語的作用，主表可顛倒：Teaching is my job. 轉換成問句，用what提問：
--What's your job?
--My job is teaching.
--How is your job?
--It is interesting.
--How was your trip?
--It is tiring, but interesting.
5. 動詞-ing作定語：
(1)表示被修飾名詞的用途：
There are two reading rooms in our school library.
a reading room其含義是A room is used for reading.
The swimming pool in our school is nearly completed.
the swimming pool其含義是The pool is used for swimming.
b、“Today go home，watch the VCD，listen to the tape and CD， to be a litter melody”！
活動效果
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
英語教案設計
Teaching Content
Asking the Way
A: Excuse me, sir. Can you tell me the way to Bihai Hotel,
please?
B: Sure. You can go there by bus.
A: Is it a long way from here?
B: No, itll take you fifteen minutes.
A: Which bus can I take?
B: You can take a No. 2 bus.
A: Where is the bus stop?
B: Just go straight. Look, the bus is coming.
A: Thank you very much.
B: Youre welcome.
II. Teaching procedures
Step 1. Warming-up
T: Nice to meet you. My name is Bright. B-R-I-G-H-T. Shall
we sing an English song named “Bingo”, and try. to change the
word “Bingo” with my name “Bright”?
Step 2. Presentation
T: Im new here, when I arrived at the airport, I heard
someone said “對不起”(注①)，“早晨好”(注②).I really want to know their
meanings in English. Could you help me?
S: “對不起” is “Excuse me” and “早晨好” is “Good morning”.
T: Thanks a lot. And now could you tell me something about
your city? I want to travel in this city, but I dont know
where I should go.
S1: Bai Lian Dong Park.
S2: Fisher Girl.
S3: Jiuzhou Town.
T: Good. But I want to find a hotel now.Please do me a
favour. Can you tell me
the names of some hotels in this city?
S1: Hotel.
S2: Yindu Hotel.
S3: Bihai Hotel.
(The teacher takes notes while the students are speaking.)
Step 3. New structures learning
T: They all sound very nice. But how can I get there, by
bus or by bike?
S: By bus.
T: And how long will it take me to get there? Maybe
fifteen minutes is enough.
(The teacher looks at the watch and gives the students a
gesture.)
1) Draw a stick-figure picture to help the students understand
the meaning of the sentence:
“Itll take someone some time to do something.”
2) Write the sentence “Itll take you fifteen minutes. ” on
the blackboard, and have the
students imitate the sentence.
3) A guessing game:
T: Please look at these pictures and guess
“How long will it take me to ...?”
T: How long will it take me to have a football match?
S1: Itll take you ninety minutes.
T: Yes.
4) Get the students to listen to the recording of the
dialogue, in order to introduce the
new sentence: “Just go straight.”
5) Use the multi-media to help the students understand the
meaning of the sentence
“Go straight.”
6) Write the sentence on the blackboard, and have the students
imitate the sentence:
“Just go straight.”
Step 4. Practice
1) Ask the students to listen to the dialogue once more, then
ask them to repeat after the tape, first individually and then
in pairs.
2) Encourage the students to read their dialogue with their
deskmates.
Step 5. Consolidation
T: You know Im from Shanghai. Maybe in the future youll go
to Shanghai, so Ive prepared some photographs for you.
1) Show the photographs of “Nanjing Road”, “Pudong New Area”
and “the Bund” to the students.
2) Get the students to ask the teachers from Shanghai
something they dont know, such as
directions, transportations in Shanghai.
3) Ask some students to introduce their tour plans to
Shanghai.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Grammar: The Past Participle Used as Adverbial
Teaching Aims:
1. Enable the students to master the usage of the Past Participle when it is used as Adverbial.
2. Enable the students to master the transformation between the past participle phrase and the adverbial clause.
Teaching Important Points:
1. How to use the Past Participle
2. How to tell the difference between the Present Participle and the Past Participle.
Teaching Difficult Point:
How to choose the Present Participle and the Past Parthciple.
Teaching Methods:
1. Comparision method to get the students to know how to use the participle clearly.
2. Discussion method to get the students to master what they've learned.
3. Pair work or group work to make the students active in class.
Teaching Aids:
Teaching Procedures:
Greet the whole class as usual.
Step II Revision and Presentation
T: In the third period of Unit 4, we learned the Past Participle used as Attributeand Adverbial. Now look at these sentences. Can you tell me which past participle is used as Attribute and which is used as Adverbial?
(Show the following on the screen.)
1. Most of the artists invited to the party were from South Africa.
2. Given more attention, the trees could have grown better.
3. The professor came into the classroom, followed by his students.
4. The first textbooks written for teaching English as a foreign language
came out in the 16th century.
T: Who can tell us in the first sentence what the Past Participle is sued as?
S1:I know. It is used as Attribute, modifying the noun “artists”.
T: Yes. OK. Li Lu, you try, please.
S2: I think it is used as Adverbial in the second sentence.
S3: It is used as Adverbial in the third sentence, too.
T: (To the rest of the class.) Is that right?
T: Good. No problem. Now, the last sentence. Who knows?
S4: Let me have a try. I believe it is used as Attribute. It modifies “ the first
textbooks”.
T: (Ask another student.) Do you agree with him/her?
S5: No, I don't think so. I think it is used as Adverbial.
T: Yeah, now, we have two different opinions. which one is correct? Whose opinion do you agree with?
Ss: The first answer is correet. It is used as Attribute, not Adverbial.
Ss: Because it modifies the word, “textbooks”.
T: Good. It is used as Attribute. I agree with the first student.
T: We know that the Past Participle can be used as Adverbial. Now look at these sentences on the blackboard.
(Teacher writes the following on the blackboard.)
1. Don't speak until spoken to.
2. Given more time, we could do the work much better.
3. Destroyed by the earthquake, the house had to be rebuilt.
T: What are these past participle used us?
Ss: They are all used as Adverbial.
T: Yes, You're right. And we know that the Past Participle used as Adverbial can express different adverbials, such as: time, cause, condition, manner and so on. Do you know what the Past Participle in each sentence expresses? Who knows?
Sa: The Past Participle in the first sentence expresses time. The second one expresses condition. And the last one expresses cause.
T: Very good. Now, I'll give you a few minutes to discuss with your partner
about how to replace these past participles by using adverbial clauses.
T: (A few minutes later.) Who'd like to try the first sentence?
Sb: I'd like to. “Don't speak until you're spoken to. ”
T：Good. Please sit down. What about the second sentence? Who knows?
Sc: I know. If we were given more time, we could do the work much better.
T: OK. Sit down, please. Now, the last sentence. Who wants to have a try?
S: Beeause the house had been destroyed by the earthquake, it had to be rebuilt.
(Teacher writes the sentences above on the blackboard.)
T: As we all know, the Past Participle and the Present Partieiple can be used as Adverbial, for example: (Teacher writes the following examples on the
1. Seen from the hill, our school looks more beautiful.
2. Seeing from the hill, we can see our beautiful school.
T: Look at these two sentences carefully. Can you tell us the difference between them?
S: The first sentence uses the Past Participle as Adverbial while the second sentence uses the Present Participle as Adverbial.
T: Good. Do you know why?
S: Because the subject in the first sentence is “our school”, but in the second sentence the subject is “we”.
T: Very good. When we are using participles, we should pay attention to the subjects in the sentences, and the participle we use must have the same logical subject as the subject in the sentence. If the subject in the sentence receives the action, we should use the Past Participle as Adverbial; if the subject in the sentence does the action, we should use the Present Participle as Adverbial. Do you nderstand?
T: Look at the sentences on the screen. Join each of the following pairs of
sentences turning one of them into a participle phrase and making other
necessary changes. Do it in pairs or groups. Example: We were disturbed by the noise and had to finish the meeting early.
→Disturbed by the noise, we had to finish the meeting early.
Rewrite the sentences, using the Past Participle.
1. They were surprised at the idea and began to discuss it among themselves.
2. Mary was much interested and she agreed to give it a try.
3. I was deeply moved, and thanked them again and again.
4 The two men were delighted and they thought up many other ideas, too.
5. We had been taught by failure and mistakes and have become wiser.
6. I was shocked at the waste of money and decided to leave the company.
7. He was persuaded by his friends to give up smoking and threw his remaining cigarettes away.
Suggested answers:
1. Surprised at the idea, they began to discuss it among themselves.
2. Much interested, Mary agreed to give it a try.
3. Deeply moved, I thanked them again and again.
4. Delighted, the two men thought up many other ideas, too.
5. Taught by failure and mistakes, we have become wiser.
6. Shocked at the waste of money, I decided to leave the company.
7. Persuaded by his friends to give up smoking, he threw his remaining
cigarettes away.
T: OK. Now look at the screen. Let's do more exercises. You may discuss with
your partner.
(Teacher shows the following on the screen.)
Choose the best answers:
1. ______some officials, Napolean inspected his army.
2.__________ by his teacher, he has made great progress in his lesson.
3. The computer center, ________ last year, is very popular among the students in this school.
4. The visitor expressed his satisfaction,___________ that he had enjoyed
his stay here.
5.___________ in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
6.__________ his telephone number, she had some difficulty getting in touch
7. If_________ the same treatment again, he is sure to get well.
8. in 1636, Harvard is one of the most famous universities in the United States.
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. C 6. A 7. C 8. C
(Teacher then asks some students to do them one by one.)
T: Now let's have a test. Complete the following sentences. Write your answers on a piece of paper. Later, we'll check it together.
(Teacher uses the micromedia equipment to show the following on the screen.)
Complete the sentences:
1._______ （只要看一次），it can never be forgotten.
2._______ (被認為是這個城市里面最好的)，the factory was given a medal.
3._______ The visitor came in ,________（后面跟著一群年輕人）。
4._______ （在黨的領導下），the people have improved their living conditions greatly.
5._______（在她的話的鼓勵下），the boy later went up to his teacher and said “sorry”.
6. If_______（加熱）to a high temperature, water will change into vapour.
7._______ （從太空中望去），the earth is a water covered globe.
8. The object on the table is a fan ______ （由羽毛制成的）。
Suggested answers:
2. Regarded as the best in the city
3. followed by a group of young fellows
(A few minutes later, teacher asks some students to say their answers. If some students make any mistake, the teacher should give the correct answer and give some explanation, too)
T: In this class, we've discussed the use of the Past Participle. That is, how to use it and its transformation with the adverbial clauses. After class, we should do more practice about this to master them. OK. Time is up. So much for this clas. See you tomorrow.
Step VIII The Design of the Writing on the Blackboard
I. 1. Don't speak until spoken to.
Don't speak until you are spoken to.
2. Given more time, we could do the work much better.
If we were given more time, we could do the work much better.
3. Destroyed by the earthquake the house had to be rebuilt.
Because the house had been destroyed by the earthquake, the house
had to be rebuilt.
II. 1. Seen from the hill, our school looks more beautiful.
2. Seeing from the hill, we can see our beautiful school.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
優秀英語教案篇1<\/h2>
活動目的：
通過反復感受,理解問句"what do you see?";學習用句型" i see….",表達所看見的內容。
通過多種形式的操作、擺弄,激發幼兒參與英語活動的興趣,鼓勵幼兒開口說英語。
活動準備：捉迷藏背景圖
大轉盤,圖片
人手一份操作用具
活動過程：
一、復習
1、歌曲《hello!》
2、游戲《快樂郊游》
3、招呼語
二、看圖片,感受并理解對話:
t: look! what do you see?
i see a rabbit / a monkey / a duck / two elephants.
三、欣賞兒歌、歌曲《what do you see?》。
四、游戲《大轉盤》:
教師旋轉轉盤后,幼兒根據指針的指向,嘗試集體輸出" i see …."
五、游戲《傳球取寶》:
幼兒聽音樂傳球,音樂停,持球者擊破紙面取出寶物,并集體說:" i see …."
六、分組操作游戲:
(教師提供:轉盤、魔方、圖書、彩色眼鏡等)幼兒邊玩邊嘗試個別輸出" i see …."
優秀英語教案篇2<\/h2>
一．教學內容
main scene part a (let’s try let’s talk)
二．教學目標
1．能正確聽，說，朗讀“who is ...?-- he/she is...what’s he/she like? -- he/she is... is he/she…?--yes,he/she is. no, he/she isn’t.”
2.能正確聽，說，認讀表示人物外貌與性格特征的形容詞： old ,young,funny,kind,strict,polite,hard-working,clever.
3.能聽懂，會說，會表演let’s talk 的內容并在真實場景中運用。
三．教學重難點
重點：學生能夠表演main scene 和let’s talk的交際內容，能夠根據實際 情況用英語討論他人外貌與性格特征。
難點：用英語準確詢問并回答人物特征，如：“who is …? he/she is…what’s he/she like? he/she is … is he/she…?yes,he/she is. no, he/she isn’t.”
四．課前準備
教師自制的單詞卡 、錄音機、錄音帶
五．教學過程
step1. warming-up
1.let’s look and say the names.(教師出示本單元通過多媒體播放一些卡通圖片，分別展示年老，年輕，滑稽，有禮貌，工作努力，聰明，嚴格等外貌與性格特征，讓學生認讀，說一說這是誰，怎么樣。)
2.let’s listen and sing”who’s your teacher?”
step2. presentationen.
1.學習main scene
（1）出示main scene中的部分教學掛圖，讓學生觀察。
（2）看圖回答問題。
dialogue1: who can you see in the picture?(wu yifan,amy,oliver and a teacher.)
dialogue2: what are they talking about?(the teacher introduces classmates to each other.)
dialogue2:who is a new student?(oliver)
（3）聽錄音，模仿朗讀，理解對話內容。
（4）教師領讀對話，學生模仿，齊讀練習，生生對話，小組表演。
2.學習let’s try let’s talk
（1）listen and tick.聽錄音，完成探究學習第一題。
（2）創設情境：這節課我們和oliver，wuyifan一起去了解mr young。
（3）看let’s talk部分的課文插圖，聽錄音，模仿朗讀，理解意思。
（4）根據let’s talk內容嘗試分角色朗讀對話。
（5）學生兩人一組，完成“talk about your teachers.”
（6）學生表演，以檢查學生對本課對話的掌握情況，對做得較好的學生予以表揚。
3.make a survey.
t: who’s your... ...? ss:... ...
t:what’s he/she like?
step3. consolidation
三人一組，發現并用我們學過的句型討論小組內每個成員的三個優點。
s1: who’s that... ...? s2:... ...
s1:what’s he/she like? s2:he/she is…
s1:is he/she... ...? s2:yes,he/she is. no,he/she isn’t.
step4 homework
1.完成課堂檢測中的相關習題。
2.make a new dialogue and act it out。
六．板書設計
unit one what’s he like?
main scene part a (let’s try let’s talk)
who is he?-- he is our music teacher.
what’s she like? -- she’s very kind.
is he young?--yes,he is.
七．教學反思
優秀英語教案篇3<\/h2>
活動內容： new house
活動目標：
１、通過游戲活動＂布置新房＂，復習對日常生活中常用單詞，介詞及句型i need… … i put it… …進一步掌握。
２、通過描述日常生活中幼兒所熟悉的物和事情，激發幼兒學習英語的興趣。
活動準備：
１、房子圖片
２、平面示意圖――組合圖（１幅）平面示意圖――教師示范幼兒操作圖（１大６?。?
３、小超市所需圖片若干
活動過程：
一、幼兒邊唱“happy home”邊進教室，并引導幼兒與老師招呼。 today, we have so many guests in our classroom. let’s say “ hello” to them. all right! sit down, please!
二、（一）引出活動
１、出示房子圖片，引起興趣：＂look! what’s this?＂
２、復習各種房間的名稱：this is the bedroom（bathroom living roomkitchen）
３、以布置房間的形式引起幼兒興趣。 now, i want to decorate them. first, i want to decorate my living room. can you help me?
４、請６－７名幼兒先商量布置客廳，引導幼兒去超市購買所需要的物品。 i need something to decorate it. can you help me? look ! the supermarket is beside my new house. you can get there and buy something we need. who can help me?
a、要求幼兒通過商量，購置布置客廳所需的物品。 think about it. what we need!
b、復習句型i need……
c、請幼兒將所購買的物品布置到客廳內，并復習句型i put……及各種介詞的用法。 are you ready? come on! you do it!
tell us, where do you put it?
（二）幼兒分組操作，教師指導。
１、引起幼兒布置其他房間的興趣。 i so believe you. look at my bedroom, bathroom and kitchen. they are almost empty.
let’s decorate them, ok? b.引導幼兒布置其他房間。 this is bedroom.（bathroomkitchen）what we need?
２、引導幼兒自由組合并討論怎樣布置其他房間，并學習去超市購買所需物品。 if you want to decorate the bedroom（bathroomkitchen）。 you can go there and here. the supermarket is beside you. you can get there and buy something you need.
３、幼兒分組操作，教師巡回指導。 you do it! it’s up to you!
４、引導幼兒把圖紙講述給客人老師聽。 say something about your picture to our guests.
５、聽音樂安靜入座。
三、通過競賽的形式進一步復習鞏固介詞的用法及句型i need…i put it…任意選１－２組講述。 come on! let’s have a race. tell us something about your picture.（we need… …i put it… …）
四、結束活動
１、鞭炮起，教師發糖welcome to my new house
２、song:出教室。
優秀英語教案篇4<\/h2>
活動內容：a family of chicken
活動目標：
１、通過活動復習英語單詞cock、chicken、hen
２、培養托兒學習英語的興趣
活動準備：
１、chicken頭飾、雞蛋（均人手一份）
２、cock（由教師扮演）hen（由大班幼兒扮演）
３、音樂《mother hen》
４、草叢、籃筐（２個）
活動過程：一、唱歌念兒歌，組織教學。
１、t: come on babies! lets sing some songs, are you ready?
1、用英語日常用語進行對話good morning,how are you? what your name?how old are you?
2、出示所學過的三角形、圓形、心形，花，蘋果……進行復習
3、出示短線（從一個口袋里慢慢拉出一條短線）教幼兒line ，讓幼兒跟讀line, 提問where is the line? where？（讓幼兒指出哪里有line）尋找
4、再從另一個口袋里慢慢拉出一條長線，告訴幼兒long , long line, long line,讓幼兒跟讀，再出示前面的短線，教short , short line , short line,邊教邊用手比畫。
5、出示黑板（簡略說明黑板的英語名稱）， 在黑板上畫條線，邊畫邊說draw draw draw a line ,draw, (做動作，讓幼兒記下此單詞) follow me , draw ，draw a line , look, what’s the shape ?（出示圓形的圖片）circle ,oh , draw a circle , draw a circle ,draw, drew , draw a heart ,draw a flower,ok,who can try ? （老師請一位小朋友上臺玩游戲，被請上的幼兒背對著下面的小朋友，老師出示圖片，下面的小朋友便讀出，例下面的小朋友看到circle 時便說draw a circle,講臺上的幼兒聽到指令后便在黑板上畫上circle）
6、再復習一遍，老師在上面畫，幼兒在下面說，老師不出聲。
7、讓幼兒stand up ,listen to the dvd 聽音樂，邊學做律動邊慢慢地go pee pee。
8、class is over.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
教學目標：
培養幼兒對英語發音的興趣和英語活動的興趣，激發幼兒參與英語活動以及學習英語運用英語的動機
教學準備：茶葉 茶壺 水杯 礦泉水瓶 熱水壺 椅子 桌子
教學過程：
1. 組織教學：Let’s count from one to ten.
2. 練習單詞five 的發音，講解音標/v/的發音要領并練習/v/的發音.
3. 學習單詞have，注意幼兒的發音。
4. 情景表演：
Mary: It’s fine day , It’s fine day .I’ll visit my friend.
Ding-dong, Ding-dong.
Alice: Who’s it.
Mary: It’s me, It’s me. Mary.
Alice: Welcome, welcome. Sit down, please!
Would you like to have some tea?
Mary: Thank you.
Alice: Oh, my god. It’s empty. Mummy is not in.
Mary: No problem. I’ll show you how to make tea.
5. 通過情景表演引出單詞water和tea的學習。教讀數遍。
6. 演示沖茶過程，鞏固單詞water和tea的學習。
7. 請幼兒品嘗沖好的茶，引出短語Have some tea. 的學習。
8. 學習并會運用短語Have some water ./Have some tea.
9. 游戲活動：請幼兒分組沖茶，將沖好的茶請客人品嘗。練習運用短語Have some water ./Have some tea.
10. 小結本次課的學習內容。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Unit 11 Key to Success
高三英語備課組 主備：陳曉燕 , 10, 25
Teaching Aims.
1. Talk about social behavior and social relations.
2. Talk about teamwork and success.
3. Practice presenting ideas.
4. Grasp some new words, phrases and sentence structures.
Important new words and phrases.
criterion, criteria, stick with, through thick and thin, pull out of, summary, summarize, frequency, reputation, suspect, for the sake of, in reality, temporary, uncertain, expectation, compromise, excite, regulation, take … into account, dynamic, shortcoming, embarrass, contradictory, explosion, ambitious, ambition, as a whole, congratulate, once again, combination, live up to, accommodate, decline.
Important sentence structures.
1. Do you stick with your friends through thick and thin?
2. While working there you discover that the manager does not take proper measures to ensure hygiene and safety of the food products that are prepared in its kitchens and will be delivered to the customers.
3. Especially at school, it sometimes feels as if we are being asked to work in teams for the sake of just that.
4. No matter how hard that you try, working towards a career for which you are not suitable is not going to get you there.
5. Each offers gifts and processes that complement the others, contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the “whole” is a team, a class, a family or society.
Teaching procedures：
Period Ⅰ Word Study
1. pull out of 從……退出
(1) They are pulling their troops out of the battle zone. ____________________________________
(2) The expense of the project is so much that we have to pull out. ____________________________
(3) Once you are trapped in it, you can hardly ____.
A. pull out B. pull down C. pull away D. pull up
(4) The tree is hard to pull ______.
A. out B. up C. over D. off
(5) He jumped onto the train just as it was pulling ______.
A. up B. off C. away D. down
(6) The special train pulled _____ at 10 am...
A. off B. away C. out D. in
相關固定搭配:
pull out of the fire 使轉敗為勝 pull apart 扯斷,撕開; 找出……錯處,批評
pull away 開動,離開 pull down 拆毀
pull in (車)進站; (船)靠岸 pull off 脫(衣,帽等); 把車開到路邊;努力實現
pull on 穿戴(襪子,手套等);繼續拉或劃 pull over 把…拉過來; 把…開到路邊
pull through (使)渡過危機(險); 使恢復健康 pull back 阻力,逆境; 撤回
pull up 使停下,拔起（樹，草等）；阻止，斥責
2. suspect (suspected, suspected) adj. suspicious n. suspicion
suspect sb. of sth. (doing sth.) 懷疑某人（做某事）
eg. What made you suspect her of having taken the money? 你憑什么懷疑她拿了錢？
認為，猜，想．
_____________________________________________
=_____________________________________________
他們認為他是兇手．
She suspected that _________________________ 她認為他在撒謊．
(1) We ______ him ______ giving false information. That would be terrible.
A. suspect; of B. suspect; with C. suspect; from D. suspect; in
(2) Nobody wants to make friends with the boy ______ money.
A. suspected of having stolen B. suspecting to steal
C. suspected having stolen D. suspecting to have stolen
3. sake n. 緣故(僅用于成語)
for the sake of 為了…… for any sake 無論如何
without sake 無緣無故 for safety’s sake 為安全起見
for God’s (goodness’, pity’s) sake (加強祈使句)看在上帝份上；務請
eg. (1) They fought _____________ their country.= They fought ________________. 他們為國而戰．
(2) For God’s sake, stop quarrelling. ____________________________
(3) I’ll help _______________________ 看在你姐姐面上我幫你．
(4) Students must make it clear that they don’t study for teacher’s sake but for the sake of their own. ___________________________________________________________
(5) The couple only stayed together _____ the children.
A. in the hope of B. for the purpose of C. in the name of D. for the sake of
4. uncertain adj. 不確切的，無把握的． 反 certain
n. (1) 確鑿的，無疑的
It is certain that …… be certain of
__________________two plus two makes four. 2加2等于4是確切無疑的．
eg. The ______________ look on his face suggested that he didn’t know how to deal with the ________________ situation. 他臉上（感到）困惑的表情說明他不知道如何對付這一令人困惑的處境。
6. congratulate vt. 祝賀；慶賀
congratulate vi. 祝賀，向……道賀；慶幸，高興
congratulation n. congratulator 祝賀者
常用句型 congratulate sb.／oneself on（doing）sth.
We ________________________ the birth of her daughter. 我們祝賀她生了個女兒。
She __________________________having thought of such a good idea.
He congratulated himself on having survived the air-crash.他慶幸自己在空難中幸免于死。
7. live up to 依照……行事；做到；不辜負（期望）
live up to one’s reputation_____________________
Do live up to your parents’ expectations. 別辜負父母的期望。
expectation期待，期望，預料；（對成功幸運的期待，指望）
without much expectation of success __________________________
our team has every expectation of winning______________________
beyond expectation(s) 出乎意料（副詞，形容詞）
come/ live up to one’s expectation(s) 符合某人的期待
in expectation of 預計會有……
eg. (1)._____________________________, I decided to walk 預計會交通堵塞，我決定步行
(2). A young artist with great expectations _____________________________
(3) The WTO can’t live up to its name _______it doesn’t include a country that is home to one fifth of mankind.
A. as long as B. while C. if D. even though
(4). We will live _______ what our parents expect us.
A. on B. in C. up to D. with
Live 相關短語：
live a happy (miserable/ hard) life 過著幸福的（悲慘的/艱苦的）生活
live apart 夫妻分居 live by 靠……維生
live down 使慢慢淡忘 live for 為……而活；盼著
live in 住校，在工作的地方吃住 （反）live out
live on 靠吃……生存，以……為主食；靠……（收入）生活
live with 和。。。住在一起；接受（不愉快的事物）
Period Ⅱ Reading
Teaching aims.
1. Learn and master the following words and phrases: temporary cooperate, uncertain, expectation, shortcoming, embarrass contradictory，for the sake of, keep an eye on, take something into account.
2. Improve the Ss’ reading ability.
3. Enable the Ss to realize that it is important to learn to co-operate.
Teaching difficult points:
1. How to improve the Ss’ reading ability.
2. Master the following phrases and sentences.
What if ……？ feel as if, for the sake of, keep an eye on, take sth into consideration.
Teaching methods:
1. Skimming and Scanning methods
2. Individual, pair work or group work
3. Discussion.
Teaching procedures.
Step I Lead in
T: I want to move this desk to the 4th floor. But I can’t do it by myself. Who can help me?
(a student comes) we two did this job together and what we can call the job?
-----it is team work.
T: where else do we need team work?
-----football, basketball, rugby, working…
Step 2 Fast-reading
1. In sports games, a player .
A. often changes his role B. has a clear role
C. feels that players with different abilities make different contributions to the team.
D. accepts the same expectations and responsibilities as the other players
2. The author takes for example to show how a team can work well.
A. the sports team B. the project team C. the rugby team D. a dynamic team
3. What is the main idea of Paragraph 7?
A. How a project team is different from a rugby team.
B. How a project team works.
C. In a project team, people who have different abilities and personalities have different roles into team.
D. How the tasks of the group are divided depends on personalities and abilities of the individuals in the group.
4. According to the text, which of the following statements is not right?
A. The coach of a sports team is not counted as a team member, so he is less important.
B. social relations are important within the team.
C. the atmosphere in the group affects the performance of the team.
D. It’s not necessary for all team members to be friends.
Step 3 Careful- reading
1. Why are people sometimes made up a team to finish a job?
2. What is coach’s job in a sports team?
3. Why is working in groups at school an opportunity to learn about teamwork?
4. What does the task division for the group depend on in a team?
5. What will the lack of recognition of differences in human functioning lead to?
Step 4. Summary
Ask students to divide the passage into 5 parts.
Parts Main idea
Part 1( Paras.1-2)
Part 1( Paras.3-4)
Part 3(.5)
Part 4( Paras.6-7)
Part 5( Paras.8-10)
The passage is mainly about the importance of _______________. It tells us that teamwork is _______________ and ______________ because some work in our life cannot be _______________ by someone __________. Working in teams at school is a preparation for our ___________. To make the team _____________ well, all team members should _________, __________ and _________ each other and be clear about their __________. On the other hand, it is important to know every member’s _____________ and _____________, because different personalities and abilities can fit different __________________ in the society and can help us avoid _________________ other team members. In this way, we can make the best of working with team members.
Step 5. Language points.
1. be counted as 被認可，被認為有效。
count … as 認為……有效 regard … as 認為……是
treat… as 把……當作……對待 consider… (as/ to be) 認為……是
look on… as 認為……是 think of … as 認為……是
honor…as 授予……的稱號
(1). A few lines of words aren’t counted as poem. _______________________
(2). Jane was counted as one of the greatest magician over the world.
珍妮被視為世界最好的魔術師之一。
(3) The government has ______ him ______ a model worker.
A. honored; as B. honored; for C. honored; with D. been honored; like
(4) Waste is ______ as a crime.
A. regarding B. regarded C. considering D. taken
2. There are few occasions when members are confused or uncertain of their roles.
很少有這樣的時候，成員對自己（在隊中）的作用很模糊或不確定。
when 引導定語從句，先行詞occasion還原到句中作狀語。
(1) Wedding is an occasion when bride is the most beautiful. ________________________________
(3) There was ______ time ________ I hated to go to school.
A. a; that B. a; when C. the; that D. the; when
(4) I will never forget the days ______ I used to work in that factory.
A. that B. which C. when D. what
3. attach… to… 將……系在……上面；依附某人；將……派給（去執行某任務）；使隸屬于
(1)Do you attach any importance to what he said? ___________________________
(2) You’ll be attached to this department until the end of the year. ______________________
(3) I attached myself to a group of tourists entering the museum. 我隨著一群游客混入博物館。
(5) The porters attached a label to each piece of baggage. 搬運工在每件行李上都加上了標簽。
4. take … into account 計及；斟酌；體諒；考慮；將……考慮在內
Take… into account= take account of=__________________________
(1) We must take local conditions into account. 我們必須把當地的條件考慮進去。
(2) We must take account of the interests of the State. 我們必須考慮到國家的利益。
(3) When judging his performance, don’t __________________________
評定他的表現時，不必考慮他的年齡。
(4) What he did was excellent in the examination. We must _____ his age.
A. take into account B. pay attention to C. considering that D. take account for
(5) I hope my teacher will take my recent illness into ______ when judging my examination.
A. regard B. account C. thought D. observation
復習account
(1)I bought the bike on account. 我賒賬買了這輛自行車。
(2)We could not go on account of the rain. 因為下雨我們不能去。
(3)On no account are visitors allowed to feed the animals.
不論什么原因游客都不允許用東西喂動物。
(4)It is a matter of great account. 這是一件重要的事情。
(5) No one could account for the disappearance of the money. 誰也說不清楚這些錢丟失的原因。
(6) Smokers account for 20 percent of the whole population in the world. 煙民占世界總人口的20%。
(7) She gave an account of what he saw in China. 他描述了他在中國看到的事情。
Period Ⅲ Integrating Skills
Step 1 Lead in
Most of us are studying here aimed at going to universities. Is it the only way to succeed?
Step Ⅱ Fast-reading
1. Li Yonghong had an opportunity to go to university, but she gave it up.
2. The writer is trying to tell us that people who can’t go to university can also achieve great success.
3. The story of Li Yonghong is rare.
4Life at high school is very important because it’s easy to get to know ourselves while at school.
5. The writer thinks we should always listen to our teachers and parents.
6. Many people dream of going to university because they think a university degree is the ticket to success.
7. The little experiment shows us that everyone can succeed through hard work.
8. People have different personality types and each is of equal value.
Step Ⅲ Careful- reading
The structure of the text:
Part 1(1-2): ____________________________________
Part 2(3-6): _____________________________________
Part3(7-8): _____________________________________
Main idea: This passage tells us that to go to university is not the only ticket to success. Instead we should choose the job that makes the most of our special talents and interests.
Step Ⅳ Language points.
1. as a whole 作為整體，普遍說來，一般說來
(1) Will the collection be divided up or sold as a whole? ___________________________
(2) The population as a whole is in favor of the reform. ___________________________
on the whole 總的說來，一切都在考慮之內
(3) On the whole, I’m in favor of the proposal. _______________________________
(4) _______ I’m quite satisfied with the experiment.
A. As a whole B. On the whole C. As the whole D. On a whole
(5) We must examine these problems.
A. as a whole B. on the whole C. as the whole D. on whole
2. in demand 非常需要，受歡迎的，吃香的
(1) Good interpreters are always in demand. ______________________
(2) She is _________________as a singer. 她是十分受歡迎的歌手。
類似結構：
in store 儲藏著 in need 需要
in business 經商 in public 公開的
in secret 私下的，秘密的 in difficulty 處于困難中
in ruins 成為廢墟 in tens 十個一組，十個一包
in groups 成群的
(3) At that time, they were short ______ money, that is, they were ____ need of money.
A. with; a B. for; for C. by; with D. of; in
(4) The store has no more red shoes _____, so Mary chose brown ones instead.
A. in demand B. in store C. in need D. in existence
3. accommodate
a. 供給某人住宿或房間
(1)This hotel can accommodate up to 500 guests. 這個旅館可供達500位來賓住宿。
(2) I will accommodate my plans to yours. 我修改一下計劃以便和你的計劃相適應。
c. accommodate sb. with … 準予或提供某人……
(3) The bank will accommodate you with a loan. ________________________
d. 幫某人的忙，施恩惠于
(4) I shall endeavor to accommodate you whenever possible. ____________________________
e. 順應……； 考慮到
(5）accommodate the special needs of minority groups ___________________________
n. accommodation 房間，住所 accommodations 住宿，膳宿
adj. accommodating （指人）隨和的，樂于助人的
4. No matter how hard, working towards a career for which you are not …
… contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the “whole” is a team, a class, a family or a society.
No matter how hard和 whether 在此均引導讓步狀語從句。
a. No matter how 在引導讓步從句時可與however互換使用，而在名詞性從句中只用however.
(1) 不管天氣多冷，他總是去游泳。
She always goes swimming, however cold it is.
She always goes swimming, _______________ cold it is.
______________________________________, he’ll be here on time.
本單元短語：
1.what if 倘使……會怎樣 2.in groups 成群的
3.for the sake of 為了…… 4.in reality 事實上
5.be familiar with 對……熟悉 6.be counted as 被認可，被認為有效
7.make decisions about 作出關于……的決定 8.on the other hand 另一方面
9.attach to 將……系在……上面；依附某人；將……派給（去執行某任務）；使隸屬于
10.be aware of 意識到…… 11.be suitable for 合適……
12.keep an eye on 照料……
13.take … into account 計及；斟酌；體諒；考慮；將……考慮在內
14.depend on 依靠，依賴于 15.lack of 缺少
16.make the best use of 充分利用 .make the most of
17.have … in mind 記住 ngratulate… on.. . 祝賀……
19.as the years went by 隨著時間的流逝 20.in demand 非常需要，受歡迎的，吃香的
up to 依照……行事；做到；不辜負（期望） 22.dream of doing 夢想著做
23. in the eyes of … 在……看來 24. suspect of doing 懷疑……
25. make a contribution to 為……作出貢獻
Exercises
單選：
1. The police suspect him______ with the murder.
A. to be involved with B. of being involved with
C. of involving D. to involve
2. His private actions are ______ direct contradiction ______ his publicly expressed opinions.
A. in ; with B. with ; to C. into ; to D. of : with
3. Although he didn’t like the job, he took it _____ his family.
A. regardless of B. for the sake of C. as a result D. for sake of
4.Though they have nothing in common , they are able to live ___.
A. for harmony B at peace C. in harmony D. without harmony
ing at the barber’s shop is ______ experience for her.
A. a quite B. quite an C. much D. a much
6. Will you please _____ it that all the windows are well locked.
A. attend B. make sure C. see D. see to
7. Since these two shirts are ____ the same size and color you may take _____.
A. in ; neither B. of ; either C. of : none D. with ; both
8. She decided to ____ her studies after obtaining her first degree.
A. pursue B. gain C. supply D. go on
9. I have never learned ____ much maths in my life as ___ last year.
A. as ; I do B. as : I did C. so ; I learn D. so ; I have learned
10. Her first sop was started 3 years ago and ever since she ______.
A. hasn’t looked up B. hasn’t looked back C. didn’t look back D. didn’t look into
11. People have been stocking up on water , food and candles ___ the terrible day.
A. in preparation for B. in preparations for C. in the preparation for D. with preparations for
12.What made the boy unhappy was ___ to go fishing with his father.
A. his not allowing B. his not being allowed
C. his being not allowed D. having not been allowed
13.He is a person of few words. It is hard to ___ his thoughts.
A. learn B. study C. read D. master
14. He is writing a book ____ the Chinese history.
A. relating to B. concerned C. concerning with D. related with
15. _____ all the good things about online communication is not easy .
A. Named B. Called C. Calling D. Naming
16. She has milked a large part of the sheep , the rest ___ eating grass.
A. was B. were C. is D. are
17. The cattle kept on this farm are as good as ____ imported from abroad.
A. ones B. these C. that D. those
18. A tall wall is being built to ____ the place against thieves.
A. prevent; from B. guard ; from C. keep ; out D. leave ; off
19. They are warned there are many dangers ___.
A. avoiding B. being avoided C. to avoid D. to be avoided
20. There is no point _____ her change her mind.
A. to try and make B. in trying to make C. for trying making D. but try to make
第二節 完形填空(共20小題，每小題1.5分，滿分30分)
閱讀下面短文，掌握其大意，然后從36-55各題所給的A、B、C、D四個選項中選出最佳答案。
School was over and I was both mentally and physically tired. I sat at the very front of the bus because of my 21 to get home. Sitting at the front makes you 22 out like a shiny coin in a pile of dull pennies.
Janie, the driver, tries to break the 23tmosphere by striking the match of 24 I try to mind my manners and 25 listen, but usually I am too busy thinking about my day. On this day, 26 , her conversation was worth listening to.
“My father's sick,” she said to no one in 27 . I could see the anxiety and fear in her eyes. With a sudden change of attitude and interest, I asked,“What's wrong with him?“
With her eyes wet and her voice tight from 28 he tears, she responded,“Heart trouble.”Her eyes lowered as she 29 “I've already lost my mum, so I don't think I can stand losing him.”
I couldn't respond. I was 30 . My heart ached for her. I sat on the old, smelly seat thinking of the great 31 my own mother was thrown into when her father died. I saw how hard it was, _32__ still is, for her. I wouldn't like anyone to go 33 that.
Suddenly I realized Janie wasn't only a bus driver. That was 34 her job. She had a whole world of family and concerns too. I had never thought of her as 35 but a driver.
I suddenly felt very 36 . I realized I had only thought of people as 37 as what their purposes were in my life. I paid no attention to Janie because she was a bus driver. I had judged her by her job and brushed her off as 38 .
For all I know, I'm just another person in 39 else's world, and may not even be important. I __40 not have been so selfish and self-centred. Everyone has places to go, people to see and appointments (約會) to keep. Understanding people is an art.
21A. anxiety B. determination C. decision D. attempt
22A. find B. make C. think D. stand
23A. unpopular B. uncomfortable C. unusual D. unforgettable
24A fire B. topic C. conversation D. discussion
25A. politely B. devotedly C. carelessly D. sincerely
26A. however B. therefore C. thus D. otherwise
27A. surprise B. common C. silence D. particular
28A. fighting B. avoiding C. clearing D. keeping
29A. told B. lasted C. repeated D. continued
30A. for sure B. at ease C. in shock D. in despair
31A. mercy B. pain C. pity D. disappointment
32A. but B. yet C. and D. or
33A. over B. round C. through D. without
34A. almost B. nearly C. ever D. just
35A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
36A. sad B. embarrassed C. selfish D. worried
37A. far B. long C. much D. well
38A. unfit B. unselfish C. unnecessary D. unimportant
39A. everyone B. someone C. anyone D. no one
40A. must B. may C. can D. should
A
The sky is a large place, and though it had been carefully examined for centuries, new features still turn up. Last March it was the reigns of Uranus, and last week astronomers announced what may turn out to be a new planet, though a very small one, in the solar system.
The object was first sighted last month by Charles Kowal, an astronomer at the Hale Observatories in Pasadena, Calif. Mr Kowal detected a faint trail of light on photographic plates, indicating that something was moving in relation to the background of stars. Other observers have confirmed the discovery.
The“mini-planet”, identified for the time being as“Object-Kowal”, appears to be about 1.5 billion miles away, between the orbits of Saturn and Uranus, and its diameter has been estimated at between 100 and 400 miles. Its orbit has not been determined yet, but if the orbit proves to be roughly circular, like that of the major planets, the new object world probably take 66 to 70 years to make a circuit of the sun.
Some astronomers have speculated that Mr Kowal's discovery may be the first indication of an asteroid belt beyond Saturn.
41. According to the first paragraph, in the solar system.
A. a large new planet may have been found B. a small new planet may have been found
C. a new planet has been found D. a large object may have been found
42. Paragraph 2 .
A. gives a different theory about the object B. states the main idea
C. reports the new object D. describes how the object was found
43. The object is located .
A. between Saturn an Uranus B. on Saturn
C. on Uranus D. on Venus
44. What field of study is this article reporting on?
A. Industry. B. Astronomy. C. Spaceflight. D. Agriculture.
B
Let's pretend we're sailing down the Rhine River on a pleasure boat. The Rhine is one of the main waterways of Germany, and the river traffic is heavy. It's interesting to watch the many boats going up and down the river. But the river traffic is not nearly so interesting as the beautiful scenery along the banks and hillsides. The boat is passing many old castles. We can see people working in the vineyards (葡萄園) on the hillsides. There are vineyards as far as the eye can see. Wine from the Rhine Valley is famous all over the world.
Suddenly our boat slows down and begins to turn a little. We are coming to a sharp bend in the river. On our right we can see a rocky cliff over 400 feet high. At first it looks quite ordinary, but there is nothing ordinary about it. There are many stories, poems, and songs about the cliff. We are looking at the Lorelei.
The someone on the boat begins to sing in German, the song of the Lorelei. It is a song about a beautiful siren (美女) who has lured many sailors to their deaths.
The siren is supposed to sit on the rock combing her long golden hair and singing. The sailors who hear her forget to steer, and the current of river hurls their boats on the rocks and dashes them to pieces.
Soon other people on the boat begin to sing. The beautiful song adds to special magic to the moment, and you begin to realize why so many people have made this trip down the Rhine to see the rock of the Lorelei.
45. The more interesting thing to those who are sailing down the Rhine River on a pleasure boat is .
A. to watch many boats going up and down the river
B. to see the beautiful scene along the banks and hillsides
C. to hear a song about beautiful siren
D. to see a beautiful siren combing her golden hair
46. Which of the following is famous all over the world?
A. The Rhine River. B. The River Traffic.
C. Wine from the Rhine Valley. D. The Lorelei.
47. We can see a rocky cliff over 400 feet high .
A. on our right when coming to a sharp bend B. on the Rhine hillsides
C. from the Rhine Valley D. on the boat
48. The song of the Lorelei is about .
A. The Rhine wine B. a rocky cliff
C. the beautiful scenery along the Rhine River D. a beautiful and dangerous woman genie
C
In the 1960s, medical researchers Thomas Holmes and Richard Rahe developed a checklist of stressful events. They appreciated the tricky point that any major change can be stressful. Negative events like “serious illness of a family member” were high on the list, but so were some positive life-changing events, like marriage. When you take the Holmes-Rahe test you must remember that the score does not reflect how you deal with stress - it only shows how much you have to deal with. And we now know that the way you handle these events dramatically affects your chances of staying healthy.
By the early 1970s, hundreds of similar studies had followed Holmes and Rahe. And millions of Americans who work and live under stress worried over the reports. Somehow, the research got boiled down to a memorable message. Women’s magazines ran headlines like “Stress causes illness!” If you want to stay physically and mentally healthy, the articles said, avoid stressful events.
But such simplistic advice is impossible to follow. Even if stressful events are dangerous, many - like the death of a loved one - are impossible to avoid. Moreover, any warning to avoid all stressful events is a prescription (處方) for staying away from opportunities as well as trouble. Since any change can be stressful, a person who wanted to be completely free of stress would never marry, have a child, take a new job or move.
The notion that all stress makes you sick also ignores a lot of what we know about people. It assumes we’re all vulnerable (脆弱的) and passive in the face of adversity (逆境). But what about human initiative and creativity? Many come through periods of stress with more physical and mental vigor than they had before. We also know that a long time without change or challenge can lead to boredom, and physical and metal strain.
49. The result of Holmes-Rahe’s medical research tells us __________.
A) the way you handle major events may cause stress
B) what should be done to avoid stress
C) what kind of event would cause stress
D) how to cope with sudden changes in life
50. The studies on stress in the early 1970’s led to _________.
A) widespread concern over its harmful effects
B) great panic over the mental disorder it could cause
C) an intensive research into stress-related illnesses
D) popular avoidance of stressful jobs
51. The score of the Holmes-Rahe test shows ________.
A) how much pressure you are under B) how positive events can change your life
C) how stressful a major event can be D) how you can deal with life-changing events
52. Why is “such simplistic advice” (Line 1, Para. 3) impossible to follow?
A) No one can stay on the same job for long.
B) No prescription is effective in relieving stress.
make a list of, compare… with…, take … into consideration, in charge of, be responsible for, be to blame, make notes of, be upset about, hand in hand, make informed choices about, accuse … of, associate … with, get across, appeal to, a variety of, look out for, keep an eye out for, at the best price, distinguish between… and …, with the purpose of, by the side of, refer to, make sense, appeal to/for, profit by/from, attach to…, be aware of…, distinguish between…, think twice.
Ⅲ Important sentences.
1. By introducing a brand name to potential customers, and by associating the product with the customer’s needs, companies are able to influence the choices (customers make).
2. Since an increase in sales means an increase in production, the price may be reduced.
3. Truthful ads provide good information that helps customers to decide whether they want or need the advertised product.
4. Armed with facts and figures, customers are better able to deal with the often powerful arguments given by a salesman or saleswoman.
5. Not all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.
6. A good ad often uses words to which people attach positive meanings.
二、Teaching procedures.
Period Ⅰ Word Study
1. convey a.) To take or carry from one place to another; transport. 運送；運輸
b.)To communicate or make known; impart通知；通報；傳達
The truck conveyed machinery across the country. 這輛卡車在全國各地運送機器。
Wires convey electricity. 金屬線導電。
I will convey the information to him. 我將把這消息通知他。
2. consideration n. 深思；考慮
Please give the problem your careful consideration. 請慎重考慮這個問題。
1)理由；考慮的事物；因素
The most important consideration in this case is time. 在這件事中，最重要的因素是時間。
2)in consideration of報答；由于
take ……into consideration顧及，考慮到 under consideration在考慮中，在研究中
a small payment in consideration of sb’s service 答謝某人服務的微薄酬金
我買汽車時總要把燃油消耗量考慮在內。I always take fuel consumption into consideration when buying a car.
3. Charge
(1)n. 費用; 主管,;控告
這家旅館的住宿費是多少？ What are the charges in this hotel?
我想和負責人談談。 I would like to speak to the person in charge.
警察控告他犯有謀殺罪。 The police brought a charge of murder against him.
(2)v. 給。。。裝上； 控訴, ；襲擊；索價，收費；
這個水果商要了我很多的錢。 The fruit seller charged me too much money.
突然野獸向我們沖過來。 Suddenly the wild animal charged at us.
他被指控搶劫珠寶。 He was charged with stealing the jewels.
把酒杯倒滿酒。 Charge your glasses with wine!
(3) In charge of (負責管理) 介詞斷語,可在句中做后置定語和表語.
The editor is in charge of the newspaper’s ad. Section.
The newspaper’s ad. Section is in the charge of the edition.這份報紙的廣告部分由這個編輯負責。
Charge money for sth/doing sth要價,收費
他修理自行車收了你多少錢?How much did he charge you for repairing the bicycle?
你的蘑菇要什么價錢?How much do you charge for your mushrooms?
Charge sth with sth 給。。。裝上；給。。。充電Please charge a gun with power. 給大炮裝上火藥。
Charge sb with指控某人。。；委托某人接受工作或任務She charged him with cheating. 她告他欺詐。
Charge sb to do sth/with doing sth 委托。。。做。。。
她托我照看她的兒子。She charged me to look after/ with looking after her son.
in/under the charge of 在…掌管下 charge at 向…襲擊;撲向
take charge of 負責,掌管 leave sb in charge of/ put sb in charge of 交由。。。照看
free of charge 免費 at one’s own charge 自費
4. blame v.
(1) 把．．．歸咎于．blame sth. on sb. / blame sb. for sth.
He blamed the fault on his wife. 他把錯歸咎于他的妻子。
(2) 對（壞事）負有責任be to blame (for sth.)
誰該對這個事故負責？ Who is to blame for the accident?
這件事是我做錯了。 I am to blame.
責備，譴責．n.
(1) He put/lay all the blame on me.
他把所有的事情都歸咎于我。
(2) We are ready to take the blame for what had happened. （bear/ accept/ give）
我們已準備好對已經發生的事承擔起責任。
4. react vt. &vi. 起反應;又影響;反對;反抗
react to sth 對…做出反應, react against 反對 react on/with sth 與..起化學反應
react on/upon sb對…產生影響;起作用have an effect on
1) 她既不抬頭,也沒有任何反應.She didn’t look up or react in any way.
2). 氫與氧產生化學反應. Hydrogen reacts with oxygen.
The eye reacts to light。 眼睛對光有反應。
Applause reacts on/upon a speaker. 鼓掌對講演者有影響。
The rise of oil costs reacted on the price of food. 石油成本的上升對食品的價格有影響。
action and reaction 作用與反作用
the forces of reaction 反動勢力
reactionary n.&adj. 反動的;反對進步的;反動的人;反對進步的人
reactivate vt. 使恢復活力;重起作用
reactor n. 反應堆;反應器;核電站
reaction C&U 反應,回應;反作用力;倒退;反動
6. accuse sb. of (doing) sth. 指責,譴責,控告
accuse sb. of theft 控告某人盜竊
the accused 被告 accuser 原告,起訴者
(1) The police accused him of his careless driving.警察控告他粗心駕駛。
(2) They accused you of being a murderer. 他們指控你謀殺。
(3) He was accused of stealing in the supermarket. 他被指控在超市行竊。
(4) He was angry with the boss of the factory and ______ broken his word. （B）
A. accused him to have B. accused him of having
C. accused of him having D. accused of him to have
7. get across 使被理解,使通過
(get … across to sb.) get the children across the street. 使孩子們過街
get the idea across to sb. 使自己的想法被某人理解
（1） 你的意思別人并未真正理解。Your meaning didn’t really get across.
（2） 他不善于表達思想。He is not very good at getting his ideas across.
come across=meet with=run across=run into 偶爾遇見
get about 走動；（消息）傳開 get ahead 獲得成功，取得進展
get along 前進，進展，與……相處get around( round) 走動，（消息）傳開，克服，設法回避（問題等）
get away 走開；逃脫get back 回來；取回，恢復get down 從……下來，記下；（to ）轉入……話題get into 卷入，進入get off 從……下來；出發；下班get on 登上（車，船，飛機等）
get out 逃走，（消息等）泄露；出版，發表get over 從（疾病，失望中）恢復；克服，解決
get through ( with ) 干完；度過；使通過考試；打通電話get together 相聚，聚集get up 起立，起床get rid of 擺脫
8. appeal vi. 有吸引力；呼吁；上訴
n. 感染力；呼吁；上訴
appeal to sth 影響。。的思想感情；激發…的感情sb’s emotion
appeal to sb 吸引；引起某人興趣 ;投合…的心意或興趣
(1) Does the idea of working abroad appeal to you? 你有沒有興趣出國工作?
(2) Teaching as a career ________ to many people because of the holidays. (C)
A. attracts ( vt.) B. calls C. appeals D. pulls
(3) She appeals to me. 我對她感興趣。
appeal （to sb） for sth. 請求某人某事；呼吁。。。，請求給與make an appeal
appeal for aid 求助
(4) 警方呼吁公眾提供有關被害者的情況。
The police are appealing to the public for any information about the murder victim.
appeal to sb to do sth. 呼吁某人干. make an appeal for sb to do sth
(5) The government is appealing to everyone to save water.
政府呼吁每個人節約用水。
appeal against /from 不服…而上訴;提出上訴
(6) He appealed against the judge's decision.
他不服法官判決而上訴。
9. profit a.) An advantageous gain or return; benefit. 得益：得利或回報；收益
b.)To make a gain or profit. 創利潤：創造收入或利潤
(1)Make a penny profit on each orange. 要每只橘子盈利一便士
(2)This new invention will bring you great profits like a goldmine.
這項新發明會像一座金礦一樣給你們帶來利潤。
(3)I have read it to my profit. 我讀了它大有收益。
(4)All his wealth did not profit him. 他所有的財富于他無益。
(5)I don't think it will profit you anything to do that.
我以為那樣做對你不會有什么好處。
(6)We hope our criticisms and suggestions will profit you.
我們希望我們的批評和建議將對你有所裨益。
(7)You can profit by making mistakes. 你可以從錯誤中得到教益。
(8)The students do hope to profit by / from the teacher's comments on their compositions.
學生們真心希望從老師對他們的作文的評語中獲得益處。
10. keep an eye open / out for … 留心注意…
eg. I have lost my ring － could you keep an eye out for it when you clean the house？
我的戒指不見了－ 你打掃房子是能留點神嗎？
相關短語：
an eye for an eye 報復,以眼還眼 have an eye for sth. 很能看出,很能鑒賞,有判斷力
keep an eye on … 照料…… fix/focus one’s eyes on… 關注;專心致志
make eyes at… 向某人送秋波shut/close one‘s eyes to 對某事物視而不見
catch sb.'s eye 醒目；顯眼；引人注意 see eye to eye with sb. 與某人看法完全一致
(1) 就我的觀點，這些裝飾品都很好In my eye, the decorations are excellent. (= In my opinion)
(2) 你能在我出去的時候照看以下我的小貓嗎？Could you keep an eye on my cat when I go traveling?
(3) 你要專心學習，否則就會受到懲罰。You’d better focus your eyes on learning, or you will be punished.
11. point out 指出
point at/to 指出（某人/物或其位置/方向） point sth. at sth. 用 …指著…
to the point 切中要害的 off the point離題的
On the point of doing sth., when…. 正在做某事, 就在這時….
(1)Point out the man who beat you yesterday. 把昨天打你的人指出來。
(2)He pointed out that we might have made great mistakes.他指出我們或許已經犯了很大的錯誤
(3) “那事就是他干的”，她指著我說。 “That’s the man who did it.”, she pointed at me.
12. make sense 講得通, 有道理,合情理
make sense of …=understand 理解,明白 make no sense 沒有意義,沒有道理
1) Can you make sense of what he said?
2) He doesn’t talk much, but what he says ________. (B)
A. make sense of B. makes sense
C. make no sense D. make sense
in a sense 在某種意義上in one’s sense 頭腦健全;神志清醒
out of one’s sense 精神不正常;愚蠢bring sb. to his senses/come to one’s senses 1) 使某人不做傻事 2) 使某人清醒 keep one’s senses 保持清醒(理智)
make 相關短語：
make the most of 充分利用= make full use of make for 有助于；有利于 ;向……沖去 make money 賺錢make out 設法應付；活下來，過活（通常用于how 之后）；理解；填寫；聲稱
make up 組成；化妝；捏造，虛構；彌補 make a living 謀生 make a list 列表 make a difference 有關系;有影響make a face 做鬼臉 make fun/ a fool of 取笑;捉弄
make friends with 與……交朋友 make an impression on 給……留下印象make peace 講和 make room (for)讓地方;讓位置make up one’s mind 決定;肯定;打定主意
Period Ⅱ Reading
StepⅠ Lead in.
StepⅡ Pre-reading.
Finding out advantages and disadvantages of the advertisement.
Advantage disadvantage
1. help consumers make informed choices
2.entertain people
3. increase product sales
4. make products cheap 1. make people annoyed
2. be misled by false and incorrect information easily
Step Ⅲ Fast-reading.
1. People react to advertisements in different ways. Because _______. (A)
A. ads are useful and entertaining to some people while annoying to others
B. ads are useful and entertaining
C. ads are annoying
D. ads are not only useful and entertaining but annoying
2. When we buy an expensive product, _____ can help us make the right decision. (B)
A. sellers B. ads C. our friends D. defenders
3. In order not to become easy target for ad. makers, we must ___. (A)
A. distinguish between fiction and facts B. watch TV more often
C. believe all the ads D. never believe any ads
4. The best chance to reach customers for the advertisements is to ___. (A)
A. appeal to their emotions B. make interesting pictures
C. give customers proper prices D. send messages to customers
5. Paragraph 4 is mainly about ____. (C)
A. ads must increase the production B. ads must reduce the price of the production
C. ads must help companies and customers D. ads must make a product more expensive
6. Which sentence tells us the main idea of Paragraph 5? (C)
A. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the prices of the products
B. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the types of the products
C. The most important function of advertising is to introduce new products
D. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the company where the
products come from
7. We can infer from the last sentence of the text that ___. (D)
A. we must learn to believe ads B. we must learn to accept ads
C. we must learn to analyze ads D. we must learn to accuse ads
Step Ⅳ careful-reading
Para 1 Where can people advertise?
…found everywhere…; have gone hand in hand with…
Para 2 How do people react to ads? Why do they have different reactions?
find…; make informed choices by…; accuse…of…; mislead…by…
Para 3 What’s the basic principle of advertising? How can companies do that?
by….and by…; influence…; spend…; appeal to…
Para 4 How do ads help companies and customers?
increase…; reduce…; take… into consideration; make the right decisions
Para 5 What’s the most important function of advertising?
Para 6 What do many governments make the most of ad campaigns to do? How about aid organizations? What’s another function of advertising?
make people aware…; name…as; spread… change…improve…
Para 7 What things can we look out for to spot an illegal ad?
keep an eye out for…
Para 8 How can we make good choices with ads?
analyze….; protect…from…
Step Ⅴ Language points.
1. broadcast vt. & vi. 播出，傳播，廣播，參加廣播節目
（1） 哥倫比亞廣播公司在下午7時播報新聞。 The CBS broadcasts the news at 7 p.m.
（2） 英國廣播公司白天晚上都在廣播。 The BBC broadcasts day and night.
n. broadcasting
a broadcasting station 廣播電臺
broadcaster 廣播者，廣播電臺， 廣播望， 廣播裝置
(3) The best performances were tape-recorded and ______ over the radio. (A)
A. broadcast B. broadcasted C. broadcasting D. to broadcast
2. post vt. 張貼（布告、 通告等）， 宣布
(1) 禁止招貼。 Post no bills.
(2)那艘船上全體船員宣告在海上失蹤。 All the ship’s crew was posted as lost at sea.
n. 柱，桿；郵政，郵件；崗位，職位
(3)The vacant ( 空缺的)___for an electricity engineer was advertised in yesterday’s newspaper. A. post B. job C. work D. occupation
(4) If you buy this book, it will be sent to you ______. (C)
A. by the post B. in the post C. by post D. in post
3.hand in hand
go hand in hand with表示“與……密切相關”，相當于go together with，其中 go with表示“相配，隨……而來”之意。hand in hand為副詞短語，表示“手牽著手；密切聯系，和……一道”之意，后面常加介詞with，再加名詞。
Eg. (1) Money doesn’t always go hand in hand with happiness. 金錢并不總是同幸福密切相關。
(2) Hand in hand with reading, he has developed the habit of making notes. 在閱讀的同時，他養成了做筆記的習慣。
(3) 貧窮和饑餓常常是緊密相連的。Poverty and starvation often go hand in hand.
[相關短語]
at hand近處；即將到來 by hand 手工地
on the one hand 一方面 on the other hand 另一方面
in hand 在手頭；在手邊 on hand 手頭；手邊有……
out of hand 失控 leave/ give a hand 幫忙
hand down 傳給后代 hand over 移交；讓與
from hand to mouth現掙現吃地；僅夠糊口地
(4) In time of danger, John lent ______ and we carried out the plan in the end. (B)
A. at hand B. call C. by hand D. on hand
(5) When Dad is away on business, I always give Mum a ______ with the housework. (C)
A. talk B. call C. hand D. lesson
4. By introducing a brand name to potential customers and by associating the product with the customers’ needs, companies must work hard to get their message across.
a. 介詞by后接動詞-ing形式表示方式。 如：
(1)靠起得早，我每天早晨有一小時時間閱讀英語。
By getting up early, I can have an hour for reading English in the morning.
(2) 他工作努力因而晉級很快。 By working hard he gained rapid promotion.
b. associate ... with 表示“把……與……聯系起來”。如：
(3)What do you associate with such a heavy snow? 這樣一場大雪你有什么聯想?
(4)We associate China with the Greet Wall. 我們想起中國, 就聯想到長城。
5. Some people find ads useful and entertaining.
V. + O. +O.C.
賓語補足語的定義: 英語中有些及物動詞,除有一個直接賓語外,還要有一個賓語補語,才能使句子的意義完整.這類常用的及物動詞有: make, consider, cause, see, find, call, get, have, let 等.
(3) 沒有人注意到他進了屋子。Nobody noticed him enter the room.
(4) 我聽見她在唱英語歌。I heard her singing an English song.
(5) 他們發現桂林變化很大。They found Guilin greatly changed.
(6) 我們把英語看成是研究工作的一種有用工具。
(7) We take English as a useful tool for research work.
(8) 我們發現實驗室內每件東西都放得井井有條。
(9) We found everything in the laboratory in good order.
(10) 不論什么時候去，你都可以看見他在工作。
(11) Whenever you may go , you will find him at work.
(12) 我看見他和他父親外出了。I saw him out with his father.
(13) 我們不久就要把我們的城市發展成你們城市目前的那個樣子。
We will soon make our city what your city is now.
注：能在復合賓語中先用形式賓語it，然后再用真正的賓語的動詞并不多，常見的有think, find, consider, judge, feel, make, take 等。
(14) 他們原以為做這項試驗是對的。They thought it right to do this test.
(15) 我們都認為支持他是我們的職責。We all think it our duty that we should support him.
(16) 我們認為掌握一門外語是有必要的。We find it necessary to master a foreign language.
6. Not all ads. are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.
not all 或 all…not 都是表示部分否定，并非全部否定。如果要表示全部否定，則需要用none, no , never, nothing等表示。
Eg. (1) 并非所有的孩子都喜歡音樂。
Not all students like music.
All the students don’t like music.
（2）我們一個人也不喜歡跳舞。 None of us like dancing.
（3）我無話可說。 I have nothing to say.
（4）They were all very tired, but _____ of them would stop to take a rest. (C)
A. any B. some C. none D. neither
(5) Greater scholar is _____ a very wise man. (A)
A. not always B. always not C. often not D. not ever
Period Ⅲ Integrating Skills
StepⅠ Lead in.
StepⅡ Fast-reading.
1. What makes a good slogan
A good slogan should be ”catchy“ or easy to remember, and should convey a message that will make consumers form a positive image of the company and product.
2. What should be paid attention to when selling products abroad?
The translation must be correct.
Step Ⅲ Careful-reading.
1.____ways of choosing names for the products are mentioned in Paragraph 2.
A. Two B. Three C. Four D. Five
2.A good slogan should be “catchy” , or easy to remember. The underlined word means___.
A. difficult B. attractive C. well-known D. interesting
3. According to the passage a good advertisement must________.
A. begin with a question or a puzzle B。tell a continued story
C． be informative and attractive D。contain a funny text
4. What is one of the dangers of a series of advertisements?
A. Readers will be tired of reading too many texts. B. Readers will lose patience.
C. Readers will forget the name of the product. D. Readers will forget the advertisement.
5. Why didn’t anybody buy the hair cream?
A. Few people showed interest in the actor. B. The advertisement wasn’t shown on TV.
C. “X puts life into dry hair” was not a good text.
D. “X puts living things into dry hair” was not a good translation
6. Without the German speaker at the car factory,___________.
A. The latest car would have sold well in Germany
B. The Germany would have changed the name of the car.
C. No German would like to buy the latest car.
D. The sales manager would have promoted to a higher position because of his performance
Step Ⅳ Language Points.
1. attach vt. 附上,加上;使喜愛,依戀
attached adj 依戀，留念 attachment n. c 附件 c. 依戀，眷戀，深愛
attach sth to sth 把。。。系在。。。
(1)attach labels to the luggage 將標簽附在行李上
(2)She attaches great importance to regular exercise. 她對正規訓練很重視。
attach oneself to sb/ sth 加入；使隸屬于
(3)由于迷路了，我只好加入另一個旅行團。I got lost, so I attached myself to another part of tourists.
attach to sth 屬于；與。。。有關聯
(4)這次事故的責任與他無關。No blame attaches to him for the accident.
be attached to 依戀，喜歡
(5)be greatly attached to one’s revolutionary work . 非常熱愛自己的革命工作
(6)Mary was attached to her brother. 瑪麗很喜愛她的弟弟。
(7)I am very attached to that old picture. 我很喜歡那幅舊畫。
(8) In many countries, packets of cigarettes come with a government health warning __ them.
A. attaching with B. attached with C. attaching to D. attached to
2. Nobody bought the product, however, because when translated it meant “X puts living things into dry hair.”
“when/if + p.p.” 有時用來代替一個時間/條件狀語從句, 如when translated相當于時間狀語從句 when it is translated.
(1)作業完成以后由小組長收起來.
The homework when finished will be collected by group leaders.
(2)那位營業員在別人對她說話時沒有理睬.
The shop assistant when spoken to did make an answer.
(3)這種水果如果在南方種植,長勢就不好.
This kind of fruit if planted in the south doesn’t grow well.
(4)這種病如果早期發現,是能夠治好的.
The disease if discovered early can be cured.
本單元重要短語:
1. make a list of 列出
2. compare… with… 把……與……比較
3. take … into consideration 考慮……
4. in charge of 負責;掌管
5. be responsible for 對……負有責任
6. be to blame 應受責備
7. make notes of 做記錄,記下
8. be upset about 因……而感到沮喪
9. hand in hand 手拉手;密切關聯的
10. make informed choices about關于……做出明智的選擇
11. accuse … of 控告……
12. associate … with 把……與……聯想/聯合起來
13. get across 傳播;為人理解
14. appeal to 有吸引力;呼吁;上訴
15. a variety of 各種各樣
16. look out for 當心;小心;找尋
17. keep an eye out for 留心或注意……
18. at …price 以……價格
19. distinguish between… and …
區分……和……
20. with the purpose of 帶著……目的;目的是
21. by the side of 在……旁
22. refer to 涉及;提及;查閱
23. make sense 講得通;
24. profit by/from 從……中獲益
25. attach to… 屬于；與……有關聯
26. be aware of… 意識到……
27. think twice 好好想一想;再三考慮
28. react to sth 對……作出反應
Period Ⅳ Exercise
Ⅰ．單項選擇
1．I must say that I am very much_____．
A．to be blamed B．to blame C．to being blamed D．to have bean blame
2．It took some explaining to_____my ideas_____．
A．get；across B．get；over C．get；cross D．get；through
3．What he said______right later．
A．was proved B．has been proved C．proved D．in proved
4．“I'm afraid I can't finish the magazine within the required time．”
“_______.”
A．Please go ahead B．That's right C．Not at all D．Take your time
5．The old man has so bad a cold that he has lost all_____of smell．
A．feeling B．sense C．skill D．strength
6．The words of my old teacher left a______impression on my mind and I am still influenced by them．
A．long B．lively C．lasting D．forever
7．Before you make a speech，you should_____your thoughts and ideas．
A．get B．take C．bring D．collect
8．Me thing that______is not whether you fail or not，but whether you try or not．
A．cares B．matters C．considers D．minds
9．Its beyond description．Nowhere else in the world_____such a quiet，beautiful place．
A．can there be B．You can find C．there can be D．can find you
10．It was______games that cost the boy a lot of time that should have been spent on study．
A．playing B．played C．to have played D．having played
11．We must keep our classroom clean for dirt and disease go_____.
A．from time to time B．hand in hand
C．one after another D．step by step
12．_____ alone in the dark room，the little boy was so frightened as to cry．
A．Leaving B．Having left C．To be left D．Left
13．Hundred of people leave their village to seek their_____in cities.
A．fortune B．chance C．luck D．future
14．“What is the matter?”“Mind_____a meeting tomorrow．”
A．you having B．you have C．you will have D．you had
15．The students carrying books come in first，_____？
A．don't you B．don't they C．will you D．will they
16．Nomatter how much money you possess，it can not_____a healthy body．
A．compare B．smite C．defeat D．match
17．“_____makes her different from the other students?”“Honesty．I think．”
A．What is that B．What is it that C．How is it that D．How is that
18．“I'd like to invite you to my new house next weekend．”
“Thank you，but_____I'll have time I am not sure at the moment．”
A．as B．when C．in case D．unless
19．The reason_____she gave for not coming to the party is that her mother wouldn't allow her to．
A．that B．what C．why D．because
20．“Is there a fog in the evening?”
“There_____be．I'll make a phone call to find it out．”
A．must B．would C．will D．might
21．I____from the crowd an old friend of mine whom I hadn't seen for ten years.
A．figured out B．picked out C．gave out D．went out
22．It's very kind of you．I'll never forget the____you have done me．
A．favors B．honor C．benefit D．kindness
23．She will have to find somewhere else to look，for she can not_____the boss．
A．come up with B．catch up with C．keep up with D．put up with
24．If we can_____our present difficulties，then everything should be all tithe．
A．get away B．get over C．get off D．get on
25．“Director，Jack is ill，so he can't be here．”
“Then we'll have no choice but to give the performance______him.”
A. except B. apart from C. without D. except for
26. “This dictionary is not Daivid’s. His is in my desk.”
“If it’s not his, ______can it be?”
A. who B. whose else’s C. who else D. who else’s
27．Comparison may make something appear more beautiful than it is when_____alone.
A. to see B. seeing C. is seen D. seen
28. I think John will____a good monitor, so I’d like to vote for him.
A. turn B. change C. make D. elect
29. Though small，the ant is as much a creature as____all other animals on earth.
A. are B. is C. do D. have
30．She is in a poor______of health，which worries her mother much．
A．position B．situation C．state D．condition
Ⅱ．完形填空
The teacher was asking one of her pupils some questions，but not even one of the answers was connect．So the teacher 1 to ask him some very simple questions．She hoped that he could give at least one 2 answer.
“Now, Sam,” said the teacher. “ 3 is Waterloo（滑鐵盧）？”
“Waterloo?”said the boy．“Oh，it's a kind of 4 machine，I think．”
The teacher was 5 ．She shook her head and 6 another question：“Sam，be 7 ，please. Now tell me the 8 to a very, very simple question: Who was Washington?”
“Well，”the answer 9 quickly，”Washington must be the man who uses that washing machine．”
The teacher got 10 ，but she didn’t 11 ．She thought and thought，and at last she thought of the
12 question--if this could be 13 a question：“Who is the 14 of the United States now?”
Sam thought for a long time，but he had now 15 at all．Then the teacher lost her temper．She
16 ，“Clinton！”Sam looked 17 and sat down．“Stand up！”the teacher cried．“I didn't tell you to sit down！”Sam stood up again ．He looked 18 ．
“Oh，I'm we 19 ，”he said．“I thought you were calling the 20 student．”
Weather changes when the temperature and the amount of water in the atmosphere change. We can see and feel water coming from the atmosphere when we have nun. But the water must somehow get back to the atmosphere．Meteorologists call this the water cycle.
There are many stages in the water cycle．Rain falls when water vapour in clouds condenses（凝結）． Drops of water form and fall to the ground．The water soaks into the ground and feeds streams and rivers．A lot of rain falls into the sea. The heat of the sun evaporates some of the water in the ground and in the rivers，lakes，and the seas．It changes the liquid water into water vapour．The vapour rises into the air．Water vapour is normally invisible．On a very damp or humid day，however，you can sometimes see water vapour rising from a puddle（水坑）or a pond in a mist（薄霧）above the water. Water vapour also gets into the air from living things．Trees and other plans take in water through their roots and give off water vapour from their leaves．People and land animals drink water and breathe out water vapour. In all these ways the water returns to the air．There it gathers to form clouds and condenses to form rain．The rain falls to earth，and the cycle starts again．It continues even if snow or hail（冰雹）fall instead because both eventually melt to form water．The amount of water vapour in the air depends on the temperature. The air is more moist（潮濕的）in the tropics（熱帶）than in the cold polar regions．
1．What is the main idea of the passage?
A．Water cycle. B．Water vapour. C．How rain forms. D．Water，vapour and rain.
2．How many ways of the water returning to the air are discussed in the text?
A．Two． B．Three． C．Four． D．Five．
3．Whether water vapour can be seen or not depends on_____．
A．how much water is evaporated B．how good your eyes are
C．in which way water is evaporated D．climate or weather
4．From the passage we get to know
A．there is more water vapour in the air in the tropics than in the cold polar regions
B．there is more water vapour in the air in the cold polar regions than in the tropics
C．it gets more rain in the tropics than in the cold polar regions because there is less vapour
D．the amount of water vapour in the air depends on how often it rains
B
We spent a day in the country，picking wild flowers．With the car full of flowers we were going home. On our way back my wife noticed a cupboard（櫥柜）outside a furniture shop．It was tall and narrow．“Buy it，”my wife said at once. “We'll carry it home on the roof rack．I've always wanted one like that．”
What could I do? Ten minutes later I was ￡20 poorer; and the cupboard was tied on the roof rack．It was six feet long and eighteen inches square，quite heavy too．
In the gathering darkness I drove slowly．Other drivers seemed unusually polite that evening. The police even stopped traffic to let us through. Carrying furniture was a good idea．
After a time my wife said，“There's a long line of cars behind．Why don't they overtake，I wonder?”In fact a police car did overtake．The two officers inside looked at us seriously as they passed．But then，with great kindness，they led us through the rush-hour traffic．The police car stopped at our village church．One of the officers came to me．
“Right，sir，”he said．“Do you need any more help?”
I was a bit puzzled．“Thanks，officer，”I said．“You have been very kind．I live just on the road.”
He was staring at our car，first at the flowers，then at the cupboard．“Well，well，”he said，laughing．“It's a cupboard you've got there！We thought it was something else．”
My wife began to laugh．The truth hit me like a stone between the eyes．I smiled at the officer．“Yes，it's a cupboard，but thanks akin．”I drove home as fast as I could．
5．In fact the husband_____the cupboard．
A．would like very much to buy B．badly wanted
C．was glad to have bought D．would rather not buy
6．Other drivers thought they were____．
A．carrying a cupboard to the church B．sending flowers to the church
C．carrying nothing but a piece of furniture D. going to attend a funeral（葬禮）at the church
7．The lice will be more polite to those who are___．
A. driving in gathering darkness B. in great sorrow（悲痛）
C．driving with wild flowers in the car D．carrying furniture
8．What did the husband think of this matter?
A．It was very strange． B．He felt ashamed of it．
C．He took great pride in it． D．He was puzzled at it．
C
“Soon, you’re going to have to move out!” cried my neighbor upon seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind or at least known in my neighborhood.
德育目標: 教導學生:好的學習方法固然重要,但勤勉更重要。“no pains, no gains.”
三、教學重點(Teaching Key Points):
1.采用不同的閱讀技巧,讓學生了解文章大意,并歸納每段文章的中心意思(main idea)和文章的主旨(purpose of the text)。
2.掌握文中的重點詞匯、短語和句型。
四、教學難點(Teaching Difficult Points):
把文中所學到的有用的外語學習者的經驗運用到學生的英語學習上,以便于提高他們的英語水平。
五、教學方法(Teaching Methods):
1. Ask and answer 和 pictures 相結合,導入課文。
2. Fast reading 歸納每段文章的中心意思(main idea)和文章的主旨(purpose of the text), 提高學生的閱讀能力。
3. Careful reading 回答問題,了解文章細節內容。
4. Group work 討論成功語言學習者的經驗和特點。
5. Explaining and learning 掌握文中重點詞匯、句型。
六、教學輔助(Teaching Aids):
Multi-media Computer,tape
七、媒體的設計:
首先利用課文標題 “Learning a Foreign Language: Twice as Hard?” 問學生 “How do you think of this question?” 讓學生討論導入。然后利用圖片與Pre-reading部分的問題相結合的方式,展開討論與問答,啟發學生思考,引起聯想,使學生對語言學習這個問題產生更濃的興趣,以
What he said and what he did agreed with each other.
b. 當and連接的兩個名詞指同一個人、同一件事或一概念，這時and后面的名詞前沒有冠詞，其謂語動詞用單數形式（這里and相當于as well as ）。如：
The singer and composer is coming to our school .
那位歌唱家兼作曲家將來我們學校。
Bread and butter is often served for breakfast in our dining hall .
（比較：The boy and the girl were given a book each .每個同學都分得一本書。其中 “each”是同位語，句中主語為復數。）
我們食堂早點經常供應奶油面包。
常見的由and連接的兩個名詞指由一個概念的形式有：the needle and thread針線，salt and water鹽水，the or and knife刀叉，soap and water肥皂水，iron and steel鋼鐵等。
C. 由and連接的兩個并列主語為單數概念。主語前面分別由each , every ,no等詞來修飾時，其謂語動詞為單數形式。
Each doctor and each nurse was sent for .
把所有的醫生和護士都清來了。
Every boy and every girl is able to go to school in that village .
在那個村子里所有的孩子們都能上學。
注意：more than one和many a 修飾的單數名詞后面的謂語用單數形式，但其意義是復數。
如：
More than one student is fond of folk- music .
許多學生喜歡民間音樂。
Many a boy enjoys playing foot-ball .
許多男同學喜歡踢足球。
② 當主語后面接說明主語的修飾詞或插入語時，謂語動詞的數不受修飾成份的影響，仍同主語的關系一致。
這些修飾成分常見的有：with, along with , togeth whit (和…一起)；as well as (還) ；like (像)；no less than (不亞于)；rather than (而不是)；more than（多于)；as much as (如…一般多)；but ,except（除了……）；besides (除了……還……)；including包括；in addition to（另外）等引導的一個修飾結構，放在主語后面。如：
The old man , along with his two grandsons, often have a walk in the evening .
Jenny , as well as her friends , is going abroad .
The house ,including the garden and the garage ,was sold out .
1. Many Europeans e______ the continent of Africa in the 19th century. 1___________
2. The moment old Jonh put a h________ of sweets on the chair by the bed , little Tom ran towards to it . 2___________
3. India gained i_______ from Britain in 1947. 3___________
4. Marx once said that labour c________ man itself . 4____________
5. After reading the letter from her boss , Jane t______ it up and threw
it into the dustbin. 5____________
6. I wouldn’t think it w______ to ask him join the club─he’ll only refuse. 6____________
7. Bob was a shy boy ,and he always sat a _____ from the other children. 7____________
8. This medicine has an u_____ taste , but it is of great help. 8____________
9. Ann asked Jim to give up smoking not only because she o___ to the smell. 9___________
10. About 70 percent of the p_______ in China are peasants . 10___________
11. Will you please ______ the radio ? The baby is sleeping.
A. turn off B. turn down C. turn up D. turn on
12. The husband coughed day and night .It’s the wife’s fault for giving______ to him so that he didn’t stop smoking .
13. -Why ______ they ______ the building?
-Because another new one is to be built there .
A. have been destroyed B. did pull down
C. do remove D. are turning down
14. -It is the people who ______ history.
-And labour ____ man itself .
A. create created B. created invented
C. discover made D. invent creates
15. ─I have much difficulty _______ maths.
─Well , I have some trouble________ the English pronunciation.
A. in with B. in learning with C. with in D. in in
16. -You shouldn’t ______ from the girls in your class.
-But I don’t like ______ .
A. keep away being laughed at B. keep to laugh at
C. turn away to be laughed at D. return laughing
17. Last year some over _____ buildings ______ in the city.
A. 20-story were set up B. 20-storey set up
C. 20-storied had set up D. 20-floor had been set up
18. The old mother was _______ to hear that her daughter had a ____ journey.
A. pleasant pleasant B. pleased pleased
C. pleased pleasing D. pleased pleasant
19. -The young mother ______ her baby Jimmy.
-Really ? My brother ______ Jimmy , too .
A. calls names B. named is named
C. named was named D. called calls
20. Old Jack made a living _____ waste paper ,while his brother _______on slaves .
A. by selling made money B. to sell was rich
C. with lives D. on earns his living
21. _____ about three hundred people _____ the local illnesses ____ in that area.
A. As is known to us die from one year
B. It is said that die of a year
C. As we know are killed per year
D. It is reported that kill every year
22. _____ you are unwell , I’ll go to the meeting instead .
A. Because B. For C. Now that D. Though
23. We come to realize that we have to try our best to create a new life _____ our own and ______our own .
A. with , by B. on with C. of by D. for on
24. Don’t you think what to learn in class ____ the same effect ____ the character of the students ______ what to learn through practice ?
A. has on as B. have for as C. is in that D. are to from
25. Which of the following is NOT correct ?
A. Japan faces the Pacific on the east .
B. Taiwan lies in the east of Fujian belonging to China.
C. North of the United States lies Canada .
D. Britain stands to the northwest of France.
26. All of the work _____ finished and neither the teacher nor the students _____ enough time now .
A. is , has B. is , have C. are , has D. are ,have
27. What I saw ______ two boys running after the thief .
28. This exercise on agreement of subjects and verbs ______ easy for you .
29. Here _______ the papers you ask for .
30. There ______ to be many arguments on both side.
31. Half of the money ________ to you and half of the books _______ to you , too .
A. belong, belong B. belongs , belongs
C. belong, belongs D. belongs, belong
32. Taking pictures _______ not only young men but also many of the old people .
A. are interested in B. are interesting
C. interests D. is interested in
33. Ten minutes _______ more than enough time to complete this exercise.
34. One hundred and fifty pounds _______ what you should weigh.
A. are B. maybe C. should be D. is
35. You are the one who ______ wrong that Susan is one of those people who ______ out of their way to be helpful .
A. are , goes B. are , go C. is , go D. is , goes
36. Where and when to go ______ Jack since his graduation from college .
A. has been troubling B. has been troubled
C. have troubled D. have been troubling
37. Six eights _____ forty- eight , while six times nine _____ fifty - four .
A. is , are B. are , is C. is , is D. are ,are
38. Nobody but you _______ going to London on business next month.
39. It ________ Tom and John who ______ here yesterday preparing for today’s experiment.
A. were, were B. are , were C. was , were D. is , were
40. None of the four boys ______ a good swimmer two years ago , but now all of them ______ able to swim across the river .
A. was , are B. is , are C. are , are D. was ,is
Chicago --- lying in the east of the USA--- is a rather young American city . It was 41 completely rebuilt 42 the Creat Fire of 1871. One’s first impression of the city may 43 streams of cars running to and 44 on the highways , skyscrapers and the wide green water of Lake Michigan , 45 lies to the northeast of the city . The 46 of the city is over 228 square miles 47 a population of about 3 million .
The 48 of Chicago on the whole is almost the same as 49 of Beijing with 50 hot days in summer , 51 and fresh days in 52 and icy but often 53 days in winter . The spring in Chicago is 54 changeable in temperature. For instance, I saw a snowfall in early 55 this year 56 some of the flowers were already in 57 bloom . Chicago is also famous 58 its frequent strong winds , and 59 it has got the name of “ the 60 City .”
41. A. most B. almost C. mostly D. merely
42. A. before B. since C. after D. when
43. A. have B. mean C. be D. include
44. A. from B. above C. down D. along
45. A. when B. that C. which D. where
46. A. land B. measure C. area D. size
47. A. having B. with C. for D. and
48. A. climate B. weather C. temperature D. season
49. A. which B. it C. the one D. that
50. A. fairly B. rather C. much D. too
51. A. colorful B. colorless C. colour D. coloured
52. A. spring B. winter C. fall D. summer
53. A. clean B. clear C. cleaning D. clearly
54. A. little B. bit C. a lot D. a little
55. A. April B. May C. January D. June
56. A. and B. but C. when D. while
57. A. full B. filled C. filling D. full of
59. A. in fact B. in a word C. as a result D. above all
60. A. Snowy B. Windy C. Rainy D. Sunny
Christopher Columbus discovered America on the 12th of October , 1492. He had spent eighteen years in planning for that wonderful voyage which he made a cross the Atlantic Ocean .The Spanish king and queen ,who were interested in finding a sea route to India ,offered him ships and men so that he could carry out his plan . He crossed the Ocean and discovered strange islands ,inhabited ( vt. 居住于) by people unknown to Europeans .He believed these islands to be part of India.
Early in 1493, Columbus returned to Spain. There was great rejoicing（歡慶）in the country , and he was hailed（歡呼）as the hero who had made an epoch-making discovery .Crowds of people lined the streets to do him honour , and the king and queen welcomed him to their palace. Never had such respect been shown to any common man.
61. Christopher Columbus discovered America ________.
C. at the beginning of the fifteenth century
D. by the end of the fifteenth century
62. He had spent ______ in planning for the wonderful voyage .
A. eighteen days B. eighteen months
63. Finally the Spanish king and queen offered him ships and men so that _____.
A. he would have faith in himself
B. he could work out his new plan
D. he could put his plan into practice.
64. He crossed the ocean and discovered strange islands , inhabited ______.
A. by a people unknown to Europeans
B. by a people already known to Europeans
65. After returning to Spain he was hailed as the hero ______.
B. who had made an epoch-making discovery
C. who had discovered a new planet
D. who had made a great invention
The United States became a rich industrial nation toward the end of the 1800s . There were more goods ,more services , more jobs ,and a high standard of living . There was more of everything, including problems .One problem was monopoly（壟斷）. In some cases ,several companies that made the same product would agree not to compete with one another .They would all agree to charge the same price .These agreements made it impossible for buyers to shop around for lower prices for certain products .
Some people decided that huge companies had too much power and controlled too many markets . Because of their wealth and power , they could see to it that governments passed laws favorable to them . Many people believed that monopoly and price fixing were bad for buyers and bad for the country so that they should be broken up .
Such laws and government action didn’t entirely do away with monopoly. Nor did they stop the growth of huge companies . But they did show the American people had decided that some of the changes that taken place were harmful .
66. From paragraph 1, we can know that big companies ______.
A. produced certain kinds of goods
B. sold the same goods at the different prices
D. reached and agreement on prices
67. Because of the agreements between big companies ,______.
A. people had to buy things at certain shops
B. the prices of their goods were much lower
C. people had no choice but to buy goods at fixed prices
D. there were fewer markets in some states
68. According to the laws passed by the national government , companies _______.
A. were not allowed to control the markets
B. could not force people to buy their products
C. should have fixed prices for their products
D. must produce the same kind of goods for the same markets .
69. Some American people thought that ________.
A. the government should make some of the huge companies much smaller
B. the country’s industry was growing too rapidly
C. shops should have the same price for the same kind of goods
D. their country’s getting rich was both good and bad to the people.
70. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage ?
A. Big companies could not have any effort on the governments .
B. A certain number of markets were still controlled by big companies .
C. Many Americans were worried about the changes in their country.
D. Some of the laws were in favor of buyers .
短文改錯（計分15）：
One afternoon in April , 1912, a new ship set off 71_______________
from England to America on it first trip . It was one of 72_______________
the largest and first ship at that time . 73_______________
It was cold , but the trip was pleasant and people are 74_______________
enjoying themselves . The next day was even cold . People 75_______________
could see icebergs here or there . It was night , suddenly 76_______________
the man on watch shouting “Look out ! Iceberg !” 77_______________
It was too late ,a ship hit the iceberg and came to 78_______________
a stop . There that was a very big hole in the ship and 79_______________
water began to come .Slowly the ship stated to go down . 80_______________
參考答案：
1. explored 2. handful 3. independence 4. created 5. tore 6. worthwhile 7.apart 8. unpleasant 9. objected 10. population
11-15. B C D A B 16-20. C A D B A 21-25. B C D A B 26-30. B B A D C 31-35. D C B D A 36-40. A B C C A
41-45. B C D A C 46-50. C B A D B 51-55. A C B D A 56-60. D A B C B
61-65. D C D A B 66-70. D C A D A
71. √ 72. on it --- on its 73. ship ---ships 74. Are --- were 75. Cold---colder 76. or --- and 77. shouting ---shouted 78. a ship --- the ship 79. that 80. come --- come in
1.Their wedding yesterday. Many friends came to congratulate them on their marriage.
A.was taken place B.was to happen C.took place D.would hold
2.Since he is ready to help you, you should say“thank you”.
A.at last B.at first C.at most D.at least
3.Mr Smith with his wife goes to the cinema .
A.day by day B.now and again C.here and there D.day and night
4.Drivers,of course,want to travel miles with petrol and
hours.
A.many,a little,few B.more,fewer,less
C.more,less,fewer D.many,less,fewer
5.The rain has my new dress.
A.damaged B.hurt C.destroyed D.failure
6.He was sorry to fail again in the driving test. His only was that he was too nervous.
A.reason B.cause C.regret D.failure
7.Good advice is price.
A.over B.cause C.destroyed D.ruined
8.The basin of water won't freeze, the temperature is well above zero.
A.unless B.because C.even if D.as though
9. put the medicine the little boy can't reach it.
A.Do,where B.Don't that C.Just,which D.Do,there
10.Rather than on a crowded bus,he always prefers a bicycle.
11.You can fly to London this evening you don't mind changing planes in
Paris.
12.It's rule that comes home first cooks the dinner for the whole family.
A.who B.somebody who C.whoever D.anybody
13.Beautifully ,the little girl tried to make herself .
A.dressed,noticed B.what will man look like
C.dressed,noticing D.dressed,notice
14.The weather turned out to be very good, was morethan we could expect.
15.No one can be sure in a million years.
A.what man will look like B.what will man look like
C.man will look like what D.what look will man like
1. my horror,I noticed two men trying to break my office.
2.- the same,I expect you'll come to visit my hometown.
-I'm looking forward that.
3.Farmland is becoming smaller day day several reasons.
4.Don't drive into the bush plenty of water and never throw your cigarette
of the window .
5.We must try all means to get rid flies.
6.Generally speaking,a newly-built house is likely to fall ,
the case of an earthquake.
7. 1920,people from Italy have come to Australia great numbers.
8.The village used to be rather poor.One every three children could
not go to school and most families were debt.
9.-How do farmers round their sheep or cattle?
-It depends the size of their farms.
10.No one has far been brave to enter the forest alone.
(三)改正下面句子的錯誤(無錯的句子不要改；有錯的句子中每句只有一處錯誤)
1.The long fence is used to keeping out a kind of wild dog.
2.Cattles are kept in some countries mainly for beef.
3.They pay peasants very a little money to work in the fields for them.
4.He had to have a job, or go hunger.
5.Their mother can't afford to feed them to meat and fish every day.
6.New types of plants have been developed in Egypt to grow in desert land.
by hunting, they are very experienced at killing wild animals.
8.In area, Australia is about the same size of the USA, which has more than thirteen times as many people.
9.In Australia fruit and vegetables are grown in areas where is enough water.
10.What surprised me was that he spoke English so well.
11.Mr White slowed down his car, for he saw a blind man cross the road.
12.Why did she keep on wipe her eyes with a damp towel?
Agatha Christie seldom went out at night. She never(1)the night when she met a(2)many years ago.
That evening she was (3)to a birthday party which (4)until 2 o'clock in the
morning.Agatha(5)in the quiet street alone.Suddenly from the shadow(陰影)of a (6)building a tall man with a sharp knife in his right hand (7)out at her.“Good morning,lady,” the man said in a (8)voice,“I don't think you wish to (9)here!”
“What do you(10)?”Agatha asked.
“Your earrings(耳環).Take them off!”
Agatha suddenly had a (11)idea.She tried to cover her necklace (12)the collar(衣領)of her overcoat while she used(13)hand to take off her earrings and then she quickly(14)them on the groud.“Take them(15)let me go.”The robber(16)that the girl didn't care for the earrings at all,only trying to (17)the necklace.He thought the necklace (18)cost more,so he said,“Give me your necklace.”
“Oh,sir,It's(19)worth much.Please let me(20)it.”“Stop rubbish(廢話).Quick!”
With (21)hands,Agatha took off her necklace.As soon as the robber (22),she picked up her earrings and ran as (23)as she could to one of her friends.The earrings (24)480pounds and the necklace the robber had taken(25)was worth six pounds.
rush sb．off his feet, change, action, repair, work on, fix up
2．重要句型
1) It is better to ask for help at the beginning rather than to wait until a busy period when everyone is rushed off their feet．
2) What is more, this “information line” operates 24 hours a day．
3) It did not take the firefighters long to put out the fire, and they at once started to look for causes of the fire．
4) They had to work inside the ship, cutting away old metal, fixing new metal plates, drilling holes, laying electrical and phone wires and fixing new pipes for water and steam．
3．語法 復習ing形式，to do和表達等
4．日常交際用語
1) May I speak to…? 2) Hello．Who's that speaking? 3) I called to tell you…4) Hold on, please 5) Wait a moment．6) Can I take (leave) a message?
三、難點講解
The man who had fixed up the air line was also questioned.
1．fix up
A．修理，安裝；改變式樣(使……儀容端正)。例如：
1) They are busy fixing up the lights．他們在忙著安裝燈光設備。
2) Wait until I get fixed up．稍等一下，我把儀容打扮整齊。
Let's fix up a date (a time and place ) for the meeting．我們來決定聚會的日期(時間和場所)吧。
C．為(某人)安排。例如：
I will fix you up for the night。我來為你安排今晚的住宿。
D．解決(紛爭)，收拾。例如：
They are fixed the matter up now．他們現在已把問題解決了。
2．fix…up with為……準備(提供)。例如：
1)I fixed him up with a job．我給他安排了一個工作。
2)Can you fix me up with a room for three nights? 你能替我安排住三個晚上的房間嗎？
6．In order to ______ the flood, the soil on the hillside must be held by planting more trees.
A．clear up; in order
B．hold up; in place
C．put up ; in the place
D．call off ; in time
7．______ the Party's help, the villagers moved into new houses soon after the big flood.
A．Thank to
B．Thanks to
C．To thank
D．Thank for
8．----______ can I do with such a situation?
----Take ______ measure you consider best．
A．How ; whichever
B．What ; whatever
C．How; Whatever
D．What; whichever
9．You look ______ in blue while red clothes are nice her.
A．well; for
B．good ; on
C．well ; to
D．good ; at
10．You'll make mistakes if you do things ______.
A．in a short while
B．in a minute
C．in a hurry
D．at the same time
11．The manager, ______, stopped to apologize to the workers．
A．realize his mistake
B．realized his mistake
C．to realize his mistake
D．his mistake realized
12．Hardly ______ to the cinema ______ the film began．
A．had he got; than
B．he had got; when
C．did he get; than
D．had he got; when
13．All life on the earth ______ on the sun.
A．depends
B．carries
C．keeps
D．goes
14．That boy works hard, I ______ him to succeed in the exam.
A．like
B．expect
C．think
D．need
15．Father will not ______ us to use his recorder.
A．have
B．let
C．agree
D．allow
16.______ plastics, the machine is light in weight.
A．To make of
B．Having made
C．To be made of
D．Made of
17．I'm sure all will go well as ______．
A．to be planned
B．being planned
C．planned
D．having planned
18．----We are having our daughter's wedding at the end of the summer．Do you think you ______?
----I'll do my best, but I think I'll be away then．
A．can see it
B．can make it
C．can see to that
D．can make that
19．Although she was listening, she didn't hear ______ because there was so much noise.
A．what he says
B．what did he say
C．what he was saying
D．what was he saying
20．Where and how to find him ______ to us．
A．is not known
B．are not known
C．don't know
D．doesn't know
21．Liverpool ______ yet．What's wrong?
A．don't score
B．doesn't score
C．hadn't scored
D．haven't scored
22．______ we should close the shop has not been discussed.
A．Whether
B．If
C．That
D．Which
23．They decided not to make a trip to Tibet ______.
A．but stay at the present place
B．instead of staying at the place
C．but to remain where they were
D．so they remained at the place they were now
24．Come here and stay with us for a moment, ______?
A．will you
B．shall you
C．don't you
D．aren't you
25．----You did very well on your test．
-----______.
A．Oh, no ! I was worried
B．That's terrific ! I was worried
C．That's all right．Thank you
D．Sure．That sounds good
Ⅲ．完形填空。
A gentleman put an advertisement in a newspaper for a boy to work in his office． 26 nearly fifty persons who came for the 27, the man selected (挑選) one and dismissed(打發)the 28.
“I should like to 29 ,” said a friend, “the reason you 30 that boy, who brought not 31 a letter, not a single recommendation (推薦信).”
“You are wrong,”said the gentleman.“He had a great 32．He wiped his feet in front of the 33 and closed it 34 him, showing that he was 35．He gave his seat immediately 36 that old man, showing that the was kind and 37．He took off his cap 38 he came in and answered my 39 quickly, showing that he was 40 and gentlemanly.”
“All the 41 stepped over the book which I had purposely put on the 42．He picked it up and 43 it on the table; and he waited of his 44 instead of pushing and crowding．As I 45 him, I 46 his tidy clothing, his neatly 47 hair and his clean 48．Can't you see that these things are 49 recommendations? I consider them more 50 than letters.”
Tom was a writer．He wrote detective stories for magazines．One evening he could not find an end for a story．He sat with his typewriter (打字員) in front of him, but he had no idea．So he decided to go to the cinema.
When he came back, he found that he had a visitor．Someone had broken into his flat．The man had a drink, smoked several of Tom's cigarettes and had read his story．The visitor left Tom a note: “I have read your story and I don't think much of it．But if you become a successful writer, I'll return.”
Tom read the burglar's (資賊) suggestions．Then he sat down and wrote the rest of the story．He is still not a successful writer, and he is waiting for the burglar to return．Before he goes out in the evening, he always leaves a half-finished story near his typewriter.
51．The man came to Tom's flat to ______．
A．steal something
B．have a drink
C．see Tom
D．read Tom's story
52．The man thought that Tom's story was ______.
A．rather poor
B．quite good
C．too short
D．not worth thinking of
53．The man threatened (威脅) to ______.
A．steal Tom's story
B．write more stories
C．come back every night
D．come back and do stealing again
54．Tom found the burglar's suggestions were very ______.
A．successful
B．amusing
C．foolish
D．helpful
55．Tom would like to ______.
A．meet his visitor
B．get more idea from him
C．have his stories stolen
D．be robbed more often
B
MUSIC
AM 640 KHz
09:00 Top Chinese Songs
11:00 Foreign Light Music
14:15 World-famous Music
15:10 Chinese Songs Sung by Peng Liyuan
AM 720 KHz
09:00 Music World
13:00 Window on Chinese Music
15:00 Foreign Classic Music
17:00 Chinese Songs by Famous Singers
ON TV
CCTV-1 Channel 2
17:20 Programmes for Children
19:00 News and Weather Forecast
20:05 23-part Serial (連續劇): The Times of Pecac (8)
23:00 News in English
CCTV-3 Channel 15
12:00 Music Knowledge: Piano
14:00 Music Bridge
18:00 Opera Fans Garden
19:00 Peking Opera Stars
CCTV-4 Channel 32
19:00 News and Weather Forecast
21:00 Chinese News
CCTV-6 Channel 18
16:28 Chinese Movie: Singing at Midnight
19:50 American Movie: Speed
23:31 Chinese Movie: Hardships of the Hainan Island
BTV-1 Channel 6
17:12 12-part Serial: The Third Bridge (4)
18:30 Beijing News and Weather Forecast
56．If you want to enjoy yourself in the morning, you can ______.
A．see movies on TV
B．listen to music on TV
C．listen to some excellent Chinese songs on radio
D．listen to some foreign music on TV
57．By CCTV-6 you can
A．learn what has happened in our country
B．enjoy music
C．see a lot of movies
D．see operas
58．You know what the weather will be like all over the country if you turn on ______.
A．your TV at 7 p．m.
B．your radio at 8 A．m．
C．your TV at 6:30 p．m.
D．your TV at 9 p．m．
59．Which of the following is not true?
A．Children may like CCTV-1 Channel 2．
B．You can enjoy good music only on radio.
C．From BTV-1 Channel 6 you can get to know something that happens in Beijing.
D．CCTV-6 is a movie Channel．
60．If you want to know more about China, you can choose
A．Channel 2
B．Channel 32
C．Channel 18
D．Channel 27
Ⅴ．單詞拼寫。
61．Great ______ (變化) have taken place in our country．
62．It's ______ (肯定的) that he'll pass the examination．
63．He asked the man in the water to ______ (抓住) the rope．
64．There are seven ______ (奇跡) in the world.
65．We have friends ______ (遍及) the world.
66．How many b______ of beer are there on the table?
67．Beijing is the c______ of China.
68．He t______ me on the forehead with his left hand.
69．He wrote an a______ on reading.
70．He has a large q______ of books．
Ⅵ．短文改錯。
After a day of work, the body need to have a 71．______
rest．Sleep is necessary for well health．The rest 72．______
you get while sleep makes your body be able to prepare 73．______
itself the next day．There are four levels of sleep. 74．______
Each is little deeper than the one before．As you 75．______
will sleep, your body relaxes (放松)．Your heart 76．______
beats more slowly and your brain slows down．If you 77．______
have troubles falling asleep, some people suggest 78．______
breathing slowly and deeply and the other people 79．______
believe that drink warm milk will help make you 80．______
1．師生互動：教師提一些問題如Do you like seeing films? How often? Favorite actor? Actress? Film? 在此過程中教師可展示一些學生熟悉并喜歡的名演員、名片的海報，從視覺上激發學生對本話題的興趣。
2．小組活動：教師選取幾副不同題材的電影畫面（可選取教材外的其它畫面），要求學生進行小組合作，每小組選一幅畫面進行討論What is happening in this scene? What happens before/after the scene? 要求學生不拘泥于已知的電影內容，發揮自己的想象力，給出各種不同的觀點。
3．班級活動：向班級其它同學描述本小組所選圖片，其他同學可給出不同意見。
本單元的聽力是培養學生捕捉特定信息的能力，并讓學生熟悉interview這種形式。Task: To discuss what questions the reporters will ask when interviewing famous directors.
活動形式：
1． 師生互動：教師設置開放性的問題，進一步啟發學生思考，并為過渡到聽力部分做準備。問題可設置為：Of course these films now are very popular and successful, and what does the success of the films bring to the actors? 學生各抒己見，金錢、榮譽、名氣，成為公眾人物后帶來一個問題They received a lot of interviews。
2． 小組活動：教師引出問題What questions will you ask when interviewing an actor?通過小組討論，收集盡可能多的問題，一方面讓學生預測聽力中可能會出現的問題，同時也對interview這種形式有所了解。
本單元說的任務是利用閱讀所得信息開展對名演員的interview,從而提
演員的職業有所了解并增加學習趣味。
Task: To interview famous actors and directors in different ways.
活動形式：
1、 師生互動：教師可設置問題了解學生對電影大獎及獲獎演員的了解程度，為接下來的兩位演員的介紹作好鋪墊。問題可為Can you tell me some famous awards to the films in the world? Try to tell the famous actors, actresses and the films you know that have won the Oscar.
1． 班級活動：教師可為學生播放分別由Meryl streep和Keanu Reeves主演的電影Out of Africa《走出非洲》和 speed《生死時速》片段，并可展現他們主演的其它電影的海報，讓學生在視覺上對這兩位演員及他們的表演有所了解。
在教學過程中，先利用圖片，實物等教具對學生進行直觀的教學，使之有更清晰的認識后，再輔之以語境，利用語境來推測詞義，達到猜詞的效果。如給出The Matrix和The Matrix Reloaded的電影海報，學生很容易得出：The Matrix Reloaded is the follow-up of The Matrix。通過這樣的鋪墊，學生在做第七小題時，只要利用好文中的線索Speed II, Jurassic Park III就可以輕而易舉的得出follow-ups。
作而突出導演的重要作用。Task: To experience being a director (write one scene of the film and act it out).
1．師生互動：教師提問If you want to make a film, who do you
need to invite?通過此問題引出電影制作過程中所需的各種角色，如photographer, actor/actress, editor, director等等
2．小組活動：
1）教師可設置這樣的討論題：What part would you like to play in making a film?根據選擇分組，讓他們討論選擇各角色的理由。同時討論各角色在電影制作中所做的不同工作。通過討論，學生不難發現，在電影的制作過程中，導演起了非常關鍵的作用。
2）根據所選的各種角色交叉分組，發揮各自的作用。
Think of one scene you are quite familiar with and act it out.
a. What would the scene be like and what happens in it?
b. Who are the main actors in that scene and what do they do?
這部分的重點是學習掌握關系副詞when，where，why 引導的定語從句及介詞+關系代詞引導的定語從句。Task: To talk about some famous directors in China and some of their most famous and popular films, using attributive clause.
活動步驟：
1． 師生互動：教師提一些問題如What Chinese directors do you know?
What are their well-known films? 在此過程中教師可展示一些學生熟悉的國內知名導演的海報，從視覺上激發學生的興趣。然后談論某個導演及他的代表作品，引出定語從句。
如Zhang Yimou is the famous director who successfully directed the film Hero.
2．小組活動：教師選取幾副大家熟悉的國產大片的電影畫面，要求學生進行小組討論，分別來自什么電影，他們的男、女主角（main actor/actress）分別是誰。然后用定語從句知識來談論。如：Shaolin Soccer is a funny film in which Zhou Xingchi plays the main role.
3．班級活動：給出幾副圖片及幾個關鍵詞（key words），用所學定語從句來描述圖片。如：
北京申奧成功圖 Beijing the city Beijing is the city where/in which the 2008 Olympic Games will be held.
該部分主要閱讀張藝謀的影片Not One Less并學習如何評價電影及寫影評。Task: Make comments on films and write reviews about them.
1. 師生互動：教師可設置問題了解學生對張藝謀及其主要作品的熟悉情況，為接下來閱讀Not One Less 作鋪墊。問題可為 What does he do? What is famous for? What films has he directed? What is his recent film? What else do you know about him? 同時呈現張的有關信息表格，為后面的Survey 作鋪墊。通過提問談論《一個也不能少》有關情節，為閱讀作鋪墊。
2． 個人活動：閱讀Not One Less ；回答問題，填寫信息表。
3． 班級活動：學習寫review 的有關建議。并以Not One Less 作為例子寫影評一篇。
4．個人活動：Survey--Your favorite director and his film in china
5．小組活動：討論關于Your favorite film What’s it about? What kind of story do you think it is? How do you think of the actors/ actresses?...
6．個人活動：模仿前面所學，寫一篇影評 My Favorite Film
7．兩人活動：交換作文，從影評內容、時態、單詞拼寫、所用詞匯等方面相互交流、修改。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
非謂語動詞有三種形式：不定式，動詞ing形式(v-ing)及過去分詞(ed分詞)。
不定式的基本形式是由“to+ 動詞原形”構成，其否定形式是not to do，不定式可以帶自己的賓語或狀語，構成不定式短語，沒有人稱和數的變化，但有時態和語態的變化，不定式在句中可作主語、表語、賓語、定語、狀語、補足語，不作謂語。如：
Lucy asked him to turn up the radio.
To make a plan first is a good idea.
1. 動詞不定式不失動詞的特點，有時態和語態的變化，不定式有六種形式，以write為例：
(1)不定式的時態：
①不定式所表達的動作與謂語動詞同時發生或是在謂語動詞之后發生，不定式用一般式，如：
It seems that he knows this.
鯤e seems to know this.
I hope that I'll see you again.
鯥 hope to see you again.
②不定式所表達的動作與謂語動詞同時發生，并強調動作正在進行的情景，或持續性，不定式用進行式，如：
He pretended that he was listening to English course when I came in.
鯤e pretended to be listening to English course when I came in.
(7)need, require, want譯作“需要”時，跟動詞-ing作賓語，主動表示被動，相當于to be done，如：
The windows require cleaning.
The windows require to be cleaned.
The patient needs operating on at once.
The patient needs to be operated on.
The flowers want watering.
The flowers want to be watered.
(8)在一些固定表達中用動詞-ing形式，不用不定式：
can't help doing, be worth doing, devote…to doing, look forward to doing, be/get/become used to doing, object to doing, thank…for doing, excuse…for doing等。
Einstein devoted his life to making a research in science.
I'm looking forward to getting your letter.
We are used to living in the countryside.
4. 動詞-ing在句中作表語：
Our plan is setting up a new car factory.
My job is teaching/driving.
這類詞作表語，起解釋說明主語的作用，主表可顛倒：Teaching is my job. 轉換成問句，用what提問：
--What's your job?
--My job is teaching.
--How is your job?
--It is interesting.
--How was your trip?
--It is tiring, but interesting.
5. 動詞-ing作定語：
(1)表示被修飾名詞的用途：
There are two reading rooms in our school library.
a reading room其含義是A room is used for reading.
The swimming pool in our school is nearly completed.
the swimming pool其含義是The pool is used for swimming.
b、“Today go home，watch the VCD，listen to the tape and CD， to be a litter melody”！
活動效果
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
英語教案設計
Teaching Content
Asking the Way
A: Excuse me, sir. Can you tell me the way to Bihai Hotel,
please?
B: Sure. You can go there by bus.
A: Is it a long way from here?
B: No, itll take you fifteen minutes.
A: Which bus can I take?
B: You can take a No. 2 bus.
A: Where is the bus stop?
B: Just go straight. Look, the bus is coming.
A: Thank you very much.
B: Youre welcome.
II. Teaching procedures
Step 1. Warming-up
T: Nice to meet you. My name is Bright. B-R-I-G-H-T. Shall
we sing an English song named “Bingo”, and try. to change the
word “Bingo” with my name “Bright”?
Step 2. Presentation
T: Im new here, when I arrived at the airport, I heard
someone said “對不起”(注①)，“早晨好”(注②).I really want to know their
meanings in English. Could you help me?
S: “對不起” is “Excuse me” and “早晨好” is “Good morning”.
T: Thanks a lot. And now could you tell me something about
your city? I want to travel in this city, but I dont know
where I should go.
S1: Bai Lian Dong Park.
S2: Fisher Girl.
S3: Jiuzhou Town.
T: Good. But I want to find a hotel now.Please do me a
favour. Can you tell me
the names of some hotels in this city?
S1: Hotel.
S2: Yindu Hotel.
S3: Bihai Hotel.
(The teacher takes notes while the students are speaking.)
Step 3. New structures learning
T: They all sound very nice. But how can I get there, by
bus or by bike?
S: By bus.
T: And how long will it take me to get there? Maybe
fifteen minutes is enough.
(The teacher looks at the watch and gives the students a
gesture.)
1) Draw a stick-figure picture to help the students understand
the meaning of the sentence:
“Itll take someone some time to do something.”
2) Write the sentence “Itll take you fifteen minutes. ” on
the blackboard, and have the
students imitate the sentence.
3) A guessing game:
T: Please look at these pictures and guess
“How long will it take me to ...?”
T: How long will it take me to have a football match?
S1: Itll take you ninety minutes.
T: Yes.
4) Get the students to listen to the recording of the
dialogue, in order to introduce the
new sentence: “Just go straight.”
5) Use the multi-media to help the students understand the
meaning of the sentence
“Go straight.”
6) Write the sentence on the blackboard, and have the students
imitate the sentence:
“Just go straight.”
Step 4. Practice
1) Ask the students to listen to the dialogue once more, then
ask them to repeat after the tape, first individually and then
in pairs.
2) Encourage the students to read their dialogue with their
deskmates.
Step 5. Consolidation
T: You know Im from Shanghai. Maybe in the future youll go
to Shanghai, so Ive prepared some photographs for you.
1) Show the photographs of “Nanjing Road”, “Pudong New Area”
and “the Bund” to the students.
2) Get the students to ask the teachers from Shanghai
something they dont know, such as
directions, transportations in Shanghai.
3) Ask some students to introduce their tour plans to
Shanghai.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Grammar: The Past Participle Used as Adverbial
Teaching Aims:
1. Enable the students to master the usage of the Past Participle when it is used as Adverbial.
2. Enable the students to master the transformation between the past participle phrase and the adverbial clause.
Teaching Important Points:
1. How to use the Past Participle
2. How to tell the difference between the Present Participle and the Past Participle.
Teaching Difficult Point:
How to choose the Present Participle and the Past Parthciple.
Teaching Methods:
1. Comparision method to get the students to know how to use the participle clearly.
2. Discussion method to get the students to master what they've learned.
3. Pair work or group work to make the students active in class.
Teaching Aids:
Teaching Procedures:
Greet the whole class as usual.
Step II Revision and Presentation
T: In the third period of Unit 4, we learned the Past Participle used as Attributeand Adverbial. Now look at these sentences. Can you tell me which past participle is used as Attribute and which is used as Adverbial?
(Show the following on the screen.)
1. Most of the artists invited to the party were from South Africa.
2. Given more attention, the trees could have grown better.
3. The professor came into the classroom, followed by his students.
4. The first textbooks written for teaching English as a foreign language
came out in the 16th century.
T: Who can tell us in the first sentence what the Past Participle is sued as?
S1:I know. It is used as Attribute, modifying the noun “artists”.
T: Yes. OK. Li Lu, you try, please.
S2: I think it is used as Adverbial in the second sentence.
S3: It is used as Adverbial in the third sentence, too.
T: (To the rest of the class.) Is that right?
T: Good. No problem. Now, the last sentence. Who knows?
S4: Let me have a try. I believe it is used as Attribute. It modifies “ the first
textbooks”.
T: (Ask another student.) Do you agree with him/her?
S5: No, I don't think so. I think it is used as Adverbial.
T: Yeah, now, we have two different opinions. which one is correct? Whose opinion do you agree with?
Ss: The first answer is correet. It is used as Attribute, not Adverbial.
Ss: Because it modifies the word, “textbooks”.
T: Good. It is used as Attribute. I agree with the first student.
T: We know that the Past Participle can be used as Adverbial. Now look at these sentences on the blackboard.
(Teacher writes the following on the blackboard.)
1. Don't speak until spoken to.
2. Given more time, we could do the work much better.
3. Destroyed by the earthquake, the house had to be rebuilt.
T: What are these past participle used us?
Ss: They are all used as Adverbial.
T: Yes, You're right. And we know that the Past Participle used as Adverbial can express different adverbials, such as: time, cause, condition, manner and so on. Do you know what the Past Participle in each sentence expresses? Who knows?
Sa: The Past Participle in the first sentence expresses time. The second one expresses condition. And the last one expresses cause.
T: Very good. Now, I'll give you a few minutes to discuss with your partner
about how to replace these past participles by using adverbial clauses.
T: (A few minutes later.) Who'd like to try the first sentence?
Sb: I'd like to. “Don't speak until you're spoken to. ”
T：Good. Please sit down. What about the second sentence? Who knows?
Sc: I know. If we were given more time, we could do the work much better.
T: OK. Sit down, please. Now, the last sentence. Who wants to have a try?
S: Beeause the house had been destroyed by the earthquake, it had to be rebuilt.
(Teacher writes the sentences above on the blackboard.)
T: As we all know, the Past Participle and the Present Partieiple can be used as Adverbial, for example: (Teacher writes the following examples on the
1. Seen from the hill, our school looks more beautiful.
2. Seeing from the hill, we can see our beautiful school.
T: Look at these two sentences carefully. Can you tell us the difference between them?
S: The first sentence uses the Past Participle as Adverbial while the second sentence uses the Present Participle as Adverbial.
T: Good. Do you know why?
S: Because the subject in the first sentence is “our school”, but in the second sentence the subject is “we”.
T: Very good. When we are using participles, we should pay attention to the subjects in the sentences, and the participle we use must have the same logical subject as the subject in the sentence. If the subject in the sentence receives the action, we should use the Past Participle as Adverbial; if the subject in the sentence does the action, we should use the Present Participle as Adverbial. Do you nderstand?
T: Look at the sentences on the screen. Join each of the following pairs of
sentences turning one of them into a participle phrase and making other
necessary changes. Do it in pairs or groups. Example: We were disturbed by the noise and had to finish the meeting early.
→Disturbed by the noise, we had to finish the meeting early.
Rewrite the sentences, using the Past Participle.
1. They were surprised at the idea and began to discuss it among themselves.
2. Mary was much interested and she agreed to give it a try.
3. I was deeply moved, and thanked them again and again.
4 The two men were delighted and they thought up many other ideas, too.
5. We had been taught by failure and mistakes and have become wiser.
6. I was shocked at the waste of money and decided to leave the company.
7. He was persuaded by his friends to give up smoking and threw his remaining cigarettes away.
Suggested answers:
1. Surprised at the idea, they began to discuss it among themselves.
2. Much interested, Mary agreed to give it a try.
3. Deeply moved, I thanked them again and again.
4. Delighted, the two men thought up many other ideas, too.
5. Taught by failure and mistakes, we have become wiser.
6. Shocked at the waste of money, I decided to leave the company.
7. Persuaded by his friends to give up smoking, he threw his remaining
cigarettes away.
T: OK. Now look at the screen. Let's do more exercises. You may discuss with
your partner.
(Teacher shows the following on the screen.)
Choose the best answers:
1. ______some officials, Napolean inspected his army.
2.__________ by his teacher, he has made great progress in his lesson.
3. The computer center, ________ last year, is very popular among the students in this school.
4. The visitor expressed his satisfaction,___________ that he had enjoyed
his stay here.
5.___________ in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
6.__________ his telephone number, she had some difficulty getting in touch
7. If_________ the same treatment again, he is sure to get well.
8. in 1636, Harvard is one of the most famous universities in the United States.
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. C 6. A 7. C 8. C
(Teacher then asks some students to do them one by one.)
T: Now let's have a test. Complete the following sentences. Write your answers on a piece of paper. Later, we'll check it together.
(Teacher uses the micromedia equipment to show the following on the screen.)
Complete the sentences:
1._______ （只要看一次），it can never be forgotten.
2._______ (被認為是這個城市里面最好的)，the factory was given a medal.
3._______ The visitor came in ,________（后面跟著一群年輕人）。
4._______ （在黨的領導下），the people have improved their living conditions greatly.
5._______（在她的話的鼓勵下），the boy later went up to his teacher and said “sorry”.
6. If_______（加熱）to a high temperature, water will change into vapour.
7._______ （從太空中望去），the earth is a water covered globe.
8. The object on the table is a fan ______ （由羽毛制成的）。
Suggested answers:
2. Regarded as the best in the city
3. followed by a group of young fellows
(A few minutes later, teacher asks some students to say their answers. If some students make any mistake, the teacher should give the correct answer and give some explanation, too)
T: In this class, we've discussed the use of the Past Participle. That is, how to use it and its transformation with the adverbial clauses. After class, we should do more practice about this to master them. OK. Time is up. So much for this clas. See you tomorrow.
Step VIII The Design of the Writing on the Blackboard
I. 1. Don't speak until spoken to.
Don't speak until you are spoken to.
2. Given more time, we could do the work much better.
If we were given more time, we could do the work much better.
3. Destroyed by the earthquake the house had to be rebuilt.
Because the house had been destroyed by the earthquake, the house
had to be rebuilt.
II. 1. Seen from the hill, our school looks more beautiful.
2. Seeing from the hill, we can see our beautiful school.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
優秀英語教案篇1<\/h2>
活動目的：
通過反復感受,理解問句"what do you see?";學習用句型" i see….",表達所看見的內容。
通過多種形式的操作、擺弄,激發幼兒參與英語活動的興趣,鼓勵幼兒開口說英語。
活動準備：捉迷藏背景圖
大轉盤,圖片
人手一份操作用具
活動過程：
一、復習
1、歌曲《hello!》
2、游戲《快樂郊游》
3、招呼語
二、看圖片,感受并理解對話:
t: look! what do you see?
i see a rabbit / a monkey / a duck / two elephants.
三、欣賞兒歌、歌曲《what do you see?》。
四、游戲《大轉盤》:
教師旋轉轉盤后,幼兒根據指針的指向,嘗試集體輸出" i see …."
五、游戲《傳球取寶》:
幼兒聽音樂傳球,音樂停,持球者擊破紙面取出寶物,并集體說:" i see …."
六、分組操作游戲:
(教師提供:轉盤、魔方、圖書、彩色眼鏡等)幼兒邊玩邊嘗試個別輸出" i see …."
優秀英語教案篇2<\/h2>
一．教學內容
main scene part a (let’s try let’s talk)
二．教學目標
1．能正確聽，說，朗讀“who is ...?-- he/she is...what’s he/she like? -- he/she is... is he/she…?--yes,he/she is. no, he/she isn’t.”
2.能正確聽，說，認讀表示人物外貌與性格特征的形容詞： old ,young,funny,kind,strict,polite,hard-working,clever.
3.能聽懂，會說，會表演let’s talk 的內容并在真實場景中運用。
三．教學重難點
重點：學生能夠表演main scene 和let’s talk的交際內容，能夠根據實際 情況用英語討論他人外貌與性格特征。
難點：用英語準確詢問并回答人物特征，如：“who is …? he/she is…what’s he/she like? he/she is … is he/she…?yes,he/she is. no, he/she isn’t.”
四．課前準備
教師自制的單詞卡 、錄音機、錄音帶
五．教學過程
step1. warming-up
1.let’s look and say the names.(教師出示本單元通過多媒體播放一些卡通圖片，分別展示年老，年輕，滑稽，有禮貌，工作努力，聰明，嚴格等外貌與性格特征，讓學生認讀，說一說這是誰，怎么樣。)
2.let’s listen and sing”who’s your teacher?”
step2. presentationen.
1.學習main scene
（1）出示main scene中的部分教學掛圖，讓學生觀察。
（2）看圖回答問題。
dialogue1: who can you see in the picture?(wu yifan,amy,oliver and a teacher.)
dialogue2: what are they talking about?(the teacher introduces classmates to each other.)
dialogue2:who is a new student?(oliver)
（3）聽錄音，模仿朗讀，理解對話內容。
（4）教師領讀對話，學生模仿，齊讀練習，生生對話，小組表演。
2.學習let’s try let’s talk
（1）listen and tick.聽錄音，完成探究學習第一題。
（2）創設情境：這節課我們和oliver，wuyifan一起去了解mr young。
（3）看let’s talk部分的課文插圖，聽錄音，模仿朗讀，理解意思。
（4）根據let’s talk內容嘗試分角色朗讀對話。
（5）學生兩人一組，完成“talk about your teachers.”
（6）學生表演，以檢查學生對本課對話的掌握情況，對做得較好的學生予以表揚。
3.make a survey.
t: who’s your... ...? ss:... ...
t:what’s he/she like?
step3. consolidation
三人一組，發現并用我們學過的句型討論小組內每個成員的三個優點。
s1: who’s that... ...? s2:... ...
s1:what’s he/she like? s2:he/she is…
s1:is he/she... ...? s2:yes,he/she is. no,he/she isn’t.
step4 homework
1.完成課堂檢測中的相關習題。
2.make a new dialogue and act it out。
六．板書設計
unit one what’s he like?
main scene part a (let’s try let’s talk)
who is he?-- he is our music teacher.
what’s she like? -- she’s very kind.
is he young?--yes,he is.
七．教學反思
優秀英語教案篇3<\/h2>
活動內容： new house
活動目標：
１、通過游戲活動＂布置新房＂，復習對日常生活中常用單詞，介詞及句型i need… … i put it… …進一步掌握。
２、通過描述日常生活中幼兒所熟悉的物和事情，激發幼兒學習英語的興趣。
活動準備：
１、房子圖片
２、平面示意圖――組合圖（１幅）平面示意圖――教師示范幼兒操作圖（１大６?。?
３、小超市所需圖片若干
活動過程：
一、幼兒邊唱“happy home”邊進教室，并引導幼兒與老師招呼。 today, we have so many guests in our classroom. let’s say “ hello” to them. all right! sit down, please!
二、（一）引出活動
１、出示房子圖片，引起興趣：＂look! what’s this?＂
２、復習各種房間的名稱：this is the bedroom（bathroom living roomkitchen）
３、以布置房間的形式引起幼兒興趣。 now, i want to decorate them. first, i want to decorate my living room. can you help me?
４、請６－７名幼兒先商量布置客廳，引導幼兒去超市購買所需要的物品。 i need something to decorate it. can you help me? look ! the supermarket is beside my new house. you can get there and buy something we need. who can help me?
a、要求幼兒通過商量，購置布置客廳所需的物品。 think about it. what we need!
b、復習句型i need……
c、請幼兒將所購買的物品布置到客廳內，并復習句型i put……及各種介詞的用法。 are you ready? come on! you do it!
tell us, where do you put it?
（二）幼兒分組操作，教師指導。
１、引起幼兒布置其他房間的興趣。 i so believe you. look at my bedroom, bathroom and kitchen. they are almost empty.
let’s decorate them, ok? b.引導幼兒布置其他房間。 this is bedroom.（bathroomkitchen）what we need?
２、引導幼兒自由組合并討論怎樣布置其他房間，并學習去超市購買所需物品。 if you want to decorate the bedroom（bathroomkitchen）。 you can go there and here. the supermarket is beside you. you can get there and buy something you need.
３、幼兒分組操作，教師巡回指導。 you do it! it’s up to you!
４、引導幼兒把圖紙講述給客人老師聽。 say something about your picture to our guests.
５、聽音樂安靜入座。
三、通過競賽的形式進一步復習鞏固介詞的用法及句型i need…i put it…任意選１－２組講述。 come on! let’s have a race. tell us something about your picture.（we need… …i put it… …）
四、結束活動
１、鞭炮起，教師發糖welcome to my new house
２、song:出教室。
優秀英語教案篇4<\/h2>
活動內容：a family of chicken
活動目標：
１、通過活動復習英語單詞cock、chicken、hen
２、培養托兒學習英語的興趣
活動準備：
１、chicken頭飾、雞蛋（均人手一份）
２、cock（由教師扮演）hen（由大班幼兒扮演）
３、音樂《mother hen》
４、草叢、籃筐（２個）
活動過程：一、唱歌念兒歌，組織教學。
１、t: come on babies! lets sing some songs, are you ready?
1、用英語日常用語進行對話good morning,how are you? what your name?how old are you?
2、出示所學過的三角形、圓形、心形，花，蘋果……進行復習
3、出示短線（從一個口袋里慢慢拉出一條短線）教幼兒line ，讓幼兒跟讀line, 提問where is the line? where？（讓幼兒指出哪里有line）尋找
4、再從另一個口袋里慢慢拉出一條長線，告訴幼兒long , long line, long line,讓幼兒跟讀，再出示前面的短線，教short , short line , short line,邊教邊用手比畫。
5、出示黑板（簡略說明黑板的英語名稱）， 在黑板上畫條線，邊畫邊說draw draw draw a line ,draw, (做動作，讓幼兒記下此單詞) follow me , draw ，draw a line , look, what’s the shape ?（出示圓形的圖片）circle ,oh , draw a circle , draw a circle ,draw, drew , draw a heart ,draw a flower,ok,who can try ? （老師請一位小朋友上臺玩游戲，被請上的幼兒背對著下面的小朋友，老師出示圖片，下面的小朋友便讀出，例下面的小朋友看到circle 時便說draw a circle,講臺上的幼兒聽到指令后便在黑板上畫上circle）
6、再復習一遍，老師在上面畫，幼兒在下面說，老師不出聲。
7、讓幼兒stand up ,listen to the dvd 聽音樂，邊學做律動邊慢慢地go pee pee。
8、class is over.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
教學目標：
培養幼兒對英語發音的興趣和英語活動的興趣，激發幼兒參與英語活動以及學習英語運用英語的動機
教學準備：茶葉 茶壺 水杯 礦泉水瓶 熱水壺 椅子 桌子
教學過程：
1. 組織教學：Let’s count from one to ten.
2. 練習單詞five 的發音，講解音標/v/的發音要領并練習/v/的發音.
3. 學習單詞have，注意幼兒的發音。
4. 情景表演：
Mary: It’s fine day , It’s fine day .I’ll visit my friend.
Ding-dong, Ding-dong.
Alice: Who’s it.
Mary: It’s me, It’s me. Mary.
Alice: Welcome, welcome. Sit down, please!
Would you like to have some tea?
Mary: Thank you.
Alice: Oh, my god. It’s empty. Mummy is not in.
Mary: No problem. I’ll show you how to make tea.
5. 通過情景表演引出單詞water和tea的學習。教讀數遍。
6. 演示沖茶過程，鞏固單詞water和tea的學習。
7. 請幼兒品嘗沖好的茶，引出短語Have some tea. 的學習。
8. 學習并會運用短語Have some water ./Have some tea.
9. 游戲活動：請幼兒分組沖茶，將沖好的茶請客人品嘗。練習運用短語Have some water ./Have some tea.
10. 小結本次課的學習內容。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Unit 11 Key to Success
高三英語備課組 主備：陳曉燕 , 10, 25
Teaching Aims.
1. Talk about social behavior and social relations.
2. Talk about teamwork and success.
3. Practice presenting ideas.
4. Grasp some new words, phrases and sentence structures.
Important new words and phrases.
criterion, criteria, stick with, through thick and thin, pull out of, summary, summarize, frequency, reputation, suspect, for the sake of, in reality, temporary, uncertain, expectation, compromise, excite, regulation, take … into account, dynamic, shortcoming, embarrass, contradictory, explosion, ambitious, ambition, as a whole, congratulate, once again, combination, live up to, accommodate, decline.
Important sentence structures.
1. Do you stick with your friends through thick and thin?
2. While working there you discover that the manager does not take proper measures to ensure hygiene and safety of the food products that are prepared in its kitchens and will be delivered to the customers.
3. Especially at school, it sometimes feels as if we are being asked to work in teams for the sake of just that.
4. No matter how hard that you try, working towards a career for which you are not suitable is not going to get you there.
5. Each offers gifts and processes that complement the others, contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the “whole” is a team, a class, a family or society.
Teaching procedures：
Period Ⅰ Word Study
1. pull out of 從……退出
(1) They are pulling their troops out of the battle zone. ____________________________________
(2) The expense of the project is so much that we have to pull out. ____________________________
(3) Once you are trapped in it, you can hardly ____.
A. pull out B. pull down C. pull away D. pull up
(4) The tree is hard to pull ______.
A. out B. up C. over D. off
(5) He jumped onto the train just as it was pulling ______.
A. up B. off C. away D. down
(6) The special train pulled _____ at 10 am...
A. off B. away C. out D. in
相關固定搭配:
pull out of the fire 使轉敗為勝 pull apart 扯斷,撕開; 找出……錯處,批評
pull away 開動,離開 pull down 拆毀
pull in (車)進站; (船)靠岸 pull off 脫(衣,帽等); 把車開到路邊;努力實現
pull on 穿戴(襪子,手套等);繼續拉或劃 pull over 把…拉過來; 把…開到路邊
pull through (使)渡過危機(險); 使恢復健康 pull back 阻力,逆境; 撤回
pull up 使停下,拔起（樹，草等）；阻止，斥責
2. suspect (suspected, suspected) adj. suspicious n. suspicion
suspect sb. of sth. (doing sth.) 懷疑某人（做某事）
eg. What made you suspect her of having taken the money? 你憑什么懷疑她拿了錢？
認為，猜，想．
_____________________________________________
=_____________________________________________
他們認為他是兇手．
She suspected that _________________________ 她認為他在撒謊．
(1) We ______ him ______ giving false information. That would be terrible.
A. suspect; of B. suspect; with C. suspect; from D. suspect; in
(2) Nobody wants to make friends with the boy ______ money.
A. suspected of having stolen B. suspecting to steal
C. suspected having stolen D. suspecting to have stolen
3. sake n. 緣故(僅用于成語)
for the sake of 為了…… for any sake 無論如何
without sake 無緣無故 for safety’s sake 為安全起見
for God’s (goodness’, pity’s) sake (加強祈使句)看在上帝份上；務請
eg. (1) They fought _____________ their country.= They fought ________________. 他們為國而戰．
(2) For God’s sake, stop quarrelling. ____________________________
(3) I’ll help _______________________ 看在你姐姐面上我幫你．
(4) Students must make it clear that they don’t study for teacher’s sake but for the sake of their own. ___________________________________________________________
(5) The couple only stayed together _____ the children.
A. in the hope of B. for the purpose of C. in the name of D. for the sake of
4. uncertain adj. 不確切的，無把握的． 反 certain
n. (1) 確鑿的，無疑的
It is certain that …… be certain of
__________________two plus two makes four. 2加2等于4是確切無疑的．
eg. The ______________ look on his face suggested that he didn’t know how to deal with the ________________ situation. 他臉上（感到）困惑的表情說明他不知道如何對付這一令人困惑的處境。
6. congratulate vt. 祝賀；慶賀
congratulate vi. 祝賀，向……道賀；慶幸，高興
congratulation n. congratulator 祝賀者
常用句型 congratulate sb.／oneself on（doing）sth.
We ________________________ the birth of her daughter. 我們祝賀她生了個女兒。
She __________________________having thought of such a good idea.
He congratulated himself on having survived the air-crash.他慶幸自己在空難中幸免于死。
7. live up to 依照……行事；做到；不辜負（期望）
live up to one’s reputation_____________________
Do live up to your parents’ expectations. 別辜負父母的期望。
expectation期待，期望，預料；（對成功幸運的期待，指望）
without much expectation of success __________________________
our team has every expectation of winning______________________
beyond expectation(s) 出乎意料（副詞，形容詞）
come/ live up to one’s expectation(s) 符合某人的期待
in expectation of 預計會有……
eg. (1)._____________________________, I decided to walk 預計會交通堵塞，我決定步行
(2). A young artist with great expectations _____________________________
(3) The WTO can’t live up to its name _______it doesn’t include a country that is home to one fifth of mankind.
A. as long as B. while C. if D. even though
(4). We will live _______ what our parents expect us.
A. on B. in C. up to D. with
Live 相關短語：
live a happy (miserable/ hard) life 過著幸福的（悲慘的/艱苦的）生活
live apart 夫妻分居 live by 靠……維生
live down 使慢慢淡忘 live for 為……而活；盼著
live in 住校，在工作的地方吃住 （反）live out
live on 靠吃……生存，以……為主食；靠……（收入）生活
live with 和。。。住在一起；接受（不愉快的事物）
Period Ⅱ Reading
Teaching aims.
1. Learn and master the following words and phrases: temporary cooperate, uncertain, expectation, shortcoming, embarrass contradictory，for the sake of, keep an eye on, take something into account.
2. Improve the Ss’ reading ability.
3. Enable the Ss to realize that it is important to learn to co-operate.
Teaching difficult points:
1. How to improve the Ss’ reading ability.
2. Master the following phrases and sentences.
What if ……？ feel as if, for the sake of, keep an eye on, take sth into consideration.
Teaching methods:
1. Skimming and Scanning methods
2. Individual, pair work or group work
3. Discussion.
Teaching procedures.
Step I Lead in
T: I want to move this desk to the 4th floor. But I can’t do it by myself. Who can help me?
(a student comes) we two did this job together and what we can call the job?
-----it is team work.
T: where else do we need team work?
-----football, basketball, rugby, working…
Step 2 Fast-reading
1. In sports games, a player .
A. often changes his role B. has a clear role
C. feels that players with different abilities make different contributions to the team.
D. accepts the same expectations and responsibilities as the other players
2. The author takes for example to show how a team can work well.
A. the sports team B. the project team C. the rugby team D. a dynamic team
3. What is the main idea of Paragraph 7?
A. How a project team is different from a rugby team.
B. How a project team works.
C. In a project team, people who have different abilities and personalities have different roles into team.
D. How the tasks of the group are divided depends on personalities and abilities of the individuals in the group.
4. According to the text, which of the following statements is not right?
A. The coach of a sports team is not counted as a team member, so he is less important.
B. social relations are important within the team.
C. the atmosphere in the group affects the performance of the team.
D. It’s not necessary for all team members to be friends.
Step 3 Careful- reading
1. Why are people sometimes made up a team to finish a job?
2. What is coach’s job in a sports team?
3. Why is working in groups at school an opportunity to learn about teamwork?
4. What does the task division for the group depend on in a team?
5. What will the lack of recognition of differences in human functioning lead to?
Step 4. Summary
Ask students to divide the passage into 5 parts.
Parts Main idea
Part 1( Paras.1-2)
Part 1( Paras.3-4)
Part 3(.5)
Part 4( Paras.6-7)
Part 5( Paras.8-10)
The passage is mainly about the importance of _______________. It tells us that teamwork is _______________ and ______________ because some work in our life cannot be _______________ by someone __________. Working in teams at school is a preparation for our ___________. To make the team _____________ well, all team members should _________, __________ and _________ each other and be clear about their __________. On the other hand, it is important to know every member’s _____________ and _____________, because different personalities and abilities can fit different __________________ in the society and can help us avoid _________________ other team members. In this way, we can make the best of working with team members.
Step 5. Language points.
1. be counted as 被認可，被認為有效。
count … as 認為……有效 regard … as 認為……是
treat… as 把……當作……對待 consider… (as/ to be) 認為……是
look on… as 認為……是 think of … as 認為……是
honor…as 授予……的稱號
(1). A few lines of words aren’t counted as poem. _______________________
(2). Jane was counted as one of the greatest magician over the world.
珍妮被視為世界最好的魔術師之一。
(3) The government has ______ him ______ a model worker.
A. honored; as B. honored; for C. honored; with D. been honored; like
(4) Waste is ______ as a crime.
A. regarding B. regarded C. considering D. taken
2. There are few occasions when members are confused or uncertain of their roles.
很少有這樣的時候，成員對自己（在隊中）的作用很模糊或不確定。
when 引導定語從句，先行詞occasion還原到句中作狀語。
(1) Wedding is an occasion when bride is the most beautiful. ________________________________
(3) There was ______ time ________ I hated to go to school.
A. a; that B. a; when C. the; that D. the; when
(4) I will never forget the days ______ I used to work in that factory.
A. that B. which C. when D. what
3. attach… to… 將……系在……上面；依附某人；將……派給（去執行某任務）；使隸屬于
(1)Do you attach any importance to what he said? ___________________________
(2) You’ll be attached to this department until the end of the year. ______________________
(3) I attached myself to a group of tourists entering the museum. 我隨著一群游客混入博物館。
(5) The porters attached a label to each piece of baggage. 搬運工在每件行李上都加上了標簽。
4. take … into account 計及；斟酌；體諒；考慮；將……考慮在內
Take… into account= take account of=__________________________
(1) We must take local conditions into account. 我們必須把當地的條件考慮進去。
(2) We must take account of the interests of the State. 我們必須考慮到國家的利益。
(3) When judging his performance, don’t __________________________
評定他的表現時，不必考慮他的年齡。
(4) What he did was excellent in the examination. We must _____ his age.
A. take into account B. pay attention to C. considering that D. take account for
(5) I hope my teacher will take my recent illness into ______ when judging my examination.
A. regard B. account C. thought D. observation
復習account
(1)I bought the bike on account. 我賒賬買了這輛自行車。
(2)We could not go on account of the rain. 因為下雨我們不能去。
(3)On no account are visitors allowed to feed the animals.
不論什么原因游客都不允許用東西喂動物。
(4)It is a matter of great account. 這是一件重要的事情。
(5) No one could account for the disappearance of the money. 誰也說不清楚這些錢丟失的原因。
(6) Smokers account for 20 percent of the whole population in the world. 煙民占世界總人口的20%。
(7) She gave an account of what he saw in China. 他描述了他在中國看到的事情。
Period Ⅲ Integrating Skills
Step 1 Lead in
Most of us are studying here aimed at going to universities. Is it the only way to succeed?
Step Ⅱ Fast-reading
1. Li Yonghong had an opportunity to go to university, but she gave it up.
2. The writer is trying to tell us that people who can’t go to university can also achieve great success.
3. The story of Li Yonghong is rare.
4Life at high school is very important because it’s easy to get to know ourselves while at school.
5. The writer thinks we should always listen to our teachers and parents.
6. Many people dream of going to university because they think a university degree is the ticket to success.
7. The little experiment shows us that everyone can succeed through hard work.
8. People have different personality types and each is of equal value.
Step Ⅲ Careful- reading
The structure of the text:
Part 1(1-2): ____________________________________
Part 2(3-6): _____________________________________
Part3(7-8): _____________________________________
Main idea: This passage tells us that to go to university is not the only ticket to success. Instead we should choose the job that makes the most of our special talents and interests.
Step Ⅳ Language points.
1. as a whole 作為整體，普遍說來，一般說來
(1) Will the collection be divided up or sold as a whole? ___________________________
(2) The population as a whole is in favor of the reform. ___________________________
on the whole 總的說來，一切都在考慮之內
(3) On the whole, I’m in favor of the proposal. _______________________________
(4) _______ I’m quite satisfied with the experiment.
A. As a whole B. On the whole C. As the whole D. On a whole
(5) We must examine these problems.
A. as a whole B. on the whole C. as the whole D. on whole
2. in demand 非常需要，受歡迎的，吃香的
(1) Good interpreters are always in demand. ______________________
(2) She is _________________as a singer. 她是十分受歡迎的歌手。
類似結構：
in store 儲藏著 in need 需要
in business 經商 in public 公開的
in secret 私下的，秘密的 in difficulty 處于困難中
in ruins 成為廢墟 in tens 十個一組，十個一包
in groups 成群的
(3) At that time, they were short ______ money, that is, they were ____ need of money.
A. with; a B. for; for C. by; with D. of; in
(4) The store has no more red shoes _____, so Mary chose brown ones instead.
A. in demand B. in store C. in need D. in existence
3. accommodate
a. 供給某人住宿或房間
(1)This hotel can accommodate up to 500 guests. 這個旅館可供達500位來賓住宿。
(2) I will accommodate my plans to yours. 我修改一下計劃以便和你的計劃相適應。
c. accommodate sb. with … 準予或提供某人……
(3) The bank will accommodate you with a loan. ________________________
d. 幫某人的忙，施恩惠于
(4) I shall endeavor to accommodate you whenever possible. ____________________________
e. 順應……； 考慮到
(5）accommodate the special needs of minority groups ___________________________
n. accommodation 房間，住所 accommodations 住宿，膳宿
adj. accommodating （指人）隨和的，樂于助人的
4. No matter how hard, working towards a career for which you are not …
… contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the “whole” is a team, a class, a family or a society.
No matter how hard和 whether 在此均引導讓步狀語從句。
a. No matter how 在引導讓步從句時可與however互換使用，而在名詞性從句中只用however.
(1) 不管天氣多冷，他總是去游泳。
She always goes swimming, however cold it is.
She always goes swimming, _______________ cold it is.
______________________________________, he’ll be here on time.
本單元短語：
1.what if 倘使……會怎樣 2.in groups 成群的
3.for the sake of 為了…… 4.in reality 事實上
5.be familiar with 對……熟悉 6.be counted as 被認可，被認為有效
7.make decisions about 作出關于……的決定 8.on the other hand 另一方面
9.attach to 將……系在……上面；依附某人；將……派給（去執行某任務）；使隸屬于
10.be aware of 意識到…… 11.be suitable for 合適……
12.keep an eye on 照料……
13.take … into account 計及；斟酌；體諒；考慮；將……考慮在內
14.depend on 依靠，依賴于 15.lack of 缺少
16.make the best use of 充分利用 .make the most of
17.have … in mind 記住 ngratulate… on.. . 祝賀……
19.as the years went by 隨著時間的流逝 20.in demand 非常需要，受歡迎的，吃香的
up to 依照……行事；做到；不辜負（期望） 22.dream of doing 夢想著做
23. in the eyes of … 在……看來 24. suspect of doing 懷疑……
25. make a contribution to 為……作出貢獻
Exercises
單選：
1. The police suspect him______ with the murder.
A. to be involved with B. of being involved with
C. of involving D. to involve
2. His private actions are ______ direct contradiction ______ his publicly expressed opinions.
A. in ; with B. with ; to C. into ; to D. of : with
3. Although he didn’t like the job, he took it _____ his family.
A. regardless of B. for the sake of C. as a result D. for sake of
4.Though they have nothing in common , they are able to live ___.
A. for harmony B at peace C. in harmony D. without harmony
ing at the barber’s shop is ______ experience for her.
A. a quite B. quite an C. much D. a much
6. Will you please _____ it that all the windows are well locked.
A. attend B. make sure C. see D. see to
7. Since these two shirts are ____ the same size and color you may take _____.
A. in ; neither B. of ; either C. of : none D. with ; both
8. She decided to ____ her studies after obtaining her first degree.
A. pursue B. gain C. supply D. go on
9. I have never learned ____ much maths in my life as ___ last year.
A. as ; I do B. as : I did C. so ; I learn D. so ; I have learned
10. Her first sop was started 3 years ago and ever since she ______.
A. hasn’t looked up B. hasn’t looked back C. didn’t look back D. didn’t look into
11. People have been stocking up on water , food and candles ___ the terrible day.
A. in preparation for B. in preparations for C. in the preparation for D. with preparations for
12.What made the boy unhappy was ___ to go fishing with his father.
A. his not allowing B. his not being allowed
C. his being not allowed D. having not been allowed
13.He is a person of few words. It is hard to ___ his thoughts.
A. learn B. study C. read D. master
14. He is writing a book ____ the Chinese history.
A. relating to B. concerned C. concerning with D. related with
15. _____ all the good things about online communication is not easy .
A. Named B. Called C. Calling D. Naming
16. She has milked a large part of the sheep , the rest ___ eating grass.
A. was B. were C. is D. are
17. The cattle kept on this farm are as good as ____ imported from abroad.
A. ones B. these C. that D. those
18. A tall wall is being built to ____ the place against thieves.
A. prevent; from B. guard ; from C. keep ; out D. leave ; off
19. They are warned there are many dangers ___.
A. avoiding B. being avoided C. to avoid D. to be avoided
20. There is no point _____ her change her mind.
A. to try and make B. in trying to make C. for trying making D. but try to make
第二節 完形填空(共20小題，每小題1.5分，滿分30分)
閱讀下面短文，掌握其大意，然后從36-55各題所給的A、B、C、D四個選項中選出最佳答案。
School was over and I was both mentally and physically tired. I sat at the very front of the bus because of my 21 to get home. Sitting at the front makes you 22 out like a shiny coin in a pile of dull pennies.
Janie, the driver, tries to break the 23tmosphere by striking the match of 24 I try to mind my manners and 25 listen, but usually I am too busy thinking about my day. On this day, 26 , her conversation was worth listening to.
“My father's sick,” she said to no one in 27 . I could see the anxiety and fear in her eyes. With a sudden change of attitude and interest, I asked,“What's wrong with him?“
With her eyes wet and her voice tight from 28 he tears, she responded,“Heart trouble.”Her eyes lowered as she 29 “I've already lost my mum, so I don't think I can stand losing him.”
I couldn't respond. I was 30 . My heart ached for her. I sat on the old, smelly seat thinking of the great 31 my own mother was thrown into when her father died. I saw how hard it was, _32__ still is, for her. I wouldn't like anyone to go 33 that.
Suddenly I realized Janie wasn't only a bus driver. That was 34 her job. She had a whole world of family and concerns too. I had never thought of her as 35 but a driver.
I suddenly felt very 36 . I realized I had only thought of people as 37 as what their purposes were in my life. I paid no attention to Janie because she was a bus driver. I had judged her by her job and brushed her off as 38 .
For all I know, I'm just another person in 39 else's world, and may not even be important. I __40 not have been so selfish and self-centred. Everyone has places to go, people to see and appointments (約會) to keep. Understanding people is an art.
21A. anxiety B. determination C. decision D. attempt
22A. find B. make C. think D. stand
23A. unpopular B. uncomfortable C. unusual D. unforgettable
24A fire B. topic C. conversation D. discussion
25A. politely B. devotedly C. carelessly D. sincerely
26A. however B. therefore C. thus D. otherwise
27A. surprise B. common C. silence D. particular
28A. fighting B. avoiding C. clearing D. keeping
29A. told B. lasted C. repeated D. continued
30A. for sure B. at ease C. in shock D. in despair
31A. mercy B. pain C. pity D. disappointment
32A. but B. yet C. and D. or
33A. over B. round C. through D. without
34A. almost B. nearly C. ever D. just
35A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
36A. sad B. embarrassed C. selfish D. worried
37A. far B. long C. much D. well
38A. unfit B. unselfish C. unnecessary D. unimportant
39A. everyone B. someone C. anyone D. no one
40A. must B. may C. can D. should
A
The sky is a large place, and though it had been carefully examined for centuries, new features still turn up. Last March it was the reigns of Uranus, and last week astronomers announced what may turn out to be a new planet, though a very small one, in the solar system.
The object was first sighted last month by Charles Kowal, an astronomer at the Hale Observatories in Pasadena, Calif. Mr Kowal detected a faint trail of light on photographic plates, indicating that something was moving in relation to the background of stars. Other observers have confirmed the discovery.
The“mini-planet”, identified for the time being as“Object-Kowal”, appears to be about 1.5 billion miles away, between the orbits of Saturn and Uranus, and its diameter has been estimated at between 100 and 400 miles. Its orbit has not been determined yet, but if the orbit proves to be roughly circular, like that of the major planets, the new object world probably take 66 to 70 years to make a circuit of the sun.
Some astronomers have speculated that Mr Kowal's discovery may be the first indication of an asteroid belt beyond Saturn.
41. According to the first paragraph, in the solar system.
A. a large new planet may have been found B. a small new planet may have been found
C. a new planet has been found D. a large object may have been found
42. Paragraph 2 .
A. gives a different theory about the object B. states the main idea
C. reports the new object D. describes how the object was found
43. The object is located .
A. between Saturn an Uranus B. on Saturn
C. on Uranus D. on Venus
44. What field of study is this article reporting on?
A. Industry. B. Astronomy. C. Spaceflight. D. Agriculture.
B
Let's pretend we're sailing down the Rhine River on a pleasure boat. The Rhine is one of the main waterways of Germany, and the river traffic is heavy. It's interesting to watch the many boats going up and down the river. But the river traffic is not nearly so interesting as the beautiful scenery along the banks and hillsides. The boat is passing many old castles. We can see people working in the vineyards (葡萄園) on the hillsides. There are vineyards as far as the eye can see. Wine from the Rhine Valley is famous all over the world.
Suddenly our boat slows down and begins to turn a little. We are coming to a sharp bend in the river. On our right we can see a rocky cliff over 400 feet high. At first it looks quite ordinary, but there is nothing ordinary about it. There are many stories, poems, and songs about the cliff. We are looking at the Lorelei.
The someone on the boat begins to sing in German, the song of the Lorelei. It is a song about a beautiful siren (美女) who has lured many sailors to their deaths.
The siren is supposed to sit on the rock combing her long golden hair and singing. The sailors who hear her forget to steer, and the current of river hurls their boats on the rocks and dashes them to pieces.
Soon other people on the boat begin to sing. The beautiful song adds to special magic to the moment, and you begin to realize why so many people have made this trip down the Rhine to see the rock of the Lorelei.
45. The more interesting thing to those who are sailing down the Rhine River on a pleasure boat is .
A. to watch many boats going up and down the river
B. to see the beautiful scene along the banks and hillsides
C. to hear a song about beautiful siren
D. to see a beautiful siren combing her golden hair
46. Which of the following is famous all over the world?
A. The Rhine River. B. The River Traffic.
C. Wine from the Rhine Valley. D. The Lorelei.
47. We can see a rocky cliff over 400 feet high .
A. on our right when coming to a sharp bend B. on the Rhine hillsides
C. from the Rhine Valley D. on the boat
48. The song of the Lorelei is about .
A. The Rhine wine B. a rocky cliff
C. the beautiful scenery along the Rhine River D. a beautiful and dangerous woman genie
C
In the 1960s, medical researchers Thomas Holmes and Richard Rahe developed a checklist of stressful events. They appreciated the tricky point that any major change can be stressful. Negative events like “serious illness of a family member” were high on the list, but so were some positive life-changing events, like marriage. When you take the Holmes-Rahe test you must remember that the score does not reflect how you deal with stress - it only shows how much you have to deal with. And we now know that the way you handle these events dramatically affects your chances of staying healthy.
By the early 1970s, hundreds of similar studies had followed Holmes and Rahe. And millions of Americans who work and live under stress worried over the reports. Somehow, the research got boiled down to a memorable message. Women’s magazines ran headlines like “Stress causes illness!” If you want to stay physically and mentally healthy, the articles said, avoid stressful events.
But such simplistic advice is impossible to follow. Even if stressful events are dangerous, many - like the death of a loved one - are impossible to avoid. Moreover, any warning to avoid all stressful events is a prescription (處方) for staying away from opportunities as well as trouble. Since any change can be stressful, a person who wanted to be completely free of stress would never marry, have a child, take a new job or move.
The notion that all stress makes you sick also ignores a lot of what we know about people. It assumes we’re all vulnerable (脆弱的) and passive in the face of adversity (逆境). But what about human initiative and creativity? Many come through periods of stress with more physical and mental vigor than they had before. We also know that a long time without change or challenge can lead to boredom, and physical and metal strain.
49. The result of Holmes-Rahe’s medical research tells us __________.
A) the way you handle major events may cause stress
B) what should be done to avoid stress
C) what kind of event would cause stress
D) how to cope with sudden changes in life
50. The studies on stress in the early 1970’s led to _________.
A) widespread concern over its harmful effects
B) great panic over the mental disorder it could cause
C) an intensive research into stress-related illnesses
D) popular avoidance of stressful jobs
51. The score of the Holmes-Rahe test shows ________.
A) how much pressure you are under B) how positive events can change your life
C) how stressful a major event can be D) how you can deal with life-changing events
52. Why is “such simplistic advice” (Line 1, Para. 3) impossible to follow?
A) No one can stay on the same job for long.
B) No prescription is effective in relieving stress.
make a list of, compare… with…, take … into consideration, in charge of, be responsible for, be to blame, make notes of, be upset about, hand in hand, make informed choices about, accuse … of, associate … with, get across, appeal to, a variety of, look out for, keep an eye out for, at the best price, distinguish between… and …, with the purpose of, by the side of, refer to, make sense, appeal to/for, profit by/from, attach to…, be aware of…, distinguish between…, think twice.
Ⅲ Important sentences.
1. By introducing a brand name to potential customers, and by associating the product with the customer’s needs, companies are able to influence the choices (customers make).
2. Since an increase in sales means an increase in production, the price may be reduced.
3. Truthful ads provide good information that helps customers to decide whether they want or need the advertised product.
4. Armed with facts and figures, customers are better able to deal with the often powerful arguments given by a salesman or saleswoman.
5. Not all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.
6. A good ad often uses words to which people attach positive meanings.
二、Teaching procedures.
Period Ⅰ Word Study
1. convey a.) To take or carry from one place to another; transport. 運送；運輸
b.)To communicate or make known; impart通知；通報；傳達
The truck conveyed machinery across the country. 這輛卡車在全國各地運送機器。
Wires convey electricity. 金屬線導電。
I will convey the information to him. 我將把這消息通知他。
2. consideration n. 深思；考慮
Please give the problem your careful consideration. 請慎重考慮這個問題。
1)理由；考慮的事物；因素
The most important consideration in this case is time. 在這件事中，最重要的因素是時間。
2)in consideration of報答；由于
take ……into consideration顧及，考慮到 under consideration在考慮中，在研究中
a small payment in consideration of sb’s service 答謝某人服務的微薄酬金
我買汽車時總要把燃油消耗量考慮在內。I always take fuel consumption into consideration when buying a car.
3. Charge
(1)n. 費用; 主管,;控告
這家旅館的住宿費是多少？ What are the charges in this hotel?
我想和負責人談談。 I would like to speak to the person in charge.
警察控告他犯有謀殺罪。 The police brought a charge of murder against him.
(2)v. 給。。。裝上； 控訴, ；襲擊；索價，收費；
這個水果商要了我很多的錢。 The fruit seller charged me too much money.
突然野獸向我們沖過來。 Suddenly the wild animal charged at us.
他被指控搶劫珠寶。 He was charged with stealing the jewels.
把酒杯倒滿酒。 Charge your glasses with wine!
(3) In charge of (負責管理) 介詞斷語,可在句中做后置定語和表語.
The editor is in charge of the newspaper’s ad. Section.
The newspaper’s ad. Section is in the charge of the edition.這份報紙的廣告部分由這個編輯負責。
Charge money for sth/doing sth要價,收費
他修理自行車收了你多少錢?How much did he charge you for repairing the bicycle?
你的蘑菇要什么價錢?How much do you charge for your mushrooms?
Charge sth with sth 給。。。裝上；給。。。充電Please charge a gun with power. 給大炮裝上火藥。
Charge sb with指控某人。。；委托某人接受工作或任務She charged him with cheating. 她告他欺詐。
Charge sb to do sth/with doing sth 委托。。。做。。。
她托我照看她的兒子。She charged me to look after/ with looking after her son.
in/under the charge of 在…掌管下 charge at 向…襲擊;撲向
take charge of 負責,掌管 leave sb in charge of/ put sb in charge of 交由。。。照看
free of charge 免費 at one’s own charge 自費
4. blame v.
(1) 把．．．歸咎于．blame sth. on sb. / blame sb. for sth.
He blamed the fault on his wife. 他把錯歸咎于他的妻子。
(2) 對（壞事）負有責任be to blame (for sth.)
誰該對這個事故負責？ Who is to blame for the accident?
這件事是我做錯了。 I am to blame.
責備，譴責．n.
(1) He put/lay all the blame on me.
他把所有的事情都歸咎于我。
(2) We are ready to take the blame for what had happened. （bear/ accept/ give）
我們已準備好對已經發生的事承擔起責任。
4. react vt. &vi. 起反應;又影響;反對;反抗
react to sth 對…做出反應, react against 反對 react on/with sth 與..起化學反應
react on/upon sb對…產生影響;起作用have an effect on
1) 她既不抬頭,也沒有任何反應.She didn’t look up or react in any way.
2). 氫與氧產生化學反應. Hydrogen reacts with oxygen.
The eye reacts to light。 眼睛對光有反應。
Applause reacts on/upon a speaker. 鼓掌對講演者有影響。
The rise of oil costs reacted on the price of food. 石油成本的上升對食品的價格有影響。
action and reaction 作用與反作用
the forces of reaction 反動勢力
reactionary n.&adj. 反動的;反對進步的;反動的人;反對進步的人
reactivate vt. 使恢復活力;重起作用
reactor n. 反應堆;反應器;核電站
reaction C&U 反應,回應;反作用力;倒退;反動
6. accuse sb. of (doing) sth. 指責,譴責,控告
accuse sb. of theft 控告某人盜竊
the accused 被告 accuser 原告,起訴者
(1) The police accused him of his careless driving.警察控告他粗心駕駛。
(2) They accused you of being a murderer. 他們指控你謀殺。
(3) He was accused of stealing in the supermarket. 他被指控在超市行竊。
(4) He was angry with the boss of the factory and ______ broken his word. （B）
A. accused him to have B. accused him of having
C. accused of him having D. accused of him to have
7. get across 使被理解,使通過
(get … across to sb.) get the children across the street. 使孩子們過街
get the idea across to sb. 使自己的想法被某人理解
（1） 你的意思別人并未真正理解。Your meaning didn’t really get across.
（2） 他不善于表達思想。He is not very good at getting his ideas across.
come across=meet with=run across=run into 偶爾遇見
get about 走動；（消息）傳開 get ahead 獲得成功，取得進展
get along 前進，進展，與……相處get around( round) 走動，（消息）傳開，克服，設法回避（問題等）
get away 走開；逃脫get back 回來；取回，恢復get down 從……下來，記下；（to ）轉入……話題get into 卷入，進入get off 從……下來；出發；下班get on 登上（車，船，飛機等）
get out 逃走，（消息等）泄露；出版，發表get over 從（疾病，失望中）恢復；克服，解決
get through ( with ) 干完；度過；使通過考試；打通電話get together 相聚，聚集get up 起立，起床get rid of 擺脫
8. appeal vi. 有吸引力；呼吁；上訴
n. 感染力；呼吁；上訴
appeal to sth 影響。。的思想感情；激發…的感情sb’s emotion
appeal to sb 吸引；引起某人興趣 ;投合…的心意或興趣
(1) Does the idea of working abroad appeal to you? 你有沒有興趣出國工作?
(2) Teaching as a career ________ to many people because of the holidays. (C)
A. attracts ( vt.) B. calls C. appeals D. pulls
(3) She appeals to me. 我對她感興趣。
appeal （to sb） for sth. 請求某人某事；呼吁。。。，請求給與make an appeal
appeal for aid 求助
(4) 警方呼吁公眾提供有關被害者的情況。
The police are appealing to the public for any information about the murder victim.
appeal to sb to do sth. 呼吁某人干. make an appeal for sb to do sth
(5) The government is appealing to everyone to save water.
政府呼吁每個人節約用水。
appeal against /from 不服…而上訴;提出上訴
(6) He appealed against the judge's decision.
他不服法官判決而上訴。
9. profit a.) An advantageous gain or return; benefit. 得益：得利或回報；收益
b.)To make a gain or profit. 創利潤：創造收入或利潤
(1)Make a penny profit on each orange. 要每只橘子盈利一便士
(2)This new invention will bring you great profits like a goldmine.
這項新發明會像一座金礦一樣給你們帶來利潤。
(3)I have read it to my profit. 我讀了它大有收益。
(4)All his wealth did not profit him. 他所有的財富于他無益。
(5)I don't think it will profit you anything to do that.
我以為那樣做對你不會有什么好處。
(6)We hope our criticisms and suggestions will profit you.
我們希望我們的批評和建議將對你有所裨益。
(7)You can profit by making mistakes. 你可以從錯誤中得到教益。
(8)The students do hope to profit by / from the teacher's comments on their compositions.
學生們真心希望從老師對他們的作文的評語中獲得益處。
10. keep an eye open / out for … 留心注意…
eg. I have lost my ring － could you keep an eye out for it when you clean the house？
我的戒指不見了－ 你打掃房子是能留點神嗎？
相關短語：
an eye for an eye 報復,以眼還眼 have an eye for sth. 很能看出,很能鑒賞,有判斷力
keep an eye on … 照料…… fix/focus one’s eyes on… 關注;專心致志
make eyes at… 向某人送秋波shut/close one‘s eyes to 對某事物視而不見
catch sb.'s eye 醒目；顯眼；引人注意 see eye to eye with sb. 與某人看法完全一致
(1) 就我的觀點，這些裝飾品都很好In my eye, the decorations are excellent. (= In my opinion)
(2) 你能在我出去的時候照看以下我的小貓嗎？Could you keep an eye on my cat when I go traveling?
(3) 你要專心學習，否則就會受到懲罰。You’d better focus your eyes on learning, or you will be punished.
11. point out 指出
point at/to 指出（某人/物或其位置/方向） point sth. at sth. 用 …指著…
to the point 切中要害的 off the point離題的
On the point of doing sth., when…. 正在做某事, 就在這時….
(1)Point out the man who beat you yesterday. 把昨天打你的人指出來。
(2)He pointed out that we might have made great mistakes.他指出我們或許已經犯了很大的錯誤
(3) “那事就是他干的”，她指著我說。 “That’s the man who did it.”, she pointed at me.
12. make sense 講得通, 有道理,合情理
make sense of …=understand 理解,明白 make no sense 沒有意義,沒有道理
1) Can you make sense of what he said?
2) He doesn’t talk much, but what he says ________. (B)
A. make sense of B. makes sense
C. make no sense D. make sense
in a sense 在某種意義上in one’s sense 頭腦健全;神志清醒
out of one’s sense 精神不正常;愚蠢bring sb. to his senses/come to one’s senses 1) 使某人不做傻事 2) 使某人清醒 keep one’s senses 保持清醒(理智)
make 相關短語：
make the most of 充分利用= make full use of make for 有助于；有利于 ;向……沖去 make money 賺錢make out 設法應付；活下來，過活（通常用于how 之后）；理解；填寫；聲稱
make up 組成；化妝；捏造，虛構；彌補 make a living 謀生 make a list 列表 make a difference 有關系;有影響make a face 做鬼臉 make fun/ a fool of 取笑;捉弄
make friends with 與……交朋友 make an impression on 給……留下印象make peace 講和 make room (for)讓地方;讓位置make up one’s mind 決定;肯定;打定主意
Period Ⅱ Reading
StepⅠ Lead in.
StepⅡ Pre-reading.
Finding out advantages and disadvantages of the advertisement.
Advantage disadvantage
1. help consumers make informed choices
2.entertain people
3. increase product sales
4. make products cheap 1. make people annoyed
2. be misled by false and incorrect information easily
Step Ⅲ Fast-reading.
1. People react to advertisements in different ways. Because _______. (A)
A. ads are useful and entertaining to some people while annoying to others
B. ads are useful and entertaining
C. ads are annoying
D. ads are not only useful and entertaining but annoying
2. When we buy an expensive product, _____ can help us make the right decision. (B)
A. sellers B. ads C. our friends D. defenders
3. In order not to become easy target for ad. makers, we must ___. (A)
A. distinguish between fiction and facts B. watch TV more often
C. believe all the ads D. never believe any ads
4. The best chance to reach customers for the advertisements is to ___. (A)
A. appeal to their emotions B. make interesting pictures
C. give customers proper prices D. send messages to customers
5. Paragraph 4 is mainly about ____. (C)
A. ads must increase the production B. ads must reduce the price of the production
C. ads must help companies and customers D. ads must make a product more expensive
6. Which sentence tells us the main idea of Paragraph 5? (C)
A. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the prices of the products
B. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the types of the products
C. The most important function of advertising is to introduce new products
D. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the company where the
products come from
7. We can infer from the last sentence of the text that ___. (D)
A. we must learn to believe ads B. we must learn to accept ads
C. we must learn to analyze ads D. we must learn to accuse ads
Step Ⅳ careful-reading
Para 1 Where can people advertise?
…found everywhere…; have gone hand in hand with…
Para 2 How do people react to ads? Why do they have different reactions?
find…; make informed choices by…; accuse…of…; mislead…by…
Para 3 What’s the basic principle of advertising? How can companies do that?
by….and by…; influence…; spend…; appeal to…
Para 4 How do ads help companies and customers?
increase…; reduce…; take… into consideration; make the right decisions
Para 5 What’s the most important function of advertising?
Para 6 What do many governments make the most of ad campaigns to do? How about aid organizations? What’s another function of advertising?
make people aware…; name…as; spread… change…improve…
Para 7 What things can we look out for to spot an illegal ad?
keep an eye out for…
Para 8 How can we make good choices with ads?
analyze….; protect…from…
Step Ⅴ Language points.
1. broadcast vt. & vi. 播出，傳播，廣播，參加廣播節目
（1） 哥倫比亞廣播公司在下午7時播報新聞。 The CBS broadcasts the news at 7 p.m.
（2） 英國廣播公司白天晚上都在廣播。 The BBC broadcasts day and night.
n. broadcasting
a broadcasting station 廣播電臺
broadcaster 廣播者，廣播電臺， 廣播望， 廣播裝置
(3) The best performances were tape-recorded and ______ over the radio. (A)
A. broadcast B. broadcasted C. broadcasting D. to broadcast
2. post vt. 張貼（布告、 通告等）， 宣布
(1) 禁止招貼。 Post no bills.
(2)那艘船上全體船員宣告在海上失蹤。 All the ship’s crew was posted as lost at sea.
n. 柱，桿；郵政，郵件；崗位，職位
(3)The vacant ( 空缺的)___for an electricity engineer was advertised in yesterday’s newspaper. A. post B. job C. work D. occupation
(4) If you buy this book, it will be sent to you ______. (C)
A. by the post B. in the post C. by post D. in post
3.hand in hand
go hand in hand with表示“與……密切相關”，相當于go together with，其中 go with表示“相配，隨……而來”之意。hand in hand為副詞短語，表示“手牽著手；密切聯系，和……一道”之意，后面常加介詞with，再加名詞。
Eg. (1) Money doesn’t always go hand in hand with happiness. 金錢并不總是同幸福密切相關。
(2) Hand in hand with reading, he has developed the habit of making notes. 在閱讀的同時，他養成了做筆記的習慣。
(3) 貧窮和饑餓常常是緊密相連的。Poverty and starvation often go hand in hand.
[相關短語]
at hand近處；即將到來 by hand 手工地
on the one hand 一方面 on the other hand 另一方面
in hand 在手頭；在手邊 on hand 手頭；手邊有……
out of hand 失控 leave/ give a hand 幫忙
hand down 傳給后代 hand over 移交；讓與
from hand to mouth現掙現吃地；僅夠糊口地
(4) In time of danger, John lent ______ and we carried out the plan in the end. (B)
A. at hand B. call C. by hand D. on hand
(5) When Dad is away on business, I always give Mum a ______ with the housework. (C)
A. talk B. call C. hand D. lesson
4. By introducing a brand name to potential customers and by associating the product with the customers’ needs, companies must work hard to get their message across.
a. 介詞by后接動詞-ing形式表示方式。 如：
(1)靠起得早，我每天早晨有一小時時間閱讀英語。
By getting up early, I can have an hour for reading English in the morning.
(2) 他工作努力因而晉級很快。 By working hard he gained rapid promotion.
b. associate ... with 表示“把……與……聯系起來”。如：
(3)What do you associate with such a heavy snow? 這樣一場大雪你有什么聯想?
(4)We associate China with the Greet Wall. 我們想起中國, 就聯想到長城。
5. Some people find ads useful and entertaining.
V. + O. +O.C.
賓語補足語的定義: 英語中有些及物動詞,除有一個直接賓語外,還要有一個賓語補語,才能使句子的意義完整.這類常用的及物動詞有: make, consider, cause, see, find, call, get, have, let 等.
(3) 沒有人注意到他進了屋子。Nobody noticed him enter the room.
(4) 我聽見她在唱英語歌。I heard her singing an English song.
(5) 他們發現桂林變化很大。They found Guilin greatly changed.
(6) 我們把英語看成是研究工作的一種有用工具。
(7) We take English as a useful tool for research work.
(8) 我們發現實驗室內每件東西都放得井井有條。
(9) We found everything in the laboratory in good order.
(10) 不論什么時候去，你都可以看見他在工作。
(11) Whenever you may go , you will find him at work.
(12) 我看見他和他父親外出了。I saw him out with his father.
(13) 我們不久就要把我們的城市發展成你們城市目前的那個樣子。
We will soon make our city what your city is now.
注：能在復合賓語中先用形式賓語it，然后再用真正的賓語的動詞并不多，常見的有think, find, consider, judge, feel, make, take 等。
(14) 他們原以為做這項試驗是對的。They thought it right to do this test.
(15) 我們都認為支持他是我們的職責。We all think it our duty that we should support him.
(16) 我們認為掌握一門外語是有必要的。We find it necessary to master a foreign language.
6. Not all ads. are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.
not all 或 all…not 都是表示部分否定，并非全部否定。如果要表示全部否定，則需要用none, no , never, nothing等表示。
Eg. (1) 并非所有的孩子都喜歡音樂。
Not all students like music.
All the students don’t like music.
（2）我們一個人也不喜歡跳舞。 None of us like dancing.
（3）我無話可說。 I have nothing to say.
（4）They were all very tired, but _____ of them would stop to take a rest. (C)
A. any B. some C. none D. neither
(5) Greater scholar is _____ a very wise man. (A)
A. not always B. always not C. often not D. not ever
Period Ⅲ Integrating Skills
StepⅠ Lead in.
StepⅡ Fast-reading.
1. What makes a good slogan
A good slogan should be ”catchy“ or easy to remember, and should convey a message that will make consumers form a positive image of the company and product.
2. What should be paid attention to when selling products abroad?
The translation must be correct.
Step Ⅲ Careful-reading.
1.____ways of choosing names for the products are mentioned in Paragraph 2.
A. Two B. Three C. Four D. Five
2.A good slogan should be “catchy” , or easy to remember. The underlined word means___.
A. difficult B. attractive C. well-known D. interesting
3. According to the passage a good advertisement must________.
A. begin with a question or a puzzle B。tell a continued story
C． be informative and attractive D。contain a funny text
4. What is one of the dangers of a series of advertisements?
A. Readers will be tired of reading too many texts. B. Readers will lose patience.
C. Readers will forget the name of the product. D. Readers will forget the advertisement.
5. Why didn’t anybody buy the hair cream?
A. Few people showed interest in the actor. B. The advertisement wasn’t shown on TV.
C. “X puts life into dry hair” was not a good text.
D. “X puts living things into dry hair” was not a good translation
6. Without the German speaker at the car factory,___________.
A. The latest car would have sold well in Germany
B. The Germany would have changed the name of the car.
C. No German would like to buy the latest car.
D. The sales manager would have promoted to a higher position because of his performance
Step Ⅳ Language Points.
1. attach vt. 附上,加上;使喜愛,依戀
attached adj 依戀，留念 attachment n. c 附件 c. 依戀，眷戀，深愛
attach sth to sth 把。。。系在。。。
(1)attach labels to the luggage 將標簽附在行李上
(2)She attaches great importance to regular exercise. 她對正規訓練很重視。
attach oneself to sb/ sth 加入；使隸屬于
(3)由于迷路了，我只好加入另一個旅行團。I got lost, so I attached myself to another part of tourists.
attach to sth 屬于；與。。。有關聯
(4)這次事故的責任與他無關。No blame attaches to him for the accident.
be attached to 依戀，喜歡
(5)be greatly attached to one’s revolutionary work . 非常熱愛自己的革命工作
(6)Mary was attached to her brother. 瑪麗很喜愛她的弟弟。
(7)I am very attached to that old picture. 我很喜歡那幅舊畫。
(8) In many countries, packets of cigarettes come with a government health warning __ them.
A. attaching with B. attached with C. attaching to D. attached to
2. Nobody bought the product, however, because when translated it meant “X puts living things into dry hair.”
“when/if + p.p.” 有時用來代替一個時間/條件狀語從句, 如when translated相當于時間狀語從句 when it is translated.
(1)作業完成以后由小組長收起來.
The homework when finished will be collected by group leaders.
(2)那位營業員在別人對她說話時沒有理睬.
The shop assistant when spoken to did make an answer.
(3)這種水果如果在南方種植,長勢就不好.
This kind of fruit if planted in the south doesn’t grow well.
(4)這種病如果早期發現,是能夠治好的.
The disease if discovered early can be cured.
本單元重要短語:
1. make a list of 列出
2. compare… with… 把……與……比較
3. take … into consideration 考慮……
4. in charge of 負責;掌管
5. be responsible for 對……負有責任
6. be to blame 應受責備
7. make notes of 做記錄,記下
8. be upset about 因……而感到沮喪
9. hand in hand 手拉手;密切關聯的
10. make informed choices about關于……做出明智的選擇
11. accuse … of 控告……
12. associate … with 把……與……聯想/聯合起來
13. get across 傳播;為人理解
14. appeal to 有吸引力;呼吁;上訴
15. a variety of 各種各樣
16. look out for 當心;小心;找尋
17. keep an eye out for 留心或注意……
18. at …price 以……價格
19. distinguish between… and …
區分……和……
20. with the purpose of 帶著……目的;目的是
21. by the side of 在……旁
22. refer to 涉及;提及;查閱
23. make sense 講得通;
24. profit by/from 從……中獲益
25. attach to… 屬于；與……有關聯
26. be aware of… 意識到……
27. think twice 好好想一想;再三考慮
28. react to sth 對……作出反應
Period Ⅳ Exercise
Ⅰ．單項選擇
1．I must say that I am very much_____．
A．to be blamed B．to blame C．to being blamed D．to have bean blame
2．It took some explaining to_____my ideas_____．
A．get；across B．get；over C．get；cross D．get；through
3．What he said______right later．
A．was proved B．has been proved C．proved D．in proved
4．“I'm afraid I can't finish the magazine within the required time．”
“_______.”
A．Please go ahead B．That's right C．Not at all D．Take your time
5．The old man has so bad a cold that he has lost all_____of smell．
A．feeling B．sense C．skill D．strength
6．The words of my old teacher left a______impression on my mind and I am still influenced by them．
A．long B．lively C．lasting D．forever
7．Before you make a speech，you should_____your thoughts and ideas．
A．get B．take C．bring D．collect
8．Me thing that______is not whether you fail or not，but whether you try or not．
A．cares B．matters C．considers D．minds
9．Its beyond description．Nowhere else in the world_____such a quiet，beautiful place．
A．can there be B．You can find C．there can be D．can find you
10．It was______games that cost the boy a lot of time that should have been spent on study．
A．playing B．played C．to have played D．having played
11．We must keep our classroom clean for dirt and disease go_____.
A．from time to time B．hand in hand
C．one after another D．step by step
12．_____ alone in the dark room，the little boy was so frightened as to cry．
A．Leaving B．Having left C．To be left D．Left
13．Hundred of people leave their village to seek their_____in cities.
A．fortune B．chance C．luck D．future
14．“What is the matter?”“Mind_____a meeting tomorrow．”
A．you having B．you have C．you will have D．you had
15．The students carrying books come in first，_____？
A．don't you B．don't they C．will you D．will they
16．Nomatter how much money you possess，it can not_____a healthy body．
A．compare B．smite C．defeat D．match
17．“_____makes her different from the other students?”“Honesty．I think．”
A．What is that B．What is it that C．How is it that D．How is that
18．“I'd like to invite you to my new house next weekend．”
“Thank you，but_____I'll have time I am not sure at the moment．”
A．as B．when C．in case D．unless
19．The reason_____she gave for not coming to the party is that her mother wouldn't allow her to．
A．that B．what C．why D．because
20．“Is there a fog in the evening?”
“There_____be．I'll make a phone call to find it out．”
A．must B．would C．will D．might
21．I____from the crowd an old friend of mine whom I hadn't seen for ten years.
A．figured out B．picked out C．gave out D．went out
22．It's very kind of you．I'll never forget the____you have done me．
A．favors B．honor C．benefit D．kindness
23．She will have to find somewhere else to look，for she can not_____the boss．
A．come up with B．catch up with C．keep up with D．put up with
24．If we can_____our present difficulties，then everything should be all tithe．
A．get away B．get over C．get off D．get on
25．“Director，Jack is ill，so he can't be here．”
“Then we'll have no choice but to give the performance______him.”
A. except B. apart from C. without D. except for
26. “This dictionary is not Daivid’s. His is in my desk.”
“If it’s not his, ______can it be?”
A. who B. whose else’s C. who else D. who else’s
27．Comparison may make something appear more beautiful than it is when_____alone.
A. to see B. seeing C. is seen D. seen
28. I think John will____a good monitor, so I’d like to vote for him.
A. turn B. change C. make D. elect
29. Though small，the ant is as much a creature as____all other animals on earth.
A. are B. is C. do D. have
30．She is in a poor______of health，which worries her mother much．
A．position B．situation C．state D．condition
Ⅱ．完形填空
The teacher was asking one of her pupils some questions，but not even one of the answers was connect．So the teacher 1 to ask him some very simple questions．She hoped that he could give at least one 2 answer.
“Now, Sam,” said the teacher. “ 3 is Waterloo（滑鐵盧）？”
“Waterloo?”said the boy．“Oh，it's a kind of 4 machine，I think．”
The teacher was 5 ．She shook her head and 6 another question：“Sam，be 7 ，please. Now tell me the 8 to a very, very simple question: Who was Washington?”
“Well，”the answer 9 quickly，”Washington must be the man who uses that washing machine．”
The teacher got 10 ，but she didn’t 11 ．She thought and thought，and at last she thought of the
12 question--if this could be 13 a question：“Who is the 14 of the United States now?”
Sam thought for a long time，but he had now 15 at all．Then the teacher lost her temper．She
16 ，“Clinton！”Sam looked 17 and sat down．“Stand up！”the teacher cried．“I didn't tell you to sit down！”Sam stood up again ．He looked 18 ．
“Oh，I'm we 19 ，”he said．“I thought you were calling the 20 student．”
Weather changes when the temperature and the amount of water in the atmosphere change. We can see and feel water coming from the atmosphere when we have nun. But the water must somehow get back to the atmosphere．Meteorologists call this the water cycle.
There are many stages in the water cycle．Rain falls when water vapour in clouds condenses（凝結）． Drops of water form and fall to the ground．The water soaks into the ground and feeds streams and rivers．A lot of rain falls into the sea. The heat of the sun evaporates some of the water in the ground and in the rivers，lakes，and the seas．It changes the liquid water into water vapour．The vapour rises into the air．Water vapour is normally invisible．On a very damp or humid day，however，you can sometimes see water vapour rising from a puddle（水坑）or a pond in a mist（薄霧）above the water. Water vapour also gets into the air from living things．Trees and other plans take in water through their roots and give off water vapour from their leaves．People and land animals drink water and breathe out water vapour. In all these ways the water returns to the air．There it gathers to form clouds and condenses to form rain．The rain falls to earth，and the cycle starts again．It continues even if snow or hail（冰雹）fall instead because both eventually melt to form water．The amount of water vapour in the air depends on the temperature. The air is more moist（潮濕的）in the tropics（熱帶）than in the cold polar regions．
1．What is the main idea of the passage?
A．Water cycle. B．Water vapour. C．How rain forms. D．Water，vapour and rain.
2．How many ways of the water returning to the air are discussed in the text?
A．Two． B．Three． C．Four． D．Five．
3．Whether water vapour can be seen or not depends on_____．
A．how much water is evaporated B．how good your eyes are
C．in which way water is evaporated D．climate or weather
4．From the passage we get to know
A．there is more water vapour in the air in the tropics than in the cold polar regions
B．there is more water vapour in the air in the cold polar regions than in the tropics
C．it gets more rain in the tropics than in the cold polar regions because there is less vapour
D．the amount of water vapour in the air depends on how often it rains
B
We spent a day in the country，picking wild flowers．With the car full of flowers we were going home. On our way back my wife noticed a cupboard（櫥柜）outside a furniture shop．It was tall and narrow．“Buy it，”my wife said at once. “We'll carry it home on the roof rack．I've always wanted one like that．”
What could I do? Ten minutes later I was ￡20 poorer; and the cupboard was tied on the roof rack．It was six feet long and eighteen inches square，quite heavy too．
In the gathering darkness I drove slowly．Other drivers seemed unusually polite that evening. The police even stopped traffic to let us through. Carrying furniture was a good idea．
After a time my wife said，“There's a long line of cars behind．Why don't they overtake，I wonder?”In fact a police car did overtake．The two officers inside looked at us seriously as they passed．But then，with great kindness，they led us through the rush-hour traffic．The police car stopped at our village church．One of the officers came to me．
“Right，sir，”he said．“Do you need any more help?”
I was a bit puzzled．“Thanks，officer，”I said．“You have been very kind．I live just on the road.”
He was staring at our car，first at the flowers，then at the cupboard．“Well，well，”he said，laughing．“It's a cupboard you've got there！We thought it was something else．”
My wife began to laugh．The truth hit me like a stone between the eyes．I smiled at the officer．“Yes，it's a cupboard，but thanks akin．”I drove home as fast as I could．
5．In fact the husband_____the cupboard．
A．would like very much to buy B．badly wanted
C．was glad to have bought D．would rather not buy
6．Other drivers thought they were____．
A．carrying a cupboard to the church B．sending flowers to the church
C．carrying nothing but a piece of furniture D. going to attend a funeral（葬禮）at the church
7．The lice will be more polite to those who are___．
A. driving in gathering darkness B. in great sorrow（悲痛）
C．driving with wild flowers in the car D．carrying furniture
8．What did the husband think of this matter?
A．It was very strange． B．He felt ashamed of it．
C．He took great pride in it． D．He was puzzled at it．
C
“Soon, you’re going to have to move out!” cried my neighbor upon seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind or at least known in my neighborhood.
One tiny 9-inch plant, bought for $1.25 in the spring, has already taken over much of my rose bed, covering much of other plants, and is well on its way to the front door.
Roses require a good deal of care, and if it weren’t for the pleasure they give, it wouldn’t be worth the work. As it is, I have a garden full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year. bushes must be pruned (剪枝) in early spring, leaving ugly woody branches until the new growth appears a few weeks later. It was the space available (可用的) in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant. A big mistake.
Soil conditions made just perfect for roses turn out be even more perfect for tomatoes. Thedaily watering coupled with full sun and regular fertilizing (施肥) have turned the little plant into a tall bush. The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long since disappeared under the thick leaves.
Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I have to find the red ones among the leaves, which means I almost have to stand on my head, and once found I have to reach down and under, pick the tomatoes and withdraw (縮回) my full fist without dropping the prize so dearly won. I found two full-blown white roses completely hidden as I picked tomatoes in June. But they were weak and the leaves already yellow for lack of light.
Here I am faced with a painful small decision: To tear up a wonderful and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to several expensive and treasured roses. Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind, I’ll think about that tomorrow.
9．What are the requirements for the healthy growth of rose?
A．A lot of care and the right soil. B．Frequent pruning and fertilizing.
C．Tomato plants grown alongside. D．Cages placed around the roots.
10．The writer planted the tomato because _________.
A．it cost only $1.25 B．the soil was just right for it
C．there was room for it in the garden D．the roses’ branches needed to be covered
11．This year the writer’s roses were __________.
A．removed from the rose bed B．picked along with the tomatoes
C．mostly damaged by too much sunlight D．largely hidden under the tomato plant
12．By saying “the prize so dearly won” in paragraph 5, the writer wants to ________.
A．show the difficulty in picking the tomatoes B．show the hardship of growing the roses
C．express her liking for the roses D．express her care for the tomatoes
13．In the situation described in the text, one good thing is that ________.
A．the roses cost the writer little money B．the writer has a daily harvest of tomatoes
C．someone will help the writer make the decision
D．the writer can now enjoy both the roses and tomatoes
Ⅳ．用所給詞的適當形式填空。
late, product, advertise, attach, promote, frequent, comparison,accuse, appeal, association
1．Fatal accidents have decreased____over recent years．
2．Do you have any idea how______the sales of this product?
3．Professor Smith was______to the medical college as guest professor for two years．
4．They have been______the shampoo on TV．
5．____of computers has increased double in the last few weeks．
6．She told me to be there by 6 p.m. at the____.
7．The experts are discussing the problems_____with cancer treatment．
8．The idea of a holiday abroad is certainly______.
9．She was______of having an affair with another man．
10．In today's lesson our history teacher_____the British system of government with the American one．
Ⅳ1. frequency 2. promote 3. attached 4. advertising 5. Production 6. latest 7. associated 8. appealing 9. accused 10. compared
Ⅴ
1．I believe her to have done right．
2．His question has set me thinking．
3．You'll have to get that tooth filled.
4. Make yourselves at home，everybody．
5. We're having some friends in tonight．
6．He felt it his duty to take good care of them．
7．They consider Paris the heart of France．
8．I could smell trouble coining．
9．I heard him come in last night．
10．Do you like your tea weak or strong?
Dear Mr Green
I'm glad to hear that you are coming soon．I've just read about an ad. for house sale，which you might be interested in．I'm writing to inform you of it．
Sunny Square lies in Chaoyang District, east of Beijing. It is next to the Great Wall Hotel, and just one kilometer away from the expressway to the airport. They have both high and low buildings with various designs for different choices.
There are plenty of green fields and parking areas. There are also school, restaurants, a hospital and modern shopping centres as well.
The kitchen and the bathroom are well furnished. Hot water is provided for 24 hours and lifts work day and night. If you need further information, you may call 010-800-66389420.
Best wishes.
Yours,
Li Lei
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
一、單元考點提示
1.單詞
by sea relate to share(v.) mark with long before turn to apart from tour (be)busy with ( be)determined to do sth. disobey key figure in peace oppose think up take up arms work on keep one’s promise with the purpose of
2.句型
You’d better(not)… Let’s …
You need to… What/How about…？
（I think）you should/ought to…
Shall we…？
I suggest（that）you…
Why not…？ Why don’t you…？
I will…
I have decided to /that…
I have (not)decided wh-clause / wh-word to…
I insist on /that…
3.語法
復習句子成分--賓語
復習句子成份--賓語補足語
二、考點精析與拓展
1.settle vt.定居，解決（事端，矛盾等）安排，決定
We have settled a party on Wednesday evening.
星期三晚上我們安排了一次聚會。
This medicine should settle your nerves.
這種藥會使你鎮靜下來。
They settled their quarrel in a friendly way.
他們用一種友好的方法解決了爭端。
2.make up 創造，編造，彌補，化妝，構成，占有
John made up that joke about the talking dog.
約翰編了一個會講話的狗的笑話。
The number of the college students in the country makes up only 1%of the population.
這個國家的大學生的數量僅占人口的百分之一。
I have to make up the test I missed last week.
我上周沒考試，我必須補考。
John and Tom quarreled, but make up after a while.
約翰和湯姆吵架了，但一會兒就和好了。
由make構成的其他短語：
make sense有意義 make faces/a face做鬼臉
be made of /from由……制成 be made into把……制成……
make it成功，達到目的 make out理解；勉強分辨出
make up one’s mind下定決心
3.keep…alive使……繼續有效存在/進行
We must keep the good revolutionary traditions alive.
The idea puzzled me so much that I stopped for a few seconds to try to .
A. make it out B. make it off C. make it up D. make it over
分析：A。make it out發現真相，因為受到迷惑，所以試圖發現真相。
題7 （NMET 2002）
The taxi driver often reminds passengers to their belongings when they leave the car.
A. keep B. catch C. hold D. take
分析：D。take拿走，句意為：乘客下車時要把東西帶走。
題8 （NMET 2001 北京）
-Why haven’t you bought any butter?
-I to but I forgot about it.
A. liked B. wished C. meant D. expected
分析：C。從提供的情景分析，是打算買而沒買，應用meant。
題9 （NMET 2001 北京）
Have a good rest. You need to your energy for the tennis match this afternoon.
A. leave B. save C. hold D. get
分析：B。save此為“儲存，積攢”之意。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Teaching Goals:
l Review a description of plants
Target language:
Ability Goals:
Enable the students to talk about botany and to say sth. about it.
Teaching important points:
Help the students learn to describe plants and how to grow and take care of them.
The contribution of the three important persons to the science of botany.
The meaning and the usage of the key words.
Teaching methods :
Teaching procedures and ways:
Greet the whole class ; Duty reports
Last week, we learned unit 3. This unit is about the only country in the world that covers an entire continent-Australia. It is a wealthy country, which produces metals, precious stones, coal, grain, meat and wines, and has the biggest iron mines in the world. Australia has the about one-sixth of the world’s sheep and produces almost one-third of its wool. The climate in Australia varies from north to south.
Modern Australia is made up of six states and two territories. The first Australians were the Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders. The two world war had a strong influence on Australia. The official language is English, which is quite different from British and American English. However, do you know what the national flower of Australia is?-----Golden Wattle (Acacia ) 金合歡，又稱相思樹
Look at the pictures and match each flower with its correct name. Which flower is your favorite? Explain why.
Picture 1: peony-- the Chinese national flower, native to China, is called as the “King of Flowers”, which is widely used in Chinese medicine.
Picture 2: tulip. Tulip is native to Central and Western Asia, and parts of the Middle East, roughly in the region near Afghanistan. Tulip is mainly used for decoration. Also, tulips are beautiful flowers and people often send them to their friends as presents.
Picture 3: rose. Rose is native to Southwest Asia. Roses are best presents to be sent to friends. And it is also very popular to send roses as love signal between young people. Red roses indicate warmth and love and white ones, purity and simplicity, blue ones, honesty and sincerity. Also, rose flower is a kind of important Chinese medicine.
Picture 4: sunflower. Sunflowers get their name because they always face the sun-turning to track the sun’s movement across the sky. Sunflower is a North American native. American Indians used sunflower as food and medicine.
1.Listen to the tape and get the topic of the passage
1).This passage mainly deals with _______d_.
2).From this passage we know that_______b__.
A. People in the past had enough fruits to eat.
B. People on the voyages long ago couldn’t survive long on board, one of the main reasons was that they lacked fresh fruits and vegetables.
C. Captain Cook didn’t realise the importance of keeping ship and the crew members themselves clean and taking regular exercises.
2.Please judge the following statements as true or false.
( × )1. There were enough fruits in ancient Europe.
( × )2. Farmers in old England often got ill during the winter because they did not get enough exercises.
( √ )3 Fruit and vegetables could not be kept fresh for a very long time because they had not found ways to keep them.
( √ )4. The diet aboard ships consisted of salt meat, and hard biscuits. The sailors hardly ate any fresh vegetables or fruit.
( × )5. The discovery of Vitamin C made people realise that eating fresh vegetables and fruit could treat this disease.
Lead in:
Talk about the pictures:
Picture1: Coffee beans are used to make coffee. Coffee originally came from Africa, although coffee-drinking started in Arab countries. Coffee as a crop is now grown in subtropical regions, such as Latin America, Africa, Arabia, Indonesia, Hawaii, India and in Southeast Asia.
Picture 2: Tea is used to make tea. Tea originally came from China. Currently, the most important tea producing countries are China, Japan, India and Sri Lanka.
Picture 3: Chili is used as a spice to make food more tasty. Other than what some Chinese students may believe, chili is not originally from China, but from Latin America. Chili is grown in tropical countries all over the world.
Do you like chili?
Picture 4: Hemp is used to make rope or carpets. Hemp originally came from the Central Asia, and has been known to China for more than 10,000 years. The British spread hemp to all their colonies as its fibre was used to make sails and rope for their ships. It is now produced in all countries of the world.
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science?
His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.
1. How should we classify them scientifically?
By grouping plants in families.
2. who is the first to do this?
3. How many scientists are mentioned?
Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook
4. How many voyages did James Cook make?
1. Before Linnaeus botany was ________．D
A．studied by doctors B．unknown to anyone C．fully developed D．a branch of medicine
2. Some economic species plants such as____ could help to develop local economies．C
A．rose and peony B．tea and apple C．cocoa and hemp D．Cocoa and lemon
3. It was ____ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research．A
A．Joseph Banks B．Captain Cook C．Linnaeus D． Daniel Solander
4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ___ ．C
A．the importance of botany B．how to classify plant species into groups
C．Linnaeus’contribution to botany D．Linnaeus’discoveries about different species
5.Captain Cook made ___voyages altogether around the world. C
n The relationship among three persons.
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus?
Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world?
To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition?
Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”?
When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.
Step Ⅵ Language points:
Find out the important people mentioned in the text.
Charles Darwin From England Gregor Mendel From Austria
Choose the best answers according to the passage
1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that_ . C
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
2. Darwin observed that the birds with _ _ would eat_ . B
A. small beaks l hard seeds B．broad beaks；hard seeds
C. hard beaks；hard seeds D．broad beaks；soft seeds
3.Darwin joined the scientific expedition on _____ ． C
A. the Endeavour B.Tahiti C．the Beagle D．space
4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that . D
A．the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment
B．the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand
C．the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment
D the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .
5. Darwin studied physics，chemistry and botany because_________ . B
A．he was invited to join scientific expedition
C．he could do a lot Of experiments
D．he wanted to finish his book“On the Origin of Species”
Scientist Research/experiment Result
Charles Darwin The wild life of Galapagos, many varieties of garden roses There were differences between the species of the different islands’yet all showed a clear relationship with those of America’ differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
Gregor Mendel Flowers and peas Many characteristics were passed on from one generation to the next, without influence by the environment. His research gave birth to the science of genetics.
Gote Turesson A wild plant found on the Swedish west coast Found evidence for the existence of stable varieties within species in nature. He showed that differences between plants of one species occurred as a result of the environmental conditions in their habitat.
The text can be divided into four parts
Part I Pa1-3: Darwin and his research.
Part II Pa4-5: Mendel and his experiment.
Part III Pa6: Turesson and his study
Part IV Pa7: the importance and significance of the research of the three.
Important sentences in the passage
1. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.
2. Back home, in England, Darwin realized that differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
3. As a result of Darwin and Mendel’s research, scientists of the nineteenth century formed the belief that that influence of the environment was behind the development of new species.
4. It would take a next generation of scientists to bring the importance of the environment on species back in view.
Translate the following phrases into English:
詳細地 in detail 處于支配的地位，負責 in charge of
由……負責 in the charge of 任命某人為……appoint sb. as
將……分類成classify…into… 計算……之間的距離 calculate the distance between…
一代一代傳下去pass on from one generation to the next 建于…；以…為基礎be based on
參與; 陷入 ……的活動be involved in 根據;視……而定；按照according to
搜索；尋找 search for 總而言之 altogether
match…with （在品質；顏色；設計等方面）相等，相當，相配
at the age of 在……歲時 look out for 警惕;留心;守侯
on a large scale 大規模地;大范圍地 year after year 年年;年復一年
pass away 逝世 name…after 給……取名;命名
take care of 關心;照顧 classify…into 分類;歸類
develop a lifelong friendship with 與……結存了終生好朋友 born into 出生
have an appetite for knowledge 有求知欲 a great deal of 大量;許多(用于不可數名詞)
be sunken into 墮入 a bunch of flowers
make two more voyages be involved in
lead sb. to do sth. calculate the distance between
pass on from on generation to the next form the belief
Design, permit, think up , make a point , more than badly , throw off, lack , struggle
2. Sentences:
A. Even before India won independence from its British rulers, it was clear that Gandhi was the key figure and leader in the struggle of 380 million Indians to govern themselves.
B. He was a model of a different kind of political leader.
C. It was the duty of everyone to disobey this law, but without using violence.
D. On his return to India he had the chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case.
3. Grammar
A. We elect him monitor of our class.
B. I ordered them to go away at once.
C. I can hear the girl singing.
D. We consider him to be a great leader.
4. Useful expressions
A. What do you plan to do?
B. Why do you think it is possible….?
C. I decided …..
D. I insist on….
E. I will…..
Unit 20 Lesson 77 Gandhi : His life
Aims and demands:
1. Develop the Ss’ reading ability
2. Get the Ss know something about Gandhi’s life
Importance and difficulty:
Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Develop the Ss’ reading skill.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and slides.
Teaching method: reading and understanding
Teaching procedure:
Step 1. Warming up
( Listen to a tape page 5 )
T: Where did these voices come from?
------ Perhaps they were on a strike or they were gathering in a place to ask for sth.
T: What did they want to have ?
----- The blacks wanted to be equal as whites.
Apartheid means ( policy of ) racial segregation ( in South Africa ).
T: Once in South Africa, blacks were badly treated by South African whites. Blacks had not rights to vote. They were not allowed to take the buses or trains for whites. Do you think the blacks and whites are equal?
----- No. Of course not.
T: The blacks were lack of equality. And this is called the racial discrimination.
T: Do you any great leaders who led the black people to let them live a better life?
----- Lincoln , Martin Luther King , Gandhi ……
T: Who were they ?
T: Do you know anything about? Where was Gandhi born?
----- He was born in India.
T: India was once ruled by the British . It was Gandhi who led the Indians to govern themselves.
Today we are going to read Gandhi’s life.
Step 2. Reading for general understanding
I. Questions:
1. In which countries did Gandhi work for the liberation of Indians?
------- India and South Africa.
2. What successes did Gandhi gain?
------ He became a lawyer; he won a victory over the Pass Law in South Africa: he won a victory over the law that did not allow Indians to make salt: he won independence for India.
II. Find out what happened to Gandhi in the following years:
In 1869 Gandhi was born in India.
In 1882 Gandhi was married at the age of 13, following the local custom.
In 1888 He sailed to England in September 1888.
In 1891 Gandhi became a lawyer.
In 1915 Gandhi returned to India and was honoured as a hero.
In 1948 Gandhi died on January 30 th ,1948.
Step 3. Careful reading
1. Do the comprehension exercises ( WB and paper comprehension )
Reading comprehension for Unit 20 Lesson 77 (3B) CBBDD CAC
1. This text is about ___.
A. Gandhi’s political life B. Gandhi’s family life
C. Gandhi’s life D. Gandhi’s professional life
2. What custom is mentioned in the text?
A. Dining B.Marriage C.Family D.Education
3. Gandhi had traveled from ___ to India.
A. England, India and South Africa
B. India, England and South Africa
C. India, South Africa and England
D. South Africa, India and England
4. Gandhi was ___.
A. a lawyer
B. a leader for equal rights
C. a leader in the struggle of Indians to govern themselves
D. all of the above
5. Gandhi did not want his people to get equal rights trough ___.
A. articles licity C.marches D.violent fights.
6. Gandhi was ___ when India won her independence.
A. over 80 B. over 60 C. over 70 D. over 65
7. Gandhi was shot by ___.
A. an Indian who was against his ideas
B. a white man who hated him
C. an Indian who was sent by the British government
D. a white spy from England
8. The two movements in paragraph 5 are actually ___ movements.
A. economic (經濟的) B. cultural
C. political D. Educational
2. Note making
Step 4. Practice ( Wb )
Step 5. Interview
Homework
Lesson 78 Gandhi: His beliefs
Aims and demands:
1. Develop the Ss’ reading ability
2. Get the Ss know something about Gandhi’s beliefs
Importance and difficulty:
Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Develop the Ss’ reading skill.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and slides.
Teaching method: reading and understanding
Teaching procedure:
Step 1. Revision
Questions:
1. Where was he born?
2. How old did he get married?
3. When and where did he go to study law? ---- In England in Sep. 1888.
4. Later he went to South Africa. Why did he go there?--- to work on a law case
5. How long did he stay there ? ---- 20 years
6. Did he do any writing at that time?
7. What did he write?------ He wrote about socialism in newspaper and started a magazine call “ Indian Opinion”.
8. When did he return to India? ---- 1915
9. What kind of things did he persuade Indian people to do?----- to be independent, to make their own cotton cloth to refuse to buy cloth made in England, to make their own salt
Step 2. Presentation
T: What do you think of Gandhi?
T: He was so great a man that all Indians respected him and he had become “father” to all Indians.
Step 3. Fast reading
Read the text fast and do the comprehension exercises:
1. text book ---Page 46 ( true or false )
2. reading comprehension
Reading comprehension for Unit 20 Lesson 78 I (3B) DCACB DCB
1. Gandhi was not ___.
A. a clever lawyer B. a determined fighter
C. a political leader D. a common leader
2. What drove Gandhi to struggle against all the unfairness?
A. His material desire.
B. His religious (宗教的)belief.
C. His belief in truth.
D. Other people’s expectations.
3. We can infer from the text that Gandhi seldom __.
A. lied B. talked with others
B. made mistakes D. praised himself
4. The first sentence in paragraph 2 means that ___.
A. he refused to be famous
B. he never made use of his position
C. he didn’t work for his personal interests
D. he liked to be a common person
5. Gandhi’s efforts for equality didn’t enable all Hindus to _____.
A. draw water from the same village well
B. be dressed the same
C. go to the same temple to pray
D. marry each other
6. Paragraph 5 talks about ___.
A. how Gandhi fought for the equality of women
B. how many unfair laws existed at that time
C. how people could escape from the punishment for their beliefs
D. how people should fight against unfair laws
7. The word “father” in paragraph 6 means ___.
A. all Indians became his sons
B. all Indians regarded him as their father
C. all Indians respected him
D. all Indians felt that he was above them
8. Einstein’s words mean ___.
A. Gandhi was only understood by few people
B. Gandhi was so great and outstanding that he can hardly be imagined
C. Future generations will not believe in his ideas
D. Gandhi could only be understood by the people of his times.
Reading comprehension II (Lesson 78) 3B ACDBC
1. Gandhi decided to live as a poor man because he ___.
A. did not have expensive tastes
B. valued ordinary people much
C. didn’t want to make money
D. believed in non-violence
2. What did Gandhi mean by “the force of truth”?
A. Great attention should be paid to the equality of women.
B. When people made mistakes he should admit them willingly.
C. Everyone should disobey the unfair law,, if any, but without using violence.
D. Everyone should be prepared to do heavy work , from leaders to the poorest peasants.
3. Which can be inferred from the 6th paragraph?
A. At that time the Indian burial customs were quite unusual.
B. Gandhi’s death aroused great unrest among the Indian people.
C. It seems quite ridiculous that he called for non-violent resistance , but was violently killed.
D. Gandhi was deeply loved and respected by his people, who showed great sorrow for his death.
4. What can be inferred from the last paragraph?
A. Future generations will no longer believe in his ideas.
B. His contributions to the world are so great that it’s beyond our imagination.
C. Albert Einstein thought nobody but himself really understood Gandhi.
D. Gandhi could only be understood by the pjeople of his times.
5. “The secret lies in the title of the book…” The underlined word refers to ___.
A. how he became such a successful political leader
B. how he got over so many failures or difficulties in his life
C. why he was regarded as a model of a different kind of political leader
D. why he entitled his book The Story of My Experiments with Truth
Questions
1. What did Gandhi mean by “ the force of truth ”?
---- If an unfair law existed, it was the duty of everyone to disobey this law, but without using violence.
2. Which event is described in the text?
----- The Indian customs following his death.
Step 4. Careful reading
Read it again and do the comprehension 3 ----Page 46
Describe the character of Gandhi using the information from the text
1. His simple life: He refused to make any personal gain from his political work. He decided to live as a poor man and not to possess wealth. When he travelled across India, he travelled “hard-seat, unreserved”, together with peasants and other ordinary people. In cities he refused to travel in a rickshaw. He ate simply and never ate meat. He rose early in the morning and worked at his wheel, making cotton thread.
2. His interests: Gandhi was interested in all spiritual matters, not only in the Indian gods. All his life he reached out for the truths of spirits and gods.
3. His belief: Gandhi believed that one should be able to “love the most ordinary being on earth as oneself”. Gandhi hated the custom that had divided Hindu society into separate groups for thousands of years and his goal was to end this.
Step 5. Practice
Workbook --- Ex 2
Homework
Lesson 77
Aims and demand: Grasp the usage of the language points
Step 1. Text reviewing
T: Where was Gandhi born? ----- India.
T: Following the Indian local custom, what age should one get married? ----- 13
T: That is to say. Gandhi got married at 13.
T: What age is the Chinese boy / girl usually married?
Do you want to know my age of marriage ? ----- That’s a secret.
What age are you going to get married?
1. marry sb.
be married
get married
be married to sb.
T: Try to guess : When did I get marred?
When did your parents get married?
How long has his / her parents been married?
What is your father? ---- a worker, a teacher……
Then his mother has been married to a worker for … years.
他們是戰爭結束時結婚的。
They got / were married at the end of the war.
---你和露西結婚多久了？--- 了。
--- How long have you been married to Lucy?
--- For twenty years.
T: Gandhi sailed to England to study law and stayed there for 3 years. As soon as he came back to India , what did he do?
----- On his return to India, he had the chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case.
T: What is the first thing you will do on your arrival at home this Friday afternoon?
2. on one’s return …
on one’s arrival …
on the enterance …
on hearing …
on reaching…
他一到機場就聽到了這個消息。
He heard the news on his arrival at the airport.
他一聽到這個消息就趕回家。
On hearing the news , he hurried home.
老師一進來，學生就起立。
The Ss stood up on the entrance of the teacher. ( true )
……………… on entering the teacher. ( wrong )
3. work on = be engaged in sth.
work on = work continuously
我們正在制定一個新的旅行計劃。
We are working on a new plan for travel.
他在實驗室里一直工作到午夜。
He stayed in the lab and worked on till midnight.
He worked on in the lab until midnight.
T: What made him change his life?
--- The chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case made him change his life.
This experience was to change his life.
4. “be + 不定式” 通常表示計劃安排要做的事
I’m go meet him at the airport.
（本文）表示不可避免將要發生的（命中注定的事）
Worse was to come.-------( “Roots”) Page 8
還可表示命令（父母讓子女做的事）
You are to do your homework before you watch TV.
T: This experience was the turning point in his life. Listen to the tape and deal with the following language points.
5. insist on doing
insist that
He insisted on going there alone.
He insisted that he should go there alone.
He insisted that he was right.
He insisted that he had finished his homework.
6. play an important role in…
play an important part in …
7. be put in prison
be thrown in prison
8. have a gift for …
9. think up 想出 ，編出 ( invent , make up )
think of （考慮）打算，想出，想到，想著，想起
think about （考慮）回想（過去）， 考慮某事是否可行
think over 仔細思考一遍
think of ……as 把……看作
Most of the masters thought of their slaves as animals that could be bought and sold.
Mary, are you thinking of marry Tom?
Who thought of/ up the plan?
We mustn’t think about your this matter any more.
I’ll think about your suggestion, and give you an answer tomorrow.( if it is possible )
Think over, and you’ll find a way.
10. with the purpose of 懷著……的目的
for the purpose of 為著……的目的
on purpose 有意地
11. following this 在。。。 之后
T: What will happen following the examination?
-----The result will come out.
T: What will happen following the heavy rain ?------ The river will be flooded.
Following the hot weather?----- Crops will die.
Step 2. Exercises
Correct the mistakes: ( Lesson 77)
1. Joan is going to marry with Hubert.
2. Gandhi was married at the age of 13, followed local custom.
3. Followed the doctor’s advice, my father has given up drinking.
4. The villagers still following the customs of their grandfathers.
5. In his return to India he had the chance to travel to South Africa.
6. In reaching the city he called up Mr. Smith .
7. After he returned home, he was honoured for a hero.
8. He had a gift in thinking up ways of making political points.
9. He was thrown off a train for insisting traveling in the whites-only section.
10. For twenty years he played important role in working for equal rights for Indians.
11. South Africa passed further laws were designed to make life difficult for non-whites.
12. Some of the Indians publicly burnt their permits and many of them were put in the prison.
13. Thousands of Indians, joined him when he led a march to the coast, on the purpose of “making a little salt.”
14. Follow this , 60,000 Indians , including Gandhi, were put in prison.
Lesson 78
Step 1. Deal with the language points
1. (translate) Gandhi was much more than a clever lawyer, a fine speaker, a determined fighter for human rights and a political leader.
甘地遠不只是一位聰明的律師，優秀的演說家，堅定的人權戰士和一位政治領導人。
他們倆遠不只是同學，他們還是知心朋友。
Both of them are much more than schoolmates, they are close friends.
They were more than glad to help.
他們是極其樂意幫忙的。
This more than satisfied me.
這使我深感滿意。
2. lie in 在于
T: He didn’t pass the exam, where did the problem lie?
Ss: It lies in his laziness.
(translate)那就是真正的危險所在。
That is where the real danger lies.
3. reach out for
他伸手從書架上取下一本書來。
He reached out for a book from the top of the shelf.
4. (translate ) One should be able to “love the most ordinary being on earth as oneself.”
“……就象愛自己一樣去愛世界上最普通的人?！?/p>
being c生物（特指人）
a human being/ human beings
Men , women, and children are human beings.
All birds and animals are living beings.
on earth 在世界上，在人世間
in the world 。。。
他們認為自己是世界上最聰明的人。
They consider themselves the wisest men on earth.
北京將成為世界上最大的城市。
Beijing will become the largest city on earth in area.
5. take up arms
6. as follows 固定詞組 “如下” 以引出下文
他們的建議如下：。。。
Their suggestions are as follows.
hardly
hard
There is hardly any wine in the bottle.
He hardly works at all.
He works hard at his lessons.
Such …as 象。。。這樣的，諸如。。。這類
他曾經希望做一名象甘地那樣的領袖。
He wished to be such a leader as Gandhi.
這樣的照片應該由博物館保存。
Such a picture / photo as this should be kept in museum.
Step 2. Exercises
Fill in the blanks with a correct word ( Lesson 77~78)
1. He was busy ____ his work and did not notice me come ____. with, in
2. We should take ___ arms and fight ___ the Japanese invaders. up , against
3. Alice Green has been married ____ John Smith ___ ten months. to for
4. Diligence leads ___ success and failure often lies ____ laziness. to in
5. He demanded an end ___ the British rule ____ India. to over
6. Please let me go on ___ my work __ peace. with in
7. He reached __ his pocket __ some money. Into for
8. ___ last the enemy had to give ___ and we won the battle. at in
9. ___ her return __ the office, she began to work. On to
10. The notice reads ___ follows. as
Choose the correct answer ( Grammar exercises for object complement ) Lesson 77~78
1. Jane devoted her life ___ the sick.
A. to caring for B. to care for C. to caring D. caring for
2. The mother wanted her son ___ without delay.
A. to operate B. to be operated on C. to operate on D. being operated on
3. The father forbade the child ___ out of doors during his absence.
A. to go B. go C. goes D. will go
4. She was glad to see her child____.
A. taking care of B. taken care C. taken care of D. take care of
5. When she returned home, she found the window open and something____.
A. stolen B. missed C. to be stolen D. to steal
6. Although he tried, Bob still couldn’t make himself ____ .
A. being heard B. hearing C. heard D. hear
7. We can depend on the workers ___ the plan.
A. carried B. to carry C. carry D. carrying
8. The government calls on us ____ our production.
A. increased B. increasing C. increase D. to increase
9. Do you hear someone ___ at the door?
A. knocked B. knocking C. to knock D. knock
10. Did you notice the boy ___ the street just now?
look out for, on a large scale, year after year, pass away, name after, in detail, a bunch of, be suitable to, have…in common, belong to, a branch of, classify…into, base…on…, according to, have an appetite for, appoint…as…, lead a cosy life, be involved in, at one’s own expresses, give birth to
Ⅲ. 重要句型:
1．Attempts had been made by others to classify plant species into groups, but the breakthrough came with the work of Carl Linnaeus.
2．Showing how plants were related was a complex and strange
thing before Linnaeus developed his system.
3．Born into a life of privilege, Joseph Banks was the son of a wealthy family.
4. As astronomy was one of the most important branches of science, it was the British government that paid for all the equipment and expenses for that part of the expedition.
5. Despite his wealth, he worked to make a career in science.
6. On their three-year voyage, Joseph Banks did not only study and describe new plants he found, but also look out for new economic species; plants that could be grown in England or other parts of the world to produce crops that could be sold .
7. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.
二、Teaching periods：Four
Period I Word Study
1. procedure n.
1) 程序;手續;步驟，工序；[U][C]
The chairman was quite familiar with the procedure for conducting a meeting.
主席對開會的程序很熟悉。
The next procedure is as follows. 下一個步驟如下。
He complained to the manager, and by this procedure got the money back.
他向經理投訴，通過這種程序拿回錢。
2) 常規;傳統的做法[C][U]
The first step in the procedure for making a kite is to build the frame.
制作風箏的第一步是做骨架。
2. promote vt.
（1）提升；提職;使（學生）升級（to）
她努力工作,不久被提升為校長了。
_She worked hard and was soon promoted to headmaster.
通過考試的學生將升到高一個年級去。
Pupils who passed the test will be promoted to the next higher grade.
（2）促進；增進；促使
The Prime Minister’s visit will promote the cooperation between the two countries.
首相的訪問將促進兩國間的合作。
（3）推銷；為。。。。作廣告
他的工作是促銷這一新產品。
His job is to promote the new product.
promotion n. 提升；促進；推銷
promoter n. （企業等的）發起人；推銷商
promotional adj. 推銷的；提升的；發起的
3. appetite n.[U][C] 欲望；愛好；食欲；胃口
(1)食欲,胃口[(+for)]
Exercise gave her a good appetite.
運動使她胃口大增。
Have a good / poor appetite 胃口好/不好
to sb’s appetite 合某人的口味；投某人之好
lose one’s appetite 食欲減退
(2). 欲望;愛好[(+for)]
have an appetite for 愛好
此時此刻她無心閑聊。
At the moment she had no appetite for gossip.
4. appoint vt.
（1）任命；委托
They appointed him to be/as chairman.
他們任命他為主席。
（2）約定
Our visitors arrived at the appointed time.
我們的訪客在約定的時間到達了。
（3）確定；指定
We have appointed 8 o’clock as the time to begin.
我們已經確定八點鐘為開始的時間。
n. appointment 約會；約定
make / fix an appointment with sb. 與…約會
by appointment 按照約定的時間/地點
keep / break one’s appointment 守/違約
5. look out for
look out / watch out：語氣最強，常用于某種緊急的情況或可能出現的危險的場合。
take care：語氣不如look out強，常用于出現不測的情況下做出提醒或警告。
be careful：常用語，使用場合較廣。
1）Look out! There is danger ahead!
2) Take care! The pan is hot. Don’t touch it.
3) Be careful! Don’t break it. It’s made of glass.
look out for 當心，小心；找尋
1） Look out for the pickpockets.
當心扒手。
2) He look out for the truth all his life.
他一生都在尋求真理。
look 的相關短語：
look around / round 環顧 look at 看；查看；考慮，著眼于
look back 回顧 look down 向下看；俯視
look down on / upon 輕視，看不起 look for 尋找
look forward to 盼望 look into 向……的里面看；瀏覽；調查；觀察
look over 檢查 look through 透過……看去；看穿；審核；仔細查看
look up 向上看；（在詞典、參考書等中）查尋
look up to 尊敬，仰望
6. on a large scale 大規模地；大范圍地
有些國家正在大規模地準備戰爭.
Some countries are preparing for war on a large scale.
They do only government projects and similar construction work on a large scale.
他們只做政府工程和類似的大規模的建設工作。
7. involve 包括；牽涉；使參與
有很多人參加了罷工。
The strike involved many people.
involve sb. / sth. in (doing ) sth. 使某人/物參與……
你解決你的問題，不要把我拉進去。
Don’t involve me in solving your problems.be involved in = be busy doing / be engaged in 從事， 忙于……
be involved in sth. 卷入
be involved in doing sth. 專心一意作某事
1) 他正忙著準備入學考試。
He is involved in preparing for the entrance exam.
2) 我們被告知此人卷入這一罪行。
We are told that the man is involved in the crime.
3) 他專心一意地訂計劃。
He is involved in working out a plan.
involved adj. 復雜的 involvement n. 卷入，牽連，牽連到的事物
8. abandon vt.
(1)丟棄;拋棄,遺棄
水手們離棄了燃燒中的船。
The sailors abandoned the burning ship.
人們發現那輛損壞的自行車被扔在河邊。
The broken bike was found abandoned by the river side.
(2.) 放棄,中止
He finally abandoned his reformist ideas.
他終于放棄了自己的改良主義思想。
(3.) (與oneself連用)使放縱;使聽任[(+to)]
她陷入絕望之中。
She abandoned herself to despair.
9. pass away
The old man passed away peacefully this morning.
老人今天早上安詳地過世了。
因為上周她父親去世了，所以她心里不好受。
She is upset because her father passed away last week.
pass by 從旁經過 pass down = hand down 傳下來
pass on 傳給（另外的人）
1) If you can’t do the job yourself, pass it on to someone who can.
2) Somebody passing by asked me the way to the Town Hall.
3) The revolutionary tradition is passed down from generation to generation.
10. reward
1）vt.報答；酬勞
（1）reward sb for sth/doing sth 因……報答某人
Is this how you reward me for my help?
你就這樣報答我對你的幫助嗎？
（2）reward sb with /by 用……酬謝某人。
她向他報以微笑。
She rewarded him with a smile.
（2）n. 獎金；報答；報酬；獎勵。
She offered a reward of $ 2000 for information about her missing son.
她懸賞2000美元找尋失蹤兒子的下落。
The reward has never been claimed.
這筆獎金還無人認領。
短語：
in reward 作為報答/獎賞
ask no reward 不圖報酬
give a reward to sb for sth 為某事給某人報酬
as a reward for… 作為對……的酬謝
reward according to sb’s deserts 論功行賞
15. Distinguish
distinguish between A and B 分辨A 和B
distinguish A from B 區分A與B
be distinguished by / for 以……著名的
distinguish…into 把……分類
distinguish oneself 使杰出；使顯出特色
1) People who cannot distinguish between colors are said to be color-blind
不能辨別顏色的人被稱作色盲。
2) He distinguished himself by his bravery.
他以勇敢著稱。
3) 分辨是非 distinguish between right and wrong
4) The young officer distinguished himself many times in battle.
這個年青軍官屢建戰功。
5) 言語使人區別于動物。
Speeches distinguish man from the animals.
用法相似的短語：
tell the difference between A and B 說出A 與B 之間的不同
tell A from B 把A 與B 區分開來
tell A and B apart 把A 與B 分開
differ A from B.使A 不同于B
Period II Reading
Step 1. Lead-in
Step 2. Pre-reading
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science?
His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.
Step 3. Fast reading
How many people are mentioned in the passage? What are they?
Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook
Step 4. Careful reading
1. Before Linnaeus botany was ___ D _____．
A．studied by doctors B．unknown to anyone
C．fully developed D．a branch of medicine
2. Some economic species plants such as __C__ could help to develop local economies．
A．rose and peony B．tea and apple
C．cocoa and hemp D．Cocoa and lemon
3. It was __A__ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research．
A. Joseph Banks B. Captain Cook C. Linnaeus D. Daniel Solander
4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ____C_______ ．
A．the importance of botany
B．how to classify plant species into groups
C．Linnaeus’ contribution to botany
D．Linnaeus’ discoveries about different species
5. Captain Cook made ____C_____ voyages altogether around the world.
A．one B. Two C. Three D. four
Step 5. Post-reading
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus?
Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world?
To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition?
Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”?
When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.
Step 6. Language points
1. Born into a life of privilege, … 生來就享有特權
1) be born into / to / of 出生于
瑪麗出生于一個富裕的家庭。
__Mary was born into a wealthy family. _
2) be born + (to be) adj. / 名詞短語
他天生是個聰明人。
He was born clever. = He was born a clever man.
2. Many young men in his position would lead a cosy life, but young Banks had an appetite for knowledge. 許多像他這樣有地位的年輕人過的是舒適安逸的生活，而年輕的班克斯卻渴求知識。
position
1) 處境；境地
他對他的處境很滿意。
He is satisfied with his position.
Madam Michel found her in an awkward position.
米雪女士發現自己處于一個尷尬的境地。
in one’s position 處于某人的處境
要是我處于他的境地，我不知道該怎么辦。
If I were in his position, I’m not sure what I should do.
2) 姿勢；位置
sit in an comfortable position 以不舒服的姿勢坐著
a vertical position 垂直的姿勢
3) 地位；職位
They were men of the highest position in England.
他們是英國地位最高的人。
3. As astronomy was one of the most important branches of science, it was the British government that paid for all the equipment and expenses for that part of the expedition.
as 的用法：
1) 引導原因狀語從句“因為，既然”
由于所有位置都有人，我們只好站著。
As all the seats were full, we had to stand up.
We all like her as she is kind. 我們都喜歡她，因為她善良。
2) 引導方式狀語從句“按照，如同”
我已按你的建議那樣改了。
I have changed it as you suggested.
像我這樣做。 Do it as I do.
3) 表示時間“當……時候”
隨著時間的流逝 As time goes on, ...
我一邊沿著河走一邊讀書。
I read the letter as I walked along the river.
4) 表示讓步 “雖然，盡管”
Tired as they were, they walked on. 雖然很累，他們還是繼續走著。
短語：
as for 至于；就……而論 as if / though 好像；仿佛
as to 至于，關于 so as to 為了
so…as to 以致于，以便
強調句型：It is / was + 被強調的部分 + that + 其余部分
1) 我愛好通俗音樂。（強調主語）
It is I that / who have an appetite for pop music.
2) 我們經常在閱覽室做作業。（強調地點狀語）
It is in the reading-room that we often finish our homework.
Period Ⅲ Integrating skills
Step I Lead-in
StepⅡ Fast-reading
The text can be divided into four parts, then summarize the main idea of each part:
Part I -- - Para1-3 Darwin and his research.
Part II --- Para 4-5 Mendel and his experiment.
Part III --- Para 6 Turesson and his study
Part IV --- Para7 the importance and significance of the research of the three.
StepⅢ Careful-reading: Choose the best answer
1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that C
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
2. Darwin observed that the birds with _______ would eat B_____
A. small beaks l hard seeds B．broad beaks；hard seeds
C. hard beaks；hard seeds D．broad beaks；soft seeds
3. Darwin joined the scientific expedition on __C___ ．
A. the Endeavour B. Tahiti C．the Beagle D．space
4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that D
A. the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment
B. the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand
C. the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment
D. the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .
5. Darwin studied physics，chemistry and botany because ____B_____
A．he was invited to join scientific expedition
B．he was interested in them
C．he could do a lot Of experiments
D．he wanted to finish his book “On the Origin of Species”
Step Ⅳ Language points
1. It was … that gave him the key to his new theory. 新理論的要領
the key to sth. / doing sth. ……的關鍵；……的答案
這是改善他們生活條件的關鍵。
This is the key to the improvement of their living conditions.
2. … and deserved special attention.
deserve 值得，該受到，可褒可貶
1) I think you’re playing with fire. You deserve it! 你是老鼠戲貓，真是自作自受！
2) How dare you do this to me? You deserve a kick in the ass!
你竟敢這樣對我？找打啊？
3) Such a little boy has to work to support his family. It deserves sympathy!
If you do wrong, you deserve punishment.
If you do wrong, you deserve punishing.
If you do wrong, you deserve to be punished.
類似的詞還有：need, want, require
3. … the ideas concerning the influence of environment upon plants…
a declaration concerning the war 關于戰爭的宣言
concern oneself with 關心
be concerned in 從事；與……有牽連
as concerns = concerning 關于
be concerned for / about 關心
4. such as soil conditions, is of equal importance to the output of crop.
對糧食農作物產量具有同樣重要的意義
be of + 抽象名詞 = be + 該詞的形容詞
be of importance = be important
be of value = be valuable
be of + the size / age / weight / kind / height… 這類抽象名詞沒有相應的形容詞
他們同齡但身高不一樣。
They are of the same age but of different height.
本單元重要短語：
1按植物種類分類 classify plant species into groups
2鑒別不同物種 identification of different species
3以…為根據 base on
4結果 as a result
5第一眼 at first sigh
6發展這系統 promote the system
7結成終身好友 develop a lifelong friendship
8一出生就過著有特權的生活 born into a life of privilege
9對知識求知欲若渴 have an appetite for knowledge
10開創事業 make a career
11任命某人做… appoint sb. as…
12根據指示 according to the instructions
13裝備那次遠征 equip the expedition
14在三年的航海中 on the three-year voyage
15當心，小心 look out for
16大規模地 on a large scale
17巨大的成功 a great success
18參與事務 involve in enterprises
19開拓澳大利亞 the settlement of Australia
20發展成為 develop…into…
21積累大量的知識 accumulate a great deal of knowledge
22水量 amount of water
23試做某事 experiment with doing
24年輕時 in one’s youth
25創建新理論的鑰匙 the key to the new theory
26值得特別關注 deserve special attention
27相互有關聯 a relationship with/relate to
28用花與豌豆進行實驗 conduct experiments with flowers and peas
29誕生了遺傳學 give birth to the science of genetics
30發現了證據 find evidence for sth.
31長成灌木 grow to a bush
32改變其外形 change one’s appearance
33 適應新環境 adapt to the new environment
34農作物產量 the output of crops
35同樣重要 be of equal importance
36 重新認識環境對物種的重要性
bring the importance of the environment on spices back in view
Period Ⅳ 單元同步練習
I. Choose the best answer.
1. The language which the Maori speak is ________ the language of Tahiti and Hawaii.
A. compared to B. related to
C. separated from D. developed from
2. They fell in love ________.
A. in first sight B. in sight
C. at first sight D. at the first sight
3. ________ what others say, I think he's a very nice person.
A. Because of B. Instead of C. Except D. Despite
4. You'll catch cold if you don't ________.
A. look after B. look out
C. look up D. look around
5. ---This pair of shoes are too small to ________ me. Could you show me another?
---Of course. Please look at these ones.
A. be fit for B. fit C. suit D. agree with
6. ---_______ did you think of the exhibition?
---Oh, ________great success!
A. What; what a B. How; what a
C. What; how a D. How; how
7. Listen! His family must be quarrelling, ________?
A. mustn't it B. isn't it
C. aren't they D. needn't they
8. ---Don't you believe me?
---_______. I'll believe ________you say.
A. No, whatever B. Yes, no mater what
C. No, no matter what D. Yes, whatever
9. It was not until he got to the office _________ he remembered ________the key home.
A. when, leaving B. when, to leave
C. that, leaving D. that, to leave
10. He never thought that they would choose him _________head of the workshop though he was only in _________ twenties.
A. /, his B. a, his C. the, the D.a, the
11. ---What made Bill so angry?
---________. His girl friend promised to come at 8: 30, but she hasn't come yet.
A. Having kept waiting B. Being kept walling
C. To be keeping wait D. Being kept vailed
12. Don't tell the keys _________ the exercises first when the students do their homework.
A. of B. in C. on D. to
13. Our eyes slowly ________the dark.
A. agreed with B. agreed to
C. adapted to D. took in
14. China has hundreds of islands, ________ the largest is Taiwan.
A. in which B. to which
C. from which D. of which
15. If he had been given _________ days, he would have done better.
A. more three B. three more
C. three another D. three other
II. Close Test
Some plays are so successful that they run for years on end. In many ways, this is 1 for the poor actors who are required to go on repeating the same 2 night after night. One would 3 them to know their parts by heart and 4 have cause to falter（結巴）.Yet 5 is not always the case.
A famous actor in a 6 successful play was once cast in the role of an aristocrat （貴族） 7 had been imprisoned in Bastille for twenty years. In the last act，a gaoler（監獄長，看守）would always come on to the stage with a letter which he would hand to the prisoner. 8 the noble was expected to read the letter at each 9 ,he always insisted that it should be written out in full.
One night, the gaoler decided to play a joke 10 his colleague to find out if, after so many performances, he had managed to learn the 11 of the letter by heart. The curtain went up on the final act of the play and revealed （使顯露）the aristocrat sitting alone behind bars in his dark cell. Just then，the gaoler 12 with the precious letter in his hands. He entered the 13 and presented the letter to the aristocrat. But the copy he gave him had not been written out in 14 as usual. It was simply a blank sheet of paper. The gaoler looked on eagerly, 15 to see if his fellow actor had at last learnt his lines. The noble stared at the blank sheet of paper for a few seconds. Then，squinting（瞇著眼看）his eyes，he said, “The light is 16 .Read the letter to me.” And he quickly handed the sheet of paper to the gaoler. 17 that he could not remember a word of the letter either, the gaoler replied，“The light is indeed dim，sir. I must get my 18 ”With this, he hurried off the stage. Much to the aristocrat’s 19 ，the gaoler returned a few moments later with a pair of glasses and the 20 copy of the letter which he proceeded（繼續進行）to read to the prisoner.
1．A. fortunate B. unfortunate C. happy D. unhappy
2．A. lines B. words C. plays D. roles
3．A. want B. ask C. expect D. wish
4．A. always B. never C. sometimes D. often
5．A. such B. the thing C. one D. this
6．A. highly B. high C. poorly D. poor
7．A. where B. what C. which D. who
8．A. Because B. Even though C. When D. Though
9．A. play B. performance C. role D. case
10．A. with B. in C. on D. to
11．A. pages B. joke C. lines D. contents
12．A. appeared B. disappeared C. came out D. came in
13．A. room B. cell C. stage D. office
14．A. English B. French C. order D. full
15．A. glad B. surprised C. anxious D. afraid
16．A. bright B. dim C. dark D. out
17．A. To see B. To find C. Seeing D. Finding
18．A. glasses B. lines C. light D. letters
19．A. surprise B. satisfaction C. anger D. amusement
20．A. usual B. old C. unusual D. new
III. Reading Comprehension
A
An explosion on Thursday killed one and injured 21 in a busy street in Tongren, Southwest China’s Guizhou Province.
The bomb was hidden in a rubbish bin in the city’s commercial hub（商業中心），where lots of shops and restaurants are concentrated. The ear-splitting blast was heard around 12∶50 p.m.，said a local newspaper, citing witnesses. The power of the blast shattered（使粉碎）nearby shop windows and ripped the stainless（不生銹的）steel rubbish can to pieces.
One passer-by，identified（確認）only as Zhang，said she was shocked by the noise and saw a lot of pedestrians lying on the ground when she got to the scene. Thirteen of the injured were taken to a local hospital after the explosion. A doctor there said five were in serious condition but already out of danger after emergency treatment. The others were just slightly hurt.
The cause of the explosion is still under investigation, said an officer with the Tongren police, but refused to speculate as to the cause.
1．It can be inferred from the passage that ________.
A. All the injured were taken to a hospital
B. 8 of the injured were not taken to a hospital
C. The rubbish bin with a bomb was in a restaurant
D. The rubbish bin with a bomb was in a shop
2．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A. One passer-by, identified only as Zhang, saw the man throwing a bomb into a bin.
B. Some customers in restaurants were injured.
C. The writer didn’t get to the scene.
D. All customers in shops got hurt.
3．In the last paragraph the underlined word“ speculate” probably means ________.
A. tell B. guess C. discuss D. talk
4．What of the following can be the best title for the passage?
A. Bomb Hidden in a Rubbish Bin B. The Cause of the Explosion
C. A Terrible Thing D. Market Blast Kills 1, Injures 21
B
How many coins have you got in your pocket right now? Three? Two？ A bent one？
With a phone card you can make up to 200 calls without any change at all.
（1） What do you do with it?
Go to a telephone box marked （you guessed it） “phone card”. Put in your card, make your call and when you’ve finished, a screen tells you how much is left on your card.
（2） Now appear in a shop near you.
Near each Card phone place you’ll find a shop where you can buy one. They’re at bus, train and city tube stations（地鐵）.
Many universities, hospitals and clubs. Restaurants and gas stations on the highway and shopping centers. At airports and seaports.
（3） No more broken payphones.
Most broken payphones are like that because they’ve been vandalized（故意破壞）. There are no coins in Card phone to excite thieves’ interest in it. So you’re not probably to find a vandalized one.
Get a phone card yourself and try it out, or get a bigger wallet.
5．The passage is most probably ________.
A. a warning B. a note
C. an advertisement（廣告） D. an announcement
6．There are three sections in the passage. Which section do you think is about why phone cards are good?
A. Section 1． B. Section 2． C. Section 3． D. None.
7．Choose the right order or the steps under “How do you use a phone card”.
a. Put in your phone card.
b. Look at the screen to find out how many calls you can still make.
c. Go to a telephone box marked “Phone card”. d. Make your call.
A. a, b, c, d B. c, a, d, b C. a, d, c, b D. c, d, a, b
C
“Soon, you’re going to have to move out!” cried my neighbor upon seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind or at least known in my neighborhood.
One tiny 9-inch plant, bought for $1.25 in the spring, has already taken over much of my rose bed, covering much of other plants, and is well on its way to the front door.
Roses require a good deal of care, and if it weren’t for the pleasure they give, it wouldn’t be worth the work. As it is, I have a garden full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year. bushes must be pruned (剪枝) in early spring, leaving ugly woody branches until the new growth appears a few weeks later. It was the space available (可用的) in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant. A big mistake.
Soil conditions made just perfect for roses turn out be even more perfect for tomatoes. Thedaily watering coupled with full sun and regular fertilizing (施肥) have turned the little plant into a tall bush. The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long since disappeared under the thick leaves.
Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I have to find the red ones among the leaves, which means I almost have to stand on my head, and once found I have to reach down and under, pick the tomatoes and withdraw (縮回) my full fist without dropping the prize so dearly won. I found two full-blown white roses completely hidden as I picked tomatoes in June. But they were weak and the leaves already yellow for lack of light.
Here I am faced with a painful small decision: To tear up a wonderful and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to several expensive and treasured roses. Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind, I’ll think about that tomorrow.
8．What are the requirements for the healthy growth of rose?
A．A lot of care and the right soil. B．Frequent pruning and fertilizing.
C．Tomato plants grown alongside. D．Cages placed around the roots.
9．The writer planted the tomato because _________.
A．it cost only $1.25
B．the soil was just right for it
C．there was room for it in the garden
D．the roses’ branches needed to be covered
10．This year the writer’s roses were __________.
A．removed from the rose bed
B．picked along with the tomatoes
C．mostly damaged by too much sunlight
D．largely hidden under the tomato plant
11．By saying “the prize so dearly won” in paragraph 5, the writer wants to ________.
A．show the difficulty in picking the tomatoes
B．show the hardship of growing the roses
C．express her liking for the roses
D．express her care for the tomatoes
12．In the situation described in the text, one good thing is that ________.
A．the roses cost the writer little money
B．the writer has a daily harvest of tomatoes
C．someone will help the writer make the decision
D．the writer can now enjoy both the roses and tomatoes
D
Want a glance of the future of health care? Take a look at the way the various networks of people about patient care are being connected to one another, and how this new connectivity is being exploited to deliver medicine to the patient - no matter where he or she may be.
Online doctors offering advice based on normal symptoms（癥狀）are the most obvious example. Increasingly, however, remote diagnosis（遠程診斷）will be based on real physiological data（生理數據）from the actual patient. A group from the University of Kentucky has shown that by using personal data assistance plus a mobile phone, it is perfectly practical to send a patient’s important signs over the telephone. With this kind of equipment, the cry asking whether there was a doctor in the house could well be a thing of the past.
Other medical technology groups are working on applying telemedicine to rural （countryside） care. And at least one team wants to use telemedicine as a tool for disaster need - especially after earthquakes. On the whole, the trend is towards providing global access to medical data and experts’ opinions.
But there is one problem. Bandwidth（寬帶） is the limiting factor for sending complex （復雜 ）medical pictures around the world, -CU photos being one of the biggest bandwidth users. Communication satellites say be able to deal with the short - term needs during disasters such as earthquakes or wars. But medicine is looking towards both the second - generation Internet and third generation mobile phones for the future of remote medical service.
Doctors have met to discuss computer-based tools for medical diagnosis, training and telemedicine. With the falling price of broadband communications, the new technologies should start a new time when telemedicine and the sharing of medical information, experts’ opinions and diagnosis are common.
13．The writer chiefly talks about ________ .
A. the use of telemedicine B. the on-lined doctors
C. medical care and treatment D. communication improvement
14．Which of the following statements is true according to the text?
A. Patients don’t need doctors in hospitals any more.
B. It is impossible to send a patient’s signs over the telephone.
C. Many teams use telemedicine dealing with disasters now.
D. Broadband communications will become cheaper in the future.
15．The “problem” in the fourth paragraph refers to the fact that ________ .
A. bandwidth isn’t big enough to send complex medical pictures
B. the second - generation of Internet has not become popular yet
C. communication satellites can only deal with short - term needs
D. there is not enough equipment for spreading the medical care
E
As any homemaker who has tried to keep order at the dinner table knows, there is far more to a family meal than food. Sociologist Michael Lewis has been studying 50 families to find out just how much more.
Lewis and his co-workers carried out their study by videotaping (錄像) the families while they ate ordinary meals in their own homes. They found that parents with small families talk actively with each other and their children. But as the number of children gets larger, conversation gives way to the parents’ efforts to control the loud noise they make. That can have an important effect on the children. “In general the more question-asking the parents do, the higher the children’s IQ scores.” Lewis says. “And the more children there are, the less question-asking there is.”
The study also provides an explanation for why middle children often seem to have a harder time in life than their siblings (兄弟姐妹). Lewis found that in families with three or four children, dinner conversation is likely to center on the oldest child, who has the most to talk about, and the youngest, who needs the most attention. “Middle children are invisible.” Says Lewis, “When you see someone get up from the table and walk around during dinner, chances are it’s the middle child.” There is, however, one thing that stops all conversation and prevents anyone from having attention: “When the TV is on.” Lewis says, “dinner is a non-event.”
16．The writer’s purpose in writing the text is to ________.
A．show the relationship between parents and children
B．teach parents ways to keep order at the dinner table
C．report on the findings of a study
D．give information about family problems
17．Parents with large families ask fewer questions at dinner because ______.
A．they are busy serving food to their children
B．they ate busy keeping order at the dinner table
C．they have to pay more attention to younger children
D．they are tired out having prepared food for the whole family
18．By saying “Middle children are invisible” in paragraph 3, Lewis means that middle children __________
A．have to help their parents to serve dinner
B．get the least attention from the family
C．are often kept away from the dinner table
D．find it hard to keep up with other children
19．Lewis’ research provides an answer to the question ________.
A．why TV is important in family life
B．why parents should keep good order
C．why children in small families seem to be quieter
D．why middle children seem to have more difficulties in life
20．Which of the following statements would the writer agree to?
A．It is important to have the right food for children.
B．It is a good idea to have the TV on during dinner.
C．Parents should talk to each of their children frequently.
D．Elder children should help the younger ones at dinner.
Ⅳ單詞拼寫
1．The boy was p_________ to the fourth grade.
2．He was a __________ mayor of the city.
3．He a_________ his wife and child.
4．Banks was the first to move crops from one continent to another on a large s ______.
5． Education should not be considered to be a p_________ in a modern society.
6． She is only twelve years old, she doesn’t have the ______________（身份證） card.
7． They followed the usual ___________ （程序）
8． He is good at managing his__________（企業）.
9． The principal’s ___________（露面）at the party didn’t seem to be very welcome.
10. We hope for a lasting ____________ （解決）of all these troubles.
rush sb. off his feet, change, action, repair, work on, fix up
2. important sentences:
A. It is better to ask for help at the beginning rather than to wait until a busy period when everyone is rushed off their feet.
B. What is more, this “information line” operates 24 hours a day.
C. It did not take the firefighters long to pot out the fire, and they at once started to look for causes of the fire.
D. They had to work inside the ship, cutting away old metal, fixing new metal plate, drilling holes, laying electrical and phone wires and fixing new pipes for water and steam.
3. Grammar: review –ing form, to do form and predicative
4. Useful expressions:
A. May I speak to …?
B. Hello. Who’s that speaking?
C. I called to tell you…..
D. Hold on, please.
E. Wait a moment.
F. Can I take ( leave ) a message?
Aims and demands:
Importance and difficulty: Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and some slides
Teaching procedure:
I can store and recall as much information as possible, and I can work at a very high speed. In modern times, you can’t work without me. What am I? ( computer )
T: Where can you find computer?
S: They are mostly found in offices……
T: What else may you expect find in a large modern office?
( write these words on the blackboard and read after the teacher)
choose the right title for each section
T: What is the fax machine? How does it work?
S: When you place a sheet of paper in a fax machine, the machine “reads” the writing on the page and changes the shapes of letters into electronic signals. It then sends these signals down an ordinary telephone line to another fax machine, which changes the signals back into the shapes of letters.
T: What are the advantages of sending a fax?
Ss: Speed. You can send texts, pictures, diagrams, designs maps and so on .
T: What are the disadvantages of sending a fax?
Ss: It is expensive and not private. ( it can be read by anyone)
T: What is the photocopier? How does it work?
Ss: It can copy a long report and sort the copies and pin them together.
T: What can modern photocopying machines do?
Ss: Modern machines can make the copy bigger or smaller , lighter or darker and copy onto both sides of the paper.
T: What is the word processor? How many parts is the word processor made up of?
Ss: It is made up of three parts . ( a typewriter keyboard, a printer and a computer )
T: What are the advantages of a word processor?
Ss: You can make changes easily and can print a report very quickly.
T: What is the answering machine?
Ss: It is a telephone with a tape recorder.
T: What are the advantage of an answering machine?
Ss: It can receive messages when no one is in the office and can give information.
Step 4. Listening for general understanding
Listen to the tape and write down the headings above the right sections of the text.
Comprehension exercise for Unit 18 Lesson 69 (3B)
Read fast to get a general idea of the passage and fill in the following blanks with one of the four choices below.
1. ____ is a type of machine used to make copies from newspapers, books or reports.
2. ____ is used to send messages including words , pictures, designs and maps.
3. ____ is a kind of machine used to type materials, save them for future use and make changes if necessary.
4. ____ is used to record telephone messages when the receiver is absent.
II. Further comprehension CCADC DBBD
1. Which is WRRONG about learning to use office equipment?
A. It can make the work in offices go smoothly .
B. It is necessary for beginners in offices.
C. It should be learnt during a busy period.
D. It may help you to get a promotion (普升機會).
2. Which is correct about sending a fax?
A. It can be done only during working hours.
B. Sometimes it might take a week or so.
C. It isn’t a good choice to send top-secret information by fax machine.
D. Reports in English cannot be faxed.
3. A word processor ____.
A. can type a long report and make changes
B. can produce colour copies when necessary
C. can send information both at home and abroad
D. includes a keyboard, a photocopier and a computer
4. ____ can be used to answer a phone call automatically (自動地) when you are out.
A. The photocopier B. The fax machine
C. The word processor D. The answering machine
5. What is one disadvantage of sending a fax?
A. We can send a fax only in the office hours.
B. Message sent by a fax are hard to read.
C. We cannot send secret information through a fax machine.
D. Foreigners cannot understand Chinese letters sent by a fax.
6. What can’t a word processor do?
A. Typing a letter.
B. Printing documents.
C. Coping a on report.
D. Sending picture.
7. What does “be rushed off one’s feet” mean in paragraph 1?
A. be on business B. be busy and tired
C. be tired out D. run out of the office
8. The writer says “The fax has greatly changed office work, especially in China.” Because ____.
A. it can send information quickly
B. it is much easier to change Chinese characters into electronic signals
C. it can do a lot of work for the Chinese people such as making copies, posting letters
D. it makes office work easy to do
9.“The fax has greatly changed office work,especially in China.” The underlined word means ____.
Aims and demands:
Aims and demands:
Importance and difficulty: Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and some slides
Teaching procedure:
T: What may cause a fire?
---- smoking, playing with fire ……
T: What is often used to put out the fire?
---- Water, CO……
T: What kind of gas do we breathe?
( Name some of the gases in the air we breathe. )
---- Oxygen, hydrogen……
People may be in danger if there is not enough oxygen. But too much oxygen may cause danger to people , too.
Step 2. Reading for general understanding
Read the text and find out :
1. Where did the fire happen?
----- In a ship which was in a port in Scotland for repairs.
2. What started the fire?
----- A worker fixed the air-line to a supply of oxygen instead of compressed air.
See which pair of Ss can find out the correct answer before the others.
---- The man actually connected the air-line to the oxygen supply line.
1. put these events in the correct order
9-12-6-13-1-4-11-8-3-10-14-7-5-2
Comprehension for Unit 18 Lesson 70 (3B) BDBCD ACAB
1. An extra team of men were sent to repair the ship because ___.
B. this ship needed to be repaired quickly
D. there was a lot of work to do
2. The man took a long time to connect the rubber pipe to the air supply pipe because ___.
A. he smoked a cigarette during the working hours
B. he had to drill holes and lay electrical wires first
C. he found something strange in the air and stopped to have a check
3. There was a strange smell when one man lit a cigarette because ___.
A. the cigarette had the smell itself
B. the smell was caused by the oxygen
C. there was something wrong with the man’s nose
D. the ship was beginning to burn
4. Which of the following is true?
A. The fire caused great damage to the ship.
B. There was an explosion happened inside the ship.
C. No damage was done to the deck at the end of the ship.
D. The fuel on ship caused the fire.
5. What measures were taken to prevent a fire accident?
A. Talks on safety were given to new workers.
B. Smoking was not allowed in the workplace.
C. All the supply lines and taps were marked with signs and warnings.
D. Both A and C.
6. In the ship the “air-line” provides ____.
A. compressed air B. water and steam
7. When the fire broke out, ____.
A. some men sounded the fire alarm
B. all the men jumped into the sea
C. most of the men managed to escape
8. The men’s cigarettes burned strangely and tasted bad because ____ .
A. there was too much oxygen inside
B. something was wrong with the cigarettes
D. lots of compressed air was inside
9. What was the real cause of the fire?
A. The third person struck a match for a cigarette.
B. The air-line was fixed to a supply line of oxygen instead of compressed air.
C. Too many workers smoked in the ship.
D. The fittings the workers had used to repair the ship didn’t match.
Rearrange the following events ( Lesson 70 )
a. It took him some time to connect the long rubber pipe to the air supply pipe that ran round the port, but at last it was done and as a result work was able to progress much faster.
b. Half an hour later, another man struck a match for a cigarette and this time the whole of the inside of the ship caught fire.
c. They had to work inside the ship.
d. A navy ship was in a port in Scotland for repairs.
e. It was important to carry out the work quickly, so an extra team of men were asked to work on the repairs one evening.
f. Another man lit a cigarette but it burnt strangely and so he too put it out.
g. One man was told to fix up an “air-line” to provide compressed air for the machines they were using.
h. After three hours, the men stopped for a meal break. When work continued, one man lit a cigarette as he was working, but, finding it had a strange taste, he put it out.
Translate the following sentences (Lesson 69~70)
1． 一旦他作出決定就不會改變。
Once she made the decision, she wouldn’t change her mind.
2． 我到過那兒一次。
I have been there once.
3． 這是她父親曾經工作過的地方。
This is the place where her father once worked.
4． 該去的是約翰而不是杰克。
John should go rather than Jack.
5． 這些鞋子穿起來很舒服，但并不漂亮。
These shoes are comfortable rather than pretty.
I love swimming rather than skating.
I decided to write rather than ( to ) telephone.
We ought to check up, rather than just accept what he says / accepting what he says.
6． 與其讓這些蔬菜爛掉，他寧愿以一半的價格把他們賣掉。
Rather than allow the vegetables to go bad, he sold them at half price.
Would / had rather do sth than do…
Would / had rather sb. did…
I would rather you knew that now than afterwards.
7． 他們播種忙得個不可開交。( rush sb. off one’s feet )
They are rushed off their feet with the sowing.
8． 沒有必要對這個計劃作出修改。
It is not necessary to make any changes in the plan.
9． 我覺得是我該采取行動的時候了。
I felt it ( was ) time for me to take ( an ) action.
10． 我沒有去看望王先生，因為那天下大雨. 再說，我身邊也沒有他的地址。
I didn’t go to see Mr. Smith , because it was raining hard. What’s more, I didn’t have his address.
11． 中國有許多人正在從事一項“希望工程”，幫助窮苦孩子們上學。
Many people in China are working on a “Project Hope” , helping poor children to go to school.
12． 他在致力于發明一種辦公用的新式機器。
He is working on inventing a new type of machine for office work.
13． 他不得不工作到六十多歲。
He has to work on until he was sixty.
14． 政府給無家可歸的人提供食宿。
The government provided food and shelter for those who were homeless / the homeless.
The government supplied (provide ) the homeless with food and shelter.
15． 他們在忙著安裝電燈。
They are busy fixing up the lights.
Translate:
A. He fixed up the broken chair. 修理
B. I can easily fix you up for the night. 給…... 安排住處
C. We have fixed up a date for the picnic. 確定
D. I’ve fixed up a visit to the theater for next Friday. 安排
E. Do I have to fix up to go to the party. 打扮
16． 花了我一整天的時間修理這臺彩電。
It took me a whole day to fix up the colour TV set.
17． 你應該爭取盡快趕到那兒。
You should try to get there as soon as you can.
You should try to get there as soon as possible.
18． 許多人逃出大火著火了。
Many people escaped from the big fire, with their clothes on fire.
19． 老師走進教室，手里拿著一本書。
The teacher came into the classroom, with a book in his hand.
20． 她似乎（已經）聽到了這件事。
She appeared / seemed to have heard about it already.
It seemed / appeared that she had already heard about it.
21． 房子燒了，準是有什么原因。
The house was burned down. There must have been some cause.
22． 這嬰孩昨夜哭個不停，他準是得了病。
The baby kept crying last night . He must have been ill.
There is a tall tree in front of our teaching building.
There are some students playing football on the playground.
2. think/find it + adj for sb to do sth
(1).I find it necessary to take down notes while listening.
(2).I feel it important to have some working experience.
(3).I found it impossible for me to work out all the problems in such a short time.
(1).I didn’t know the truth until she told me what happened.
(2).Yesterday I didn’t go to sleep until midnight.
(1).Everyone is busy in classroom. Some are reading, others are writing.
(2).There are many foreign students in our class. Some of them are from Europe, others come from America.
(1).In just three years, she had not only finished all the lessons, but also received her doctor’s degree.
(2).Forests can not only fresh the air but also reduce noises.
(1).He is such a good student that everyone likes him.
(2).We were so deeply moved that we could not fall asleep that night.
7.too…to…
(1).They were too angry to say a word that day.
(2).He is too young to go to school.
(1).He worked very hard in order to realize his dream.
(2).In order to get there on time,we set off early in the morning.
9.be about to do sth when…/be doing sth when…
(1).I was about to go out when the telephone rang.
(2).I was walking in the street when I heard a lady cry “Help,help”.
(1).He used to live in Shanghai.
(2).There used to be a tree in front of my house.
11.see/hear/watch/find sb do sth/doing sth
(1).I heard someone laughing.
(2).I saw him put the key in the lock,turn it and open the door.
12. have some difficulty in doing sth/with sth
Do you have any difficulty in understanding spoken English?
He was busy getting ready for his journey.
練習一：根據上下文關系用連接詞把下列各句連接起來，組成一個單句、并列句或復合句。
1.a) Go to see the doctor at once.
b) Your cold may get worse.
Go to see the doctor at once, or your cold may get worse.
2. a) Alice was the first to complete her paper.
b) Alice made quite a few mistakes in her paper.
Alice was the first to complete her paper, but she made quite a few mistakes in it.
3. a) We were about to start off last night.
b) The phone in the living room began to ring.
We were about to start off last night when the phone in the living room began to ring.
4. a) Unfortunately, John’s car broke down on the way home.
b) John had to stop a car for a lift.
Unfortunately, John’s car broke down on the way home, so he had to stop a car for a lift.
5). a) He has made great progress in his studies.
b) All the teachers praise him.
He has made such great progress in his studies that all the teachers praise him.
6. a) Some people waste food.
b) Other people haven’t enough food.
Some people waste food, while others haven’t enough food.
7. a) It’s too late to go to the cinema now.
b) I have an important meeting to attend after lunch.
It’s too late to go the cinema now. Besides, I have an important meeting to attend after lunch.
8. a) Your aunt has no other thought but what is best for you.
b) I have no other thought, either.
Neither your aunt nor I have any other thought but what is best for you.
練習二：1、用but,then,instead,the next moment,when填空：
The accident happened at 7:15 on the morning of February 8, . I was walking along Park Road towards the east when an elderly man came out of the park on the opposite side of the street. Then I saw a yellow car drive up Third Street and make a sudden right turn into Park Road. The next moment the car hit the old man. He fell down with a cry. But the car didn’t stop to save the old man. Instead，it drove off at great speed.
2、用at last,then,so,up to now,that,when填空：
Never shall I forget the first English lesson given by Miss Liu. On that day, when she entered the classroom, we found that she was a young and beautiful lady with a big smile on her face. Then she introduced herself saying that we should call her Miss Liu instead of Teacher Liu, a moment later, she let all of us go to the blackboard and say something about ourselves in English in turn. When it was my turn, I felt so shy and fearful that I didn’t dare to say a word before the class. She came up to me and said kindly, “Don’t be afraid. I believe you can do it. Come and have a try.” My face turned red when I heard that. At last, I went to the blackboard and was able to do it quite well. She praised for what I had done. Up to now, I can still remember her words in the first English lesson: “Practice makes perfect. Don’t lose your courage when you meet with difficulties. Try on and on until you succeed.”
上一篇：適合春分節氣的心情（精選十篇）下一篇：黑夜的心情句子(通用三十六句) .25 in the spring, has already taken over much of my rose bed, covering much of other plants, and is well on its way to the front door.
Roses require a good deal of care, and if it weren’t for the pleasure they give, it wouldn’t be worth the work. As it is, I have a garden full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year. bushes must be pruned (剪枝) in early spring, leaving ugly woody branches until the new growth appears a few weeks later. It was the space available (可用的) in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant. A big mistake.
Soil conditions made just perfect for roses turn out be even more perfect for tomatoes. Thedaily watering coupled with full sun and regular fertilizing (施肥) have turned the little plant into a tall bush. The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long since disappeared under the thick leaves.
Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I have to find the red ones among the leaves, which means I almost have to stand on my head, and once found I have to reach down and under, pick the tomatoes and withdraw (縮回) my full fist without dropping the prize so dearly won. I found two full-blown white roses completely hidden as I picked tomatoes in June. But they were weak and the leaves already yellow for lack of light.
Here I am faced with a painful small decision: To tear up a wonderful and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to several expensive and treasured roses. Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind, I’ll think about that tomorrow.
9．What are the requirements for the healthy growth of rose?
A．A lot of care and the right soil. B．Frequent pruning and fertilizing.
C．Tomato plants grown alongside. D．Cages placed around the roots.
10．The writer planted the tomato because _________.
德育目標: 教導學生:好的學習方法固然重要,但勤勉更重要?！皀o pains, no gains.”
三、教學重點(Teaching Key Points):
1.采用不同的閱讀技巧,讓學生了解文章大意,并歸納每段文章的中心意思(main idea)和文章的主旨(purpose of the text)。
2.掌握文中的重點詞匯、短語和句型。
四、教學難點(Teaching Difficult Points):
把文中所學到的有用的外語學習者的經驗運用到學生的英語學習上,以便于提高他們的英語水平。
五、教學方法(Teaching Methods):
1. Ask and answer 和 pictures 相結合,導入課文。
2. Fast reading 歸納每段文章的中心意思(main idea)和文章的主旨(purpose of the text), 提高學生的閱讀能力。
3. Careful reading 回答問題,了解文章細節內容。
4. Group work 討論成功語言學習者的經驗和特點。
5. Explaining and learning 掌握文中重點詞匯、句型。
六、教學輔助(Teaching Aids):
Multi-media Computer,tape
七、媒體的設計:
首先利用課文標題 “Learning a Foreign Language: Twice as Hard?” 問學生 “How do you think of this question?” 讓學生討論導入。然后利用圖片與Pre-reading部分的問題相結合的方式,展開討論與問答,啟發學生思考,引起聯想,使學生對語言學習這個問題產生更濃的興趣,以
What he said and what he did agreed with each other.
b. 當and連接的兩個名詞指同一個人、同一件事或一概念，這時and后面的名詞前沒有冠詞，其謂語動詞用單數形式（這里and相當于as well as ）。如：
The singer and composer is coming to our school .
那位歌唱家兼作曲家將來我們學校。
Bread and butter is often served for breakfast in our dining hall .
（比較：The boy and the girl were given a book each .每個同學都分得一本書。其中 “each”是同位語，句中主語為復數。）
我們食堂早點經常供應奶油面包。
常見的由and連接的兩個名詞指由一個概念的形式有：the needle and thread針線，salt and water鹽水，the or and knife刀叉，soap and water肥皂水，iron and steel鋼鐵等。
C. 由and連接的兩個并列主語為單數概念。主語前面分別由each , every ,no等詞來修飾時，其謂語動詞為單數形式。
Each doctor and each nurse was sent for .
把所有的醫生和護士都清來了。
Every boy and every girl is able to go to school in that village .
在那個村子里所有的孩子們都能上學。
注意：more than one和many a 修飾的單數名詞后面的謂語用單數形式，但其意義是復數。
如：
More than one student is fond of folk- music .
許多學生喜歡民間音樂。
Many a boy enjoys playing foot-ball .
許多男同學喜歡踢足球。
② 當主語后面接說明主語的修飾詞或插入語時，謂語動詞的數不受修飾成份的影響，仍同主語的關系一致。
這些修飾成分常見的有：with, along with , togeth whit (和…一起)；as well as (還) ；like (像)；no less than (不亞于)；rather than (而不是)；more than（多于)；as much as (如…一般多)；but ,except（除了……）；besides (除了……還……)；including包括；in addition to（另外）等引導的一個修飾結構，放在主語后面。如：
The old man , along with his two grandsons, often have a walk in the evening .
Jenny , as well as her friends , is going abroad .
The house ,including the garden and the garage ,was sold out .
1. Many Europeans e______ the continent of Africa in the 19th century. 1___________
2. The moment old Jonh put a h________ of sweets on the chair by the bed , little Tom ran towards to it . 2___________
3. India gained i_______ from Britain in 1947. 3___________
4. Marx once said that labour c________ man itself . 4____________
5. After reading the letter from her boss , Jane t______ it up and threw
it into the dustbin. 5____________
6. I wouldn’t think it w______ to ask him join the club─he’ll only refuse. 6____________
7. Bob was a shy boy ,and he always sat a _____ from the other children. 7____________
8. This medicine has an u_____ taste , but it is of great help. 8____________
9. Ann asked Jim to give up smoking not only because she o___ to the smell. 9___________
10. About 70 percent of the p_______ in China are peasants . 10___________
11. Will you please ______ the radio ? The baby is sleeping.
A. turn off B. turn down C. turn up D. turn on
12. The husband coughed day and night .It’s the wife’s fault for giving______ to him so that he didn’t stop smoking .
13. -Why ______ they ______ the building?
-Because another new one is to be built there .
A. have been destroyed B. did pull down
C. do remove D. are turning down
14. -It is the people who ______ history.
-And labour ____ man itself .
A. create created B. created invented
C. discover made D. invent creates
15. ─I have much difficulty _______ maths.
─Well , I have some trouble________ the English pronunciation.
A. in with B. in learning with C. with in D. in in
16. -You shouldn’t ______ from the girls in your class.
-But I don’t like ______ .
A. keep away being laughed at B. keep to laugh at
C. turn away to be laughed at D. return laughing
17. Last year some over _____ buildings ______ in the city.
A. 20-story were set up B. 20-storey set up
C. 20-storied had set up D. 20-floor had been set up
18. The old mother was _______ to hear that her daughter had a ____ journey.
A. pleasant pleasant B. pleased pleased
C. pleased pleasing D. pleased pleasant
19. -The young mother ______ her baby Jimmy.
-Really ? My brother ______ Jimmy , too .
A. calls names B. named is named
C. named was named D. called calls
20. Old Jack made a living _____ waste paper ,while his brother _______on slaves .
A. by selling made money B. to sell was rich
C. with lives D. on earns his living
21. _____ about three hundred people _____ the local illnesses ____ in that area.
A. As is known to us die from one year
B. It is said that die of a year
C. As we know are killed per year
D. It is reported that kill every year
22. _____ you are unwell , I’ll go to the meeting instead .
A. Because B. For C. Now that D. Though
23. We come to realize that we have to try our best to create a new life _____ our own and ______our own .
A. with , by B. on with C. of by D. for on
24. Don’t you think what to learn in class ____ the same effect ____ the character of the students ______ what to learn through practice ?
A. has on as B. have for as C. is in that D. are to from
25. Which of the following is NOT correct ?
A. Japan faces the Pacific on the east .
B. Taiwan lies in the east of Fujian belonging to China.
C. North of the United States lies Canada .
D. Britain stands to the northwest of France.
26. All of the work _____ finished and neither the teacher nor the students _____ enough time now .
A. is , has B. is , have C. are , has D. are ,have
27. What I saw ______ two boys running after the thief .
28. This exercise on agreement of subjects and verbs ______ easy for you .
29. Here _______ the papers you ask for .
30. There ______ to be many arguments on both side.
31. Half of the money ________ to you and half of the books _______ to you , too .
A. belong, belong B. belongs , belongs
C. belong, belongs D. belongs, belong
32. Taking pictures _______ not only young men but also many of the old people .
A. are interested in B. are interesting
C. interests D. is interested in
33. Ten minutes _______ more than enough time to complete this exercise.
34. One hundred and fifty pounds _______ what you should weigh.
A. are B. maybe C. should be D. is
35. You are the one who ______ wrong that Susan is one of those people who ______ out of their way to be helpful .
A. are , goes B. are , go C. is , go D. is , goes
36. Where and when to go ______ Jack since his graduation from college .
A. has been troubling B. has been troubled
C. have troubled D. have been troubling
37. Six eights _____ forty- eight , while six times nine _____ fifty - four .
A. is , are B. are , is C. is , is D. are ,are
38. Nobody but you _______ going to London on business next month.
39. It ________ Tom and John who ______ here yesterday preparing for today’s experiment.
A. were, were B. are , were C. was , were D. is , were
40. None of the four boys ______ a good swimmer two years ago , but now all of them ______ able to swim across the river .
A. was , are B. is , are C. are , are D. was ,is
Chicago --- lying in the east of the USA--- is a rather young American city . It was 41 completely rebuilt 42 the Creat Fire of 1871. One’s first impression of the city may 43 streams of cars running to and 44 on the highways , skyscrapers and the wide green water of Lake Michigan , 45 lies to the northeast of the city . The 46 of the city is over 228 square miles 47 a population of about 3 million .
The 48 of Chicago on the whole is almost the same as 49 of Beijing with 50 hot days in summer , 51 and fresh days in 52 and icy but often 53 days in winter . The spring in Chicago is 54 changeable in temperature. For instance, I saw a snowfall in early 55 this year 56 some of the flowers were already in 57 bloom . Chicago is also famous 58 its frequent strong winds , and 59 it has got the name of “ the 60 City .”
41. A. most B. almost C. mostly D. merely
42. A. before B. since C. after D. when
43. A. have B. mean C. be D. include
44. A. from B. above C. down D. along
45. A. when B. that C. which D. where
46. A. land B. measure C. area D. size
47. A. having B. with C. for D. and
48. A. climate B. weather C. temperature D. season
49. A. which B. it C. the one D. that
50. A. fairly B. rather C. much D. too
51. A. colorful B. colorless C. colour D. coloured
52. A. spring B. winter C. fall D. summer
53. A. clean B. clear C. cleaning D. clearly
54. A. little B. bit C. a lot D. a little
55. A. April B. May C. January D. June
56. A. and B. but C. when D. while
57. A. full B. filled C. filling D. full of
59. A. in fact B. in a word C. as a result D. above all
60. A. Snowy B. Windy C. Rainy D. Sunny
Christopher Columbus discovered America on the 12th of October , 1492. He had spent eighteen years in planning for that wonderful voyage which he made a cross the Atlantic Ocean .The Spanish king and queen ,who were interested in finding a sea route to India ,offered him ships and men so that he could carry out his plan . He crossed the Ocean and discovered strange islands ,inhabited ( vt. 居住于) by people unknown to Europeans .He believed these islands to be part of India.
Early in 1493, Columbus returned to Spain. There was great rejoicing（歡慶）in the country , and he was hailed（歡呼）as the hero who had made an epoch-making discovery .Crowds of people lined the streets to do him honour , and the king and queen welcomed him to their palace. Never had such respect been shown to any common man.
61. Christopher Columbus discovered America ________.
C. at the beginning of the fifteenth century
D. by the end of the fifteenth century
62. He had spent ______ in planning for the wonderful voyage .
A. eighteen days B. eighteen months
63. Finally the Spanish king and queen offered him ships and men so that _____.
A. he would have faith in himself
B. he could work out his new plan
D. he could put his plan into practice.
64. He crossed the ocean and discovered strange islands , inhabited ______.
A. by a people unknown to Europeans
B. by a people already known to Europeans
65. After returning to Spain he was hailed as the hero ______.
B. who had made an epoch-making discovery
C. who had discovered a new planet
D. who had made a great invention
The United States became a rich industrial nation toward the end of the 1800s . There were more goods ,more services , more jobs ,and a high standard of living . There was more of everything, including problems .One problem was monopoly（壟斷）. In some cases ,several companies that made the same product would agree not to compete with one another .They would all agree to charge the same price .These agreements made it impossible for buyers to shop around for lower prices for certain products .
Some people decided that huge companies had too much power and controlled too many markets . Because of their wealth and power , they could see to it that governments passed laws favorable to them . Many people believed that monopoly and price fixing were bad for buyers and bad for the country so that they should be broken up .
Such laws and government action didn’t entirely do away with monopoly. Nor did they stop the growth of huge companies . But they did show the American people had decided that some of the changes that taken place were harmful .
66. From paragraph 1, we can know that big companies ______.
A. produced certain kinds of goods
B. sold the same goods at the different prices
D. reached and agreement on prices
67. Because of the agreements between big companies ,______.
A. people had to buy things at certain shops
B. the prices of their goods were much lower
C. people had no choice but to buy goods at fixed prices
D. there were fewer markets in some states
68. According to the laws passed by the national government , companies _______.
A. were not allowed to control the markets
B. could not force people to buy their products
C. should have fixed prices for their products
D. must produce the same kind of goods for the same markets .
69. Some American people thought that ________.
A. the government should make some of the huge companies much smaller
B. the country’s industry was growing too rapidly
C. shops should have the same price for the same kind of goods
D. their country’s getting rich was both good and bad to the people.
70. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage ?
A. Big companies could not have any effort on the governments .
B. A certain number of markets were still controlled by big companies .
C. Many Americans were worried about the changes in their country.
D. Some of the laws were in favor of buyers .
短文改錯（計分15）：
One afternoon in April , 1912, a new ship set off 71_______________
from England to America on it first trip . It was one of 72_______________
the largest and first ship at that time . 73_______________
It was cold , but the trip was pleasant and people are 74_______________
enjoying themselves . The next day was even cold . People 75_______________
could see icebergs here or there . It was night , suddenly 76_______________
the man on watch shouting “Look out ! Iceberg !” 77_______________
It was too late ,a ship hit the iceberg and came to 78_______________
a stop . There that was a very big hole in the ship and 79_______________
water began to come .Slowly the ship stated to go down . 80_______________
參考答案：
1. explored 2. handful 3. independence 4. created 5. tore 6. worthwhile 7.apart 8. unpleasant 9. objected 10. population
11-15. B C D A B 16-20. C A D B A 21-25. B C D A B 26-30. B B A D C 31-35. D C B D A 36-40. A B C C A
41-45. B C D A C 46-50. C B A D B 51-55. A C B D A 56-60. D A B C B
61-65. D C D A B 66-70. D C A D A
71. √ 72. on it --- on its 73. ship ---ships 74. Are --- were 75. Cold---colder 76. or --- and 77. shouting ---shouted 78. a ship --- the ship 79. that 80. come --- come in
1.Their wedding yesterday. Many friends came to congratulate them on their marriage.
A.was taken place B.was to happen C.took place D.would hold
2.Since he is ready to help you, you should say“thank you”.
A.at last B.at first C.at most D.at least
3.Mr Smith with his wife goes to the cinema .
A.day by day B.now and again C.here and there D.day and night
4.Drivers,of course,want to travel miles with petrol and
hours.
A.many,a little,few B.more,fewer,less
C.more,less,fewer D.many,less,fewer
5.The rain has my new dress.
A.damaged B.hurt C.destroyed D.failure
6.He was sorry to fail again in the driving test. His only was that he was too nervous.
A.reason B.cause C.regret D.failure
7.Good advice is price.
A.over B.cause C.destroyed D.ruined
8.The basin of water won't freeze, the temperature is well above zero.
A.unless B.because C.even if D.as though
9. put the medicine the little boy can't reach it.
A.Do,where B.Don't that C.Just,which D.Do,there
10.Rather than on a crowded bus,he always prefers a bicycle.
11.You can fly to London this evening you don't mind changing planes in
Paris.
12.It's rule that comes home first cooks the dinner for the whole family.
A.who B.somebody who C.whoever D.anybody
13.Beautifully ,the little girl tried to make herself .
A.dressed,noticed B.what will man look like
C.dressed,noticing D.dressed,notice
14.The weather turned out to be very good, was morethan we could expect.
15.No one can be sure in a million years.
A.what man will look like B.what will man look like
C.man will look like what D.what look will man like
1. my horror,I noticed two men trying to break my office.
2.- the same,I expect you'll come to visit my hometown.
-I'm looking forward that.
3.Farmland is becoming smaller day day several reasons.
4.Don't drive into the bush plenty of water and never throw your cigarette
of the window .
5.We must try all means to get rid flies.
6.Generally speaking,a newly-built house is likely to fall ,
the case of an earthquake.
7. 1920,people from Italy have come to Australia great numbers.
8.The village used to be rather poor.One every three children could
not go to school and most families were debt.
9.-How do farmers round their sheep or cattle?
-It depends the size of their farms.
10.No one has far been brave to enter the forest alone.
(三)改正下面句子的錯誤(無錯的句子不要改；有錯的句子中每句只有一處錯誤)
1.The long fence is used to keeping out a kind of wild dog.
2.Cattles are kept in some countries mainly for beef.
3.They pay peasants very a little money to work in the fields for them.
4.He had to have a job, or go hunger.
5.Their mother can't afford to feed them to meat and fish every day.
6.New types of plants have been developed in Egypt to grow in desert land.
by hunting, they are very experienced at killing wild animals.
8.In area, Australia is about the same size of the USA, which has more than thirteen times as many people.
9.In Australia fruit and vegetables are grown in areas where is enough water.
10.What surprised me was that he spoke English so well.
11.Mr White slowed down his car, for he saw a blind man cross the road.
12.Why did she keep on wipe her eyes with a damp towel?
Agatha Christie seldom went out at night. She never(1)the night when she met a(2)many years ago.
That evening she was (3)to a birthday party which (4)until 2 o'clock in the
morning.Agatha(5)in the quiet street alone.Suddenly from the shadow(陰影)of a (6)building a tall man with a sharp knife in his right hand (7)out at her.“Good morning,lady,” the man said in a (8)voice,“I don't think you wish to (9)here!”
“What do you(10)?”Agatha asked.
“Your earrings(耳環).Take them off!”
Agatha suddenly had a (11)idea.She tried to cover her necklace (12)the collar(衣領)of her overcoat while she used(13)hand to take off her earrings and then she quickly(14)them on the groud.“Take them(15)let me go.”The robber(16)that the girl didn't care for the earrings at all,only trying to (17)the necklace.He thought the necklace (18)cost more,so he said,“Give me your necklace.”
“Oh,sir,It's(19)worth much.Please let me(20)it.”“Stop rubbish(廢話).Quick!”
With (21)hands,Agatha took off her necklace.As soon as the robber (22),she picked up her earrings and ran as (23)as she could to one of her friends.The earrings (24)480pounds and the necklace the robber had taken(25)was worth six pounds.
rush sb．off his feet, change, action, repair, work on, fix up
2．重要句型
1) It is better to ask for help at the beginning rather than to wait until a busy period when everyone is rushed off their feet．
2) What is more, this “information line” operates 24 hours a day．
3) It did not take the firefighters long to put out the fire, and they at once started to look for causes of the fire．
4) They had to work inside the ship, cutting away old metal, fixing new metal plates, drilling holes, laying electrical and phone wires and fixing new pipes for water and steam．
3．語法 復習ing形式，to do和表達等
4．日常交際用語
1) May I speak to…? 2) Hello．Who's that speaking? 3) I called to tell you…4) Hold on, please 5) Wait a moment．6) Can I take (leave) a message?
三、難點講解
The man who had fixed up the air line was also questioned.
1．fix up
A．修理，安裝；改變式樣(使……儀容端正)。例如：
1) They are busy fixing up the lights．他們在忙著安裝燈光設備。
2) Wait until I get fixed up．稍等一下，我把儀容打扮整齊。
Let's fix up a date (a time and place ) for the meeting．我們來決定聚會的日期(時間和場所)吧。
C．為(某人)安排。例如：
I will fix you up for the night。我來為你安排今晚的住宿。
D．解決(紛爭)，收拾。例如：
They are fixed the matter up now．他們現在已把問題解決了。
2．fix…up with為……準備(提供)。例如：
1)I fixed him up with a job．我給他安排了一個工作。
2)Can you fix me up with a room for three nights? 你能替我安排住三個晚上的房間嗎？
6．In order to ______ the flood, the soil on the hillside must be held by planting more trees.
A．clear up; in order
B．hold up; in place
C．put up ; in the place
D．call off ; in time
7．______ the Party's help, the villagers moved into new houses soon after the big flood.
A．Thank to
B．Thanks to
C．To thank
D．Thank for
8．----______ can I do with such a situation?
----Take ______ measure you consider best．
A．How ; whichever
B．What ; whatever
C．How; Whatever
D．What; whichever
9．You look ______ in blue while red clothes are nice her.
A．well; for
B．good ; on
C．well ; to
D．good ; at
10．You'll make mistakes if you do things ______.
A．in a short while
B．in a minute
C．in a hurry
D．at the same time
11．The manager, ______, stopped to apologize to the workers．
A．realize his mistake
B．realized his mistake
C．to realize his mistake
D．his mistake realized
12．Hardly ______ to the cinema ______ the film began．
A．had he got; than
B．he had got; when
C．did he get; than
D．had he got; when
13．All life on the earth ______ on the sun.
A．depends
B．carries
C．keeps
D．goes
14．That boy works hard, I ______ him to succeed in the exam.
A．like
B．expect
C．think
D．need
15．Father will not ______ us to use his recorder.
A．have
B．let
C．agree
D．allow
16.______ plastics, the machine is light in weight.
A．To make of
B．Having made
C．To be made of
D．Made of
17．I'm sure all will go well as ______．
A．to be planned
B．being planned
C．planned
D．having planned
18．----We are having our daughter's wedding at the end of the summer．Do you think you ______?
----I'll do my best, but I think I'll be away then．
A．can see it
B．can make it
C．can see to that
D．can make that
19．Although she was listening, she didn't hear ______ because there was so much noise.
A．what he says
B．what did he say
C．what he was saying
D．what was he saying
20．Where and how to find him ______ to us．
A．is not known
B．are not known
C．don't know
D．doesn't know
21．Liverpool ______ yet．What's wrong?
A．don't score
B．doesn't score
C．hadn't scored
D．haven't scored
22．______ we should close the shop has not been discussed.
A．Whether
B．If
C．That
D．Which
23．They decided not to make a trip to Tibet ______.
A．but stay at the present place
B．instead of staying at the place
C．but to remain where they were
D．so they remained at the place they were now
24．Come here and stay with us for a moment, ______?
A．will you
B．shall you
C．don't you
D．aren't you
25．----You did very well on your test．
-----______.
A．Oh, no ! I was worried
B．That's terrific ! I was worried
C．That's all right．Thank you
D．Sure．That sounds good
Ⅲ．完形填空。
A gentleman put an advertisement in a newspaper for a boy to work in his office． 26 nearly fifty persons who came for the 27, the man selected (挑選) one and dismissed(打發)the 28.
“I should like to 29 ,” said a friend, “the reason you 30 that boy, who brought not 31 a letter, not a single recommendation (推薦信).”
“You are wrong,”said the gentleman.“He had a great 32．He wiped his feet in front of the 33 and closed it 34 him, showing that he was 35．He gave his seat immediately 36 that old man, showing that the was kind and 37．He took off his cap 38 he came in and answered my 39 quickly, showing that he was 40 and gentlemanly.”
“All the 41 stepped over the book which I had purposely put on the 42．He picked it up and 43 it on the table; and he waited of his 44 instead of pushing and crowding．As I 45 him, I 46 his tidy clothing, his neatly 47 hair and his clean 48．Can't you see that these things are 49 recommendations? I consider them more 50 than letters.”
Tom was a writer．He wrote detective stories for magazines．One evening he could not find an end for a story．He sat with his typewriter (打字員) in front of him, but he had no idea．So he decided to go to the cinema.
When he came back, he found that he had a visitor．Someone had broken into his flat．The man had a drink, smoked several of Tom's cigarettes and had read his story．The visitor left Tom a note: “I have read your story and I don't think much of it．But if you become a successful writer, I'll return.”
Tom read the burglar's (資賊) suggestions．Then he sat down and wrote the rest of the story．He is still not a successful writer, and he is waiting for the burglar to return．Before he goes out in the evening, he always leaves a half-finished story near his typewriter.
51．The man came to Tom's flat to ______．
A．steal something
B．have a drink
C．see Tom
D．read Tom's story
52．The man thought that Tom's story was ______.
A．rather poor
B．quite good
C．too short
D．not worth thinking of
53．The man threatened (威脅) to ______.
A．steal Tom's story
B．write more stories
C．come back every night
D．come back and do stealing again
54．Tom found the burglar's suggestions were very ______.
A．successful
B．amusing
C．foolish
D．helpful
55．Tom would like to ______.
A．meet his visitor
B．get more idea from him
C．have his stories stolen
D．be robbed more often
B
MUSIC
AM 640 KHz
09:00 Top Chinese Songs
11:00 Foreign Light Music
14:15 World-famous Music
15:10 Chinese Songs Sung by Peng Liyuan
AM 720 KHz
09:00 Music World
13:00 Window on Chinese Music
15:00 Foreign Classic Music
17:00 Chinese Songs by Famous Singers
ON TV
CCTV-1 Channel 2
17:20 Programmes for Children
19:00 News and Weather Forecast
20:05 23-part Serial (連續劇): The Times of Pecac (8)
23:00 News in English
CCTV-3 Channel 15
12:00 Music Knowledge: Piano
14:00 Music Bridge
18:00 Opera Fans Garden
19:00 Peking Opera Stars
CCTV-4 Channel 32
19:00 News and Weather Forecast
21:00 Chinese News
CCTV-6 Channel 18
16:28 Chinese Movie: Singing at Midnight
19:50 American Movie: Speed
23:31 Chinese Movie: Hardships of the Hainan Island
BTV-1 Channel 6
17:12 12-part Serial: The Third Bridge (4)
18:30 Beijing News and Weather Forecast
56．If you want to enjoy yourself in the morning, you can ______.
A．see movies on TV
B．listen to music on TV
C．listen to some excellent Chinese songs on radio
D．listen to some foreign music on TV
57．By CCTV-6 you can
A．learn what has happened in our country
B．enjoy music
C．see a lot of movies
D．see operas
58．You know what the weather will be like all over the country if you turn on ______.
A．your TV at 7 p．m.
B．your radio at 8 A．m．
C．your TV at 6:30 p．m.
D．your TV at 9 p．m．
59．Which of the following is not true?
A．Children may like CCTV-1 Channel 2．
B．You can enjoy good music only on radio.
C．From BTV-1 Channel 6 you can get to know something that happens in Beijing.
D．CCTV-6 is a movie Channel．
60．If you want to know more about China, you can choose
A．Channel 2
B．Channel 32
C．Channel 18
D．Channel 27
Ⅴ．單詞拼寫。
61．Great ______ (變化) have taken place in our country．
62．It's ______ (肯定的) that he'll pass the examination．
63．He asked the man in the water to ______ (抓住) the rope．
64．There are seven ______ (奇跡) in the world.
65．We have friends ______ (遍及) the world.
66．How many b______ of beer are there on the table?
67．Beijing is the c______ of China.
68．He t______ me on the forehead with his left hand.
69．He wrote an a______ on reading.
70．He has a large q______ of books．
Ⅵ．短文改錯。
After a day of work, the body need to have a 71．______
rest．Sleep is necessary for well health．The rest 72．______
you get while sleep makes your body be able to prepare 73．______
itself the next day．There are four levels of sleep. 74．______
Each is little deeper than the one before．As you 75．______
will sleep, your body relaxes (放松)．Your heart 76．______
beats more slowly and your brain slows down．If you 77．______
have troubles falling asleep, some people suggest 78．______
breathing slowly and deeply and the other people 79．______
believe that drink warm milk will help make you 80．______
1．師生互動：教師提一些問題如Do you like seeing films? How often? Favorite actor? Actress? Film? 在此過程中教師可展示一些學生熟悉并喜歡的名演員、名片的海報，從視覺上激發學生對本話題的興趣。
2．小組活動：教師選取幾副不同題材的電影畫面（可選取教材外的其它畫面），要求學生進行小組合作，每小組選一幅畫面進行討論What is happening in this scene? What happens before/after the scene? 要求學生不拘泥于已知的電影內容，發揮自己的想象力，給出各種不同的觀點。
3．班級活動：向班級其它同學描述本小組所選圖片，其他同學可給出不同意見。
本單元的聽力是培養學生捕捉特定信息的能力，并讓學生熟悉interview這種形式。Task: To discuss what questions the reporters will ask when interviewing famous directors.
活動形式：
1． 師生互動：教師設置開放性的問題，進一步啟發學生思考，并為過渡到聽力部分做準備。問題可設置為：Of course these films now are very popular and successful, and what does the success of the films bring to the actors? 學生各抒己見，金錢、榮譽、名氣，成為公眾人物后帶來一個問題They received a lot of interviews。
2． 小組活動：教師引出問題What questions will you ask when interviewing an actor?通過小組討論，收集盡可能多的問題，一方面讓學生預測聽力中可能會出現的問題，同時也對interview這種形式有所了解。
本單元說的任務是利用閱讀所得信息開展對名演員的interview,從而提
演員的職業有所了解并增加學習趣味。
Task: To interview famous actors and directors in different ways.
活動形式：
1、 師生互動：教師可設置問題了解學生對電影大獎及獲獎演員的了解程度，為接下來的兩位演員的介紹作好鋪墊。問題可為Can you tell me some famous awards to the films in the world? Try to tell the famous actors, actresses and the films you know that have won the Oscar.
1． 班級活動：教師可為學生播放分別由Meryl streep和Keanu Reeves主演的電影Out of Africa《走出非洲》和 speed《生死時速》片段，并可展現他們主演的其它電影的海報，讓學生在視覺上對這兩位演員及他們的表演有所了解。
在教學過程中，先利用圖片，實物等教具對學生進行直觀的教學，使之有更清晰的認識后，再輔之以語境，利用語境來推測詞義，達到猜詞的效果。如給出The Matrix和The Matrix Reloaded的電影海報，學生很容易得出：The Matrix Reloaded is the follow-up of The Matrix。通過這樣的鋪墊，學生在做第七小題時，只要利用好文中的線索Speed II, Jurassic Park III就可以輕而易舉的得出follow-ups。
作而突出導演的重要作用。Task: To experience being a director (write one scene of the film and act it out).
1．師生互動：教師提問If you want to make a film, who do you
need to invite?通過此問題引出電影制作過程中所需的各種角色，如photographer, actor/actress, editor, director等等
2．小組活動：
1）教師可設置這樣的討論題：What part would you like to play in making a film?根據選擇分組，讓他們討論選擇各角色的理由。同時討論各角色在電影制作中所做的不同工作。通過討論，學生不難發現，在電影的制作過程中，導演起了非常關鍵的作用。
2）根據所選的各種角色交叉分組，發揮各自的作用。
Think of one scene you are quite familiar with and act it out.
a. What would the scene be like and what happens in it?
b. Who are the main actors in that scene and what do they do?
這部分的重點是學習掌握關系副詞when，where，why 引導的定語從句及介詞+關系代詞引導的定語從句。Task: To talk about some famous directors in China and some of their most famous and popular films, using attributive clause.
活動步驟：
1． 師生互動：教師提一些問題如What Chinese directors do you know?
What are their well-known films? 在此過程中教師可展示一些學生熟悉的國內知名導演的海報，從視覺上激發學生的興趣。然后談論某個導演及他的代表作品，引出定語從句。
如Zhang Yimou is the famous director who successfully directed the film Hero.
2．小組活動：教師選取幾副大家熟悉的國產大片的電影畫面，要求學生進行小組討論，分別來自什么電影，他們的男、女主角（main actor/actress）分別是誰。然后用定語從句知識來談論。如：Shaolin Soccer is a funny film in which Zhou Xingchi plays the main role.
3．班級活動：給出幾副圖片及幾個關鍵詞（key words），用所學定語從句來描述圖片。如：
北京申奧成功圖 Beijing the city Beijing is the city where/in which the 2008 Olympic Games will be held.
該部分主要閱讀張藝謀的影片Not One Less并學習如何評價電影及寫影評。Task: Make comments on films and write reviews about them.
1. 師生互動：教師可設置問題了解學生對張藝謀及其主要作品的熟悉情況，為接下來閱讀Not One Less 作鋪墊。問題可為 What does he do? What is famous for? What films has he directed? What is his recent film? What else do you know about him? 同時呈現張的有關信息表格，為后面的Survey 作鋪墊。通過提問談論《一個也不能少》有關情節，為閱讀作鋪墊。
2． 個人活動：閱讀Not One Less ；回答問題，填寫信息表。
3． 班級活動：學習寫review 的有關建議。并以Not One Less 作為例子寫影評一篇。
4．個人活動：Survey--Your favorite director and his film in china
5．小組活動：討論關于Your favorite film What’s it about? What kind of story do you think it is? How do you think of the actors/ actresses?...
6．個人活動：模仿前面所學，寫一篇影評 My Favorite Film
7．兩人活動：交換作文，從影評內容、時態、單詞拼寫、所用詞匯等方面相互交流、修改。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
非謂語動詞有三種形式：不定式，動詞ing形式(v-ing)及過去分詞(ed分詞)。
不定式的基本形式是由“to+ 動詞原形”構成，其否定形式是not to do，不定式可以帶自己的賓語或狀語，構成不定式短語，沒有人稱和數的變化，但有時態和語態的變化，不定式在句中可作主語、表語、賓語、定語、狀語、補足語，不作謂語。如：
Lucy asked him to turn up the radio.
To make a plan first is a good idea.
1. 動詞不定式不失動詞的特點，有時態和語態的變化，不定式有六種形式，以write為例：
(1)不定式的時態：
①不定式所表達的動作與謂語動詞同時發生或是在謂語動詞之后發生，不定式用一般式，如：
It seems that he knows this.
鯤e seems to know this.
I hope that I'll see you again.
鯥 hope to see you again.
②不定式所表達的動作與謂語動詞同時發生，并強調動作正在進行的情景，或持續性，不定式用進行式，如：
He pretended that he was listening to English course when I came in.
鯤e pretended to be listening to English course when I came in.
(7)need, require, want譯作“需要”時，跟動詞-ing作賓語，主動表示被動，相當于to be done，如：
The windows require cleaning.
The windows require to be cleaned.
The patient needs operating on at once.
The patient needs to be operated on.
The flowers want watering.
The flowers want to be watered.
(8)在一些固定表達中用動詞-ing形式，不用不定式：
can't help doing, be worth doing, devote…to doing, look forward to doing, be/get/become used to doing, object to doing, thank…for doing, excuse…for doing等。
Einstein devoted his life to making a research in science.
I'm looking forward to getting your letter.
We are used to living in the countryside.
4. 動詞-ing在句中作表語：
Our plan is setting up a new car factory.
My job is teaching/driving.
這類詞作表語，起解釋說明主語的作用，主表可顛倒：Teaching is my job. 轉換成問句，用what提問：
--What's your job?
--My job is teaching.
--How is your job?
--It is interesting.
--How was your trip?
--It is tiring, but interesting.
5. 動詞-ing作定語：
(1)表示被修飾名詞的用途：
There are two reading rooms in our school library.
a reading room其含義是A room is used for reading.
The swimming pool in our school is nearly completed.
the swimming pool其含義是The pool is used for swimming.
b、“Today go home，watch the VCD，listen to the tape and CD， to be a litter melody”！
活動效果
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
英語教案設計
Teaching Content
Asking the Way
A: Excuse me, sir. Can you tell me the way to Bihai Hotel,
please?
B: Sure. You can go there by bus.
A: Is it a long way from here?
B: No, itll take you fifteen minutes.
A: Which bus can I take?
B: You can take a No. 2 bus.
A: Where is the bus stop?
B: Just go straight. Look, the bus is coming.
A: Thank you very much.
B: Youre welcome.
II. Teaching procedures
Step 1. Warming-up
T: Nice to meet you. My name is Bright. B-R-I-G-H-T. Shall
we sing an English song named “Bingo”, and try. to change the
word “Bingo” with my name “Bright”?
Step 2. Presentation
T: Im new here, when I arrived at the airport, I heard
someone said “對不起”(注①)，“早晨好”(注②).I really want to know their
meanings in English. Could you help me?
S: “對不起” is “Excuse me” and “早晨好” is “Good morning”.
T: Thanks a lot. And now could you tell me something about
your city? I want to travel in this city, but I dont know
where I should go.
S1: Bai Lian Dong Park.
S2: Fisher Girl.
S3: Jiuzhou Town.
T: Good. But I want to find a hotel now.Please do me a
favour. Can you tell me
the names of some hotels in this city?
S1: Hotel.
S2: Yindu Hotel.
S3: Bihai Hotel.
(The teacher takes notes while the students are speaking.)
Step 3. New structures learning
T: They all sound very nice. But how can I get there, by
bus or by bike?
S: By bus.
T: And how long will it take me to get there? Maybe
fifteen minutes is enough.
(The teacher looks at the watch and gives the students a
gesture.)
1) Draw a stick-figure picture to help the students understand
the meaning of the sentence:
“Itll take someone some time to do something.”
2) Write the sentence “Itll take you fifteen minutes. ” on
the blackboard, and have the
students imitate the sentence.
3) A guessing game:
T: Please look at these pictures and guess
“How long will it take me to ...?”
T: How long will it take me to have a football match?
S1: Itll take you ninety minutes.
T: Yes.
4) Get the students to listen to the recording of the
dialogue, in order to introduce the
new sentence: “Just go straight.”
5) Use the multi-media to help the students understand the
meaning of the sentence
“Go straight.”
6) Write the sentence on the blackboard, and have the students
imitate the sentence:
“Just go straight.”
Step 4. Practice
1) Ask the students to listen to the dialogue once more, then
ask them to repeat after the tape, first individually and then
in pairs.
2) Encourage the students to read their dialogue with their
deskmates.
Step 5. Consolidation
T: You know Im from Shanghai. Maybe in the future youll go
to Shanghai, so Ive prepared some photographs for you.
1) Show the photographs of “Nanjing Road”, “Pudong New Area”
and “the Bund” to the students.
2) Get the students to ask the teachers from Shanghai
something they dont know, such as
directions, transportations in Shanghai.
3) Ask some students to introduce their tour plans to
Shanghai.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Grammar: The Past Participle Used as Adverbial
Teaching Aims:
1. Enable the students to master the usage of the Past Participle when it is used as Adverbial.
2. Enable the students to master the transformation between the past participle phrase and the adverbial clause.
Teaching Important Points:
1. How to use the Past Participle
2. How to tell the difference between the Present Participle and the Past Participle.
Teaching Difficult Point:
How to choose the Present Participle and the Past Parthciple.
Teaching Methods:
1. Comparision method to get the students to know how to use the participle clearly.
2. Discussion method to get the students to master what they've learned.
3. Pair work or group work to make the students active in class.
Teaching Aids:
Teaching Procedures:
Greet the whole class as usual.
Step II Revision and Presentation
T: In the third period of Unit 4, we learned the Past Participle used as Attributeand Adverbial. Now look at these sentences. Can you tell me which past participle is used as Attribute and which is used as Adverbial?
(Show the following on the screen.)
1. Most of the artists invited to the party were from South Africa.
2. Given more attention, the trees could have grown better.
3. The professor came into the classroom, followed by his students.
4. The first textbooks written for teaching English as a foreign language
came out in the 16th century.
T: Who can tell us in the first sentence what the Past Participle is sued as?
S1:I know. It is used as Attribute, modifying the noun “artists”.
T: Yes. OK. Li Lu, you try, please.
S2: I think it is used as Adverbial in the second sentence.
S3: It is used as Adverbial in the third sentence, too.
T: (To the rest of the class.) Is that right?
T: Good. No problem. Now, the last sentence. Who knows?
S4: Let me have a try. I believe it is used as Attribute. It modifies “ the first
textbooks”.
T: (Ask another student.) Do you agree with him/her?
S5: No, I don't think so. I think it is used as Adverbial.
T: Yeah, now, we have two different opinions. which one is correct? Whose opinion do you agree with?
Ss: The first answer is correet. It is used as Attribute, not Adverbial.
Ss: Because it modifies the word, “textbooks”.
T: Good. It is used as Attribute. I agree with the first student.
T: We know that the Past Participle can be used as Adverbial. Now look at these sentences on the blackboard.
(Teacher writes the following on the blackboard.)
1. Don't speak until spoken to.
2. Given more time, we could do the work much better.
3. Destroyed by the earthquake, the house had to be rebuilt.
T: What are these past participle used us?
Ss: They are all used as Adverbial.
T: Yes, You're right. And we know that the Past Participle used as Adverbial can express different adverbials, such as: time, cause, condition, manner and so on. Do you know what the Past Participle in each sentence expresses? Who knows?
Sa: The Past Participle in the first sentence expresses time. The second one expresses condition. And the last one expresses cause.
T: Very good. Now, I'll give you a few minutes to discuss with your partner
about how to replace these past participles by using adverbial clauses.
T: (A few minutes later.) Who'd like to try the first sentence?
Sb: I'd like to. “Don't speak until you're spoken to. ”
T：Good. Please sit down. What about the second sentence? Who knows?
Sc: I know. If we were given more time, we could do the work much better.
T: OK. Sit down, please. Now, the last sentence. Who wants to have a try?
S: Beeause the house had been destroyed by the earthquake, it had to be rebuilt.
(Teacher writes the sentences above on the blackboard.)
T: As we all know, the Past Participle and the Present Partieiple can be used as Adverbial, for example: (Teacher writes the following examples on the
1. Seen from the hill, our school looks more beautiful.
2. Seeing from the hill, we can see our beautiful school.
T: Look at these two sentences carefully. Can you tell us the difference between them?
S: The first sentence uses the Past Participle as Adverbial while the second sentence uses the Present Participle as Adverbial.
T: Good. Do you know why?
S: Because the subject in the first sentence is “our school”, but in the second sentence the subject is “we”.
T: Very good. When we are using participles, we should pay attention to the subjects in the sentences, and the participle we use must have the same logical subject as the subject in the sentence. If the subject in the sentence receives the action, we should use the Past Participle as Adverbial; if the subject in the sentence does the action, we should use the Present Participle as Adverbial. Do you nderstand?
T: Look at the sentences on the screen. Join each of the following pairs of
sentences turning one of them into a participle phrase and making other
necessary changes. Do it in pairs or groups. Example: We were disturbed by the noise and had to finish the meeting early.
→Disturbed by the noise, we had to finish the meeting early.
Rewrite the sentences, using the Past Participle.
1. They were surprised at the idea and began to discuss it among themselves.
2. Mary was much interested and she agreed to give it a try.
3. I was deeply moved, and thanked them again and again.
4 The two men were delighted and they thought up many other ideas, too.
5. We had been taught by failure and mistakes and have become wiser.
6. I was shocked at the waste of money and decided to leave the company.
7. He was persuaded by his friends to give up smoking and threw his remaining cigarettes away.
Suggested answers:
1. Surprised at the idea, they began to discuss it among themselves.
2. Much interested, Mary agreed to give it a try.
3. Deeply moved, I thanked them again and again.
4. Delighted, the two men thought up many other ideas, too.
5. Taught by failure and mistakes, we have become wiser.
6. Shocked at the waste of money, I decided to leave the company.
7. Persuaded by his friends to give up smoking, he threw his remaining
cigarettes away.
T: OK. Now look at the screen. Let's do more exercises. You may discuss with
your partner.
(Teacher shows the following on the screen.)
Choose the best answers:
1. ______some officials, Napolean inspected his army.
2.__________ by his teacher, he has made great progress in his lesson.
3. The computer center, ________ last year, is very popular among the students in this school.
4. The visitor expressed his satisfaction,___________ that he had enjoyed
his stay here.
5.___________ in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
6.__________ his telephone number, she had some difficulty getting in touch
7. If_________ the same treatment again, he is sure to get well.
8. in 1636, Harvard is one of the most famous universities in the United States.
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. C 6. A 7. C 8. C
(Teacher then asks some students to do them one by one.)
T: Now let's have a test. Complete the following sentences. Write your answers on a piece of paper. Later, we'll check it together.
(Teacher uses the micromedia equipment to show the following on the screen.)
Complete the sentences:
1._______ （只要看一次），it can never be forgotten.
2._______ (被認為是這個城市里面最好的)，the factory was given a medal.
3._______ The visitor came in ,________（后面跟著一群年輕人）。
4._______ （在黨的領導下），the people have improved their living conditions greatly.
5._______（在她的話的鼓勵下），the boy later went up to his teacher and said “sorry”.
6. If_______（加熱）to a high temperature, water will change into vapour.
7._______ （從太空中望去），the earth is a water covered globe.
8. The object on the table is a fan ______ （由羽毛制成的）。
Suggested answers:
2. Regarded as the best in the city
3. followed by a group of young fellows
(A few minutes later, teacher asks some students to say their answers. If some students make any mistake, the teacher should give the correct answer and give some explanation, too)
T: In this class, we've discussed the use of the Past Participle. That is, how to use it and its transformation with the adverbial clauses. After class, we should do more practice about this to master them. OK. Time is up. So much for this clas. See you tomorrow.
Step VIII The Design of the Writing on the Blackboard
I. 1. Don't speak until spoken to.
Don't speak until you are spoken to.
2. Given more time, we could do the work much better.
If we were given more time, we could do the work much better.
3. Destroyed by the earthquake the house had to be rebuilt.
Because the house had been destroyed by the earthquake, the house
had to be rebuilt.
II. 1. Seen from the hill, our school looks more beautiful.
2. Seeing from the hill, we can see our beautiful school.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
優秀英語教案篇1<\/h2>
活動目的：
通過反復感受,理解問句"what do you see?";學習用句型" i see….",表達所看見的內容。
通過多種形式的操作、擺弄,激發幼兒參與英語活動的興趣,鼓勵幼兒開口說英語。
活動準備：捉迷藏背景圖
大轉盤,圖片
人手一份操作用具
活動過程：
一、復習
1、歌曲《hello!》
2、游戲《快樂郊游》
3、招呼語
二、看圖片,感受并理解對話:
t: look! what do you see?
i see a rabbit / a monkey / a duck / two elephants.
三、欣賞兒歌、歌曲《what do you see?》。
四、游戲《大轉盤》:
教師旋轉轉盤后,幼兒根據指針的指向,嘗試集體輸出" i see …."
五、游戲《傳球取寶》:
幼兒聽音樂傳球,音樂停,持球者擊破紙面取出寶物,并集體說:" i see …."
六、分組操作游戲:
(教師提供:轉盤、魔方、圖書、彩色眼鏡等)幼兒邊玩邊嘗試個別輸出" i see …."
優秀英語教案篇2<\/h2>
一．教學內容
main scene part a (let’s try let’s talk)
二．教學目標
1．能正確聽，說，朗讀“who is ...?-- he/she is...what’s he/she like? -- he/she is... is he/she…?--yes,he/she is. no, he/she isn’t.”
2.能正確聽，說，認讀表示人物外貌與性格特征的形容詞： old ,young,funny,kind,strict,polite,hard-working,clever.
3.能聽懂，會說，會表演let’s talk 的內容并在真實場景中運用。
三．教學重難點
重點：學生能夠表演main scene 和let’s talk的交際內容，能夠根據實際 情況用英語討論他人外貌與性格特征。
難點：用英語準確詢問并回答人物特征，如：“who is …? he/she is…what’s he/she like? he/she is … is he/she…?yes,he/she is. no, he/she isn’t.”
四．課前準備
教師自制的單詞卡 、錄音機、錄音帶
五．教學過程
step1. warming-up
1.let’s look and say the names.(教師出示本單元通過多媒體播放一些卡通圖片，分別展示年老，年輕，滑稽，有禮貌，工作努力，聰明，嚴格等外貌與性格特征，讓學生認讀，說一說這是誰，怎么樣。)
2.let’s listen and sing”who’s your teacher?”
step2. presentationen.
1.學習main scene
（1）出示main scene中的部分教學掛圖，讓學生觀察。
（2）看圖回答問題。
dialogue1: who can you see in the picture?(wu yifan,amy,oliver and a teacher.)
dialogue2: what are they talking about?(the teacher introduces classmates to each other.)
dialogue2:who is a new student?(oliver)
（3）聽錄音，模仿朗讀，理解對話內容。
（4）教師領讀對話，學生模仿，齊讀練習，生生對話，小組表演。
2.學習let’s try let’s talk
（1）listen and tick.聽錄音，完成探究學習第一題。
（2）創設情境：這節課我們和oliver，wuyifan一起去了解mr young。
（3）看let’s talk部分的課文插圖，聽錄音，模仿朗讀，理解意思。
（4）根據let’s talk內容嘗試分角色朗讀對話。
（5）學生兩人一組，完成“talk about your teachers.”
（6）學生表演，以檢查學生對本課對話的掌握情況，對做得較好的學生予以表揚。
3.make a survey.
t: who’s your... ...? ss:... ...
t:what’s he/she like?
step3. consolidation
三人一組，發現并用我們學過的句型討論小組內每個成員的三個優點。
s1: who’s that... ...? s2:... ...
s1:what’s he/she like? s2:he/she is…
s1:is he/she... ...? s2:yes,he/she is. no,he/she isn’t.
step4 homework
1.完成課堂檢測中的相關習題。
2.make a new dialogue and act it out。
六．板書設計
unit one what’s he like?
main scene part a (let’s try let’s talk)
who is he?-- he is our music teacher.
what’s she like? -- she’s very kind.
is he young?--yes,he is.
七．教學反思
優秀英語教案篇3<\/h2>
活動內容： new house
活動目標：
１、通過游戲活動＂布置新房＂，復習對日常生活中常用單詞，介詞及句型i need… … i put it… …進一步掌握。
２、通過描述日常生活中幼兒所熟悉的物和事情，激發幼兒學習英語的興趣。
活動準備：
１、房子圖片
２、平面示意圖――組合圖（１幅）平面示意圖――教師示范幼兒操作圖（１大６小）
３、小超市所需圖片若干
活動過程：
一、幼兒邊唱“happy home”邊進教室，并引導幼兒與老師招呼。 today, we have so many guests in our classroom. let’s say “ hello” to them. all right! sit down, please!
二、（一）引出活動
１、出示房子圖片，引起興趣：＂look! what’s this?＂
２、復習各種房間的名稱：this is the bedroom（bathroom living roomkitchen）
３、以布置房間的形式引起幼兒興趣。 now, i want to decorate them. first, i want to decorate my living room. can you help me?
４、請６－７名幼兒先商量布置客廳，引導幼兒去超市購買所需要的物品。 i need something to decorate it. can you help me? look ! the supermarket is beside my new house. you can get there and buy something we need. who can help me?
a、要求幼兒通過商量，購置布置客廳所需的物品。 think about it. what we need!
b、復習句型i need……
c、請幼兒將所購買的物品布置到客廳內，并復習句型i put……及各種介詞的用法。 are you ready? come on! you do it!
tell us, where do you put it?
（二）幼兒分組操作，教師指導。
１、引起幼兒布置其他房間的興趣。 i so believe you. look at my bedroom, bathroom and kitchen. they are almost empty.
let’s decorate them, ok? b.引導幼兒布置其他房間。 this is bedroom.（bathroomkitchen）what we need?
２、引導幼兒自由組合并討論怎樣布置其他房間，并學習去超市購買所需物品。 if you want to decorate the bedroom（bathroomkitchen）。 you can go there and here. the supermarket is beside you. you can get there and buy something you need.
３、幼兒分組操作，教師巡回指導。 you do it! it’s up to you!
４、引導幼兒把圖紙講述給客人老師聽。 say something about your picture to our guests.
５、聽音樂安靜入座。
三、通過競賽的形式進一步復習鞏固介詞的用法及句型i need…i put it…任意選１－２組講述。 come on! let’s have a race. tell us something about your picture.（we need… …i put it… …）
四、結束活動
１、鞭炮起，教師發糖welcome to my new house
２、song:出教室。
優秀英語教案篇4<\/h2>
活動內容：a family of chicken
活動目標：
１、通過活動復習英語單詞cock、chicken、hen
２、培養托兒學習英語的興趣
活動準備：
１、chicken頭飾、雞蛋（均人手一份）
２、cock（由教師扮演）hen（由大班幼兒扮演）
３、音樂《mother hen》
４、草叢、籃筐（２個）
活動過程：一、唱歌念兒歌，組織教學。
１、t: come on babies! lets sing some songs, are you ready?
1、用英語日常用語進行對話good morning,how are you? what your name?how old are you?
2、出示所學過的三角形、圓形、心形，花，蘋果……進行復習
3、出示短線（從一個口袋里慢慢拉出一條短線）教幼兒line ，讓幼兒跟讀line, 提問where is the line? where？（讓幼兒指出哪里有line）尋找
4、再從另一個口袋里慢慢拉出一條長線，告訴幼兒long , long line, long line,讓幼兒跟讀，再出示前面的短線，教short , short line , short line,邊教邊用手比畫。
5、出示黑板（簡略說明黑板的英語名稱）， 在黑板上畫條線，邊畫邊說draw draw draw a line ,draw, (做動作，讓幼兒記下此單詞) follow me , draw ，draw a line , look, what’s the shape ?（出示圓形的圖片）circle ,oh , draw a circle , draw a circle ,draw, drew , draw a heart ,draw a flower,ok,who can try ? （老師請一位小朋友上臺玩游戲，被請上的幼兒背對著下面的小朋友，老師出示圖片，下面的小朋友便讀出，例下面的小朋友看到circle 時便說draw a circle,講臺上的幼兒聽到指令后便在黑板上畫上circle）
6、再復習一遍，老師在上面畫，幼兒在下面說，老師不出聲。
7、讓幼兒stand up ,listen to the dvd 聽音樂，邊學做律動邊慢慢地go pee pee。
8、class is over.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
教學目標：
培養幼兒對英語發音的興趣和英語活動的興趣，激發幼兒參與英語活動以及學習英語運用英語的動機
教學準備：茶葉 茶壺 水杯 礦泉水瓶 熱水壺 椅子 桌子
教學過程：
1. 組織教學：Let’s count from one to ten.
2. 練習單詞five 的發音，講解音標/v/的發音要領并練習/v/的發音.
3. 學習單詞have，注意幼兒的發音。
4. 情景表演：
Mary: It’s fine day , It’s fine day .I’ll visit my friend.
Ding-dong, Ding-dong.
Alice: Who’s it.
Mary: It’s me, It’s me. Mary.
Alice: Welcome, welcome. Sit down, please!
Would you like to have some tea?
Mary: Thank you.
Alice: Oh, my god. It’s empty. Mummy is not in.
Mary: No problem. I’ll show you how to make tea.
5. 通過情景表演引出單詞water和tea的學習。教讀數遍。
6. 演示沖茶過程，鞏固單詞water和tea的學習。
7. 請幼兒品嘗沖好的茶，引出短語Have some tea. 的學習。
8. 學習并會運用短語Have some water ./Have some tea.
9. 游戲活動：請幼兒分組沖茶，將沖好的茶請客人品嘗。練習運用短語Have some water ./Have some tea.
10. 小結本次課的學習內容。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Unit 11 Key to Success
高三英語備課組 主備：陳曉燕 , 10, 25
Teaching Aims.
1. Talk about social behavior and social relations.
2. Talk about teamwork and success.
3. Practice presenting ideas.
4. Grasp some new words, phrases and sentence structures.
Important new words and phrases.
criterion, criteria, stick with, through thick and thin, pull out of, summary, summarize, frequency, reputation, suspect, for the sake of, in reality, temporary, uncertain, expectation, compromise, excite, regulation, take … into account, dynamic, shortcoming, embarrass, contradictory, explosion, ambitious, ambition, as a whole, congratulate, once again, combination, live up to, accommodate, decline.
Important sentence structures.
1. Do you stick with your friends through thick and thin?
2. While working there you discover that the manager does not take proper measures to ensure hygiene and safety of the food products that are prepared in its kitchens and will be delivered to the customers.
3. Especially at school, it sometimes feels as if we are being asked to work in teams for the sake of just that.
4. No matter how hard that you try, working towards a career for which you are not suitable is not going to get you there.
5. Each offers gifts and processes that complement the others, contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the “whole” is a team, a class, a family or society.
Teaching procedures：
Period Ⅰ Word Study
1. pull out of 從……退出
(1) They are pulling their troops out of the battle zone. ____________________________________
(2) The expense of the project is so much that we have to pull out. ____________________________
(3) Once you are trapped in it, you can hardly ____.
A. pull out B. pull down C. pull away D. pull up
(4) The tree is hard to pull ______.
A. out B. up C. over D. off
(5) He jumped onto the train just as it was pulling ______.
A. up B. off C. away D. down
(6) The special train pulled _____ at 10 am...
A. off B. away C. out D. in
相關固定搭配:
pull out of the fire 使轉敗為勝 pull apart 扯斷,撕開; 找出……錯處,批評
pull away 開動,離開 pull down 拆毀
pull in (車)進站; (船)靠岸 pull off 脫(衣,帽等); 把車開到路邊;努力實現
pull on 穿戴(襪子,手套等);繼續拉或劃 pull over 把…拉過來; 把…開到路邊
pull through (使)渡過危機(險); 使恢復健康 pull back 阻力,逆境; 撤回
pull up 使停下,拔起（樹，草等）；阻止，斥責
2. suspect (suspected, suspected) adj. suspicious n. suspicion
suspect sb. of sth. (doing sth.) 懷疑某人（做某事）
eg. What made you suspect her of having taken the money? 你憑什么懷疑她拿了錢？
認為，猜，想．
_____________________________________________
=_____________________________________________
他們認為他是兇手．
She suspected that _________________________ 她認為他在撒謊．
(1) We ______ him ______ giving false information. That would be terrible.
A. suspect; of B. suspect; with C. suspect; from D. suspect; in
(2) Nobody wants to make friends with the boy ______ money.
A. suspected of having stolen B. suspecting to steal
C. suspected having stolen D. suspecting to have stolen
3. sake n. 緣故(僅用于成語)
for the sake of 為了…… for any sake 無論如何
without sake 無緣無故 for safety’s sake 為安全起見
for God’s (goodness’, pity’s) sake (加強祈使句)看在上帝份上；務請
eg. (1) They fought _____________ their country.= They fought ________________. 他們為國而戰．
(2) For God’s sake, stop quarrelling. ____________________________
(3) I’ll help _______________________ 看在你姐姐面上我幫你．
(4) Students must make it clear that they don’t study for teacher’s sake but for the sake of their own. ___________________________________________________________
(5) The couple only stayed together _____ the children.
A. in the hope of B. for the purpose of C. in the name of D. for the sake of
4. uncertain adj. 不確切的，無把握的． 反 certain
n. (1) 確鑿的，無疑的
It is certain that …… be certain of
__________________two plus two makes four. 2加2等于4是確切無疑的．
eg. The ______________ look on his face suggested that he didn’t know how to deal with the ________________ situation. 他臉上（感到）困惑的表情說明他不知道如何對付這一令人困惑的處境。
6. congratulate vt. 祝賀；慶賀
congratulate vi. 祝賀，向……道賀；慶幸，高興
congratulation n. congratulator 祝賀者
常用句型 congratulate sb.／oneself on（doing）sth.
We ________________________ the birth of her daughter. 我們祝賀她生了個女兒。
She __________________________having thought of such a good idea.
He congratulated himself on having survived the air-crash.他慶幸自己在空難中幸免于死。
7. live up to 依照……行事；做到；不辜負（期望）
live up to one’s reputation_____________________
Do live up to your parents’ expectations. 別辜負父母的期望。
expectation期待，期望，預料；（對成功幸運的期待，指望）
without much expectation of success __________________________
our team has every expectation of winning______________________
beyond expectation(s) 出乎意料（副詞，形容詞）
come/ live up to one’s expectation(s) 符合某人的期待
in expectation of 預計會有……
eg. (1)._____________________________, I decided to walk 預計會交通堵塞，我決定步行
(2). A young artist with great expectations _____________________________
(3) The WTO can’t live up to its name _______it doesn’t include a country that is home to one fifth of mankind.
A. as long as B. while C. if D. even though
(4). We will live _______ what our parents expect us.
A. on B. in C. up to D. with
Live 相關短語：
live a happy (miserable/ hard) life 過著幸福的（悲慘的/艱苦的）生活
live apart 夫妻分居 live by 靠……維生
live down 使慢慢淡忘 live for 為……而活；盼著
live in 住校，在工作的地方吃住 （反）live out
live on 靠吃……生存，以……為主食；靠……（收入）生活
live with 和。。。住在一起；接受（不愉快的事物）
Period Ⅱ Reading
Teaching aims.
1. Learn and master the following words and phrases: temporary cooperate, uncertain, expectation, shortcoming, embarrass contradictory，for the sake of, keep an eye on, take something into account.
2. Improve the Ss’ reading ability.
3. Enable the Ss to realize that it is important to learn to co-operate.
Teaching difficult points:
1. How to improve the Ss’ reading ability.
2. Master the following phrases and sentences.
What if ……？ feel as if, for the sake of, keep an eye on, take sth into consideration.
Teaching methods:
1. Skimming and Scanning methods
2. Individual, pair work or group work
3. Discussion.
Teaching procedures.
Step I Lead in
T: I want to move this desk to the 4th floor. But I can’t do it by myself. Who can help me?
(a student comes) we two did this job together and what we can call the job?
-----it is team work.
T: where else do we need team work?
-----football, basketball, rugby, working…
Step 2 Fast-reading
1. In sports games, a player .
A. often changes his role B. has a clear role
C. feels that players with different abilities make different contributions to the team.
D. accepts the same expectations and responsibilities as the other players
2. The author takes for example to show how a team can work well.
A. the sports team B. the project team C. the rugby team D. a dynamic team
3. What is the main idea of Paragraph 7?
A. How a project team is different from a rugby team.
B. How a project team works.
C. In a project team, people who have different abilities and personalities have different roles into team.
D. How the tasks of the group are divided depends on personalities and abilities of the individuals in the group.
4. According to the text, which of the following statements is not right?
A. The coach of a sports team is not counted as a team member, so he is less important.
B. social relations are important within the team.
C. the atmosphere in the group affects the performance of the team.
D. It’s not necessary for all team members to be friends.
Step 3 Careful- reading
1. Why are people sometimes made up a team to finish a job?
2. What is coach’s job in a sports team?
3. Why is working in groups at school an opportunity to learn about teamwork?
4. What does the task division for the group depend on in a team?
5. What will the lack of recognition of differences in human functioning lead to?
Step 4. Summary
Ask students to divide the passage into 5 parts.
Parts Main idea
Part 1( Paras.1-2)
Part 1( Paras.3-4)
Part 3(.5)
Part 4( Paras.6-7)
Part 5( Paras.8-10)
The passage is mainly about the importance of _______________. It tells us that teamwork is _______________ and ______________ because some work in our life cannot be _______________ by someone __________. Working in teams at school is a preparation for our ___________. To make the team _____________ well, all team members should _________, __________ and _________ each other and be clear about their __________. On the other hand, it is important to know every member’s _____________ and _____________, because different personalities and abilities can fit different __________________ in the society and can help us avoid _________________ other team members. In this way, we can make the best of working with team members.
Step 5. Language points.
1. be counted as 被認可，被認為有效。
count … as 認為……有效 regard … as 認為……是
treat… as 把……當作……對待 consider… (as/ to be) 認為……是
look on… as 認為……是 think of … as 認為……是
honor…as 授予……的稱號
(1). A few lines of words aren’t counted as poem. _______________________
(2). Jane was counted as one of the greatest magician over the world.
珍妮被視為世界最好的魔術師之一。
(3) The government has ______ him ______ a model worker.
A. honored; as B. honored; for C. honored; with D. been honored; like
(4) Waste is ______ as a crime.
A. regarding B. regarded C. considering D. taken
2. There are few occasions when members are confused or uncertain of their roles.
很少有這樣的時候，成員對自己（在隊中）的作用很模糊或不確定。
when 引導定語從句，先行詞occasion還原到句中作狀語。
(1) Wedding is an occasion when bride is the most beautiful. ________________________________
(3) There was ______ time ________ I hated to go to school.
A. a; that B. a; when C. the; that D. the; when
(4) I will never forget the days ______ I used to work in that factory.
A. that B. which C. when D. what
3. attach… to… 將……系在……上面；依附某人；將……派給（去執行某任務）；使隸屬于
(1)Do you attach any importance to what he said? ___________________________
(2) You’ll be attached to this department until the end of the year. ______________________
(3) I attached myself to a group of tourists entering the museum. 我隨著一群游客混入博物館。
(5) The porters attached a label to each piece of baggage. 搬運工在每件行李上都加上了標簽。
4. take … into account 計及；斟酌；體諒；考慮；將……考慮在內
Take… into account= take account of=__________________________
(1) We must take local conditions into account. 我們必須把當地的條件考慮進去。
(2) We must take account of the interests of the State. 我們必須考慮到國家的利益。
(3) When judging his performance, don’t __________________________
評定他的表現時，不必考慮他的年齡。
(4) What he did was excellent in the examination. We must _____ his age.
A. take into account B. pay attention to C. considering that D. take account for
(5) I hope my teacher will take my recent illness into ______ when judging my examination.
A. regard B. account C. thought D. observation
復習account
(1)I bought the bike on account. 我賒賬買了這輛自行車。
(2)We could not go on account of the rain. 因為下雨我們不能去。
(3)On no account are visitors allowed to feed the animals.
不論什么原因游客都不允許用東西喂動物。
(4)It is a matter of great account. 這是一件重要的事情。
(5) No one could account for the disappearance of the money. 誰也說不清楚這些錢丟失的原因。
(6) Smokers account for 20 percent of the whole population in the world. 煙民占世界總人口的20%。
(7) She gave an account of what he saw in China. 他描述了他在中國看到的事情。
Period Ⅲ Integrating Skills
Step 1 Lead in
Most of us are studying here aimed at going to universities. Is it the only way to succeed?
Step Ⅱ Fast-reading
1. Li Yonghong had an opportunity to go to university, but she gave it up.
2. The writer is trying to tell us that people who can’t go to university can also achieve great success.
3. The story of Li Yonghong is rare.
4Life at high school is very important because it’s easy to get to know ourselves while at school.
5. The writer thinks we should always listen to our teachers and parents.
6. Many people dream of going to university because they think a university degree is the ticket to success.
7. The little experiment shows us that everyone can succeed through hard work.
8. People have different personality types and each is of equal value.
Step Ⅲ Careful- reading
The structure of the text:
Part 1(1-2): ____________________________________
Part 2(3-6): _____________________________________
Part3(7-8): _____________________________________
Main idea: This passage tells us that to go to university is not the only ticket to success. Instead we should choose the job that makes the most of our special talents and interests.
Step Ⅳ Language points.
1. as a whole 作為整體，普遍說來，一般說來
(1) Will the collection be divided up or sold as a whole? ___________________________
(2) The population as a whole is in favor of the reform. ___________________________
on the whole 總的說來，一切都在考慮之內
(3) On the whole, I’m in favor of the proposal. _______________________________
(4) _______ I’m quite satisfied with the experiment.
A. As a whole B. On the whole C. As the whole D. On a whole
(5) We must examine these problems.
A. as a whole B. on the whole C. as the whole D. on whole
2. in demand 非常需要，受歡迎的，吃香的
(1) Good interpreters are always in demand. ______________________
(2) She is _________________as a singer. 她是十分受歡迎的歌手。
類似結構：
in store 儲藏著 in need 需要
in business 經商 in public 公開的
in secret 私下的，秘密的 in difficulty 處于困難中
in ruins 成為廢墟 in tens 十個一組，十個一包
in groups 成群的
(3) At that time, they were short ______ money, that is, they were ____ need of money.
A. with; a B. for; for C. by; with D. of; in
(4) The store has no more red shoes _____, so Mary chose brown ones instead.
A. in demand B. in store C. in need D. in existence
3. accommodate
a. 供給某人住宿或房間
(1)This hotel can accommodate up to 500 guests. 這個旅館可供達500位來賓住宿。
(2) I will accommodate my plans to yours. 我修改一下計劃以便和你的計劃相適應。
c. accommodate sb. with … 準予或提供某人……
(3) The bank will accommodate you with a loan. ________________________
d. 幫某人的忙，施恩惠于
(4) I shall endeavor to accommodate you whenever possible. ____________________________
e. 順應……； 考慮到
(5）accommodate the special needs of minority groups ___________________________
n. accommodation 房間，住所 accommodations 住宿，膳宿
adj. accommodating （指人）隨和的，樂于助人的
4. No matter how hard, working towards a career for which you are not …
… contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the “whole” is a team, a class, a family or a society.
No matter how hard和 whether 在此均引導讓步狀語從句。
a. No matter how 在引導讓步從句時可與however互換使用，而在名詞性從句中只用however.
(1) 不管天氣多冷，他總是去游泳。
She always goes swimming, however cold it is.
She always goes swimming, _______________ cold it is.
______________________________________, he’ll be here on time.
本單元短語：
1.what if 倘使……會怎樣 2.in groups 成群的
3.for the sake of 為了…… 4.in reality 事實上
5.be familiar with 對……熟悉 6.be counted as 被認可，被認為有效
7.make decisions about 作出關于……的決定 8.on the other hand 另一方面
9.attach to 將……系在……上面；依附某人；將……派給（去執行某任務）；使隸屬于
10.be aware of 意識到…… 11.be suitable for 合適……
12.keep an eye on 照料……
13.take … into account 計及；斟酌；體諒；考慮；將……考慮在內
14.depend on 依靠，依賴于 15.lack of 缺少
16.make the best use of 充分利用 .make the most of
17.have … in mind 記住 ngratulate… on.. . 祝賀……
19.as the years went by 隨著時間的流逝 20.in demand 非常需要，受歡迎的，吃香的
up to 依照……行事；做到；不辜負（期望） 22.dream of doing 夢想著做
23. in the eyes of … 在……看來 24. suspect of doing 懷疑……
25. make a contribution to 為……作出貢獻
Exercises
單選：
1. The police suspect him______ with the murder.
A. to be involved with B. of being involved with
C. of involving D. to involve
2. His private actions are ______ direct contradiction ______ his publicly expressed opinions.
A. in ; with B. with ; to C. into ; to D. of : with
3. Although he didn’t like the job, he took it _____ his family.
A. regardless of B. for the sake of C. as a result D. for sake of
4.Though they have nothing in common , they are able to live ___.
A. for harmony B at peace C. in harmony D. without harmony
ing at the barber’s shop is ______ experience for her.
A. a quite B. quite an C. much D. a much
6. Will you please _____ it that all the windows are well locked.
A. attend B. make sure C. see D. see to
7. Since these two shirts are ____ the same size and color you may take _____.
A. in ; neither B. of ; either C. of : none D. with ; both
8. She decided to ____ her studies after obtaining her first degree.
A. pursue B. gain C. supply D. go on
9. I have never learned ____ much maths in my life as ___ last year.
A. as ; I do B. as : I did C. so ; I learn D. so ; I have learned
10. Her first sop was started 3 years ago and ever since she ______.
A. hasn’t looked up B. hasn’t looked back C. didn’t look back D. didn’t look into
11. People have been stocking up on water , food and candles ___ the terrible day.
A. in preparation for B. in preparations for C. in the preparation for D. with preparations for
12.What made the boy unhappy was ___ to go fishing with his father.
A. his not allowing B. his not being allowed
C. his being not allowed D. having not been allowed
13.He is a person of few words. It is hard to ___ his thoughts.
A. learn B. study C. read D. master
14. He is writing a book ____ the Chinese history.
A. relating to B. concerned C. concerning with D. related with
15. _____ all the good things about online communication is not easy .
A. Named B. Called C. Calling D. Naming
16. She has milked a large part of the sheep , the rest ___ eating grass.
A. was B. were C. is D. are
17. The cattle kept on this farm are as good as ____ imported from abroad.
A. ones B. these C. that D. those
18. A tall wall is being built to ____ the place against thieves.
A. prevent; from B. guard ; from C. keep ; out D. leave ; off
19. They are warned there are many dangers ___.
A. avoiding B. being avoided C. to avoid D. to be avoided
20. There is no point _____ her change her mind.
A. to try and make B. in trying to make C. for trying making D. but try to make
第二節 完形填空(共20小題，每小題1.5分，滿分30分)
閱讀下面短文，掌握其大意，然后從36-55各題所給的A、B、C、D四個選項中選出最佳答案。
School was over and I was both mentally and physically tired. I sat at the very front of the bus because of my 21 to get home. Sitting at the front makes you 22 out like a shiny coin in a pile of dull pennies.
Janie, the driver, tries to break the 23tmosphere by striking the match of 24 I try to mind my manners and 25 listen, but usually I am too busy thinking about my day. On this day, 26 , her conversation was worth listening to.
“My father's sick,” she said to no one in 27 . I could see the anxiety and fear in her eyes. With a sudden change of attitude and interest, I asked,“What's wrong with him?“
With her eyes wet and her voice tight from 28 he tears, she responded,“Heart trouble.”Her eyes lowered as she 29 “I've already lost my mum, so I don't think I can stand losing him.”
I couldn't respond. I was 30 . My heart ached for her. I sat on the old, smelly seat thinking of the great 31 my own mother was thrown into when her father died. I saw how hard it was, _32__ still is, for her. I wouldn't like anyone to go 33 that.
Suddenly I realized Janie wasn't only a bus driver. That was 34 her job. She had a whole world of family and concerns too. I had never thought of her as 35 but a driver.
I suddenly felt very 36 . I realized I had only thought of people as 37 as what their purposes were in my life. I paid no attention to Janie because she was a bus driver. I had judged her by her job and brushed her off as 38 .
For all I know, I'm just another person in 39 else's world, and may not even be important. I __40 not have been so selfish and self-centred. Everyone has places to go, people to see and appointments (約會) to keep. Understanding people is an art.
21A. anxiety B. determination C. decision D. attempt
22A. find B. make C. think D. stand
23A. unpopular B. uncomfortable C. unusual D. unforgettable
24A fire B. topic C. conversation D. discussion
25A. politely B. devotedly C. carelessly D. sincerely
26A. however B. therefore C. thus D. otherwise
27A. surprise B. common C. silence D. particular
28A. fighting B. avoiding C. clearing D. keeping
29A. told B. lasted C. repeated D. continued
30A. for sure B. at ease C. in shock D. in despair
31A. mercy B. pain C. pity D. disappointment
32A. but B. yet C. and D. or
33A. over B. round C. through D. without
34A. almost B. nearly C. ever D. just
35A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
36A. sad B. embarrassed C. selfish D. worried
37A. far B. long C. much D. well
38A. unfit B. unselfish C. unnecessary D. unimportant
39A. everyone B. someone C. anyone D. no one
40A. must B. may C. can D. should
A
The sky is a large place, and though it had been carefully examined for centuries, new features still turn up. Last March it was the reigns of Uranus, and last week astronomers announced what may turn out to be a new planet, though a very small one, in the solar system.
The object was first sighted last month by Charles Kowal, an astronomer at the Hale Observatories in Pasadena, Calif. Mr Kowal detected a faint trail of light on photographic plates, indicating that something was moving in relation to the background of stars. Other observers have confirmed the discovery.
The“mini-planet”, identified for the time being as“Object-Kowal”, appears to be about 1.5 billion miles away, between the orbits of Saturn and Uranus, and its diameter has been estimated at between 100 and 400 miles. Its orbit has not been determined yet, but if the orbit proves to be roughly circular, like that of the major planets, the new object world probably take 66 to 70 years to make a circuit of the sun.
Some astronomers have speculated that Mr Kowal's discovery may be the first indication of an asteroid belt beyond Saturn.
41. According to the first paragraph, in the solar system.
A. a large new planet may have been found B. a small new planet may have been found
C. a new planet has been found D. a large object may have been found
42. Paragraph 2 .
A. gives a different theory about the object B. states the main idea
C. reports the new object D. describes how the object was found
43. The object is located .
A. between Saturn an Uranus B. on Saturn
C. on Uranus D. on Venus
44. What field of study is this article reporting on?
A. Industry. B. Astronomy. C. Spaceflight. D. Agriculture.
B
Let's pretend we're sailing down the Rhine River on a pleasure boat. The Rhine is one of the main waterways of Germany, and the river traffic is heavy. It's interesting to watch the many boats going up and down the river. But the river traffic is not nearly so interesting as the beautiful scenery along the banks and hillsides. The boat is passing many old castles. We can see people working in the vineyards (葡萄園) on the hillsides. There are vineyards as far as the eye can see. Wine from the Rhine Valley is famous all over the world.
Suddenly our boat slows down and begins to turn a little. We are coming to a sharp bend in the river. On our right we can see a rocky cliff over 400 feet high. At first it looks quite ordinary, but there is nothing ordinary about it. There are many stories, poems, and songs about the cliff. We are looking at the Lorelei.
The someone on the boat begins to sing in German, the song of the Lorelei. It is a song about a beautiful siren (美女) who has lured many sailors to their deaths.
The siren is supposed to sit on the rock combing her long golden hair and singing. The sailors who hear her forget to steer, and the current of river hurls their boats on the rocks and dashes them to pieces.
Soon other people on the boat begin to sing. The beautiful song adds to special magic to the moment, and you begin to realize why so many people have made this trip down the Rhine to see the rock of the Lorelei.
45. The more interesting thing to those who are sailing down the Rhine River on a pleasure boat is .
A. to watch many boats going up and down the river
B. to see the beautiful scene along the banks and hillsides
C. to hear a song about beautiful siren
D. to see a beautiful siren combing her golden hair
46. Which of the following is famous all over the world?
A. The Rhine River. B. The River Traffic.
C. Wine from the Rhine Valley. D. The Lorelei.
47. We can see a rocky cliff over 400 feet high .
A. on our right when coming to a sharp bend B. on the Rhine hillsides
C. from the Rhine Valley D. on the boat
48. The song of the Lorelei is about .
A. The Rhine wine B. a rocky cliff
C. the beautiful scenery along the Rhine River D. a beautiful and dangerous woman genie
C
In the 1960s, medical researchers Thomas Holmes and Richard Rahe developed a checklist of stressful events. They appreciated the tricky point that any major change can be stressful. Negative events like “serious illness of a family member” were high on the list, but so were some positive life-changing events, like marriage. When you take the Holmes-Rahe test you must remember that the score does not reflect how you deal with stress - it only shows how much you have to deal with. And we now know that the way you handle these events dramatically affects your chances of staying healthy.
By the early 1970s, hundreds of similar studies had followed Holmes and Rahe. And millions of Americans who work and live under stress worried over the reports. Somehow, the research got boiled down to a memorable message. Women’s magazines ran headlines like “Stress causes illness!” If you want to stay physically and mentally healthy, the articles said, avoid stressful events.
But such simplistic advice is impossible to follow. Even if stressful events are dangerous, many - like the death of a loved one - are impossible to avoid. Moreover, any warning to avoid all stressful events is a prescription (處方) for staying away from opportunities as well as trouble. Since any change can be stressful, a person who wanted to be completely free of stress would never marry, have a child, take a new job or move.
The notion that all stress makes you sick also ignores a lot of what we know about people. It assumes we’re all vulnerable (脆弱的) and passive in the face of adversity (逆境). But what about human initiative and creativity? Many come through periods of stress with more physical and mental vigor than they had before. We also know that a long time without change or challenge can lead to boredom, and physical and metal strain.
49. The result of Holmes-Rahe’s medical research tells us __________.
A) the way you handle major events may cause stress
B) what should be done to avoid stress
C) what kind of event would cause stress
D) how to cope with sudden changes in life
50. The studies on stress in the early 1970’s led to _________.
A) widespread concern over its harmful effects
B) great panic over the mental disorder it could cause
C) an intensive research into stress-related illnesses
D) popular avoidance of stressful jobs
51. The score of the Holmes-Rahe test shows ________.
A) how much pressure you are under B) how positive events can change your life
C) how stressful a major event can be D) how you can deal with life-changing events
52. Why is “such simplistic advice” (Line 1, Para. 3) impossible to follow?
A) No one can stay on the same job for long.
B) No prescription is effective in relieving stress.
make a list of, compare… with…, take … into consideration, in charge of, be responsible for, be to blame, make notes of, be upset about, hand in hand, make informed choices about, accuse … of, associate … with, get across, appeal to, a variety of, look out for, keep an eye out for, at the best price, distinguish between… and …, with the purpose of, by the side of, refer to, make sense, appeal to/for, profit by/from, attach to…, be aware of…, distinguish between…, think twice.
Ⅲ Important sentences.
1. By introducing a brand name to potential customers, and by associating the product with the customer’s needs, companies are able to influence the choices (customers make).
2. Since an increase in sales means an increase in production, the price may be reduced.
3. Truthful ads provide good information that helps customers to decide whether they want or need the advertised product.
4. Armed with facts and figures, customers are better able to deal with the often powerful arguments given by a salesman or saleswoman.
5. Not all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.
6. A good ad often uses words to which people attach positive meanings.
二、Teaching procedures.
Period Ⅰ Word Study
1. convey a.) To take or carry from one place to another; transport. 運送；運輸
b.)To communicate or make known; impart通知；通報；傳達
The truck conveyed machinery across the country. 這輛卡車在全國各地運送機器。
Wires convey electricity. 金屬線導電。
I will convey the information to him. 我將把這消息通知他。
2. consideration n. 深思；考慮
Please give the problem your careful consideration. 請慎重考慮這個問題。
1)理由；考慮的事物；因素
The most important consideration in this case is time. 在這件事中，最重要的因素是時間。
2)in consideration of報答；由于
take ……into consideration顧及，考慮到 under consideration在考慮中，在研究中
a small payment in consideration of sb’s service 答謝某人服務的微薄酬金
我買汽車時總要把燃油消耗量考慮在內。I always take fuel consumption into consideration when buying a car.
3. Charge
(1)n. 費用; 主管,;控告
這家旅館的住宿費是多少？ What are the charges in this hotel?
我想和負責人談談。 I would like to speak to the person in charge.
警察控告他犯有謀殺罪。 The police brought a charge of murder against him.
(2)v. 給。。。裝上； 控訴, ；襲擊；索價，收費；
這個水果商要了我很多的錢。 The fruit seller charged me too much money.
突然野獸向我們沖過來。 Suddenly the wild animal charged at us.
他被指控搶劫珠寶。 He was charged with stealing the jewels.
把酒杯倒滿酒。 Charge your glasses with wine!
(3) In charge of (負責管理) 介詞斷語,可在句中做后置定語和表語.
The editor is in charge of the newspaper’s ad. Section.
The newspaper’s ad. Section is in the charge of the edition.這份報紙的廣告部分由這個編輯負責。
Charge money for sth/doing sth要價,收費
他修理自行車收了你多少錢?How much did he charge you for repairing the bicycle?
你的蘑菇要什么價錢?How much do you charge for your mushrooms?
Charge sth with sth 給。。。裝上；給。。。充電Please charge a gun with power. 給大炮裝上火藥。
Charge sb with指控某人。。；委托某人接受工作或任務She charged him with cheating. 她告他欺詐。
Charge sb to do sth/with doing sth 委托。。。做。。。
她托我照看她的兒子。She charged me to look after/ with looking after her son.
in/under the charge of 在…掌管下 charge at 向…襲擊;撲向
take charge of 負責,掌管 leave sb in charge of/ put sb in charge of 交由。。。照看
free of charge 免費 at one’s own charge 自費
4. blame v.
(1) 把．．．歸咎于．blame sth. on sb. / blame sb. for sth.
He blamed the fault on his wife. 他把錯歸咎于他的妻子。
(2) 對（壞事）負有責任be to blame (for sth.)
誰該對這個事故負責？ Who is to blame for the accident?
這件事是我做錯了。 I am to blame.
責備，譴責．n.
(1) He put/lay all the blame on me.
他把所有的事情都歸咎于我。
(2) We are ready to take the blame for what had happened. （bear/ accept/ give）
我們已準備好對已經發生的事承擔起責任。
4. react vt. &vi. 起反應;又影響;反對;反抗
react to sth 對…做出反應, react against 反對 react on/with sth 與..起化學反應
react on/upon sb對…產生影響;起作用have an effect on
1) 她既不抬頭,也沒有任何反應.She didn’t look up or react in any way.
2). 氫與氧產生化學反應. Hydrogen reacts with oxygen.
The eye reacts to light。 眼睛對光有反應。
Applause reacts on/upon a speaker. 鼓掌對講演者有影響。
The rise of oil costs reacted on the price of food. 石油成本的上升對食品的價格有影響。
action and reaction 作用與反作用
the forces of reaction 反動勢力
reactionary n.&adj. 反動的;反對進步的;反動的人;反對進步的人
reactivate vt. 使恢復活力;重起作用
reactor n. 反應堆;反應器;核電站
reaction C&U 反應,回應;反作用力;倒退;反動
6. accuse sb. of (doing) sth. 指責,譴責,控告
accuse sb. of theft 控告某人盜竊
the accused 被告 accuser 原告,起訴者
(1) The police accused him of his careless driving.警察控告他粗心駕駛。
(2) They accused you of being a murderer. 他們指控你謀殺。
(3) He was accused of stealing in the supermarket. 他被指控在超市行竊。
(4) He was angry with the boss of the factory and ______ broken his word. （B）
A. accused him to have B. accused him of having
C. accused of him having D. accused of him to have
7. get across 使被理解,使通過
(get … across to sb.) get the children across the street. 使孩子們過街
get the idea across to sb. 使自己的想法被某人理解
（1） 你的意思別人并未真正理解。Your meaning didn’t really get across.
（2） 他不善于表達思想。He is not very good at getting his ideas across.
come across=meet with=run across=run into 偶爾遇見
get about 走動；（消息）傳開 get ahead 獲得成功，取得進展
get along 前進，進展，與……相處get around( round) 走動，（消息）傳開，克服，設法回避（問題等）
get away 走開；逃脫get back 回來；取回，恢復get down 從……下來，記下；（to ）轉入……話題get into 卷入，進入get off 從……下來；出發；下班get on 登上（車，船，飛機等）
get out 逃走，（消息等）泄露；出版，發表get over 從（疾病，失望中）恢復；克服，解決
get through ( with ) 干完；度過；使通過考試；打通電話get together 相聚，聚集get up 起立，起床get rid of 擺脫
8. appeal vi. 有吸引力；呼吁；上訴
n. 感染力；呼吁；上訴
appeal to sth 影響。。的思想感情；激發…的感情sb’s emotion
appeal to sb 吸引；引起某人興趣 ;投合…的心意或興趣
(1) Does the idea of working abroad appeal to you? 你有沒有興趣出國工作?
(2) Teaching as a career ________ to many people because of the holidays. (C)
A. attracts ( vt.) B. calls C. appeals D. pulls
(3) She appeals to me. 我對她感興趣。
appeal （to sb） for sth. 請求某人某事；呼吁。。。，請求給與make an appeal
appeal for aid 求助
(4) 警方呼吁公眾提供有關被害者的情況。
The police are appealing to the public for any information about the murder victim.
appeal to sb to do sth. 呼吁某人干. make an appeal for sb to do sth
(5) The government is appealing to everyone to save water.
政府呼吁每個人節約用水。
appeal against /from 不服…而上訴;提出上訴
(6) He appealed against the judge's decision.
他不服法官判決而上訴。
9. profit a.) An advantageous gain or return; benefit. 得益：得利或回報；收益
b.)To make a gain or profit. 創利潤：創造收入或利潤
(1)Make a penny profit on each orange. 要每只橘子盈利一便士
(2)This new invention will bring you great profits like a goldmine.
這項新發明會像一座金礦一樣給你們帶來利潤。
(3)I have read it to my profit. 我讀了它大有收益。
(4)All his wealth did not profit him. 他所有的財富于他無益。
(5)I don't think it will profit you anything to do that.
我以為那樣做對你不會有什么好處。
(6)We hope our criticisms and suggestions will profit you.
我們希望我們的批評和建議將對你有所裨益。
(7)You can profit by making mistakes. 你可以從錯誤中得到教益。
(8)The students do hope to profit by / from the teacher's comments on their compositions.
學生們真心希望從老師對他們的作文的評語中獲得益處。
10. keep an eye open / out for … 留心注意…
eg. I have lost my ring － could you keep an eye out for it when you clean the house？
我的戒指不見了－ 你打掃房子是能留點神嗎？
相關短語：
an eye for an eye 報復,以眼還眼 have an eye for sth. 很能看出,很能鑒賞,有判斷力
keep an eye on … 照料…… fix/focus one’s eyes on… 關注;專心致志
make eyes at… 向某人送秋波shut/close one‘s eyes to 對某事物視而不見
catch sb.'s eye 醒目；顯眼；引人注意 see eye to eye with sb. 與某人看法完全一致
(1) 就我的觀點，這些裝飾品都很好In my eye, the decorations are excellent. (= In my opinion)
(2) 你能在我出去的時候照看以下我的小貓嗎？Could you keep an eye on my cat when I go traveling?
(3) 你要專心學習，否則就會受到懲罰。You’d better focus your eyes on learning, or you will be punished.
11. point out 指出
point at/to 指出（某人/物或其位置/方向） point sth. at sth. 用 …指著…
to the point 切中要害的 off the point離題的
On the point of doing sth., when…. 正在做某事, 就在這時….
(1)Point out the man who beat you yesterday. 把昨天打你的人指出來。
(2)He pointed out that we might have made great mistakes.他指出我們或許已經犯了很大的錯誤
(3) “那事就是他干的”，她指著我說。 “That’s the man who did it.”, she pointed at me.
12. make sense 講得通, 有道理,合情理
make sense of …=understand 理解,明白 make no sense 沒有意義,沒有道理
1) Can you make sense of what he said?
2) He doesn’t talk much, but what he says ________. (B)
A. make sense of B. makes sense
C. make no sense D. make sense
in a sense 在某種意義上in one’s sense 頭腦健全;神志清醒
out of one’s sense 精神不正常;愚蠢bring sb. to his senses/come to one’s senses 1) 使某人不做傻事 2) 使某人清醒 keep one’s senses 保持清醒(理智)
make 相關短語：
make the most of 充分利用= make full use of make for 有助于；有利于 ;向……沖去 make money 賺錢make out 設法應付；活下來，過活（通常用于how 之后）；理解；填寫；聲稱
make up 組成；化妝；捏造，虛構；彌補 make a living 謀生 make a list 列表 make a difference 有關系;有影響make a face 做鬼臉 make fun/ a fool of 取笑;捉弄
make friends with 與……交朋友 make an impression on 給……留下印象make peace 講和 make room (for)讓地方;讓位置make up one’s mind 決定;肯定;打定主意
Period Ⅱ Reading
StepⅠ Lead in.
StepⅡ Pre-reading.
Finding out advantages and disadvantages of the advertisement.
Advantage disadvantage
1. help consumers make informed choices
2.entertain people
3. increase product sales
4. make products cheap 1. make people annoyed
2. be misled by false and incorrect information easily
Step Ⅲ Fast-reading.
1. People react to advertisements in different ways. Because _______. (A)
A. ads are useful and entertaining to some people while annoying to others
B. ads are useful and entertaining
C. ads are annoying
D. ads are not only useful and entertaining but annoying
2. When we buy an expensive product, _____ can help us make the right decision. (B)
A. sellers B. ads C. our friends D. defenders
3. In order not to become easy target for ad. makers, we must ___. (A)
A. distinguish between fiction and facts B. watch TV more often
C. believe all the ads D. never believe any ads
4. The best chance to reach customers for the advertisements is to ___. (A)
A. appeal to their emotions B. make interesting pictures
C. give customers proper prices D. send messages to customers
5. Paragraph 4 is mainly about ____. (C)
A. ads must increase the production B. ads must reduce the price of the production
C. ads must help companies and customers D. ads must make a product more expensive
6. Which sentence tells us the main idea of Paragraph 5? (C)
A. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the prices of the products
B. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the types of the products
C. The most important function of advertising is to introduce new products
D. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the company where the
products come from
7. We can infer from the last sentence of the text that ___. (D)
A. we must learn to believe ads B. we must learn to accept ads
C. we must learn to analyze ads D. we must learn to accuse ads
Step Ⅳ careful-reading
Para 1 Where can people advertise?
…found everywhere…; have gone hand in hand with…
Para 2 How do people react to ads? Why do they have different reactions?
find…; make informed choices by…; accuse…of…; mislead…by…
Para 3 What’s the basic principle of advertising? How can companies do that?
by….and by…; influence…; spend…; appeal to…
Para 4 How do ads help companies and customers?
increase…; reduce…; take… into consideration; make the right decisions
Para 5 What’s the most important function of advertising?
Para 6 What do many governments make the most of ad campaigns to do? How about aid organizations? What’s another function of advertising?
make people aware…; name…as; spread… change…improve…
Para 7 What things can we look out for to spot an illegal ad?
keep an eye out for…
Para 8 How can we make good choices with ads?
analyze….; protect…from…
Step Ⅴ Language points.
1. broadcast vt. & vi. 播出，傳播，廣播，參加廣播節目
（1） 哥倫比亞廣播公司在下午7時播報新聞。 The CBS broadcasts the news at 7 p.m.
（2） 英國廣播公司白天晚上都在廣播。 The BBC broadcasts day and night.
n. broadcasting
a broadcasting station 廣播電臺
broadcaster 廣播者，廣播電臺， 廣播望， 廣播裝置
(3) The best performances were tape-recorded and ______ over the radio. (A)
A. broadcast B. broadcasted C. broadcasting D. to broadcast
2. post vt. 張貼（布告、 通告等）， 宣布
(1) 禁止招貼。 Post no bills.
(2)那艘船上全體船員宣告在海上失蹤。 All the ship’s crew was posted as lost at sea.
n. 柱，桿；郵政，郵件；崗位，職位
(3)The vacant ( 空缺的)___for an electricity engineer was advertised in yesterday’s newspaper. A. post B. job C. work D. occupation
(4) If you buy this book, it will be sent to you ______. (C)
A. by the post B. in the post C. by post D. in post
3.hand in hand
go hand in hand with表示“與……密切相關”，相當于go together with，其中 go with表示“相配，隨……而來”之意。hand in hand為副詞短語，表示“手牽著手；密切聯系，和……一道”之意，后面常加介詞with，再加名詞。
Eg. (1) Money doesn’t always go hand in hand with happiness. 金錢并不總是同幸福密切相關。
(2) Hand in hand with reading, he has developed the habit of making notes. 在閱讀的同時，他養成了做筆記的習慣。
(3) 貧窮和饑餓常常是緊密相連的。Poverty and starvation often go hand in hand.
[相關短語]
at hand近處；即將到來 by hand 手工地
on the one hand 一方面 on the other hand 另一方面
in hand 在手頭；在手邊 on hand 手頭；手邊有……
out of hand 失控 leave/ give a hand 幫忙
hand down 傳給后代 hand over 移交；讓與
from hand to mouth現掙現吃地；僅夠糊口地
(4) In time of danger, John lent ______ and we carried out the plan in the end. (B)
A. at hand B. call C. by hand D. on hand
(5) When Dad is away on business, I always give Mum a ______ with the housework. (C)
A. talk B. call C. hand D. lesson
4. By introducing a brand name to potential customers and by associating the product with the customers’ needs, companies must work hard to get their message across.
a. 介詞by后接動詞-ing形式表示方式。 如：
(1)靠起得早，我每天早晨有一小時時間閱讀英語。
By getting up early, I can have an hour for reading English in the morning.
(2) 他工作努力因而晉級很快。 By working hard he gained rapid promotion.
b. associate ... with 表示“把……與……聯系起來”。如：
(3)What do you associate with such a heavy snow? 這樣一場大雪你有什么聯想?
(4)We associate China with the Greet Wall. 我們想起中國, 就聯想到長城。
5. Some people find ads useful and entertaining.
V. + O. +O.C.
賓語補足語的定義: 英語中有些及物動詞,除有一個直接賓語外,還要有一個賓語補語,才能使句子的意義完整.這類常用的及物動詞有: make, consider, cause, see, find, call, get, have, let 等.
(3) 沒有人注意到他進了屋子。Nobody noticed him enter the room.
(4) 我聽見她在唱英語歌。I heard her singing an English song.
(5) 他們發現桂林變化很大。They found Guilin greatly changed.
(6) 我們把英語看成是研究工作的一種有用工具。
(7) We take English as a useful tool for research work.
(8) 我們發現實驗室內每件東西都放得井井有條。
(9) We found everything in the laboratory in good order.
(10) 不論什么時候去，你都可以看見他在工作。
(11) Whenever you may go , you will find him at work.
(12) 我看見他和他父親外出了。I saw him out with his father.
(13) 我們不久就要把我們的城市發展成你們城市目前的那個樣子。
We will soon make our city what your city is now.
注：能在復合賓語中先用形式賓語it，然后再用真正的賓語的動詞并不多，常見的有think, find, consider, judge, feel, make, take 等。
(14) 他們原以為做這項試驗是對的。They thought it right to do this test.
(15) 我們都認為支持他是我們的職責。We all think it our duty that we should support him.
(16) 我們認為掌握一門外語是有必要的。We find it necessary to master a foreign language.
6. Not all ads. are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.
not all 或 all…not 都是表示部分否定，并非全部否定。如果要表示全部否定，則需要用none, no , never, nothing等表示。
Eg. (1) 并非所有的孩子都喜歡音樂。
Not all students like music.
All the students don’t like music.
（2）我們一個人也不喜歡跳舞。 None of us like dancing.
（3）我無話可說。 I have nothing to say.
（4）They were all very tired, but _____ of them would stop to take a rest. (C)
A. any B. some C. none D. neither
(5) Greater scholar is _____ a very wise man. (A)
A. not always B. always not C. often not D. not ever
Period Ⅲ Integrating Skills
StepⅠ Lead in.
StepⅡ Fast-reading.
1. What makes a good slogan
A good slogan should be ”catchy“ or easy to remember, and should convey a message that will make consumers form a positive image of the company and product.
2. What should be paid attention to when selling products abroad?
The translation must be correct.
Step Ⅲ Careful-reading.
1.____ways of choosing names for the products are mentioned in Paragraph 2.
A. Two B. Three C. Four D. Five
2.A good slogan should be “catchy” , or easy to remember. The underlined word means___.
A. difficult B. attractive C. well-known D. interesting
3. According to the passage a good advertisement must________.
A. begin with a question or a puzzle B。tell a continued story
C． be informative and attractive D。contain a funny text
4. What is one of the dangers of a series of advertisements?
A. Readers will be tired of reading too many texts. B. Readers will lose patience.
C. Readers will forget the name of the product. D. Readers will forget the advertisement.
5. Why didn’t anybody buy the hair cream?
A. Few people showed interest in the actor. B. The advertisement wasn’t shown on TV.
C. “X puts life into dry hair” was not a good text.
D. “X puts living things into dry hair” was not a good translation
6. Without the German speaker at the car factory,___________.
A. The latest car would have sold well in Germany
B. The Germany would have changed the name of the car.
C. No German would like to buy the latest car.
D. The sales manager would have promoted to a higher position because of his performance
Step Ⅳ Language Points.
1. attach vt. 附上,加上;使喜愛,依戀
attached adj 依戀，留念 attachment n. c 附件 c. 依戀，眷戀，深愛
attach sth to sth 把。。。系在。。。
(1)attach labels to the luggage 將標簽附在行李上
(2)She attaches great importance to regular exercise. 她對正規訓練很重視。
attach oneself to sb/ sth 加入；使隸屬于
(3)由于迷路了，我只好加入另一個旅行團。I got lost, so I attached myself to another part of tourists.
attach to sth 屬于；與。。。有關聯
(4)這次事故的責任與他無關。No blame attaches to him for the accident.
be attached to 依戀，喜歡
(5)be greatly attached to one’s revolutionary work . 非常熱愛自己的革命工作
(6)Mary was attached to her brother. 瑪麗很喜愛她的弟弟。
(7)I am very attached to that old picture. 我很喜歡那幅舊畫。
(8) In many countries, packets of cigarettes come with a government health warning __ them.
A. attaching with B. attached with C. attaching to D. attached to
2. Nobody bought the product, however, because when translated it meant “X puts living things into dry hair.”
“when/if + p.p.” 有時用來代替一個時間/條件狀語從句, 如when translated相當于時間狀語從句 when it is translated.
(1)作業完成以后由小組長收起來.
The homework when finished will be collected by group leaders.
(2)那位營業員在別人對她說話時沒有理睬.
The shop assistant when spoken to did make an answer.
(3)這種水果如果在南方種植,長勢就不好.
This kind of fruit if planted in the south doesn’t grow well.
(4)這種病如果早期發現,是能夠治好的.
The disease if discovered early can be cured.
本單元重要短語:
1. make a list of 列出
2. compare… with… 把……與……比較
3. take … into consideration 考慮……
4. in charge of 負責;掌管
5. be responsible for 對……負有責任
6. be to blame 應受責備
7. make notes of 做記錄,記下
8. be upset about 因……而感到沮喪
9. hand in hand 手拉手;密切關聯的
10. make informed choices about關于……做出明智的選擇
11. accuse … of 控告……
12. associate … with 把……與……聯想/聯合起來
13. get across 傳播;為人理解
14. appeal to 有吸引力;呼吁;上訴
15. a variety of 各種各樣
16. look out for 當心;小心;找尋
17. keep an eye out for 留心或注意……
18. at …price 以……價格
19. distinguish between… and …
區分……和……
20. with the purpose of 帶著……目的;目的是
21. by the side of 在……旁
22. refer to 涉及;提及;查閱
23. make sense 講得通;
24. profit by/from 從……中獲益
25. attach to… 屬于；與……有關聯
26. be aware of… 意識到……
27. think twice 好好想一想;再三考慮
28. react to sth 對……作出反應
Period Ⅳ Exercise
Ⅰ．單項選擇
1．I must say that I am very much_____．
A．to be blamed B．to blame C．to being blamed D．to have bean blame
2．It took some explaining to_____my ideas_____．
A．get；across B．get；over C．get；cross D．get；through
3．What he said______right later．
A．was proved B．has been proved C．proved D．in proved
4．“I'm afraid I can't finish the magazine within the required time．”
“_______.”
A．Please go ahead B．That's right C．Not at all D．Take your time
5．The old man has so bad a cold that he has lost all_____of smell．
A．feeling B．sense C．skill D．strength
6．The words of my old teacher left a______impression on my mind and I am still influenced by them．
A．long B．lively C．lasting D．forever
7．Before you make a speech，you should_____your thoughts and ideas．
A．get B．take C．bring D．collect
8．Me thing that______is not whether you fail or not，but whether you try or not．
A．cares B．matters C．considers D．minds
9．Its beyond description．Nowhere else in the world_____such a quiet，beautiful place．
A．can there be B．You can find C．there can be D．can find you
10．It was______games that cost the boy a lot of time that should have been spent on study．
A．playing B．played C．to have played D．having played
11．We must keep our classroom clean for dirt and disease go_____.
A．from time to time B．hand in hand
C．one after another D．step by step
12．_____ alone in the dark room，the little boy was so frightened as to cry．
A．Leaving B．Having left C．To be left D．Left
13．Hundred of people leave their village to seek their_____in cities.
A．fortune B．chance C．luck D．future
14．“What is the matter?”“Mind_____a meeting tomorrow．”
A．you having B．you have C．you will have D．you had
15．The students carrying books come in first，_____？
A．don't you B．don't they C．will you D．will they
16．Nomatter how much money you possess，it can not_____a healthy body．
A．compare B．smite C．defeat D．match
17．“_____makes her different from the other students?”“Honesty．I think．”
A．What is that B．What is it that C．How is it that D．How is that
18．“I'd like to invite you to my new house next weekend．”
“Thank you，but_____I'll have time I am not sure at the moment．”
A．as B．when C．in case D．unless
19．The reason_____she gave for not coming to the party is that her mother wouldn't allow her to．
A．that B．what C．why D．because
20．“Is there a fog in the evening?”
“There_____be．I'll make a phone call to find it out．”
A．must B．would C．will D．might
21．I____from the crowd an old friend of mine whom I hadn't seen for ten years.
A．figured out B．picked out C．gave out D．went out
22．It's very kind of you．I'll never forget the____you have done me．
A．favors B．honor C．benefit D．kindness
23．She will have to find somewhere else to look，for she can not_____the boss．
A．come up with B．catch up with C．keep up with D．put up with
24．If we can_____our present difficulties，then everything should be all tithe．
A．get away B．get over C．get off D．get on
25．“Director，Jack is ill，so he can't be here．”
“Then we'll have no choice but to give the performance______him.”
A. except B. apart from C. without D. except for
26. “This dictionary is not Daivid’s. His is in my desk.”
“If it’s not his, ______can it be?”
A. who B. whose else’s C. who else D. who else’s
27．Comparison may make something appear more beautiful than it is when_____alone.
A. to see B. seeing C. is seen D. seen
28. I think John will____a good monitor, so I’d like to vote for him.
A. turn B. change C. make D. elect
29. Though small，the ant is as much a creature as____all other animals on earth.
A. are B. is C. do D. have
30．She is in a poor______of health，which worries her mother much．
A．position B．situation C．state D．condition
Ⅱ．完形填空
The teacher was asking one of her pupils some questions，but not even one of the answers was connect．So the teacher 1 to ask him some very simple questions．She hoped that he could give at least one 2 answer.
“Now, Sam,” said the teacher. “ 3 is Waterloo（滑鐵盧）？”
“Waterloo?”said the boy．“Oh，it's a kind of 4 machine，I think．”
The teacher was 5 ．She shook her head and 6 another question：“Sam，be 7 ，please. Now tell me the 8 to a very, very simple question: Who was Washington?”
“Well，”the answer 9 quickly，”Washington must be the man who uses that washing machine．”
The teacher got 10 ，but she didn’t 11 ．She thought and thought，and at last she thought of the
12 question--if this could be 13 a question：“Who is the 14 of the United States now?”
Sam thought for a long time，but he had now 15 at all．Then the teacher lost her temper．She
16 ，“Clinton！”Sam looked 17 and sat down．“Stand up！”the teacher cried．“I didn't tell you to sit down！”Sam stood up again ．He looked 18 ．
“Oh，I'm we 19 ，”he said．“I thought you were calling the 20 student．”
Weather changes when the temperature and the amount of water in the atmosphere change. We can see and feel water coming from the atmosphere when we have nun. But the water must somehow get back to the atmosphere．Meteorologists call this the water cycle.
There are many stages in the water cycle．Rain falls when water vapour in clouds condenses（凝結）． Drops of water form and fall to the ground．The water soaks into the ground and feeds streams and rivers．A lot of rain falls into the sea. The heat of the sun evaporates some of the water in the ground and in the rivers，lakes，and the seas．It changes the liquid water into water vapour．The vapour rises into the air．Water vapour is normally invisible．On a very damp or humid day，however，you can sometimes see water vapour rising from a puddle（水坑）or a pond in a mist（薄霧）above the water. Water vapour also gets into the air from living things．Trees and other plans take in water through their roots and give off water vapour from their leaves．People and land animals drink water and breathe out water vapour. In all these ways the water returns to the air．There it gathers to form clouds and condenses to form rain．The rain falls to earth，and the cycle starts again．It continues even if snow or hail（冰雹）fall instead because both eventually melt to form water．The amount of water vapour in the air depends on the temperature. The air is more moist（潮濕的）in the tropics（熱帶）than in the cold polar regions．
1．What is the main idea of the passage?
A．Water cycle. B．Water vapour. C．How rain forms. D．Water，vapour and rain.
2．How many ways of the water returning to the air are discussed in the text?
A．Two． B．Three． C．Four． D．Five．
3．Whether water vapour can be seen or not depends on_____．
A．how much water is evaporated B．how good your eyes are
C．in which way water is evaporated D．climate or weather
4．From the passage we get to know
A．there is more water vapour in the air in the tropics than in the cold polar regions
B．there is more water vapour in the air in the cold polar regions than in the tropics
C．it gets more rain in the tropics than in the cold polar regions because there is less vapour
D．the amount of water vapour in the air depends on how often it rains
B
We spent a day in the country，picking wild flowers．With the car full of flowers we were going home. On our way back my wife noticed a cupboard（櫥柜）outside a furniture shop．It was tall and narrow．“Buy it，”my wife said at once. “We'll carry it home on the roof rack．I've always wanted one like that．”
What could I do? Ten minutes later I was ￡20 poorer; and the cupboard was tied on the roof rack．It was six feet long and eighteen inches square，quite heavy too．
In the gathering darkness I drove slowly．Other drivers seemed unusually polite that evening. The police even stopped traffic to let us through. Carrying furniture was a good idea．
After a time my wife said，“There's a long line of cars behind．Why don't they overtake，I wonder?”In fact a police car did overtake．The two officers inside looked at us seriously as they passed．But then，with great kindness，they led us through the rush-hour traffic．The police car stopped at our village church．One of the officers came to me．
“Right，sir，”he said．“Do you need any more help?”
I was a bit puzzled．“Thanks，officer，”I said．“You have been very kind．I live just on the road.”
He was staring at our car，first at the flowers，then at the cupboard．“Well，well，”he said，laughing．“It's a cupboard you've got there！We thought it was something else．”
My wife began to laugh．The truth hit me like a stone between the eyes．I smiled at the officer．“Yes，it's a cupboard，but thanks akin．”I drove home as fast as I could．
5．In fact the husband_____the cupboard．
A．would like very much to buy B．badly wanted
C．was glad to have bought D．would rather not buy
6．Other drivers thought they were____．
A．carrying a cupboard to the church B．sending flowers to the church
C．carrying nothing but a piece of furniture D. going to attend a funeral（葬禮）at the church
7．The lice will be more polite to those who are___．
A. driving in gathering darkness B. in great sorrow（悲痛）
C．driving with wild flowers in the car D．carrying furniture
8．What did the husband think of this matter?
A．It was very strange． B．He felt ashamed of it．
C．He took great pride in it． D．He was puzzled at it．
C
“Soon, you’re going to have to move out!” cried my neighbor upon seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind or at least known in my neighborhood.
One tiny 9-inch plant, bought for $1.25 in the spring, has already taken over much of my rose bed, covering much of other plants, and is well on its way to the front door.
Roses require a good deal of care, and if it weren’t for the pleasure they give, it wouldn’t be worth the work. As it is, I have a garden full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year. bushes must be pruned (剪枝) in early spring, leaving ugly woody branches until the new growth appears a few weeks later. It was the space available (可用的) in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant. A big mistake.
Soil conditions made just perfect for roses turn out be even more perfect for tomatoes. Thedaily watering coupled with full sun and regular fertilizing (施肥) have turned the little plant into a tall bush. The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long since disappeared under the thick leaves.
Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I have to find the red ones among the leaves, which means I almost have to stand on my head, and once found I have to reach down and under, pick the tomatoes and withdraw (縮回) my full fist without dropping the prize so dearly won. I found two full-blown white roses completely hidden as I picked tomatoes in June. But they were weak and the leaves already yellow for lack of light.
Here I am faced with a painful small decision: To tear up a wonderful and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to several expensive and treasured roses. Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind, I’ll think about that tomorrow.
9．What are the requirements for the healthy growth of rose?
A．A lot of care and the right soil. B．Frequent pruning and fertilizing.
C．Tomato plants grown alongside. D．Cages placed around the roots.
10．The writer planted the tomato because _________.
A．it cost only $1.25 B．the soil was just right for it
C．there was room for it in the garden D．the roses’ branches needed to be covered
11．This year the writer’s roses were __________.
A．removed from the rose bed B．picked along with the tomatoes
C．mostly damaged by too much sunlight D．largely hidden under the tomato plant
12．By saying “the prize so dearly won” in paragraph 5, the writer wants to ________.
A．show the difficulty in picking the tomatoes B．show the hardship of growing the roses
C．express her liking for the roses D．express her care for the tomatoes
13．In the situation described in the text, one good thing is that ________.
A．the roses cost the writer little money B．the writer has a daily harvest of tomatoes
C．someone will help the writer make the decision
D．the writer can now enjoy both the roses and tomatoes
Ⅳ．用所給詞的適當形式填空。
late, product, advertise, attach, promote, frequent, comparison,accuse, appeal, association
1．Fatal accidents have decreased____over recent years．
2．Do you have any idea how______the sales of this product?
3．Professor Smith was______to the medical college as guest professor for two years．
4．They have been______the shampoo on TV．
5．____of computers has increased double in the last few weeks．
6．She told me to be there by 6 p.m. at the____.
7．The experts are discussing the problems_____with cancer treatment．
8．The idea of a holiday abroad is certainly______.
9．She was______of having an affair with another man．
10．In today's lesson our history teacher_____the British system of government with the American one．
Ⅳ1. frequency 2. promote 3. attached 4. advertising 5. Production 6. latest 7. associated 8. appealing 9. accused 10. compared
Ⅴ
1．I believe her to have done right．
2．His question has set me thinking．
3．You'll have to get that tooth filled.
4. Make yourselves at home，everybody．
5. We're having some friends in tonight．
6．He felt it his duty to take good care of them．
7．They consider Paris the heart of France．
8．I could smell trouble coining．
9．I heard him come in last night．
10．Do you like your tea weak or strong?
Dear Mr Green
I'm glad to hear that you are coming soon．I've just read about an ad. for house sale，which you might be interested in．I'm writing to inform you of it．
Sunny Square lies in Chaoyang District, east of Beijing. It is next to the Great Wall Hotel, and just one kilometer away from the expressway to the airport. They have both high and low buildings with various designs for different choices.
There are plenty of green fields and parking areas. There are also school, restaurants, a hospital and modern shopping centres as well.
The kitchen and the bathroom are well furnished. Hot water is provided for 24 hours and lifts work day and night. If you need further information, you may call 010-800-66389420.
Best wishes.
Yours,
Li Lei
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
一、單元考點提示
1.單詞
by sea relate to share(v.) mark with long before turn to apart from tour (be)busy with ( be)determined to do sth. disobey key figure in peace oppose think up take up arms work on keep one’s promise with the purpose of
2.句型
You’d better(not)… Let’s …
You need to… What/How about…？
（I think）you should/ought to…
Shall we…？
I suggest（that）you…
Why not…？ Why don’t you…？
I will…
I have decided to /that…
I have (not)decided wh-clause / wh-word to…
I insist on /that…
3.語法
復習句子成分--賓語
復習句子成份--賓語補足語
二、考點精析與拓展
1.settle vt.定居，解決（事端，矛盾等）安排，決定
We have settled a party on Wednesday evening.
星期三晚上我們安排了一次聚會。
This medicine should settle your nerves.
這種藥會使你鎮靜下來。
They settled their quarrel in a friendly way.
他們用一種友好的方法解決了爭端。
2.make up 創造，編造，彌補，化妝，構成，占有
John made up that joke about the talking dog.
約翰編了一個會講話的狗的笑話。
The number of the college students in the country makes up only 1%of the population.
這個國家的大學生的數量僅占人口的百分之一。
I have to make up the test I missed last week.
我上周沒考試，我必須補考。
John and Tom quarreled, but make up after a while.
約翰和湯姆吵架了，但一會兒就和好了。
由make構成的其他短語：
make sense有意義 make faces/a face做鬼臉
be made of /from由……制成 be made into把……制成……
make it成功，達到目的 make out理解；勉強分辨出
make up one’s mind下定決心
3.keep…alive使……繼續有效存在/進行
We must keep the good revolutionary traditions alive.
The idea puzzled me so much that I stopped for a few seconds to try to .
A. make it out B. make it off C. make it up D. make it over
分析：A。make it out發現真相，因為受到迷惑，所以試圖發現真相。
題7 （NMET 2002）
The taxi driver often reminds passengers to their belongings when they leave the car.
A. keep B. catch C. hold D. take
分析：D。take拿走，句意為：乘客下車時要把東西帶走。
題8 （NMET 2001 北京）
-Why haven’t you bought any butter?
-I to but I forgot about it.
A. liked B. wished C. meant D. expected
分析：C。從提供的情景分析，是打算買而沒買，應用meant。
題9 （NMET 2001 北京）
Have a good rest. You need to your energy for the tennis match this afternoon.
A. leave B. save C. hold D. get
分析：B。save此為“儲存，積攢”之意。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Teaching Goals:
l Review a description of plants
Target language:
Ability Goals:
Enable the students to talk about botany and to say sth. about it.
Teaching important points:
Help the students learn to describe plants and how to grow and take care of them.
The contribution of the three important persons to the science of botany.
The meaning and the usage of the key words.
Teaching methods :
Teaching procedures and ways:
Greet the whole class ; Duty reports
Last week, we learned unit 3. This unit is about the only country in the world that covers an entire continent-Australia. It is a wealthy country, which produces metals, precious stones, coal, grain, meat and wines, and has the biggest iron mines in the world. Australia has the about one-sixth of the world’s sheep and produces almost one-third of its wool. The climate in Australia varies from north to south.
Modern Australia is made up of six states and two territories. The first Australians were the Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders. The two world war had a strong influence on Australia. The official language is English, which is quite different from British and American English. However, do you know what the national flower of Australia is?-----Golden Wattle (Acacia ) 金合歡，又稱相思樹
Look at the pictures and match each flower with its correct name. Which flower is your favorite? Explain why.
Picture 1: peony-- the Chinese national flower, native to China, is called as the “King of Flowers”, which is widely used in Chinese medicine.
Picture 2: tulip. Tulip is native to Central and Western Asia, and parts of the Middle East, roughly in the region near Afghanistan. Tulip is mainly used for decoration. Also, tulips are beautiful flowers and people often send them to their friends as presents.
Picture 3: rose. Rose is native to Southwest Asia. Roses are best presents to be sent to friends. And it is also very popular to send roses as love signal between young people. Red roses indicate warmth and love and white ones, purity and simplicity, blue ones, honesty and sincerity. Also, rose flower is a kind of important Chinese medicine.
Picture 4: sunflower. Sunflowers get their name because they always face the sun-turning to track the sun’s movement across the sky. Sunflower is a North American native. American Indians used sunflower as food and medicine.
1.Listen to the tape and get the topic of the passage
1).This passage mainly deals with _______d_.
2).From this passage we know that_______b__.
A. People in the past had enough fruits to eat.
B. People on the voyages long ago couldn’t survive long on board, one of the main reasons was that they lacked fresh fruits and vegetables.
C. Captain Cook didn’t realise the importance of keeping ship and the crew members themselves clean and taking regular exercises.
2.Please judge the following statements as true or false.
( × )1. There were enough fruits in ancient Europe.
( × )2. Farmers in old England often got ill during the winter because they did not get enough exercises.
( √ )3 Fruit and vegetables could not be kept fresh for a very long time because they had not found ways to keep them.
( √ )4. The diet aboard ships consisted of salt meat, and hard biscuits. The sailors hardly ate any fresh vegetables or fruit.
( × )5. The discovery of Vitamin C made people realise that eating fresh vegetables and fruit could treat this disease.
Lead in:
Talk about the pictures:
Picture1: Coffee beans are used to make coffee. Coffee originally came from Africa, although coffee-drinking started in Arab countries. Coffee as a crop is now grown in subtropical regions, such as Latin America, Africa, Arabia, Indonesia, Hawaii, India and in Southeast Asia.
Picture 2: Tea is used to make tea. Tea originally came from China. Currently, the most important tea producing countries are China, Japan, India and Sri Lanka.
Picture 3: Chili is used as a spice to make food more tasty. Other than what some Chinese students may believe, chili is not originally from China, but from Latin America. Chili is grown in tropical countries all over the world.
Do you like chili?
Picture 4: Hemp is used to make rope or carpets. Hemp originally came from the Central Asia, and has been known to China for more than 10,000 years. The British spread hemp to all their colonies as its fibre was used to make sails and rope for their ships. It is now produced in all countries of the world.
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science?
His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.
1. How should we classify them scientifically?
By grouping plants in families.
2. who is the first to do this?
3. How many scientists are mentioned?
Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook
4. How many voyages did James Cook make?
1. Before Linnaeus botany was ________．D
A．studied by doctors B．unknown to anyone C．fully developed D．a branch of medicine
2. Some economic species plants such as____ could help to develop local economies．C
A．rose and peony B．tea and apple C．cocoa and hemp D．Cocoa and lemon
3. It was ____ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research．A
A．Joseph Banks B．Captain Cook C．Linnaeus D． Daniel Solander
4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ___ ．C
A．the importance of botany B．how to classify plant species into groups
C．Linnaeus’contribution to botany D．Linnaeus’discoveries about different species
5.Captain Cook made ___voyages altogether around the world. C
n The relationship among three persons.
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus?
Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world?
To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition?
Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”?
When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.
Step Ⅵ Language points:
Find out the important people mentioned in the text.
Charles Darwin From England Gregor Mendel From Austria
Choose the best answers according to the passage
1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that_ . C
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
2. Darwin observed that the birds with _ _ would eat_ . B
A. small beaks l hard seeds B．broad beaks；hard seeds
C. hard beaks；hard seeds D．broad beaks；soft seeds
3.Darwin joined the scientific expedition on _____ ． C
A. the Endeavour B.Tahiti C．the Beagle D．space
4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that . D
A．the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment
B．the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand
C．the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment
D the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .
5. Darwin studied physics，chemistry and botany because_________ . B
A．he was invited to join scientific expedition
C．he could do a lot Of experiments
D．he wanted to finish his book“On the Origin of Species”
Scientist Research/experiment Result
Charles Darwin The wild life of Galapagos, many varieties of garden roses There were differences between the species of the different islands’yet all showed a clear relationship with those of America’ differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
Gregor Mendel Flowers and peas Many characteristics were passed on from one generation to the next, without influence by the environment. His research gave birth to the science of genetics.
Gote Turesson A wild plant found on the Swedish west coast Found evidence for the existence of stable varieties within species in nature. He showed that differences between plants of one species occurred as a result of the environmental conditions in their habitat.
The text can be divided into four parts
Part I Pa1-3: Darwin and his research.
Part II Pa4-5: Mendel and his experiment.
Part III Pa6: Turesson and his study
Part IV Pa7: the importance and significance of the research of the three.
Important sentences in the passage
1. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.
2. Back home, in England, Darwin realized that differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
3. As a result of Darwin and Mendel’s research, scientists of the nineteenth century formed the belief that that influence of the environment was behind the development of new species.
4. It would take a next generation of scientists to bring the importance of the environment on species back in view.
Translate the following phrases into English:
詳細地 in detail 處于支配的地位，負責 in charge of
由……負責 in the charge of 任命某人為……appoint sb. as
將……分類成classify…into… 計算……之間的距離 calculate the distance between…
一代一代傳下去pass on from one generation to the next 建于…；以…為基礎be based on
參與; 陷入 ……的活動be involved in 根據;視……而定；按照according to
搜索；尋找 search for 總而言之 altogether
match…with （在品質；顏色；設計等方面）相等，相當，相配
at the age of 在……歲時 look out for 警惕;留心;守侯
on a large scale 大規模地;大范圍地 year after year 年年;年復一年
pass away 逝世 name…after 給……取名;命名
take care of 關心;照顧 classify…into 分類;歸類
develop a lifelong friendship with 與……結存了終生好朋友 born into 出生
have an appetite for knowledge 有求知欲 a great deal of 大量;許多(用于不可數名詞)
be sunken into 墮入 a bunch of flowers
make two more voyages be involved in
lead sb. to do sth. calculate the distance between
pass on from on generation to the next form the belief
Design, permit, think up , make a point , more than badly , throw off, lack , struggle
2. Sentences:
A. Even before India won independence from its British rulers, it was clear that Gandhi was the key figure and leader in the struggle of 380 million Indians to govern themselves.
B. He was a model of a different kind of political leader.
C. It was the duty of everyone to disobey this law, but without using violence.
D. On his return to India he had the chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case.
3. Grammar
A. We elect him monitor of our class.
B. I ordered them to go away at once.
C. I can hear the girl singing.
D. We consider him to be a great leader.
4. Useful expressions
A. What do you plan to do?
B. Why do you think it is possible….?
C. I decided …..
D. I insist on….
E. I will…..
Unit 20 Lesson 77 Gandhi : His life
Aims and demands:
1. Develop the Ss’ reading ability
2. Get the Ss know something about Gandhi’s life
Importance and difficulty:
Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Develop the Ss’ reading skill.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and slides.
Teaching method: reading and understanding
Teaching procedure:
Step 1. Warming up
( Listen to a tape page 5 )
T: Where did these voices come from?
------ Perhaps they were on a strike or they were gathering in a place to ask for sth.
T: What did they want to have ?
----- The blacks wanted to be equal as whites.
Apartheid means ( policy of ) racial segregation ( in South Africa ).
T: Once in South Africa, blacks were badly treated by South African whites. Blacks had not rights to vote. They were not allowed to take the buses or trains for whites. Do you think the blacks and whites are equal?
----- No. Of course not.
T: The blacks were lack of equality. And this is called the racial discrimination.
T: Do you any great leaders who led the black people to let them live a better life?
----- Lincoln , Martin Luther King , Gandhi ……
T: Who were they ?
T: Do you know anything about? Where was Gandhi born?
----- He was born in India.
T: India was once ruled by the British . It was Gandhi who led the Indians to govern themselves.
Today we are going to read Gandhi’s life.
Step 2. Reading for general understanding
I. Questions:
1. In which countries did Gandhi work for the liberation of Indians?
------- India and South Africa.
2. What successes did Gandhi gain?
------ He became a lawyer; he won a victory over the Pass Law in South Africa: he won a victory over the law that did not allow Indians to make salt: he won independence for India.
II. Find out what happened to Gandhi in the following years:
In 1869 Gandhi was born in India.
In 1882 Gandhi was married at the age of 13, following the local custom.
In 1888 He sailed to England in September 1888.
In 1891 Gandhi became a lawyer.
In 1915 Gandhi returned to India and was honoured as a hero.
In 1948 Gandhi died on January 30 th ,1948.
Step 3. Careful reading
1. Do the comprehension exercises ( WB and paper comprehension )
Reading comprehension for Unit 20 Lesson 77 (3B) CBBDD CAC
1. This text is about ___.
A. Gandhi’s political life B. Gandhi’s family life
C. Gandhi’s life D. Gandhi’s professional life
2. What custom is mentioned in the text?
A. Dining B.Marriage C.Family D.Education
3. Gandhi had traveled from ___ to India.
A. England, India and South Africa
B. India, England and South Africa
C. India, South Africa and England
D. South Africa, India and England
4. Gandhi was ___.
A. a lawyer
B. a leader for equal rights
C. a leader in the struggle of Indians to govern themselves
D. all of the above
5. Gandhi did not want his people to get equal rights trough ___.
A. articles licity C.marches D.violent fights.
6. Gandhi was ___ when India won her independence.
A. over 80 B. over 60 C. over 70 D. over 65
7. Gandhi was shot by ___.
A. an Indian who was against his ideas
B. a white man who hated him
C. an Indian who was sent by the British government
D. a white spy from England
8. The two movements in paragraph 5 are actually ___ movements.
A. economic (經濟的) B. cultural
C. political D. Educational
2. Note making
Step 4. Practice ( Wb )
Step 5. Interview
Homework
Lesson 78 Gandhi: His beliefs
Aims and demands:
1. Develop the Ss’ reading ability
2. Get the Ss know something about Gandhi’s beliefs
Importance and difficulty:
Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Develop the Ss’ reading skill.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and slides.
Teaching method: reading and understanding
Teaching procedure:
Step 1. Revision
Questions:
1. Where was he born?
2. How old did he get married?
3. When and where did he go to study law? ---- In England in Sep. 1888.
4. Later he went to South Africa. Why did he go there?--- to work on a law case
5. How long did he stay there ? ---- 20 years
6. Did he do any writing at that time?
7. What did he write?------ He wrote about socialism in newspaper and started a magazine call “ Indian Opinion”.
8. When did he return to India? ---- 1915
9. What kind of things did he persuade Indian people to do?----- to be independent, to make their own cotton cloth to refuse to buy cloth made in England, to make their own salt
Step 2. Presentation
T: What do you think of Gandhi?
T: He was so great a man that all Indians respected him and he had become “father” to all Indians.
Step 3. Fast reading
Read the text fast and do the comprehension exercises:
1. text book ---Page 46 ( true or false )
2. reading comprehension
Reading comprehension for Unit 20 Lesson 78 I (3B) DCACB DCB
1. Gandhi was not ___.
A. a clever lawyer B. a determined fighter
C. a political leader D. a common leader
2. What drove Gandhi to struggle against all the unfairness?
A. His material desire.
B. His religious (宗教的)belief.
C. His belief in truth.
D. Other people’s expectations.
3. We can infer from the text that Gandhi seldom __.
A. lied B. talked with others
B. made mistakes D. praised himself
4. The first sentence in paragraph 2 means that ___.
A. he refused to be famous
B. he never made use of his position
C. he didn’t work for his personal interests
D. he liked to be a common person
5. Gandhi’s efforts for equality didn’t enable all Hindus to _____.
A. draw water from the same village well
B. be dressed the same
C. go to the same temple to pray
D. marry each other
6. Paragraph 5 talks about ___.
A. how Gandhi fought for the equality of women
B. how many unfair laws existed at that time
C. how people could escape from the punishment for their beliefs
D. how people should fight against unfair laws
7. The word “father” in paragraph 6 means ___.
A. all Indians became his sons
B. all Indians regarded him as their father
C. all Indians respected him
D. all Indians felt that he was above them
8. Einstein’s words mean ___.
A. Gandhi was only understood by few people
B. Gandhi was so great and outstanding that he can hardly be imagined
C. Future generations will not believe in his ideas
D. Gandhi could only be understood by the people of his times.
Reading comprehension II (Lesson 78) 3B ACDBC
1. Gandhi decided to live as a poor man because he ___.
A. did not have expensive tastes
B. valued ordinary people much
C. didn’t want to make money
D. believed in non-violence
2. What did Gandhi mean by “the force of truth”?
A. Great attention should be paid to the equality of women.
B. When people made mistakes he should admit them willingly.
C. Everyone should disobey the unfair law,, if any, but without using violence.
D. Everyone should be prepared to do heavy work , from leaders to the poorest peasants.
3. Which can be inferred from the 6th paragraph?
A. At that time the Indian burial customs were quite unusual.
B. Gandhi’s death aroused great unrest among the Indian people.
C. It seems quite ridiculous that he called for non-violent resistance , but was violently killed.
D. Gandhi was deeply loved and respected by his people, who showed great sorrow for his death.
4. What can be inferred from the last paragraph?
A. Future generations will no longer believe in his ideas.
B. His contributions to the world are so great that it’s beyond our imagination.
C. Albert Einstein thought nobody but himself really understood Gandhi.
D. Gandhi could only be understood by the pjeople of his times.
5. “The secret lies in the title of the book…” The underlined word refers to ___.
A. how he became such a successful political leader
B. how he got over so many failures or difficulties in his life
C. why he was regarded as a model of a different kind of political leader
D. why he entitled his book The Story of My Experiments with Truth
Questions
1. What did Gandhi mean by “ the force of truth ”?
---- If an unfair law existed, it was the duty of everyone to disobey this law, but without using violence.
2. Which event is described in the text?
----- The Indian customs following his death.
Step 4. Careful reading
Read it again and do the comprehension 3 ----Page 46
Describe the character of Gandhi using the information from the text
1. His simple life: He refused to make any personal gain from his political work. He decided to live as a poor man and not to possess wealth. When he travelled across India, he travelled “hard-seat, unreserved”, together with peasants and other ordinary people. In cities he refused to travel in a rickshaw. He ate simply and never ate meat. He rose early in the morning and worked at his wheel, making cotton thread.
2. His interests: Gandhi was interested in all spiritual matters, not only in the Indian gods. All his life he reached out for the truths of spirits and gods.
3. His belief: Gandhi believed that one should be able to “love the most ordinary being on earth as oneself”. Gandhi hated the custom that had divided Hindu society into separate groups for thousands of years and his goal was to end this.
Step 5. Practice
Workbook --- Ex 2
Homework
Lesson 77
Aims and demand: Grasp the usage of the language points
Step 1. Text reviewing
T: Where was Gandhi born? ----- India.
T: Following the Indian local custom, what age should one get married? ----- 13
T: That is to say. Gandhi got married at 13.
T: What age is the Chinese boy / girl usually married?
Do you want to know my age of marriage ? ----- That’s a secret.
What age are you going to get married?
1. marry sb.
be married
get married
be married to sb.
T: Try to guess : When did I get marred?
When did your parents get married?
How long has his / her parents been married?
What is your father? ---- a worker, a teacher……
Then his mother has been married to a worker for … years.
他們是戰爭結束時結婚的。
They got / were married at the end of the war.
---你和露西結婚多久了？--- 了。
--- How long have you been married to Lucy?
--- For twenty years.
T: Gandhi sailed to England to study law and stayed there for 3 years. As soon as he came back to India , what did he do?
----- On his return to India, he had the chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case.
T: What is the first thing you will do on your arrival at home this Friday afternoon?
2. on one’s return …
on one’s arrival …
on the enterance …
on hearing …
on reaching…
他一到機場就聽到了這個消息。
He heard the news on his arrival at the airport.
他一聽到這個消息就趕回家。
On hearing the news , he hurried home.
老師一進來，學生就起立。
The Ss stood up on the entrance of the teacher. ( true )
……………… on entering the teacher. ( wrong )
3. work on = be engaged in sth.
work on = work continuously
我們正在制定一個新的旅行計劃。
We are working on a new plan for travel.
他在實驗室里一直工作到午夜。
He stayed in the lab and worked on till midnight.
He worked on in the lab until midnight.
T: What made him change his life?
--- The chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case made him change his life.
This experience was to change his life.
4. “be + 不定式” 通常表示計劃安排要做的事
I’m go meet him at the airport.
（本文）表示不可避免將要發生的（命中注定的事）
Worse was to come.-------( “Roots”) Page 8
還可表示命令（父母讓子女做的事）
You are to do your homework before you watch TV.
T: This experience was the turning point in his life. Listen to the tape and deal with the following language points.
5. insist on doing
insist that
He insisted on going there alone.
He insisted that he should go there alone.
He insisted that he was right.
He insisted that he had finished his homework.
6. play an important role in…
play an important part in …
7. be put in prison
be thrown in prison
8. have a gift for …
9. think up 想出 ，編出 ( invent , make up )
think of （考慮）打算，想出，想到，想著，想起
think about （考慮）回想（過去）， 考慮某事是否可行
think over 仔細思考一遍
think of ……as 把……看作
Most of the masters thought of their slaves as animals that could be bought and sold.
Mary, are you thinking of marry Tom?
Who thought of/ up the plan?
We mustn’t think about your this matter any more.
I’ll think about your suggestion, and give you an answer tomorrow.( if it is possible )
Think over, and you’ll find a way.
10. with the purpose of 懷著……的目的
for the purpose of 為著……的目的
on purpose 有意地
11. following this 在。。。 之后
T: What will happen following the examination?
-----The result will come out.
T: What will happen following the heavy rain ?------ The river will be flooded.
Following the hot weather?----- Crops will die.
Step 2. Exercises
Correct the mistakes: ( Lesson 77)
1. Joan is going to marry with Hubert.
2. Gandhi was married at the age of 13, followed local custom.
3. Followed the doctor’s advice, my father has given up drinking.
4. The villagers still following the customs of their grandfathers.
5. In his return to India he had the chance to travel to South Africa.
6. In reaching the city he called up Mr. Smith .
7. After he returned home, he was honoured for a hero.
8. He had a gift in thinking up ways of making political points.
9. He was thrown off a train for insisting traveling in the whites-only section.
10. For twenty years he played important role in working for equal rights for Indians.
11. South Africa passed further laws were designed to make life difficult for non-whites.
12. Some of the Indians publicly burnt their permits and many of them were put in the prison.
13. Thousands of Indians, joined him when he led a march to the coast, on the purpose of “making a little salt.”
14. Follow this , 60,000 Indians , including Gandhi, were put in prison.
Lesson 78
Step 1. Deal with the language points
1. (translate) Gandhi was much more than a clever lawyer, a fine speaker, a determined fighter for human rights and a political leader.
甘地遠不只是一位聰明的律師，優秀的演說家，堅定的人權戰士和一位政治領導人。
他們倆遠不只是同學，他們還是知心朋友。
Both of them are much more than schoolmates, they are close friends.
They were more than glad to help.
他們是極其樂意幫忙的。
This more than satisfied me.
這使我深感滿意。
2. lie in 在于
T: He didn’t pass the exam, where did the problem lie?
Ss: It lies in his laziness.
(translate)那就是真正的危險所在。
That is where the real danger lies.
3. reach out for
他伸手從書架上取下一本書來。
He reached out for a book from the top of the shelf.
4. (translate ) One should be able to “love the most ordinary being on earth as oneself.”
“……就象愛自己一樣去愛世界上最普通的人?！?/p>
being c生物（特指人）
a human being/ human beings
Men , women, and children are human beings.
All birds and animals are living beings.
on earth 在世界上，在人世間
in the world 。。。
他們認為自己是世界上最聰明的人。
They consider themselves the wisest men on earth.
北京將成為世界上最大的城市。
Beijing will become the largest city on earth in area.
5. take up arms
6. as follows 固定詞組 “如下” 以引出下文
他們的建議如下：。。。
Their suggestions are as follows.
hardly
hard
There is hardly any wine in the bottle.
He hardly works at all.
He works hard at his lessons.
Such …as 象。。。這樣的，諸如。。。這類
他曾經希望做一名象甘地那樣的領袖。
He wished to be such a leader as Gandhi.
這樣的照片應該由博物館保存。
Such a picture / photo as this should be kept in museum.
Step 2. Exercises
Fill in the blanks with a correct word ( Lesson 77~78)
1. He was busy ____ his work and did not notice me come ____. with, in
2. We should take ___ arms and fight ___ the Japanese invaders. up , against
3. Alice Green has been married ____ John Smith ___ ten months. to for
4. Diligence leads ___ success and failure often lies ____ laziness. to in
5. He demanded an end ___ the British rule ____ India. to over
6. Please let me go on ___ my work __ peace. with in
7. He reached __ his pocket __ some money. Into for
8. ___ last the enemy had to give ___ and we won the battle. at in
9. ___ her return __ the office, she began to work. On to
10. The notice reads ___ follows. as
Choose the correct answer ( Grammar exercises for object complement ) Lesson 77~78
1. Jane devoted her life ___ the sick.
A. to caring for B. to care for C. to caring D. caring for
2. The mother wanted her son ___ without delay.
A. to operate B. to be operated on C. to operate on D. being operated on
3. The father forbade the child ___ out of doors during his absence.
A. to go B. go C. goes D. will go
4. She was glad to see her child____.
A. taking care of B. taken care C. taken care of D. take care of
5. When she returned home, she found the window open and something____.
A. stolen B. missed C. to be stolen D. to steal
6. Although he tried, Bob still couldn’t make himself ____ .
A. being heard B. hearing C. heard D. hear
7. We can depend on the workers ___ the plan.
A. carried B. to carry C. carry D. carrying
8. The government calls on us ____ our production.
A. increased B. increasing C. increase D. to increase
9. Do you hear someone ___ at the door?
A. knocked B. knocking C. to knock D. knock
10. Did you notice the boy ___ the street just now?
look out for, on a large scale, year after year, pass away, name after, in detail, a bunch of, be suitable to, have…in common, belong to, a branch of, classify…into, base…on…, according to, have an appetite for, appoint…as…, lead a cosy life, be involved in, at one’s own expresses, give birth to
Ⅲ. 重要句型:
1．Attempts had been made by others to classify plant species into groups, but the breakthrough came with the work of Carl Linnaeus.
2．Showing how plants were related was a complex and strange
thing before Linnaeus developed his system.
3．Born into a life of privilege, Joseph Banks was the son of a wealthy family.
4. As astronomy was one of the most important branches of science, it was the British government that paid for all the equipment and expenses for that part of the expedition.
5. Despite his wealth, he worked to make a career in science.
6. On their three-year voyage, Joseph Banks did not only study and describe new plants he found, but also look out for new economic species; plants that could be grown in England or other parts of the world to produce crops that could be sold .
7. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.
二、Teaching periods：Four
Period I Word Study
1. procedure n.
1) 程序;手續;步驟，工序；[U][C]
The chairman was quite familiar with the procedure for conducting a meeting.
主席對開會的程序很熟悉。
The next procedure is as follows. 下一個步驟如下。
He complained to the manager, and by this procedure got the money back.
他向經理投訴，通過這種程序拿回錢。
2) 常規;傳統的做法[C][U]
The first step in the procedure for making a kite is to build the frame.
制作風箏的第一步是做骨架。
2. promote vt.
（1）提升；提職;使（學生）升級（to）
她努力工作,不久被提升為校長了。
_She worked hard and was soon promoted to headmaster.
通過考試的學生將升到高一個年級去。
Pupils who passed the test will be promoted to the next higher grade.
（2）促進；增進；促使
The Prime Minister’s visit will promote the cooperation between the two countries.
首相的訪問將促進兩國間的合作。
（3）推銷；為。。。。作廣告
他的工作是促銷這一新產品。
His job is to promote the new product.
promotion n. 提升；促進；推銷
promoter n. （企業等的）發起人；推銷商
promotional adj. 推銷的；提升的；發起的
3. appetite n.[U][C] 欲望；愛好；食欲；胃口
(1)食欲,胃口[(+for)]
Exercise gave her a good appetite.
運動使她胃口大增。
Have a good / poor appetite 胃口好/不好
to sb’s appetite 合某人的口味；投某人之好
lose one’s appetite 食欲減退
(2). 欲望;愛好[(+for)]
have an appetite for 愛好
此時此刻她無心閑聊。
At the moment she had no appetite for gossip.
4. appoint vt.
（1）任命；委托
They appointed him to be/as chairman.
他們任命他為主席。
（2）約定
Our visitors arrived at the appointed time.
我們的訪客在約定的時間到達了。
（3）確定；指定
We have appointed 8 o’clock as the time to begin.
我們已經確定八點鐘為開始的時間。
n. appointment 約會；約定
make / fix an appointment with sb. 與…約會
by appointment 按照約定的時間/地點
keep / break one’s appointment 守/違約
5. look out for
look out / watch out：語氣最強，常用于某種緊急的情況或可能出現的危險的場合。
take care：語氣不如look out強，常用于出現不測的情況下做出提醒或警告。
be careful：常用語，使用場合較廣。
1）Look out! There is danger ahead!
2) Take care! The pan is hot. Don’t touch it.
3) Be careful! Don’t break it. It’s made of glass.
look out for 當心，小心；找尋
1） Look out for the pickpockets.
當心扒手。
2) He look out for the truth all his life.
他一生都在尋求真理。
look 的相關短語：
look around / round 環顧 look at 看；查看；考慮，著眼于
look back 回顧 look down 向下看；俯視
look down on / upon 輕視，看不起 look for 尋找
look forward to 盼望 look into 向……的里面看；瀏覽；調查；觀察
look over 檢查 look through 透過……看去；看穿；審核；仔細查看
look up 向上看；（在詞典、參考書等中）查尋
look up to 尊敬，仰望
6. on a large scale 大規模地；大范圍地
有些國家正在大規模地準備戰爭.
Some countries are preparing for war on a large scale.
They do only government projects and similar construction work on a large scale.
他們只做政府工程和類似的大規模的建設工作。
7. involve 包括；牽涉；使參與
有很多人參加了罷工。
The strike involved many people.
involve sb. / sth. in (doing ) sth. 使某人/物參與……
你解決你的問題，不要把我拉進去。
Don’t involve me in solving your problems.be involved in = be busy doing / be engaged in 從事， 忙于……
be involved in sth. 卷入
be involved in doing sth. 專心一意作某事
1) 他正忙著準備入學考試。
He is involved in preparing for the entrance exam.
2) 我們被告知此人卷入這一罪行。
We are told that the man is involved in the crime.
3) 他專心一意地訂計劃。
He is involved in working out a plan.
involved adj. 復雜的 involvement n. 卷入，牽連，牽連到的事物
8. abandon vt.
(1)丟棄;拋棄,遺棄
水手們離棄了燃燒中的船。
The sailors abandoned the burning ship.
人們發現那輛損壞的自行車被扔在河邊。
The broken bike was found abandoned by the river side.
(2.) 放棄,中止
He finally abandoned his reformist ideas.
他終于放棄了自己的改良主義思想。
(3.) (與oneself連用)使放縱;使聽任[(+to)]
她陷入絕望之中。
She abandoned herself to despair.
9. pass away
The old man passed away peacefully this morning.
老人今天早上安詳地過世了。
因為上周她父親去世了，所以她心里不好受。
She is upset because her father passed away last week.
pass by 從旁經過 pass down = hand down 傳下來
pass on 傳給（另外的人）
1) If you can’t do the job yourself, pass it on to someone who can.
2) Somebody passing by asked me the way to the Town Hall.
3) The revolutionary tradition is passed down from generation to generation.
10. reward
1）vt.報答；酬勞
（1）reward sb for sth/doing sth 因……報答某人
Is this how you reward me for my help?
你就這樣報答我對你的幫助嗎？
（2）reward sb with /by 用……酬謝某人。
她向他報以微笑。
She rewarded him with a smile.
（2）n. 獎金；報答；報酬；獎勵。
She offered a reward of $ 2000 for information about her missing son.
她懸賞2000美元找尋失蹤兒子的下落。
The reward has never been claimed.
這筆獎金還無人認領。
短語：
in reward 作為報答/獎賞
ask no reward 不圖報酬
give a reward to sb for sth 為某事給某人報酬
as a reward for… 作為對……的酬謝
reward according to sb’s deserts 論功行賞
15. Distinguish
distinguish between A and B 分辨A 和B
distinguish A from B 區分A與B
be distinguished by / for 以……著名的
distinguish…into 把……分類
distinguish oneself 使杰出；使顯出特色
1) People who cannot distinguish between colors are said to be color-blind
不能辨別顏色的人被稱作色盲。
2) He distinguished himself by his bravery.
他以勇敢著稱。
3) 分辨是非 distinguish between right and wrong
4) The young officer distinguished himself many times in battle.
這個年青軍官屢建戰功。
5) 言語使人區別于動物。
Speeches distinguish man from the animals.
用法相似的短語：
tell the difference between A and B 說出A 與B 之間的不同
tell A from B 把A 與B 區分開來
tell A and B apart 把A 與B 分開
differ A from B.使A 不同于B
Period II Reading
Step 1. Lead-in
Step 2. Pre-reading
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science?
His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.
Step 3. Fast reading
How many people are mentioned in the passage? What are they?
Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook
Step 4. Careful reading
1. Before Linnaeus botany was ___ D _____．
A．studied by doctors B．unknown to anyone
C．fully developed D．a branch of medicine
2. Some economic species plants such as __C__ could help to develop local economies．
A．rose and peony B．tea and apple
C．cocoa and hemp D．Cocoa and lemon
3. It was __A__ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research．
A. Joseph Banks B. Captain Cook C. Linnaeus D. Daniel Solander
4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ____C_______ ．
A．the importance of botany
B．how to classify plant species into groups
C．Linnaeus’ contribution to botany
D．Linnaeus’ discoveries about different species
5. Captain Cook made ____C_____ voyages altogether around the world.
A．one B. Two C. Three D. four
Step 5. Post-reading
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus?
Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world?
To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition?
Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”?
When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.
Step 6. Language points
1. Born into a life of privilege, … 生來就享有特權
1) be born into / to / of 出生于
瑪麗出生于一個富裕的家庭。
__Mary was born into a wealthy family. _
2) be born + (to be) adj. / 名詞短語
他天生是個聰明人。
He was born clever. = He was born a clever man.
2. Many young men in his position would lead a cosy life, but young Banks had an appetite for knowledge. 許多像他這樣有地位的年輕人過的是舒適安逸的生活，而年輕的班克斯卻渴求知識。
position
1) 處境；境地
他對他的處境很滿意。
He is satisfied with his position.
Madam Michel found her in an awkward position.
米雪女士發現自己處于一個尷尬的境地。
in one’s position 處于某人的處境
要是我處于他的境地，我不知道該怎么辦。
If I were in his position, I’m not sure what I should do.
2) 姿勢；位置
sit in an comfortable position 以不舒服的姿勢坐著
a vertical position 垂直的姿勢
3) 地位；職位
They were men of the highest position in England.
他們是英國地位最高的人。
3. As astronomy was one of the most important branches of science, it was the British government that paid for all the equipment and expenses for that part of the expedition.
as 的用法：
1) 引導原因狀語從句“因為，既然”
由于所有位置都有人，我們只好站著。
As all the seats were full, we had to stand up.
We all like her as she is kind. 我們都喜歡她，因為她善良。
2) 引導方式狀語從句“按照，如同”
我已按你的建議那樣改了。
I have changed it as you suggested.
像我這樣做。 Do it as I do.
3) 表示時間“當……時候”
隨著時間的流逝 As time goes on, ...
我一邊沿著河走一邊讀書。
I read the letter as I walked along the river.
4) 表示讓步 “雖然，盡管”
Tired as they were, they walked on. 雖然很累，他們還是繼續走著。
短語：
as for 至于；就……而論 as if / though 好像；仿佛
as to 至于，關于 so as to 為了
so…as to 以致于，以便
強調句型：It is / was + 被強調的部分 + that + 其余部分
1) 我愛好通俗音樂。（強調主語）
It is I that / who have an appetite for pop music.
2) 我們經常在閱覽室做作業。（強調地點狀語）
It is in the reading-room that we often finish our homework.
Period Ⅲ Integrating skills
Step I Lead-in
StepⅡ Fast-reading
The text can be divided into four parts, then summarize the main idea of each part:
Part I -- - Para1-3 Darwin and his research.
Part II --- Para 4-5 Mendel and his experiment.
Part III --- Para 6 Turesson and his study
Part IV --- Para7 the importance and significance of the research of the three.
StepⅢ Careful-reading: Choose the best answer
1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that C
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
2. Darwin observed that the birds with _______ would eat B_____
A. small beaks l hard seeds B．broad beaks；hard seeds
C. hard beaks；hard seeds D．broad beaks；soft seeds
3. Darwin joined the scientific expedition on __C___ ．
A. the Endeavour B. Tahiti C．the Beagle D．space
4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that D
A. the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment
B. the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand
C. the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment
D. the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .
5. Darwin studied physics，chemistry and botany because ____B_____
A．he was invited to join scientific expedition
B．he was interested in them
C．he could do a lot Of experiments
D．he wanted to finish his book “On the Origin of Species”
Step Ⅳ Language points
1. It was … that gave him the key to his new theory. 新理論的要領
the key to sth. / doing sth. ……的關鍵；……的答案
這是改善他們生活條件的關鍵。
This is the key to the improvement of their living conditions.
2. … and deserved special attention.
deserve 值得，該受到，可褒可貶
1) I think you’re playing with fire. You deserve it! 你是老鼠戲貓，真是自作自受！
2) How dare you do this to me? You deserve a kick in the ass!
你竟敢這樣對我？找打??？
3) Such a little boy has to work to support his family. It deserves sympathy!
If you do wrong, you deserve punishment.
If you do wrong, you deserve punishing.
If you do wrong, you deserve to be punished.
類似的詞還有：need, want, require
3. … the ideas concerning the influence of environment upon plants…
a declaration concerning the war 關于戰爭的宣言
concern oneself with 關心
be concerned in 從事；與……有牽連
as concerns = concerning 關于
be concerned for / about 關心
4. such as soil conditions, is of equal importance to the output of crop.
對糧食農作物產量具有同樣重要的意義
be of + 抽象名詞 = be + 該詞的形容詞
be of importance = be important
be of value = be valuable
be of + the size / age / weight / kind / height… 這類抽象名詞沒有相應的形容詞
他們同齡但身高不一樣。
They are of the same age but of different height.
本單元重要短語：
1按植物種類分類 classify plant species into groups
2鑒別不同物種 identification of different species
3以…為根據 base on
4結果 as a result
5第一眼 at first sigh
6發展這系統 promote the system
7結成終身好友 develop a lifelong friendship
8一出生就過著有特權的生活 born into a life of privilege
9對知識求知欲若渴 have an appetite for knowledge
10開創事業 make a career
11任命某人做… appoint sb. as…
12根據指示 according to the instructions
13裝備那次遠征 equip the expedition
14在三年的航海中 on the three-year voyage
15當心，小心 look out for
16大規模地 on a large scale
17巨大的成功 a great success
18參與事務 involve in enterprises
19開拓澳大利亞 the settlement of Australia
20發展成為 develop…into…
21積累大量的知識 accumulate a great deal of knowledge
22水量 amount of water
23試做某事 experiment with doing
24年輕時 in one’s youth
25創建新理論的鑰匙 the key to the new theory
26值得特別關注 deserve special attention
27相互有關聯 a relationship with/relate to
28用花與豌豆進行實驗 conduct experiments with flowers and peas
29誕生了遺傳學 give birth to the science of genetics
30發現了證據 find evidence for sth.
31長成灌木 grow to a bush
32改變其外形 change one’s appearance
33 適應新環境 adapt to the new environment
34農作物產量 the output of crops
35同樣重要 be of equal importance
36 重新認識環境對物種的重要性
bring the importance of the environment on spices back in view
Period Ⅳ 單元同步練習
I. Choose the best answer.
1. The language which the Maori speak is ________ the language of Tahiti and Hawaii.
A. compared to B. related to
C. separated from D. developed from
2. They fell in love ________.
A. in first sight B. in sight
C. at first sight D. at the first sight
3. ________ what others say, I think he's a very nice person.
A. Because of B. Instead of C. Except D. Despite
4. You'll catch cold if you don't ________.
A. look after B. look out
C. look up D. look around
5. ---This pair of shoes are too small to ________ me. Could you show me another?
---Of course. Please look at these ones.
A. be fit for B. fit C. suit D. agree with
6. ---_______ did you think of the exhibition?
---Oh, ________great success!
A. What; what a B. How; what a
C. What; how a D. How; how
7. Listen! His family must be quarrelling, ________?
A. mustn't it B. isn't it
C. aren't they D. needn't they
8. ---Don't you believe me?
---_______. I'll believe ________you say.
A. No, whatever B. Yes, no mater what
C. No, no matter what D. Yes, whatever
9. It was not until he got to the office _________ he remembered ________the key home.
A. when, leaving B. when, to leave
C. that, leaving D. that, to leave
10. He never thought that they would choose him _________head of the workshop though he was only in _________ twenties.
A. /, his B. a, his C. the, the D.a, the
11. ---What made Bill so angry?
---________. His girl friend promised to come at 8: 30, but she hasn't come yet.
A. Having kept waiting B. Being kept walling
C. To be keeping wait D. Being kept vailed
12. Don't tell the keys _________ the exercises first when the students do their homework.
A. of B. in C. on D. to
13. Our eyes slowly ________the dark.
A. agreed with B. agreed to
C. adapted to D. took in
14. China has hundreds of islands, ________ the largest is Taiwan.
A. in which B. to which
C. from which D. of which
15. If he had been given _________ days, he would have done better.
A. more three B. three more
C. three another D. three other
II. Close Test
Some plays are so successful that they run for years on end. In many ways, this is 1 for the poor actors who are required to go on repeating the same 2 night after night. One would 3 them to know their parts by heart and 4 have cause to falter（結巴）.Yet 5 is not always the case.
A famous actor in a 6 successful play was once cast in the role of an aristocrat （貴族） 7 had been imprisoned in Bastille for twenty years. In the last act，a gaoler（監獄長，看守）would always come on to the stage with a letter which he would hand to the prisoner. 8 the noble was expected to read the letter at each 9 ,he always insisted that it should be written out in full.
One night, the gaoler decided to play a joke 10 his colleague to find out if, after so many performances, he had managed to learn the 11 of the letter by heart. The curtain went up on the final act of the play and revealed （使顯露）the aristocrat sitting alone behind bars in his dark cell. Just then，the gaoler 12 with the precious letter in his hands. He entered the 13 and presented the letter to the aristocrat. But the copy he gave him had not been written out in 14 as usual. It was simply a blank sheet of paper. The gaoler looked on eagerly, 15 to see if his fellow actor had at last learnt his lines. The noble stared at the blank sheet of paper for a few seconds. Then，squinting（瞇著眼看）his eyes，he said, “The light is 16 .Read the letter to me.” And he quickly handed the sheet of paper to the gaoler. 17 that he could not remember a word of the letter either, the gaoler replied，“The light is indeed dim，sir. I must get my 18 ”With this, he hurried off the stage. Much to the aristocrat’s 19 ，the gaoler returned a few moments later with a pair of glasses and the 20 copy of the letter which he proceeded（繼續進行）to read to the prisoner.
1．A. fortunate B. unfortunate C. happy D. unhappy
2．A. lines B. words C. plays D. roles
3．A. want B. ask C. expect D. wish
4．A. always B. never C. sometimes D. often
5．A. such B. the thing C. one D. this
6．A. highly B. high C. poorly D. poor
7．A. where B. what C. which D. who
8．A. Because B. Even though C. When D. Though
9．A. play B. performance C. role D. case
10．A. with B. in C. on D. to
11．A. pages B. joke C. lines D. contents
12．A. appeared B. disappeared C. came out D. came in
13．A. room B. cell C. stage D. office
14．A. English B. French C. order D. full
15．A. glad B. surprised C. anxious D. afraid
16．A. bright B. dim C. dark D. out
17．A. To see B. To find C. Seeing D. Finding
18．A. glasses B. lines C. light D. letters
19．A. surprise B. satisfaction C. anger D. amusement
20．A. usual B. old C. unusual D. new
III. Reading Comprehension
A
An explosion on Thursday killed one and injured 21 in a busy street in Tongren, Southwest China’s Guizhou Province.
The bomb was hidden in a rubbish bin in the city’s commercial hub（商業中心），where lots of shops and restaurants are concentrated. The ear-splitting blast was heard around 12∶50 p.m.，said a local newspaper, citing witnesses. The power of the blast shattered（使粉碎）nearby shop windows and ripped the stainless（不生銹的）steel rubbish can to pieces.
One passer-by，identified（確認）only as Zhang，said she was shocked by the noise and saw a lot of pedestrians lying on the ground when she got to the scene. Thirteen of the injured were taken to a local hospital after the explosion. A doctor there said five were in serious condition but already out of danger after emergency treatment. The others were just slightly hurt.
The cause of the explosion is still under investigation, said an officer with the Tongren police, but refused to speculate as to the cause.
1．It can be inferred from the passage that ________.
A. All the injured were taken to a hospital
B. 8 of the injured were not taken to a hospital
C. The rubbish bin with a bomb was in a restaurant
D. The rubbish bin with a bomb was in a shop
2．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A. One passer-by, identified only as Zhang, saw the man throwing a bomb into a bin.
B. Some customers in restaurants were injured.
C. The writer didn’t get to the scene.
D. All customers in shops got hurt.
3．In the last paragraph the underlined word“ speculate” probably means ________.
A. tell B. guess C. discuss D. talk
4．What of the following can be the best title for the passage?
A. Bomb Hidden in a Rubbish Bin B. The Cause of the Explosion
C. A Terrible Thing D. Market Blast Kills 1, Injures 21
B
How many coins have you got in your pocket right now? Three? Two？ A bent one？
With a phone card you can make up to 200 calls without any change at all.
（1） What do you do with it?
Go to a telephone box marked （you guessed it） “phone card”. Put in your card, make your call and when you’ve finished, a screen tells you how much is left on your card.
（2） Now appear in a shop near you.
Near each Card phone place you’ll find a shop where you can buy one. They’re at bus, train and city tube stations（地鐵）.
Many universities, hospitals and clubs. Restaurants and gas stations on the highway and shopping centers. At airports and seaports.
（3） No more broken payphones.
Most broken payphones are like that because they’ve been vandalized（故意破壞）. There are no coins in Card phone to excite thieves’ interest in it. So you’re not probably to find a vandalized one.
Get a phone card yourself and try it out, or get a bigger wallet.
5．The passage is most probably ________.
A. a warning B. a note
C. an advertisement（廣告） D. an announcement
6．There are three sections in the passage. Which section do you think is about why phone cards are good?
A. Section 1． B. Section 2． C. Section 3． D. None.
7．Choose the right order or the steps under “How do you use a phone card”.
a. Put in your phone card.
b. Look at the screen to find out how many calls you can still make.
c. Go to a telephone box marked “Phone card”. d. Make your call.
A. a, b, c, d B. c, a, d, b C. a, d, c, b D. c, d, a, b
C
“Soon, you’re going to have to move out!” cried my neighbor upon seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind or at least known in my neighborhood.
One tiny 9-inch plant, bought for $1.25 in the spring, has already taken over much of my rose bed, covering much of other plants, and is well on its way to the front door.
Roses require a good deal of care, and if it weren’t for the pleasure they give, it wouldn’t be worth the work. As it is, I have a garden full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year. bushes must be pruned (剪枝) in early spring, leaving ugly woody branches until the new growth appears a few weeks later. It was the space available (可用的) in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant. A big mistake.
Soil conditions made just perfect for roses turn out be even more perfect for tomatoes. Thedaily watering coupled with full sun and regular fertilizing (施肥) have turned the little plant into a tall bush. The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long since disappeared under the thick leaves.
Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I have to find the red ones among the leaves, which means I almost have to stand on my head, and once found I have to reach down and under, pick the tomatoes and withdraw (縮回) my full fist without dropping the prize so dearly won. I found two full-blown white roses completely hidden as I picked tomatoes in June. But they were weak and the leaves already yellow for lack of light.
Here I am faced with a painful small decision: To tear up a wonderful and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to several expensive and treasured roses. Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind, I’ll think about that tomorrow.
8．What are the requirements for the healthy growth of rose?
A．A lot of care and the right soil. B．Frequent pruning and fertilizing.
C．Tomato plants grown alongside. D．Cages placed around the roots.
9．The writer planted the tomato because _________.
A．it cost only $1.25
B．the soil was just right for it
C．there was room for it in the garden
D．the roses’ branches needed to be covered
10．This year the writer’s roses were __________.
A．removed from the rose bed
B．picked along with the tomatoes
C．mostly damaged by too much sunlight
D．largely hidden under the tomato plant
11．By saying “the prize so dearly won” in paragraph 5, the writer wants to ________.
A．show the difficulty in picking the tomatoes
B．show the hardship of growing the roses
C．express her liking for the roses
D．express her care for the tomatoes
12．In the situation described in the text, one good thing is that ________.
A．the roses cost the writer little money
B．the writer has a daily harvest of tomatoes
C．someone will help the writer make the decision
D．the writer can now enjoy both the roses and tomatoes
D
Want a glance of the future of health care? Take a look at the way the various networks of people about patient care are being connected to one another, and how this new connectivity is being exploited to deliver medicine to the patient - no matter where he or she may be.
Online doctors offering advice based on normal symptoms（癥狀）are the most obvious example. Increasingly, however, remote diagnosis（遠程診斷）will be based on real physiological data（生理數據）from the actual patient. A group from the University of Kentucky has shown that by using personal data assistance plus a mobile phone, it is perfectly practical to send a patient’s important signs over the telephone. With this kind of equipment, the cry asking whether there was a doctor in the house could well be a thing of the past.
Other medical technology groups are working on applying telemedicine to rural （countryside） care. And at least one team wants to use telemedicine as a tool for disaster need - especially after earthquakes. On the whole, the trend is towards providing global access to medical data and experts’ opinions.
But there is one problem. Bandwidth（寬帶） is the limiting factor for sending complex （復雜 ）medical pictures around the world, -CU photos being one of the biggest bandwidth users. Communication satellites say be able to deal with the short - term needs during disasters such as earthquakes or wars. But medicine is looking towards both the second - generation Internet and third generation mobile phones for the future of remote medical service.
Doctors have met to discuss computer-based tools for medical diagnosis, training and telemedicine. With the falling price of broadband communications, the new technologies should start a new time when telemedicine and the sharing of medical information, experts’ opinions and diagnosis are common.
13．The writer chiefly talks about ________ .
A. the use of telemedicine B. the on-lined doctors
C. medical care and treatment D. communication improvement
14．Which of the following statements is true according to the text?
A. Patients don’t need doctors in hospitals any more.
B. It is impossible to send a patient’s signs over the telephone.
C. Many teams use telemedicine dealing with disasters now.
D. Broadband communications will become cheaper in the future.
15．The “problem” in the fourth paragraph refers to the fact that ________ .
A. bandwidth isn’t big enough to send complex medical pictures
B. the second - generation of Internet has not become popular yet
C. communication satellites can only deal with short - term needs
D. there is not enough equipment for spreading the medical care
E
As any homemaker who has tried to keep order at the dinner table knows, there is far more to a family meal than food. Sociologist Michael Lewis has been studying 50 families to find out just how much more.
Lewis and his co-workers carried out their study by videotaping (錄像) the families while they ate ordinary meals in their own homes. They found that parents with small families talk actively with each other and their children. But as the number of children gets larger, conversation gives way to the parents’ efforts to control the loud noise they make. That can have an important effect on the children. “In general the more question-asking the parents do, the higher the children’s IQ scores.” Lewis says. “And the more children there are, the less question-asking there is.”
The study also provides an explanation for why middle children often seem to have a harder time in life than their siblings (兄弟姐妹). Lewis found that in families with three or four children, dinner conversation is likely to center on the oldest child, who has the most to talk about, and the youngest, who needs the most attention. “Middle children are invisible.” Says Lewis, “When you see someone get up from the table and walk around during dinner, chances are it’s the middle child.” There is, however, one thing that stops all conversation and prevents anyone from having attention: “When the TV is on.” Lewis says, “dinner is a non-event.”
16．The writer’s purpose in writing the text is to ________.
A．show the relationship between parents and children
B．teach parents ways to keep order at the dinner table
C．report on the findings of a study
D．give information about family problems
17．Parents with large families ask fewer questions at dinner because ______.
A．they are busy serving food to their children
B．they ate busy keeping order at the dinner table
C．they have to pay more attention to younger children
D．they are tired out having prepared food for the whole family
18．By saying “Middle children are invisible” in paragraph 3, Lewis means that middle children __________
A．have to help their parents to serve dinner
B．get the least attention from the family
C．are often kept away from the dinner table
D．find it hard to keep up with other children
19．Lewis’ research provides an answer to the question ________.
A．why TV is important in family life
B．why parents should keep good order
C．why children in small families seem to be quieter
D．why middle children seem to have more difficulties in life
20．Which of the following statements would the writer agree to?
A．It is important to have the right food for children.
B．It is a good idea to have the TV on during dinner.
C．Parents should talk to each of their children frequently.
D．Elder children should help the younger ones at dinner.
Ⅳ單詞拼寫
1．The boy was p_________ to the fourth grade.
2．He was a __________ mayor of the city.
3．He a_________ his wife and child.
4．Banks was the first to move crops from one continent to another on a large s ______.
5． Education should not be considered to be a p_________ in a modern society.
6． She is only twelve years old, she doesn’t have the ______________（身份證） card.
7． They followed the usual ___________ （程序）
8． He is good at managing his__________（企業）.
9． The principal’s ___________（露面）at the party didn’t seem to be very welcome.
10. We hope for a lasting ____________ （解決）of all these troubles.
rush sb. off his feet, change, action, repair, work on, fix up
2. important sentences:
A. It is better to ask for help at the beginning rather than to wait until a busy period when everyone is rushed off their feet.
B. What is more, this “information line” operates 24 hours a day.
C. It did not take the firefighters long to pot out the fire, and they at once started to look for causes of the fire.
D. They had to work inside the ship, cutting away old metal, fixing new metal plate, drilling holes, laying electrical and phone wires and fixing new pipes for water and steam.
3. Grammar: review –ing form, to do form and predicative
4. Useful expressions:
A. May I speak to …?
B. Hello. Who’s that speaking?
C. I called to tell you…..
D. Hold on, please.
E. Wait a moment.
F. Can I take ( leave ) a message?
Aims and demands:
Importance and difficulty: Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and some slides
Teaching procedure:
I can store and recall as much information as possible, and I can work at a very high speed. In modern times, you can’t work without me. What am I? ( computer )
T: Where can you find computer?
S: They are mostly found in offices……
T: What else may you expect find in a large modern office?
( write these words on the blackboard and read after the teacher)
choose the right title for each section
T: What is the fax machine? How does it work?
S: When you place a sheet of paper in a fax machine, the machine “reads” the writing on the page and changes the shapes of letters into electronic signals. It then sends these signals down an ordinary telephone line to another fax machine, which changes the signals back into the shapes of letters.
T: What are the advantages of sending a fax?
Ss: Speed. You can send texts, pictures, diagrams, designs maps and so on .
T: What are the disadvantages of sending a fax?
Ss: It is expensive and not private. ( it can be read by anyone)
T: What is the photocopier? How does it work?
Ss: It can copy a long report and sort the copies and pin them together.
T: What can modern photocopying machines do?
Ss: Modern machines can make the copy bigger or smaller , lighter or darker and copy onto both sides of the paper.
T: What is the word processor? How many parts is the word processor made up of?
Ss: It is made up of three parts . ( a typewriter keyboard, a printer and a computer )
T: What are the advantages of a word processor?
Ss: You can make changes easily and can print a report very quickly.
T: What is the answering machine?
Ss: It is a telephone with a tape recorder.
T: What are the advantage of an answering machine?
Ss: It can receive messages when no one is in the office and can give information.
Step 4. Listening for general understanding
Listen to the tape and write down the headings above the right sections of the text.
Comprehension exercise for Unit 18 Lesson 69 (3B)
Read fast to get a general idea of the passage and fill in the following blanks with one of the four choices below.
1. ____ is a type of machine used to make copies from newspapers, books or reports.
2. ____ is used to send messages including words , pictures, designs and maps.
3. ____ is a kind of machine used to type materials, save them for future use and make changes if necessary.
4. ____ is used to record telephone messages when the receiver is absent.
II. Further comprehension CCADC DBBD
1. Which is WRRONG about learning to use office equipment?
A. It can make the work in offices go smoothly .
B. It is necessary for beginners in offices.
C. It should be learnt during a busy period.
D. It may help you to get a promotion (普升機會).
2. Which is correct about sending a fax?
A. It can be done only during working hours.
B. Sometimes it might take a week or so.
C. It isn’t a good choice to send top-secret information by fax machine.
D. Reports in English cannot be faxed.
3. A word processor ____.
A. can type a long report and make changes
B. can produce colour copies when necessary
C. can send information both at home and abroad
D. includes a keyboard, a photocopier and a computer
4. ____ can be used to answer a phone call automatically (自動地) when you are out.
A. The photocopier B. The fax machine
C. The word processor D. The answering machine
5. What is one disadvantage of sending a fax?
A. We can send a fax only in the office hours.
B. Message sent by a fax are hard to read.
C. We cannot send secret information through a fax machine.
D. Foreigners cannot understand Chinese letters sent by a fax.
6. What can’t a word processor do?
A. Typing a letter.
B. Printing documents.
C. Coping a on report.
D. Sending picture.
7. What does “be rushed off one’s feet” mean in paragraph 1?
A. be on business B. be busy and tired
C. be tired out D. run out of the office
8. The writer says “The fax has greatly changed office work, especially in China.” Because ____.
A. it can send information quickly
B. it is much easier to change Chinese characters into electronic signals
C. it can do a lot of work for the Chinese people such as making copies, posting letters
D. it makes office work easy to do
9.“The fax has greatly changed office work,especially in China.” The underlined word means ____.
Aims and demands:
Aims and demands:
Importance and difficulty: Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and some slides
Teaching procedure:
T: What may cause a fire?
---- smoking, playing with fire ……
T: What is often used to put out the fire?
---- Water, CO……
T: What kind of gas do we breathe?
( Name some of the gases in the air we breathe. )
---- Oxygen, hydrogen……
People may be in danger if there is not enough oxygen. But too much oxygen may cause danger to people , too.
Step 2. Reading for general understanding
Read the text and find out :
1. Where did the fire happen?
----- In a ship which was in a port in Scotland for repairs.
2. What started the fire?
----- A worker fixed the air-line to a supply of oxygen instead of compressed air.
See which pair of Ss can find out the correct answer before the others.
---- The man actually connected the air-line to the oxygen supply line.
1. put these events in the correct order
9-12-6-13-1-4-11-8-3-10-14-7-5-2
Comprehension for Unit 18 Lesson 70 (3B) BDBCD ACAB
1. An extra team of men were sent to repair the ship because ___.
B. this ship needed to be repaired quickly
D. there was a lot of work to do
2. The man took a long time to connect the rubber pipe to the air supply pipe because ___.
A. he smoked a cigarette during the working hours
B. he had to drill holes and lay electrical wires first
C. he found something strange in the air and stopped to have a check
3. There was a strange smell when one man lit a cigarette because ___.
A. the cigarette had the smell itself
B. the smell was caused by the oxygen
C. there was something wrong with the man’s nose
D. the ship was beginning to burn
4. Which of the following is true?
A. The fire caused great damage to the ship.
B. There was an explosion happened inside the ship.
C. No damage was done to the deck at the end of the ship.
D. The fuel on ship caused the fire.
5. What measures were taken to prevent a fire accident?
A. Talks on safety were given to new workers.
B. Smoking was not allowed in the workplace.
C. All the supply lines and taps were marked with signs and warnings.
D. Both A and C.
6. In the ship the “air-line” provides ____.
A. compressed air B. water and steam
7. When the fire broke out, ____.
A. some men sounded the fire alarm
B. all the men jumped into the sea
C. most of the men managed to escape
8. The men’s cigarettes burned strangely and tasted bad because ____ .
A. there was too much oxygen inside
B. something was wrong with the cigarettes
D. lots of compressed air was inside
9. What was the real cause of the fire?
A. The third person struck a match for a cigarette.
B. The air-line was fixed to a supply line of oxygen instead of compressed air.
C. Too many workers smoked in the ship.
D. The fittings the workers had used to repair the ship didn’t match.
Rearrange the following events ( Lesson 70 )
a. It took him some time to connect the long rubber pipe to the air supply pipe that ran round the port, but at last it was done and as a result work was able to progress much faster.
b. Half an hour later, another man struck a match for a cigarette and this time the whole of the inside of the ship caught fire.
c. They had to work inside the ship.
d. A navy ship was in a port in Scotland for repairs.
e. It was important to carry out the work quickly, so an extra team of men were asked to work on the repairs one evening.
f. Another man lit a cigarette but it burnt strangely and so he too put it out.
g. One man was told to fix up an “air-line” to provide compressed air for the machines they were using.
h. After three hours, the men stopped for a meal break. When work continued, one man lit a cigarette as he was working, but, finding it had a strange taste, he put it out.
Translate the following sentences (Lesson 69~70)
1． 一旦他作出決定就不會改變。
Once she made the decision, she wouldn’t change her mind.
2． 我到過那兒一次。
I have been there once.
3． 這是她父親曾經工作過的地方。
This is the place where her father once worked.
4． 該去的是約翰而不是杰克。
John should go rather than Jack.
5． 這些鞋子穿起來很舒服，但并不漂亮。
These shoes are comfortable rather than pretty.
I love swimming rather than skating.
I decided to write rather than ( to ) telephone.
We ought to check up, rather than just accept what he says / accepting what he says.
6． 與其讓這些蔬菜爛掉，他寧愿以一半的價格把他們賣掉。
Rather than allow the vegetables to go bad, he sold them at half price.
Would / had rather do sth than do…
Would / had rather sb. did…
I would rather you knew that now than afterwards.
7． 他們播種忙得個不可開交。( rush sb. off one’s feet )
They are rushed off their feet with the sowing.
8． 沒有必要對這個計劃作出修改。
It is not necessary to make any changes in the plan.
9． 我覺得是我該采取行動的時候了。
I felt it ( was ) time for me to take ( an ) action.
10． 我沒有去看望王先生，因為那天下大雨. 再說，我身邊也沒有他的地址。
I didn’t go to see Mr. Smith , because it was raining hard. What’s more, I didn’t have his address.
11． 中國有許多人正在從事一項“希望工程”，幫助窮苦孩子們上學。
Many people in China are working on a “Project Hope” , helping poor children to go to school.
12． 他在致力于發明一種辦公用的新式機器。
He is working on inventing a new type of machine for office work.
13． 他不得不工作到六十多歲。
He has to work on until he was sixty.
14． 政府給無家可歸的人提供食宿。
The government provided food and shelter for those who were homeless / the homeless.
The government supplied (provide ) the homeless with food and shelter.
15． 他們在忙著安裝電燈。
They are busy fixing up the lights.
Translate:
A. He fixed up the broken chair. 修理
B. I can easily fix you up for the night. 給…... 安排住處
C. We have fixed up a date for the picnic. 確定
D. I’ve fixed up a visit to the theater for next Friday. 安排
E. Do I have to fix up to go to the party. 打扮
16． 花了我一整天的時間修理這臺彩電。
It took me a whole day to fix up the colour TV set.
17． 你應該爭取盡快趕到那兒。
You should try to get there as soon as you can.
You should try to get there as soon as possible.
18． 許多人逃出大火著火了。
Many people escaped from the big fire, with their clothes on fire.
19． 老師走進教室，手里拿著一本書。
The teacher came into the classroom, with a book in his hand.
20． 她似乎（已經）聽到了這件事。
She appeared / seemed to have heard about it already.
It seemed / appeared that she had already heard about it.
21． 房子燒了，準是有什么原因。
The house was burned down. There must have been some cause.
22． 這嬰孩昨夜哭個不停，他準是得了病。
The baby kept crying last night . He must have been ill.
There is a tall tree in front of our teaching building.
There are some students playing football on the playground.
2. think/find it + adj for sb to do sth
(1).I find it necessary to take down notes while listening.
(2).I feel it important to have some working experience.
(3).I found it impossible for me to work out all the problems in such a short time.
(1).I didn’t know the truth until she told me what happened.
(2).Yesterday I didn’t go to sleep until midnight.
(1).Everyone is busy in classroom. Some are reading, others are writing.
(2).There are many foreign students in our class. Some of them are from Europe, others come from America.
(1).In just three years, she had not only finished all the lessons, but also received her doctor’s degree.
(2).Forests can not only fresh the air but also reduce noises.
(1).He is such a good student that everyone likes him.
(2).We were so deeply moved that we could not fall asleep that night.
7.too…to…
(1).They were too angry to say a word that day.
(2).He is too young to go to school.
(1).He worked very hard in order to realize his dream.
(2).In order to get there on time,we set off early in the morning.
9.be about to do sth when…/be doing sth when…
(1).I was about to go out when the telephone rang.
(2).I was walking in the street when I heard a lady cry “Help,help”.
(1).He used to live in Shanghai.
(2).There used to be a tree in front of my house.
11.see/hear/watch/find sb do sth/doing sth
(1).I heard someone laughing.
(2).I saw him put the key in the lock,turn it and open the door.
12. have some difficulty in doing sth/with sth
Do you have any difficulty in understanding spoken English?
He was busy getting ready for his journey.
練習一：根據上下文關系用連接詞把下列各句連接起來，組成一個單句、并列句或復合句。
1.a) Go to see the doctor at once.
b) Your cold may get worse.
Go to see the doctor at once, or your cold may get worse.
2. a) Alice was the first to complete her paper.
b) Alice made quite a few mistakes in her paper.
Alice was the first to complete her paper, but she made quite a few mistakes in it.
3. a) We were about to start off last night.
b) The phone in the living room began to ring.
We were about to start off last night when the phone in the living room began to ring.
4. a) Unfortunately, John’s car broke down on the way home.
b) John had to stop a car for a lift.
Unfortunately, John’s car broke down on the way home, so he had to stop a car for a lift.
5). a) He has made great progress in his studies.
b) All the teachers praise him.
He has made such great progress in his studies that all the teachers praise him.
6. a) Some people waste food.
b) Other people haven’t enough food.
Some people waste food, while others haven’t enough food.
7. a) It’s too late to go to the cinema now.
b) I have an important meeting to attend after lunch.
It’s too late to go the cinema now. Besides, I have an important meeting to attend after lunch.
8. a) Your aunt has no other thought but what is best for you.
b) I have no other thought, either.
Neither your aunt nor I have any other thought but what is best for you.
練習二：1、用but,then,instead,the next moment,when填空：
The accident happened at 7:15 on the morning of February 8, . I was walking along Park Road towards the east when an elderly man came out of the park on the opposite side of the street. Then I saw a yellow car drive up Third Street and make a sudden right turn into Park Road. The next moment the car hit the old man. He fell down with a cry. But the car didn’t stop to save the old man. Instead，it drove off at great speed.
2、用at last,then,so,up to now,that,when填空：
Never shall I forget the first English lesson given by Miss Liu. On that day, when she entered the classroom, we found that she was a young and beautiful lady with a big smile on her face. Then she introduced herself saying that we should call her Miss Liu instead of Teacher Liu, a moment later, she let all of us go to the blackboard and say something about ourselves in English in turn. When it was my turn, I felt so shy and fearful that I didn’t dare to say a word before the class. She came up to me and said kindly, “Don’t be afraid. I believe you can do it. Come and have a try.” My face turned red when I heard that. At last, I went to the blackboard and was able to do it quite well. She praised for what I had done. Up to now, I can still remember her words in the first English lesson: “Practice makes perfect. Don’t lose your courage when you meet with difficulties. Try on and on until you succeed.”
Ⅳ1. frequency 2. promote 3. attached 4. advertising 5. Production 6. latest 7. associated 8. appealing 9. accused 10. compared
Ⅴ
1．I believe her to have done right．
2．His question has set me thinking．
3．You'll have to get that tooth filled.
4. Make yourselves at home，everybody．
5. We're having some friends in tonight．
6．He felt it his duty to take good care of them．
7．They consider Paris the heart of France．
8．I could smell trouble coining．
9．I heard him come in last night．
10．Do you like your tea weak or strong?
Dear Mr Green
I'm glad to hear that you are coming soon．I've just read about an ad. for house sale，which you might be interested in．I'm writing to inform you of it．
Sunny Square lies in Chaoyang District, east of Beijing. It is next to the Great Wall Hotel, and just one kilometer away from the expressway to the airport. They have both high and low buildings with various designs for different choices.
There are plenty of green fields and parking areas. There are also school, restaurants, a hospital and modern shopping centres as well.
The kitchen and the bathroom are well furnished. Hot water is provided for 24 hours and lifts work day and night. If you need further information, you may call 010-800-66389420.
Best wishes.
Yours,
Li Lei
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
一、單元考點提示
1.單詞
by sea relate to share(v.) mark with long before turn to apart from tour (be)busy with ( be)determined to do sth. disobey key figure in peace oppose think up take up arms work on keep one’s promise with the purpose of
2.句型
You’d better(not)… Let’s …
You need to… What/How about…？
（I think）you should/ought to…
Shall we…？
I suggest（that）you…
Why not…？ Why don’t you…？
I will…
I have decided to /that…
I have (not)decided wh-clause / wh-word to…
I insist on /that…
3.語法
復習句子成分--賓語
復習句子成份--賓語補足語
二、考點精析與拓展
1.settle vt.定居，解決（事端，矛盾等）安排，決定
We have settled a party on Wednesday evening.
星期三晚上我們安排了一次聚會。
This medicine should settle your nerves.
這種藥會使你鎮靜下來。
They settled their quarrel in a friendly way.
他們用一種友好的方法解決了爭端。
2.make up 創造，編造，彌補，化妝，構成，占有
John made up that joke about the talking dog.
約翰編了一個會講話的狗的笑話。
The number of the college students in the country makes up only 1%of the population.
這個國家的大學生的數量僅占人口的百分之一。
I have to make up the test I missed last week.
我上周沒考試，我必須補考。
John and Tom quarreled, but make up after a while.
約翰和湯姆吵架了，但一會兒就和好了。
由make構成的其他短語：
make sense有意義 make faces/a face做鬼臉
be made of /from由……制成 be made into把……制成……
make it成功，達到目的 make out理解；勉強分辨出
make up one’s mind下定決心
3.keep…alive使……繼續有效存在/進行
We must keep the good revolutionary traditions alive.
The idea puzzled me so much that I stopped for a few seconds to try to .
A. make it out B. make it off C. make it up D. make it over
分析：A。make it out發現真相，因為受到迷惑，所以試圖發現真相。
題7 （NMET 2002）
The taxi driver often reminds passengers to their belongings when they leave the car.
A. keep B. catch C. hold D. take
分析：D。take拿走，句意為：乘客下車時要把東西帶走。
題8 （NMET 2001 北京）
-Why haven’t you bought any butter?
-I to but I forgot about it.
A. liked B. wished C. meant D. expected
分析：C。從提供的情景分析，是打算買而沒買，應用meant。
題9 （NMET 2001 北京）
Have a good rest. You need to your energy for the tennis match this afternoon.
A. leave B. save C. hold D. get
分析：B。save此為“儲存，積攢”之意。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Teaching Goals:
l Review a description of plants
Target language:
Ability Goals:
Enable the students to talk about botany and to say sth. about it.
Teaching important points:
Help the students learn to describe plants and how to grow and take care of them.
The contribution of the three important persons to the science of botany.
The meaning and the usage of the key words.
Teaching methods :
Teaching procedures and ways:
Greet the whole class ; Duty reports
Last week, we learned unit 3. This unit is about the only country in the world that covers an entire continent-Australia. It is a wealthy country, which produces metals, precious stones, coal, grain, meat and wines, and has the biggest iron mines in the world. Australia has the about one-sixth of the world’s sheep and produces almost one-third of its wool. The climate in Australia varies from north to south.
Modern Australia is made up of six states and two territories. The first Australians were the Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders. The two world war had a strong influence on Australia. The official language is English, which is quite different from British and American English. However, do you know what the national flower of Australia is?-----Golden Wattle (Acacia ) 金合歡，又稱相思樹
Look at the pictures and match each flower with its correct name. Which flower is your favorite? Explain why.
Picture 1: peony-- the Chinese national flower, native to China, is called as the “King of Flowers”, which is widely used in Chinese medicine.
Picture 2: tulip. Tulip is native to Central and Western Asia, and parts of the Middle East, roughly in the region near Afghanistan. Tulip is mainly used for decoration. Also, tulips are beautiful flowers and people often send them to their friends as presents.
Picture 3: rose. Rose is native to Southwest Asia. Roses are best presents to be sent to friends. And it is also very popular to send roses as love signal between young people. Red roses indicate warmth and love and white ones, purity and simplicity, blue ones, honesty and sincerity. Also, rose flower is a kind of important Chinese medicine.
Picture 4: sunflower. Sunflowers get their name because they always face the sun-turning to track the sun’s movement across the sky. Sunflower is a North American native. American Indians used sunflower as food and medicine.
1.Listen to the tape and get the topic of the passage
1).This passage mainly deals with _______d_.
2).From this passage we know that_______b__.
A. People in the past had enough fruits to eat.
B. People on the voyages long ago couldn’t survive long on board, one of the main reasons was that they lacked fresh fruits and vegetables.
C. Captain Cook didn’t realise the importance of keeping ship and the crew members themselves clean and taking regular exercises.
2.Please judge the following statements as true or false.
( × )1. There were enough fruits in ancient Europe.
( × )2. Farmers in old England often got ill during the winter because they did not get enough exercises.
( √ )3 Fruit and vegetables could not be kept fresh for a very long time because they had not found ways to keep them.
( √ )4. The diet aboard ships consisted of salt meat, and hard biscuits. The sailors hardly ate any fresh vegetables or fruit.
( × )5. The discovery of Vitamin C made people realise that eating fresh vegetables and fruit could treat this disease.
Lead in:
Talk about the pictures:
Picture1: Coffee beans are used to make coffee. Coffee originally came from Africa, although coffee-drinking started in Arab countries. Coffee as a crop is now grown in subtropical regions, such as Latin America, Africa, Arabia, Indonesia, Hawaii, India and in Southeast Asia.
Picture 2: Tea is used to make tea. Tea originally came from China. Currently, the most important tea producing countries are China, Japan, India and Sri Lanka.
Picture 3: Chili is used as a spice to make food more tasty. Other than what some Chinese students may believe, chili is not originally from China, but from Latin America. Chili is grown in tropical countries all over the world.
Do you like chili?
Picture 4: Hemp is used to make rope or carpets. Hemp originally came from the Central Asia, and has been known to China for more than 10,000 years. The British spread hemp to all their colonies as its fibre was used to make sails and rope for their ships. It is now produced in all countries of the world.
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science?
His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.
1. How should we classify them scientifically?
By grouping plants in families.
2. who is the first to do this?
3. How many scientists are mentioned?
Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook
4. How many voyages did James Cook make?
1. Before Linnaeus botany was ________．D
A．studied by doctors B．unknown to anyone C．fully developed D．a branch of medicine
2. Some economic species plants such as____ could help to develop local economies．C
A．rose and peony B．tea and apple C．cocoa and hemp D．Cocoa and lemon
3. It was ____ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research．A
A．Joseph Banks B．Captain Cook C．Linnaeus D． Daniel Solander
4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ___ ．C
A．the importance of botany B．how to classify plant species into groups
C．Linnaeus’contribution to botany D．Linnaeus’discoveries about different species
5.Captain Cook made ___voyages altogether around the world. C
n The relationship among three persons.
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus?
Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world?
To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition?
Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”?
When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.
Step Ⅵ Language points:
Find out the important people mentioned in the text.
Charles Darwin From England Gregor Mendel From Austria
Choose the best answers according to the passage
1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that_ . C
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
2. Darwin observed that the birds with _ _ would eat_ . B
A. small beaks l hard seeds B．broad beaks；hard seeds
C. hard beaks；hard seeds D．broad beaks；soft seeds
3.Darwin joined the scientific expedition on _____ ． C
A. the Endeavour B.Tahiti C．the Beagle D．space
4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that . D
A．the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment
B．the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand
C．the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment
D the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .
5. Darwin studied physics，chemistry and botany because_________ . B
A．he was invited to join scientific expedition
C．he could do a lot Of experiments
D．he wanted to finish his book“On the Origin of Species”
Scientist Research/experiment Result
Charles Darwin The wild life of Galapagos, many varieties of garden roses There were differences between the species of the different islands’yet all showed a clear relationship with those of America’ differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
Gregor Mendel Flowers and peas Many characteristics were passed on from one generation to the next, without influence by the environment. His research gave birth to the science of genetics.
Gote Turesson A wild plant found on the Swedish west coast Found evidence for the existence of stable varieties within species in nature. He showed that differences between plants of one species occurred as a result of the environmental conditions in their habitat.
The text can be divided into four parts
Part I Pa1-3: Darwin and his research.
Part II Pa4-5: Mendel and his experiment.
Part III Pa6: Turesson and his study
Part IV Pa7: the importance and significance of the research of the three.
Important sentences in the passage
1. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.
2. Back home, in England, Darwin realized that differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
3. As a result of Darwin and Mendel’s research, scientists of the nineteenth century formed the belief that that influence of the environment was behind the development of new species.
4. It would take a next generation of scientists to bring the importance of the environment on species back in view.
Translate the following phrases into English:
詳細地 in detail 處于支配的地位，負責 in charge of
由……負責 in the charge of 任命某人為……appoint sb. as
將……分類成classify…into… 計算……之間的距離 calculate the distance between…
一代一代傳下去pass on from one generation to the next 建于…；以…為基礎be based on
參與; 陷入 ……的活動be involved in 根據;視……而定；按照according to
搜索；尋找 search for 總而言之 altogether
match…with （在品質；顏色；設計等方面）相等，相當，相配
at the age of 在……歲時 look out for 警惕;留心;守侯
on a large scale 大規模地;大范圍地 year after year 年年;年復一年
pass away 逝世 name…after 給……取名;命名
take care of 關心;照顧 classify…into 分類;歸類
develop a lifelong friendship with 與……結存了終生好朋友 born into 出生
have an appetite for knowledge 有求知欲 a great deal of 大量;許多(用于不可數名詞)
be sunken into 墮入 a bunch of flowers
make two more voyages be involved in
lead sb. to do sth. calculate the distance between
pass on from on generation to the next form the belief
Design, permit, think up , make a point , more than badly , throw off, lack , struggle
2. Sentences:
A. Even before India won independence from its British rulers, it was clear that Gandhi was the key figure and leader in the struggle of 380 million Indians to govern themselves.
B. He was a model of a different kind of political leader.
C. It was the duty of everyone to disobey this law, but without using violence.
D. On his return to India he had the chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case.
3. Grammar
A. We elect him monitor of our class.
B. I ordered them to go away at once.
C. I can hear the girl singing.
D. We consider him to be a great leader.
4. Useful expressions
A. What do you plan to do?
B. Why do you think it is possible….?
C. I decided …..
D. I insist on….
E. I will…..
Unit 20 Lesson 77 Gandhi : His life
Aims and demands:
1. Develop the Ss’ reading ability
2. Get the Ss know something about Gandhi’s life
Importance and difficulty:
Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Develop the Ss’ reading skill.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and slides.
Teaching method: reading and understanding
Teaching procedure:
Step 1. Warming up
( Listen to a tape page 5 )
T: Where did these voices come from?
------ Perhaps they were on a strike or they were gathering in a place to ask for sth.
T: What did they want to have ?
----- The blacks wanted to be equal as whites.
Apartheid means ( policy of ) racial segregation ( in South Africa ).
T: Once in South Africa, blacks were badly treated by South African whites. Blacks had not rights to vote. They were not allowed to take the buses or trains for whites. Do you think the blacks and whites are equal?
----- No. Of course not.
T: The blacks were lack of equality. And this is called the racial discrimination.
T: Do you any great leaders who led the black people to let them live a better life?
----- Lincoln , Martin Luther King , Gandhi ……
T: Who were they ?
T: Do you know anything about? Where was Gandhi born?
----- He was born in India.
T: India was once ruled by the British . It was Gandhi who led the Indians to govern themselves.
Today we are going to read Gandhi’s life.
Step 2. Reading for general understanding
I. Questions:
1. In which countries did Gandhi work for the liberation of Indians?
------- India and South Africa.
2. What successes did Gandhi gain?
------ He became a lawyer; he won a victory over the Pass Law in South Africa: he won a victory over the law that did not allow Indians to make salt: he won independence for India.
II. Find out what happened to Gandhi in the following years:
In 1869 Gandhi was born in India.
In 1882 Gandhi was married at the age of 13, following the local custom.
In 1888 He sailed to England in September 1888.
In 1891 Gandhi became a lawyer.
In 1915 Gandhi returned to India and was honoured as a hero.
In 1948 Gandhi died on January 30 th ,1948.
Step 3. Careful reading
1. Do the comprehension exercises ( WB and paper comprehension )
Reading comprehension for Unit 20 Lesson 77 (3B) CBBDD CAC
1. This text is about ___.
A. Gandhi’s political life B. Gandhi’s family life
C. Gandhi’s life D. Gandhi’s professional life
2. What custom is mentioned in the text?
A. Dining B.Marriage C.Family D.Education
3. Gandhi had traveled from ___ to India.
A. England, India and South Africa
B. India, England and South Africa
C. India, South Africa and England
D. South Africa, India and England
4. Gandhi was ___.
A. a lawyer
B. a leader for equal rights
C. a leader in the struggle of Indians to govern themselves
D. all of the above
5. Gandhi did not want his people to get equal rights trough ___.
A. articles licity C.marches D.violent fights.
6. Gandhi was ___ when India won her independence.
A. over 80 B. over 60 C. over 70 D. over 65
7. Gandhi was shot by ___.
A. an Indian who was against his ideas
B. a white man who hated him
C. an Indian who was sent by the British government
D. a white spy from England
8. The two movements in paragraph 5 are actually ___ movements.
A. economic (經濟的) B. cultural
C. political D. Educational
2. Note making
Step 4. Practice ( Wb )
Step 5. Interview
Homework
Lesson 78 Gandhi: His beliefs
Aims and demands:
1. Develop the Ss’ reading ability
2. Get the Ss know something about Gandhi’s beliefs
Importance and difficulty:
Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Develop the Ss’ reading skill.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and slides.
Teaching method: reading and understanding
Teaching procedure:
Step 1. Revision
Questions:
1. Where was he born?
2. How old did he get married?
3. When and where did he go to study law? ---- In England in Sep. 1888.
4. Later he went to South Africa. Why did he go there?--- to work on a law case
5. How long did he stay there ? ---- 20 years
6. Did he do any writing at that time?
7. What did he write?------ He wrote about socialism in newspaper and started a magazine call “ Indian Opinion”.
8. When did he return to India? ---- 1915
9. What kind of things did he persuade Indian people to do?----- to be independent, to make their own cotton cloth to refuse to buy cloth made in England, to make their own salt
Step 2. Presentation
T: What do you think of Gandhi?
T: He was so great a man that all Indians respected him and he had become “father” to all Indians.
Step 3. Fast reading
Read the text fast and do the comprehension exercises:
1. text book ---Page 46 ( true or false )
2. reading comprehension
Reading comprehension for Unit 20 Lesson 78 I (3B) DCACB DCB
1. Gandhi was not ___.
A. a clever lawyer B. a determined fighter
C. a political leader D. a common leader
2. What drove Gandhi to struggle against all the unfairness?
A. His material desire.
B. His religious (宗教的)belief.
C. His belief in truth.
D. Other people’s expectations.
3. We can infer from the text that Gandhi seldom __.
A. lied B. talked with others
B. made mistakes D. praised himself
4. The first sentence in paragraph 2 means that ___.
A. he refused to be famous
B. he never made use of his position
C. he didn’t work for his personal interests
D. he liked to be a common person
5. Gandhi’s efforts for equality didn’t enable all Hindus to _____.
A. draw water from the same village well
B. be dressed the same
C. go to the same temple to pray
D. marry each other
6. Paragraph 5 talks about ___.
A. how Gandhi fought for the equality of women
B. how many unfair laws existed at that time
C. how people could escape from the punishment for their beliefs
D. how people should fight against unfair laws
7. The word “father” in paragraph 6 means ___.
A. all Indians became his sons
B. all Indians regarded him as their father
C. all Indians respected him
D. all Indians felt that he was above them
8. Einstein’s words mean ___.
A. Gandhi was only understood by few people
B. Gandhi was so great and outstanding that he can hardly be imagined
C. Future generations will not believe in his ideas
D. Gandhi could only be understood by the people of his times.
Reading comprehension II (Lesson 78) 3B ACDBC
1. Gandhi decided to live as a poor man because he ___.
A. did not have expensive tastes
B. valued ordinary people much
C. didn’t want to make money
D. believed in non-violence
2. What did Gandhi mean by “the force of truth”?
A. Great attention should be paid to the equality of women.
B. When people made mistakes he should admit them willingly.
C. Everyone should disobey the unfair law,, if any, but without using violence.
D. Everyone should be prepared to do heavy work , from leaders to the poorest peasants.
3. Which can be inferred from the 6th paragraph?
A. At that time the Indian burial customs were quite unusual.
B. Gandhi’s death aroused great unrest among the Indian people.
C. It seems quite ridiculous that he called for non-violent resistance , but was violently killed.
D. Gandhi was deeply loved and respected by his people, who showed great sorrow for his death.
4. What can be inferred from the last paragraph?
A. Future generations will no longer believe in his ideas.
B. His contributions to the world are so great that it’s beyond our imagination.
C. Albert Einstein thought nobody but himself really understood Gandhi.
D. Gandhi could only be understood by the pjeople of his times.
5. “The secret lies in the title of the book…” The underlined word refers to ___.
A. how he became such a successful political leader
B. how he got over so many failures or difficulties in his life
C. why he was regarded as a model of a different kind of political leader
D. why he entitled his book The Story of My Experiments with Truth
Questions
1. What did Gandhi mean by “ the force of truth ”?
---- If an unfair law existed, it was the duty of everyone to disobey this law, but without using violence.
2. Which event is described in the text?
----- The Indian customs following his death.
Step 4. Careful reading
Read it again and do the comprehension 3 ----Page 46
Describe the character of Gandhi using the information from the text
1. His simple life: He refused to make any personal gain from his political work. He decided to live as a poor man and not to possess wealth. When he travelled across India, he travelled “hard-seat, unreserved”, together with peasants and other ordinary people. In cities he refused to travel in a rickshaw. He ate simply and never ate meat. He rose early in the morning and worked at his wheel, making cotton thread.
2. His interests: Gandhi was interested in all spiritual matters, not only in the Indian gods. All his life he reached out for the truths of spirits and gods.
3. His belief: Gandhi believed that one should be able to “love the most ordinary being on earth as oneself”. Gandhi hated the custom that had divided Hindu society into separate groups for thousands of years and his goal was to end this.
Step 5. Practice
Workbook --- Ex 2
Homework
Lesson 77
Aims and demand: Grasp the usage of the language points
Step 1. Text reviewing
T: Where was Gandhi born? ----- India.
T: Following the Indian local custom, what age should one get married? ----- 13
T: That is to say. Gandhi got married at 13.
T: What age is the Chinese boy / girl usually married?
Do you want to know my age of marriage ? ----- That’s a secret.
What age are you going to get married?
1. marry sb.
be married
get married
be married to sb.
T: Try to guess : When did I get marred?
When did your parents get married?
How long has his / her parents been married?
What is your father? ---- a worker, a teacher……
Then his mother has been married to a worker for … years.
他們是戰爭結束時結婚的。
They got / were married at the end of the war.
---你和露西結婚多久了？--- 了。
--- How long have you been married to Lucy?
--- For twenty years.
T: Gandhi sailed to England to study law and stayed there for 3 years. As soon as he came back to India , what did he do?
----- On his return to India, he had the chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case.
T: What is the first thing you will do on your arrival at home this Friday afternoon?
2. on one’s return …
on one’s arrival …
on the enterance …
on hearing …
on reaching…
他一到機場就聽到了這個消息。
He heard the news on his arrival at the airport.
他一聽到這個消息就趕回家。
On hearing the news , he hurried home.
老師一進來，學生就起立。
The Ss stood up on the entrance of the teacher. ( true )
……………… on entering the teacher. ( wrong )
3. work on = be engaged in sth.
work on = work continuously
我們正在制定一個新的旅行計劃。
We are working on a new plan for travel.
他在實驗室里一直工作到午夜。
He stayed in the lab and worked on till midnight.
He worked on in the lab until midnight.
T: What made him change his life?
--- The chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case made him change his life.
This experience was to change his life.
4. “be + 不定式” 通常表示計劃安排要做的事
I’m go meet him at the airport.
（本文）表示不可避免將要發生的（命中注定的事）
Worse was to come.-------( “Roots”) Page 8
還可表示命令（父母讓子女做的事）
You are to do your homework before you watch TV.
T: This experience was the turning point in his life. Listen to the tape and deal with the following language points.
5. insist on doing
insist that
He insisted on going there alone.
He insisted that he should go there alone.
He insisted that he was right.
He insisted that he had finished his homework.
6. play an important role in…
play an important part in …
7. be put in prison
be thrown in prison
8. have a gift for …
9. think up 想出 ，編出 ( invent , make up )
think of （考慮）打算，想出，想到，想著，想起
think about （考慮）回想（過去）， 考慮某事是否可行
think over 仔細思考一遍
think of ……as 把……看作
Most of the masters thought of their slaves as animals that could be bought and sold.
Mary, are you thinking of marry Tom?
Who thought of/ up the plan?
We mustn’t think about your this matter any more.
I’ll think about your suggestion, and give you an answer tomorrow.( if it is possible )
Think over, and you’ll find a way.
10. with the purpose of 懷著……的目的
for the purpose of 為著……的目的
on purpose 有意地
11. following this 在。。。 之后
T: What will happen following the examination?
-----The result will come out.
T: What will happen following the heavy rain ?------ The river will be flooded.
Following the hot weather?----- Crops will die.
Step 2. Exercises
Correct the mistakes: ( Lesson 77)
1. Joan is going to marry with Hubert.
2. Gandhi was married at the age of 13, followed local custom.
3. Followed the doctor’s advice, my father has given up drinking.
4. The villagers still following the customs of their grandfathers.
5. In his return to India he had the chance to travel to South Africa.
6. In reaching the city he called up Mr. Smith .
7. After he returned home, he was honoured for a hero.
8. He had a gift in thinking up ways of making political points.
9. He was thrown off a train for insisting traveling in the whites-only section.
10. For twenty years he played important role in working for equal rights for Indians.
11. South Africa passed further laws were designed to make life difficult for non-whites.
12. Some of the Indians publicly burnt their permits and many of them were put in the prison.
13. Thousands of Indians, joined him when he led a march to the coast, on the purpose of “making a little salt.”
14. Follow this , 60,000 Indians , including Gandhi, were put in prison.
Lesson 78
Step 1. Deal with the language points
1. (translate) Gandhi was much more than a clever lawyer, a fine speaker, a determined fighter for human rights and a political leader.
甘地遠不只是一位聰明的律師，優秀的演說家，堅定的人權戰士和一位政治領導人。
他們倆遠不只是同學，他們還是知心朋友。
Both of them are much more than schoolmates, they are close friends.
They were more than glad to help.
他們是極其樂意幫忙的。
This more than satisfied me.
這使我深感滿意。
2. lie in 在于
T: He didn’t pass the exam, where did the problem lie?
Ss: It lies in his laziness.
(translate)那就是真正的危險所在。
That is where the real danger lies.
3. reach out for
他伸手從書架上取下一本書來。
He reached out for a book from the top of the shelf.
4. (translate ) One should be able to “love the most ordinary being on earth as oneself.”
“……就象愛自己一樣去愛世界上最普通的人?！?/p>
being c生物（特指人）
a human being/ human beings
Men , women, and children are human beings.
All birds and animals are living beings.
on earth 在世界上，在人世間
in the world 。。。
他們認為自己是世界上最聰明的人。
They consider themselves the wisest men on earth.
北京將成為世界上最大的城市。
Beijing will become the largest city on earth in area.
5. take up arms
6. as follows 固定詞組 “如下” 以引出下文
他們的建議如下：。。。
Their suggestions are as follows.
hardly
hard
There is hardly any wine in the bottle.
He hardly works at all.
He works hard at his lessons.
Such …as 象。。。這樣的，諸如。。。這類
他曾經希望做一名象甘地那樣的領袖。
He wished to be such a leader as Gandhi.
這樣的照片應該由博物館保存。
Such a picture / photo as this should be kept in museum.
Step 2. Exercises
Fill in the blanks with a correct word ( Lesson 77~78)
1. He was busy ____ his work and did not notice me come ____. with, in
2. We should take ___ arms and fight ___ the Japanese invaders. up , against
3. Alice Green has been married ____ John Smith ___ ten months. to for
4. Diligence leads ___ success and failure often lies ____ laziness. to in
5. He demanded an end ___ the British rule ____ India. to over
6. Please let me go on ___ my work __ peace. with in
7. He reached __ his pocket __ some money. Into for
8. ___ last the enemy had to give ___ and we won the battle. at in
9. ___ her return __ the office, she began to work. On to
10. The notice reads ___ follows. as
Choose the correct answer ( Grammar exercises for object complement ) Lesson 77~78
1. Jane devoted her life ___ the sick.
A. to caring for B. to care for C. to caring D. caring for
2. The mother wanted her son ___ without delay.
A. to operate B. to be operated on C. to operate on D. being operated on
3. The father forbade the child ___ out of doors during his absence.
A. to go B. go C. goes D. will go
4. She was glad to see her child____.
A. taking care of B. taken care C. taken care of D. take care of
5. When she returned home, she found the window open and something____.
A. stolen B. missed C. to be stolen D. to steal
6. Although he tried, Bob still couldn’t make himself ____ .
A. being heard B. hearing C. heard D. hear
7. We can depend on the workers ___ the plan.
A. carried B. to carry C. carry D. carrying
8. The government calls on us ____ our production.
A. increased B. increasing C. increase D. to increase
9. Do you hear someone ___ at the door?
A. knocked B. knocking C. to knock D. knock
10. Did you notice the boy ___ the street just now?
look out for, on a large scale, year after year, pass away, name after, in detail, a bunch of, be suitable to, have…in common, belong to, a branch of, classify…into, base…on…, according to, have an appetite for, appoint…as…, lead a cosy life, be involved in, at one’s own expresses, give birth to
Ⅲ. 重要句型:
1．Attempts had been made by others to classify plant species into groups, but the breakthrough came with the work of Carl Linnaeus.
2．Showing how plants were related was a complex and strange
thing before Linnaeus developed his system.
3．Born into a life of privilege, Joseph Banks was the son of a wealthy family.
4. As astronomy was one of the most important branches of science, it was the British government that paid for all the equipment and expenses for that part of the expedition.
5. Despite his wealth, he worked to make a career in science.
6. On their three-year voyage, Joseph Banks did not only study and describe new plants he found, but also look out for new economic species; plants that could be grown in England or other parts of the world to produce crops that could be sold .
7. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.
二、Teaching periods：Four
Period I Word Study
1. procedure n.
1) 程序;手續;步驟，工序；[U][C]
The chairman was quite familiar with the procedure for conducting a meeting.
主席對開會的程序很熟悉。
The next procedure is as follows. 下一個步驟如下。
He complained to the manager, and by this procedure got the money back.
他向經理投訴，通過這種程序拿回錢。
2) 常規;傳統的做法[C][U]
The first step in the procedure for making a kite is to build the frame.
制作風箏的第一步是做骨架。
2. promote vt.
（1）提升；提職;使（學生）升級（to）
她努力工作,不久被提升為校長了。
_She worked hard and was soon promoted to headmaster.
通過考試的學生將升到高一個年級去。
Pupils who passed the test will be promoted to the next higher grade.
（2）促進；增進；促使
The Prime Minister’s visit will promote the cooperation between the two countries.
首相的訪問將促進兩國間的合作。
（3）推銷；為。。。。作廣告
他的工作是促銷這一新產品。
His job is to promote the new product.
promotion n. 提升；促進；推銷
promoter n. （企業等的）發起人；推銷商
promotional adj. 推銷的；提升的；發起的
3. appetite n.[U][C] 欲望；愛好；食欲；胃口
(1)食欲,胃口[(+for)]
Exercise gave her a good appetite.
運動使她胃口大增。
Have a good / poor appetite 胃口好/不好
to sb’s appetite 合某人的口味；投某人之好
lose one’s appetite 食欲減退
(2). 欲望;愛好[(+for)]
have an appetite for 愛好
此時此刻她無心閑聊。
At the moment she had no appetite for gossip.
4. appoint vt.
（1）任命；委托
They appointed him to be/as chairman.
他們任命他為主席。
（2）約定
Our visitors arrived at the appointed time.
我們的訪客在約定的時間到達了。
（3）確定；指定
We have appointed 8 o’clock as the time to begin.
我們已經確定八點鐘為開始的時間。
n. appointment 約會；約定
make / fix an appointment with sb. 與…約會
by appointment 按照約定的時間/地點
keep / break one’s appointment 守/違約
5. look out for
look out / watch out：語氣最強，常用于某種緊急的情況或可能出現的危險的場合。
take care：語氣不如look out強，常用于出現不測的情況下做出提醒或警告。
be careful：常用語，使用場合較廣。
1）Look out! There is danger ahead!
2) Take care! The pan is hot. Don’t touch it.
3) Be careful! Don’t break it. It’s made of glass.
look out for 當心，小心；找尋
1） Look out for the pickpockets.
當心扒手。
2) He look out for the truth all his life.
他一生都在尋求真理。
look 的相關短語：
look around / round 環顧 look at 看；查看；考慮，著眼于
look back 回顧 look down 向下看；俯視
look down on / upon 輕視，看不起 look for 尋找
look forward to 盼望 look into 向……的里面看；瀏覽；調查；觀察
look over 檢查 look through 透過……看去；看穿；審核；仔細查看
look up 向上看；（在詞典、參考書等中）查尋
look up to 尊敬，仰望
6. on a large scale 大規模地；大范圍地
有些國家正在大規模地準備戰爭.
Some countries are preparing for war on a large scale.
They do only government projects and similar construction work on a large scale.
他們只做政府工程和類似的大規模的建設工作。
7. involve 包括；牽涉；使參與
有很多人參加了罷工。
The strike involved many people.
involve sb. / sth. in (doing ) sth. 使某人/物參與……
你解決你的問題，不要把我拉進去。
Don’t involve me in solving your problems.be involved in = be busy doing / be engaged in 從事， 忙于……
be involved in sth. 卷入
be involved in doing sth. 專心一意作某事
1) 他正忙著準備入學考試。
He is involved in preparing for the entrance exam.
2) 我們被告知此人卷入這一罪行。
We are told that the man is involved in the crime.
3) 他專心一意地訂計劃。
He is involved in working out a plan.
involved adj. 復雜的 involvement n. 卷入，牽連，牽連到的事物
8. abandon vt.
(1)丟棄;拋棄,遺棄
水手們離棄了燃燒中的船。
The sailors abandoned the burning ship.
人們發現那輛損壞的自行車被扔在河邊。
The broken bike was found abandoned by the river side.
(2.) 放棄,中止
He finally abandoned his reformist ideas.
他終于放棄了自己的改良主義思想。
(3.) (與oneself連用)使放縱;使聽任[(+to)]
她陷入絕望之中。
She abandoned herself to despair.
9. pass away
The old man passed away peacefully this morning.
老人今天早上安詳地過世了。
因為上周她父親去世了，所以她心里不好受。
She is upset because her father passed away last week.
pass by 從旁經過 pass down = hand down 傳下來
pass on 傳給（另外的人）
1) If you can’t do the job yourself, pass it on to someone who can.
2) Somebody passing by asked me the way to the Town Hall.
3) The revolutionary tradition is passed down from generation to generation.
10. reward
1）vt.報答；酬勞
（1）reward sb for sth/doing sth 因……報答某人
Is this how you reward me for my help?
你就這樣報答我對你的幫助嗎？
（2）reward sb with /by 用……酬謝某人。
她向他報以微笑。
She rewarded him with a smile.
（2）n. 獎金；報答；報酬；獎勵。
She offered a reward of $ 2000 for information about her missing son.
她懸賞2000美元找尋失蹤兒子的下落。
The reward has never been claimed.
這筆獎金還無人認領。
短語：
in reward 作為報答/獎賞
ask no reward 不圖報酬
give a reward to sb for sth 為某事給某人報酬
as a reward for… 作為對……的酬謝
reward according to sb’s deserts 論功行賞
15. Distinguish
distinguish between A and B 分辨A 和B
distinguish A from B 區分A與B
be distinguished by / for 以……著名的
distinguish…into 把……分類
distinguish oneself 使杰出；使顯出特色
1) People who cannot distinguish between colors are said to be color-blind
不能辨別顏色的人被稱作色盲。
2) He distinguished himself by his bravery.
他以勇敢著稱。
3) 分辨是非 distinguish between right and wrong
4) The young officer distinguished himself many times in battle.
這個年青軍官屢建戰功。
5) 言語使人區別于動物。
Speeches distinguish man from the animals.
用法相似的短語：
tell the difference between A and B 說出A 與B 之間的不同
tell A from B 把A 與B 區分開來
tell A and B apart 把A 與B 分開
differ A from B.使A 不同于B
Period II Reading
Step 1. Lead-in
Step 2. Pre-reading
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science?
His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.
Step 3. Fast reading
How many people are mentioned in the passage? What are they?
Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook
Step 4. Careful reading
1. Before Linnaeus botany was ___ D _____．
A．studied by doctors B．unknown to anyone
C．fully developed D．a branch of medicine
2. Some economic species plants such as __C__ could help to develop local economies．
A．rose and peony B．tea and apple
C．cocoa and hemp D．Cocoa and lemon
3. It was __A__ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research．
A. Joseph Banks B. Captain Cook C. Linnaeus D. Daniel Solander
4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ____C_______ ．
A．the importance of botany
B．how to classify plant species into groups
C．Linnaeus’ contribution to botany
D．Linnaeus’ discoveries about different species
5. Captain Cook made ____C_____ voyages altogether around the world.
A．one B. Two C. Three D. four
Step 5. Post-reading
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus?
Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world?
To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition?
Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”?
When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.
Step 6. Language points
1. Born into a life of privilege, … 生來就享有特權
1) be born into / to / of 出生于
瑪麗出生于一個富裕的家庭。
__Mary was born into a wealthy family. _
2) be born + (to be) adj. / 名詞短語
他天生是個聰明人。
He was born clever. = He was born a clever man.
2. Many young men in his position would lead a cosy life, but young Banks had an appetite for knowledge. 許多像他這樣有地位的年輕人過的是舒適安逸的生活，而年輕的班克斯卻渴求知識。
position
1) 處境；境地
他對他的處境很滿意。
He is satisfied with his position.
Madam Michel found her in an awkward position.
米雪女士發現自己處于一個尷尬的境地。
in one’s position 處于某人的處境
要是我處于他的境地，我不知道該怎么辦。
If I were in his position, I’m not sure what I should do.
2) 姿勢；位置
sit in an comfortable position 以不舒服的姿勢坐著
a vertical position 垂直的姿勢
3) 地位；職位
They were men of the highest position in England.
他們是英國地位最高的人。
3. As astronomy was one of the most important branches of science, it was the British government that paid for all the equipment and expenses for that part of the expedition.
as 的用法：
1) 引導原因狀語從句“因為，既然”
由于所有位置都有人，我們只好站著。
As all the seats were full, we had to stand up.
We all like her as she is kind. 我們都喜歡她，因為她善良。
2) 引導方式狀語從句“按照，如同”
我已按你的建議那樣改了。
I have changed it as you suggested.
像我這樣做。 Do it as I do.
3) 表示時間“當……時候”
隨著時間的流逝 As time goes on, ...
我一邊沿著河走一邊讀書。
I read the letter as I walked along the river.
4) 表示讓步 “雖然，盡管”
Tired as they were, they walked on. 雖然很累，他們還是繼續走著。
短語：
as for 至于；就……而論 as if / though 好像；仿佛
as to 至于，關于 so as to 為了
so…as to 以致于，以便
強調句型：It is / was + 被強調的部分 + that + 其余部分
1) 我愛好通俗音樂。（強調主語）
It is I that / who have an appetite for pop music.
2) 我們經常在閱覽室做作業。（強調地點狀語）
It is in the reading-room that we often finish our homework.
Period Ⅲ Integrating skills
Step I Lead-in
StepⅡ Fast-reading
The text can be divided into four parts, then summarize the main idea of each part:
Part I -- - Para1-3 Darwin and his research.
Part II --- Para 4-5 Mendel and his experiment.
Part III --- Para 6 Turesson and his study
Part IV --- Para7 the importance and significance of the research of the three.
StepⅢ Careful-reading: Choose the best answer
1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that C
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
2. Darwin observed that the birds with _______ would eat B_____
A. small beaks l hard seeds B．broad beaks；hard seeds
C. hard beaks；hard seeds D．broad beaks；soft seeds
3. Darwin joined the scientific expedition on __C___ ．
A. the Endeavour B. Tahiti C．the Beagle D．space
4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that D
A. the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment
B. the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand
C. the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment
D. the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .
5. Darwin studied physics，chemistry and botany because ____B_____
A．he was invited to join scientific expedition
B．he was interested in them
C．he could do a lot Of experiments
D．he wanted to finish his book “On the Origin of Species”
Step Ⅳ Language points
1. It was … that gave him the key to his new theory. 新理論的要領
the key to sth. / doing sth. ……的關鍵；……的答案
這是改善他們生活條件的關鍵。
This is the key to the improvement of their living conditions.
2. … and deserved special attention.
deserve 值得，該受到，可褒可貶
1) I think you’re playing with fire. You deserve it! 你是老鼠戲貓，真是自作自受！
2) How dare you do this to me? You deserve a kick in the ass!
你竟敢這樣對我？找打??？
3) Such a little boy has to work to support his family. It deserves sympathy!
If you do wrong, you deserve punishment.
If you do wrong, you deserve punishing.
If you do wrong, you deserve to be punished.
類似的詞還有：need, want, require
3. … the ideas concerning the influence of environment upon plants…
a declaration concerning the war 關于戰爭的宣言
concern oneself with 關心
be concerned in 從事；與……有牽連
as concerns = concerning 關于
be concerned for / about 關心
4. such as soil conditions, is of equal importance to the output of crop.
對糧食農作物產量具有同樣重要的意義
be of + 抽象名詞 = be + 該詞的形容詞
be of importance = be important
be of value = be valuable
be of + the size / age / weight / kind / height… 這類抽象名詞沒有相應的形容詞
他們同齡但身高不一樣。
They are of the same age but of different height.
本單元重要短語：
1按植物種類分類 classify plant species into groups
2鑒別不同物種 identification of different species
3以…為根據 base on
4結果 as a result
5第一眼 at first sigh
6發展這系統 promote the system
7結成終身好友 develop a lifelong friendship
8一出生就過著有特權的生活 born into a life of privilege
9對知識求知欲若渴 have an appetite for knowledge
10開創事業 make a career
11任命某人做… appoint sb. as…
12根據指示 according to the instructions
13裝備那次遠征 equip the expedition
14在三年的航海中 on the three-year voyage
15當心，小心 look out for
16大規模地 on a large scale
17巨大的成功 a great success
18參與事務 involve in enterprises
19開拓澳大利亞 the settlement of Australia
20發展成為 develop…into…
21積累大量的知識 accumulate a great deal of knowledge
22水量 amount of water
23試做某事 experiment with doing
24年輕時 in one’s youth
25創建新理論的鑰匙 the key to the new theory
26值得特別關注 deserve special attention
27相互有關聯 a relationship with/relate to
28用花與豌豆進行實驗 conduct experiments with flowers and peas
29誕生了遺傳學 give birth to the science of genetics
30發現了證據 find evidence for sth.
31長成灌木 grow to a bush
32改變其外形 change one’s appearance
33 適應新環境 adapt to the new environment
34農作物產量 the output of crops
35同樣重要 be of equal importance
36 重新認識環境對物種的重要性
bring the importance of the environment on spices back in view
Period Ⅳ 單元同步練習
I. Choose the best answer.
1. The language which the Maori speak is ________ the language of Tahiti and Hawaii.
A. compared to B. related to
C. separated from D. developed from
2. They fell in love ________.
A. in first sight B. in sight
C. at first sight D. at the first sight
3. ________ what others say, I think he's a very nice person.
A. Because of B. Instead of C. Except D. Despite
4. You'll catch cold if you don't ________.
A. look after B. look out
C. look up D. look around
5. ---This pair of shoes are too small to ________ me. Could you show me another?
---Of course. Please look at these ones.
A. be fit for B. fit C. suit D. agree with
6. ---_______ did you think of the exhibition?
---Oh, ________great success!
A. What; what a B. How; what a
C. What; how a D. How; how
7. Listen! His family must be quarrelling, ________?
A. mustn't it B. isn't it
C. aren't they D. needn't they
8. ---Don't you believe me?
---_______. I'll believe ________you say.
A. No, whatever B. Yes, no mater what
C. No, no matter what D. Yes, whatever
9. It was not until he got to the office _________ he remembered ________the key home.
A. when, leaving B. when, to leave
C. that, leaving D. that, to leave
10. He never thought that they would choose him _________head of the workshop though he was only in _________ twenties.
A. /, his B. a, his C. the, the D.a, the
11. ---What made Bill so angry?
---________. His girl friend promised to come at 8: 30, but she hasn't come yet.
A. Having kept waiting B. Being kept walling
C. To be keeping wait D. Being kept vailed
12. Don't tell the keys _________ the exercises first when the students do their homework.
A. of B. in C. on D. to
13. Our eyes slowly ________the dark.
A. agreed with B. agreed to
C. adapted to D. took in
14. China has hundreds of islands, ________ the largest is Taiwan.
A. in which B. to which
C. from which D. of which
15. If he had been given _________ days, he would have done better.
A. more three B. three more
C. three another D. three other
II. Close Test
Some plays are so successful that they run for years on end. In many ways, this is 1 for the poor actors who are required to go on repeating the same 2 night after night. One would 3 them to know their parts by heart and 4 have cause to falter（結巴）.Yet 5 is not always the case.
A famous actor in a 6 successful play was once cast in the role of an aristocrat （貴族） 7 had been imprisoned in Bastille for twenty years. In the last act，a gaoler（監獄長，看守）would always come on to the stage with a letter which he would hand to the prisoner. 8 the noble was expected to read the letter at each 9 ,he always insisted that it should be written out in full.
One night, the gaoler decided to play a joke 10 his colleague to find out if, after so many performances, he had managed to learn the 11 of the letter by heart. The curtain went up on the final act of the play and revealed （使顯露）the aristocrat sitting alone behind bars in his dark cell. Just then，the gaoler 12 with the precious letter in his hands. He entered the 13 and presented the letter to the aristocrat. But the copy he gave him had not been written out in 14 as usual. It was simply a blank sheet of paper. The gaoler looked on eagerly, 15 to see if his fellow actor had at last learnt his lines. The noble stared at the blank sheet of paper for a few seconds. Then，squinting（瞇著眼看）his eyes，he said, “The light is 16 .Read the letter to me.” And he quickly handed the sheet of paper to the gaoler. 17 that he could not remember a word of the letter either, the gaoler replied，“The light is indeed dim，sir. I must get my 18 ”With this, he hurried off the stage. Much to the aristocrat’s 19 ，the gaoler returned a few moments later with a pair of glasses and the 20 copy of the letter which he proceeded（繼續進行）to read to the prisoner.
1．A. fortunate B. unfortunate C. happy D. unhappy
2．A. lines B. words C. plays D. roles
3．A. want B. ask C. expect D. wish
4．A. always B. never C. sometimes D. often
5．A. such B. the thing C. one D. this
6．A. highly B. high C. poorly D. poor
7．A. where B. what C. which D. who
8．A. Because B. Even though C. When D. Though
9．A. play B. performance C. role D. case
10．A. with B. in C. on D. to
11．A. pages B. joke C. lines D. contents
12．A. appeared B. disappeared C. came out D. came in
13．A. room B. cell C. stage D. office
14．A. English B. French C. order D. full
15．A. glad B. surprised C. anxious D. afraid
16．A. bright B. dim C. dark D. out
17．A. To see B. To find C. Seeing D. Finding
18．A. glasses B. lines C. light D. letters
19．A. surprise B. satisfaction C. anger D. amusement
20．A. usual B. old C. unusual D. new
III. Reading Comprehension
A
An explosion on Thursday killed one and injured 21 in a busy street in Tongren, Southwest China’s Guizhou Province.
The bomb was hidden in a rubbish bin in the city’s commercial hub（商業中心），where lots of shops and restaurants are concentrated. The ear-splitting blast was heard around 12∶50 p.m.，said a local newspaper, citing witnesses. The power of the blast shattered（使粉碎）nearby shop windows and ripped the stainless（不生銹的）steel rubbish can to pieces.
One passer-by，identified（確認）only as Zhang，said she was shocked by the noise and saw a lot of pedestrians lying on the ground when she got to the scene. Thirteen of the injured were taken to a local hospital after the explosion. A doctor there said five were in serious condition but already out of danger after emergency treatment. The others were just slightly hurt.
The cause of the explosion is still under investigation, said an officer with the Tongren police, but refused to speculate as to the cause.
1．It can be inferred from the passage that ________.
A. All the injured were taken to a hospital
B. 8 of the injured were not taken to a hospital
C. The rubbish bin with a bomb was in a restaurant
D. The rubbish bin with a bomb was in a shop
2．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A. One passer-by, identified only as Zhang, saw the man throwing a bomb into a bin.
B. Some customers in restaurants were injured.
C. The writer didn’t get to the scene.
D. All customers in shops got hurt.
3．In the last paragraph the underlined word“ speculate” probably means ________.
A. tell B. guess C. discuss D. talk
4．What of the following can be the best title for the passage?
A. Bomb Hidden in a Rubbish Bin B. The Cause of the Explosion
C. A Terrible Thing D. Market Blast Kills 1, Injures 21
B
How many coins have you got in your pocket right now? Three? Two？ A bent one？
With a phone card you can make up to 200 calls without any change at all.
（1） What do you do with it?
Go to a telephone box marked （you guessed it） “phone card”. Put in your card, make your call and when you’ve finished, a screen tells you how much is left on your card.
（2） Now appear in a shop near you.
Near each Card phone place you’ll find a shop where you can buy one. They’re at bus, train and city tube stations（地鐵）.
Many universities, hospitals and clubs. Restaurants and gas stations on the highway and shopping centers. At airports and seaports.
（3） No more broken payphones.
Most broken payphones are like that because they’ve been vandalized（故意破壞）. There are no coins in Card phone to excite thieves’ interest in it. So you’re not probably to find a vandalized one.
Get a phone card yourself and try it out, or get a bigger wallet.
5．The passage is most probably ________.
A. a warning B. a note
C. an advertisement（廣告） D. an announcement
6．There are three sections in the passage. Which section do you think is about why phone cards are good?
A. Section 1． B. Section 2． C. Section 3． D. None.
7．Choose the right order or the steps under “How do you use a phone card”.
a. Put in your phone card.
b. Look at the screen to find out how many calls you can still make.
c. Go to a telephone box marked “Phone card”. d. Make your call.
A. a, b, c, d B. c, a, d, b C. a, d, c, b D. c, d, a, b
C
“Soon, you’re going to have to move out!” cried my neighbor upon seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind or at least known in my neighborhood.
德育目標: 教導學生:好的學習方法固然重要,但勤勉更重要?！皀o pains, no gains.”
三、教學重點(Teaching Key Points):
1.采用不同的閱讀技巧,讓學生了解文章大意,并歸納每段文章的中心意思(main idea)和文章的主旨(purpose of the text)。
2.掌握文中的重點詞匯、短語和句型。
四、教學難點(Teaching Difficult Points):
把文中所學到的有用的外語學習者的經驗運用到學生的英語學習上,以便于提高他們的英語水平。
五、教學方法(Teaching Methods):
1. Ask and answer 和 pictures 相結合,導入課文。
2. Fast reading 歸納每段文章的中心意思(main idea)和文章的主旨(purpose of the text), 提高學生的閱讀能力。
3. Careful reading 回答問題,了解文章細節內容。
4. Group work 討論成功語言學習者的經驗和特點。
5. Explaining and learning 掌握文中重點詞匯、句型。
六、教學輔助(Teaching Aids):
Multi-media Computer,tape
七、媒體的設計:
首先利用課文標題 “Learning a Foreign Language: Twice as Hard?” 問學生 “How do you think of this question?” 讓學生討論導入。然后利用圖片與Pre-reading部分的問題相結合的方式,展開討論與問答,啟發學生思考,引起聯想,使學生對語言學習這個問題產生更濃的興趣,以
What he said and what he did agreed with each other.
b. 當and連接的兩個名詞指同一個人、同一件事或一概念，這時and后面的名詞前沒有冠詞，其謂語動詞用單數形式（這里and相當于as well as ）。如：
The singer and composer is coming to our school .
那位歌唱家兼作曲家將來我們學校。
Bread and butter is often served for breakfast in our dining hall .
（比較：The boy and the girl were given a book each .每個同學都分得一本書。其中 “each”是同位語，句中主語為復數。）
我們食堂早點經常供應奶油面包。
常見的由and連接的兩個名詞指由一個概念的形式有：the needle and thread針線，salt and water鹽水，the or and knife刀叉，soap and water肥皂水，iron and steel鋼鐵等。
C. 由and連接的兩個并列主語為單數概念。主語前面分別由each , every ,no等詞來修飾時，其謂語動詞為單數形式。
Each doctor and each nurse was sent for .
把所有的醫生和護士都清來了。
Every boy and every girl is able to go to school in that village .
在那個村子里所有的孩子們都能上學。
注意：more than one和many a 修飾的單數名詞后面的謂語用單數形式，但其意義是復數。
如：
More than one student is fond of folk- music .
許多學生喜歡民間音樂。
Many a boy enjoys playing foot-ball .
許多男同學喜歡踢足球。
② 當主語后面接說明主語的修飾詞或插入語時，謂語動詞的數不受修飾成份的影響，仍同主語的關系一致。
這些修飾成分常見的有：with, along with , togeth whit (和…一起)；as well as (還) ；like (像)；no less than (不亞于)；rather than (而不是)；more than（多于)；as much as (如…一般多)；but ,except（除了……）；besides (除了……還……)；including包括；in addition to（另外）等引導的一個修飾結構，放在主語后面。如：
The old man , along with his two grandsons, often have a walk in the evening .
Jenny , as well as her friends , is going abroad .
The house ,including the garden and the garage ,was sold out .
1. Many Europeans e______ the continent of Africa in the 19th century. 1___________
2. The moment old Jonh put a h________ of sweets on the chair by the bed , little Tom ran towards to it . 2___________
3. India gained i_______ from Britain in 1947. 3___________
4. Marx once said that labour c________ man itself . 4____________
5. After reading the letter from her boss , Jane t______ it up and threw
it into the dustbin. 5____________
6. I wouldn’t think it w______ to ask him join the club─he’ll only refuse. 6____________
7. Bob was a shy boy ,and he always sat a _____ from the other children. 7____________
8. This medicine has an u_____ taste , but it is of great help. 8____________
9. Ann asked Jim to give up smoking not only because she o___ to the smell. 9___________
10. About 70 percent of the p_______ in China are peasants . 10___________
11. Will you please ______ the radio ? The baby is sleeping.
A. turn off B. turn down C. turn up D. turn on
12. The husband coughed day and night .It’s the wife’s fault for giving______ to him so that he didn’t stop smoking .
13. -Why ______ they ______ the building?
-Because another new one is to be built there .
A. have been destroyed B. did pull down
C. do remove D. are turning down
14. -It is the people who ______ history.
-And labour ____ man itself .
A. create created B. created invented
C. discover made D. invent creates
15. ─I have much difficulty _______ maths.
─Well , I have some trouble________ the English pronunciation.
A. in with B. in learning with C. with in D. in in
16. -You shouldn’t ______ from the girls in your class.
-But I don’t like ______ .
A. keep away being laughed at B. keep to laugh at
C. turn away to be laughed at D. return laughing
17. Last year some over _____ buildings ______ in the city.
A. 20-story were set up B. 20-storey set up
C. 20-storied had set up D. 20-floor had been set up
18. The old mother was _______ to hear that her daughter had a ____ journey.
A. pleasant pleasant B. pleased pleased
C. pleased pleasing D. pleased pleasant
19. -The young mother ______ her baby Jimmy.
-Really ? My brother ______ Jimmy , too .
A. calls names B. named is named
C. named was named D. called calls
20. Old Jack made a living _____ waste paper ,while his brother _______on slaves .
A. by selling made money B. to sell was rich
C. with lives D. on earns his living
21. _____ about three hundred people _____ the local illnesses ____ in that area.
A. As is known to us die from one year
B. It is said that die of a year
C. As we know are killed per year
D. It is reported that kill every year
22. _____ you are unwell , I’ll go to the meeting instead .
A. Because B. For C. Now that D. Though
23. We come to realize that we have to try our best to create a new life _____ our own and ______our own .
A. with , by B. on with C. of by D. for on
24. Don’t you think what to learn in class ____ the same effect ____ the character of the students ______ what to learn through practice ?
A. has on as B. have for as C. is in that D. are to from
25. Which of the following is NOT correct ?
A. Japan faces the Pacific on the east .
B. Taiwan lies in the east of Fujian belonging to China.
C. North of the United States lies Canada .
D. Britain stands to the northwest of France.
26. All of the work _____ finished and neither the teacher nor the students _____ enough time now .
A. is , has B. is , have C. are , has D. are ,have
27. What I saw ______ two boys running after the thief .
28. This exercise on agreement of subjects and verbs ______ easy for you .
29. Here _______ the papers you ask for .
30. There ______ to be many arguments on both side.
31. Half of the money ________ to you and half of the books _______ to you , too .
A. belong, belong B. belongs , belongs
C. belong, belongs D. belongs, belong
32. Taking pictures _______ not only young men but also many of the old people .
A. are interested in B. are interesting
C. interests D. is interested in
33. Ten minutes _______ more than enough time to complete this exercise.
34. One hundred and fifty pounds _______ what you should weigh.
A. are B. maybe C. should be D. is
35. You are the one who ______ wrong that Susan is one of those people who ______ out of their way to be helpful .
A. are , goes B. are , go C. is , go D. is , goes
36. Where and when to go ______ Jack since his graduation from college .
A. has been troubling B. has been troubled
C. have troubled D. have been troubling
37. Six eights _____ forty- eight , while six times nine _____ fifty - four .
A. is , are B. are , is C. is , is D. are ,are
38. Nobody but you _______ going to London on business next month.
39. It ________ Tom and John who ______ here yesterday preparing for today’s experiment.
A. were, were B. are , were C. was , were D. is , were
40. None of the four boys ______ a good swimmer two years ago , but now all of them ______ able to swim across the river .
A. was , are B. is , are C. are , are D. was ,is
Chicago --- lying in the east of the USA--- is a rather young American city . It was 41 completely rebuilt 42 the Creat Fire of 1871. One’s first impression of the city may 43 streams of cars running to and 44 on the highways , skyscrapers and the wide green water of Lake Michigan , 45 lies to the northeast of the city . The 46 of the city is over 228 square miles 47 a population of about 3 million .
The 48 of Chicago on the whole is almost the same as 49 of Beijing with 50 hot days in summer , 51 and fresh days in 52 and icy but often 53 days in winter . The spring in Chicago is 54 changeable in temperature. For instance, I saw a snowfall in early 55 this year 56 some of the flowers were already in 57 bloom . Chicago is also famous 58 its frequent strong winds , and 59 it has got the name of “ the 60 City .”
41. A. most B. almost C. mostly D. merely
42. A. before B. since C. after D. when
43. A. have B. mean C. be D. include
44. A. from B. above C. down D. along
45. A. when B. that C. which D. where
46. A. land B. measure C. area D. size
47. A. having B. with C. for D. and
48. A. climate B. weather C. temperature D. season
49. A. which B. it C. the one D. that
50. A. fairly B. rather C. much D. too
51. A. colorful B. colorless C. colour D. coloured
52. A. spring B. winter C. fall D. summer
53. A. clean B. clear C. cleaning D. clearly
54. A. little B. bit C. a lot D. a little
55. A. April B. May C. January D. June
56. A. and B. but C. when D. while
57. A. full B. filled C. filling D. full of
59. A. in fact B. in a word C. as a result D. above all
60. A. Snowy B. Windy C. Rainy D. Sunny
Christopher Columbus discovered America on the 12th of October , 1492. He had spent eighteen years in planning for that wonderful voyage which he made a cross the Atlantic Ocean .The Spanish king and queen ,who were interested in finding a sea route to India ,offered him ships and men so that he could carry out his plan . He crossed the Ocean and discovered strange islands ,inhabited ( vt. 居住于) by people unknown to Europeans .He believed these islands to be part of India.
Early in 1493, Columbus returned to Spain. There was great rejoicing（歡慶）in the country , and he was hailed（歡呼）as the hero who had made an epoch-making discovery .Crowds of people lined the streets to do him honour , and the king and queen welcomed him to their palace. Never had such respect been shown to any common man.
61. Christopher Columbus discovered America ________.
C. at the beginning of the fifteenth century
D. by the end of the fifteenth century
62. He had spent ______ in planning for the wonderful voyage .
A. eighteen days B. eighteen months
63. Finally the Spanish king and queen offered him ships and men so that _____.
A. he would have faith in himself
B. he could work out his new plan
D. he could put his plan into practice.
64. He crossed the ocean and discovered strange islands , inhabited ______.
A. by a people unknown to Europeans
B. by a people already known to Europeans
65. After returning to Spain he was hailed as the hero ______.
B. who had made an epoch-making discovery
C. who had discovered a new planet
D. who had made a great invention
The United States became a rich industrial nation toward the end of the 1800s . There were more goods ,more services , more jobs ,and a high standard of living . There was more of everything, including problems .One problem was monopoly（壟斷）. In some cases ,several companies that made the same product would agree not to compete with one another .They would all agree to charge the same price .These agreements made it impossible for buyers to shop around for lower prices for certain products .
Some people decided that huge companies had too much power and controlled too many markets . Because of their wealth and power , they could see to it that governments passed laws favorable to them . Many people believed that monopoly and price fixing were bad for buyers and bad for the country so that they should be broken up .
Such laws and government action didn’t entirely do away with monopoly. Nor did they stop the growth of huge companies . But they did show the American people had decided that some of the changes that taken place were harmful .
66. From paragraph 1, we can know that big companies ______.
A. produced certain kinds of goods
B. sold the same goods at the different prices
D. reached and agreement on prices
67. Because of the agreements between big companies ,______.
A. people had to buy things at certain shops
B. the prices of their goods were much lower
C. people had no choice but to buy goods at fixed prices
D. there were fewer markets in some states
68. According to the laws passed by the national government , companies _______.
A. were not allowed to control the markets
B. could not force people to buy their products
C. should have fixed prices for their products
D. must produce the same kind of goods for the same markets .
69. Some American people thought that ________.
A. the government should make some of the huge companies much smaller
B. the country’s industry was growing too rapidly
C. shops should have the same price for the same kind of goods
D. their country’s getting rich was both good and bad to the people.
70. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage ?
A. Big companies could not have any effort on the governments .
B. A certain number of markets were still controlled by big companies .
C. Many Americans were worried about the changes in their country.
D. Some of the laws were in favor of buyers .
短文改錯（計分15）：
One afternoon in April , 1912, a new ship set off 71_______________
from England to America on it first trip . It was one of 72_______________
the largest and first ship at that time . 73_______________
It was cold , but the trip was pleasant and people are 74_______________
enjoying themselves . The next day was even cold . People 75_______________
could see icebergs here or there . It was night , suddenly 76_______________
the man on watch shouting “Look out ! Iceberg !” 77_______________
It was too late ,a ship hit the iceberg and came to 78_______________
a stop . There that was a very big hole in the ship and 79_______________
water began to come .Slowly the ship stated to go down . 80_______________
參考答案：
1. explored 2. handful 3. independence 4. created 5. tore 6. worthwhile 7.apart 8. unpleasant 9. objected 10. population
11-15. B C D A B 16-20. C A D B A 21-25. B C D A B 26-30. B B A D C 31-35. D C B D A 36-40. A B C C A
41-45. B C D A C 46-50. C B A D B 51-55. A C B D A 56-60. D A B C B
61-65. D C D A B 66-70. D C A D A
71. √ 72. on it --- on its 73. ship ---ships 74. Are --- were 75. Cold---colder 76. or --- and 77. shouting ---shouted 78. a ship --- the ship 79. that 80. come --- come in
1.Their wedding yesterday. Many friends came to congratulate them on their marriage.
A.was taken place B.was to happen C.took place D.would hold
2.Since he is ready to help you, you should say“thank you”.
A.at last B.at first C.at most D.at least
3.Mr Smith with his wife goes to the cinema .
A.day by day B.now and again C.here and there D.day and night
4.Drivers,of course,want to travel miles with petrol and
hours.
A.many,a little,few B.more,fewer,less
C.more,less,fewer D.many,less,fewer
5.The rain has my new dress.
A.damaged B.hurt C.destroyed D.failure
6.He was sorry to fail again in the driving test. His only was that he was too nervous.
A.reason B.cause C.regret D.failure
7.Good advice is price.
A.over B.cause C.destroyed D.ruined
8.The basin of water won't freeze, the temperature is well above zero.
A.unless B.because C.even if D.as though
9. put the medicine the little boy can't reach it.
A.Do,where B.Don't that C.Just,which D.Do,there
10.Rather than on a crowded bus,he always prefers a bicycle.
11.You can fly to London this evening you don't mind changing planes in
Paris.
12.It's rule that comes home first cooks the dinner for the whole family.
A.who B.somebody who C.whoever D.anybody
13.Beautifully ,the little girl tried to make herself .
A.dressed,noticed B.what will man look like
C.dressed,noticing D.dressed,notice
14.The weather turned out to be very good, was morethan we could expect.
15.No one can be sure in a million years.
A.what man will look like B.what will man look like
C.man will look like what D.what look will man like
1. my horror,I noticed two men trying to break my office.
2.- the same,I expect you'll come to visit my hometown.
-I'm looking forward that.
3.Farmland is becoming smaller day day several reasons.
4.Don't drive into the bush plenty of water and never throw your cigarette
of the window .
5.We must try all means to get rid flies.
6.Generally speaking,a newly-built house is likely to fall ,
the case of an earthquake.
7. 1920,people from Italy have come to Australia great numbers.
8.The village used to be rather poor.One every three children could
not go to school and most families were debt.
9.-How do farmers round their sheep or cattle?
-It depends the size of their farms.
10.No one has far been brave to enter the forest alone.
(三)改正下面句子的錯誤(無錯的句子不要改；有錯的句子中每句只有一處錯誤)
1.The long fence is used to keeping out a kind of wild dog.
2.Cattles are kept in some countries mainly for beef.
3.They pay peasants very a little money to work in the fields for them.
4.He had to have a job, or go hunger.
5.Their mother can't afford to feed them to meat and fish every day.
6.New types of plants have been developed in Egypt to grow in desert land.
by hunting, they are very experienced at killing wild animals.
8.In area, Australia is about the same size of the USA, which has more than thirteen times as many people.
9.In Australia fruit and vegetables are grown in areas where is enough water.
10.What surprised me was that he spoke English so well.
11.Mr White slowed down his car, for he saw a blind man cross the road.
12.Why did she keep on wipe her eyes with a damp towel?
Agatha Christie seldom went out at night. She never(1)the night when she met a(2)many years ago.
That evening she was (3)to a birthday party which (4)until 2 o'clock in the
morning.Agatha(5)in the quiet street alone.Suddenly from the shadow(陰影)of a (6)building a tall man with a sharp knife in his right hand (7)out at her.“Good morning,lady,” the man said in a (8)voice,“I don't think you wish to (9)here!”
“What do you(10)?”Agatha asked.
“Your earrings(耳環).Take them off!”
Agatha suddenly had a (11)idea.She tried to cover her necklace (12)the collar(衣領)of her overcoat while she used(13)hand to take off her earrings and then she quickly(14)them on the groud.“Take them(15)let me go.”The robber(16)that the girl didn't care for the earrings at all,only trying to (17)the necklace.He thought the necklace (18)cost more,so he said,“Give me your necklace.”
“Oh,sir,It's(19)worth much.Please let me(20)it.”“Stop rubbish(廢話).Quick!”
With (21)hands,Agatha took off her necklace.As soon as the robber (22),she picked up her earrings and ran as (23)as she could to one of her friends.The earrings (24)480pounds and the necklace the robber had taken(25)was worth six pounds.
rush sb．off his feet, change, action, repair, work on, fix up
2．重要句型
1) It is better to ask for help at the beginning rather than to wait until a busy period when everyone is rushed off their feet．
2) What is more, this “information line” operates 24 hours a day．
3) It did not take the firefighters long to put out the fire, and they at once started to look for causes of the fire．
4) They had to work inside the ship, cutting away old metal, fixing new metal plates, drilling holes, laying electrical and phone wires and fixing new pipes for water and steam．
3．語法 復習ing形式，to do和表達等
4．日常交際用語
1) May I speak to…? 2) Hello．Who's that speaking? 3) I called to tell you…4) Hold on, please 5) Wait a moment．6) Can I take (leave) a message?
三、難點講解
The man who had fixed up the air line was also questioned.
1．fix up
A．修理，安裝；改變式樣(使……儀容端正)。例如：
1) They are busy fixing up the lights．他們在忙著安裝燈光設備。
2) Wait until I get fixed up．稍等一下，我把儀容打扮整齊。
Let's fix up a date (a time and place ) for the meeting．我們來決定聚會的日期(時間和場所)吧。
C．為(某人)安排。例如：
I will fix you up for the night。我來為你安排今晚的住宿。
D．解決(紛爭)，收拾。例如：
They are fixed the matter up now．他們現在已把問題解決了。
2．fix…up with為……準備(提供)。例如：
1)I fixed him up with a job．我給他安排了一個工作。
2)Can you fix me up with a room for three nights? 你能替我安排住三個晚上的房間嗎？
6．In order to ______ the flood, the soil on the hillside must be held by planting more trees.
A．clear up; in order
B．hold up; in place
C．put up ; in the place
D．call off ; in time
7．______ the Party's help, the villagers moved into new houses soon after the big flood.
A．Thank to
B．Thanks to
C．To thank
D．Thank for
8．----______ can I do with such a situation?
----Take ______ measure you consider best．
A．How ; whichever
B．What ; whatever
C．How; Whatever
D．What; whichever
9．You look ______ in blue while red clothes are nice her.
A．well; for
B．good ; on
C．well ; to
D．good ; at
10．You'll make mistakes if you do things ______.
A．in a short while
B．in a minute
C．in a hurry
D．at the same time
11．The manager, ______, stopped to apologize to the workers．
A．realize his mistake
B．realized his mistake
C．to realize his mistake
D．his mistake realized
12．Hardly ______ to the cinema ______ the film began．
A．had he got; than
B．he had got; when
C．did he get; than
D．had he got; when
13．All life on the earth ______ on the sun.
A．depends
B．carries
C．keeps
D．goes
14．That boy works hard, I ______ him to succeed in the exam.
A．like
B．expect
C．think
D．need
15．Father will not ______ us to use his recorder.
A．have
B．let
C．agree
D．allow
16.______ plastics, the machine is light in weight.
A．To make of
B．Having made
C．To be made of
D．Made of
17．I'm sure all will go well as ______．
A．to be planned
B．being planned
C．planned
D．having planned
18．----We are having our daughter's wedding at the end of the summer．Do you think you ______?
----I'll do my best, but I think I'll be away then．
A．can see it
B．can make it
C．can see to that
D．can make that
19．Although she was listening, she didn't hear ______ because there was so much noise.
A．what he says
B．what did he say
C．what he was saying
D．what was he saying
20．Where and how to find him ______ to us．
A．is not known
B．are not known
C．don't know
D．doesn't know
21．Liverpool ______ yet．What's wrong?
A．don't score
B．doesn't score
C．hadn't scored
D．haven't scored
22．______ we should close the shop has not been discussed.
A．Whether
B．If
C．That
D．Which
23．They decided not to make a trip to Tibet ______.
A．but stay at the present place
B．instead of staying at the place
C．but to remain where they were
D．so they remained at the place they were now
24．Come here and stay with us for a moment, ______?
A．will you
B．shall you
C．don't you
D．aren't you
25．----You did very well on your test．
-----______.
A．Oh, no ! I was worried
B．That's terrific ! I was worried
C．That's all right．Thank you
D．Sure．That sounds good
Ⅲ．完形填空。
A gentleman put an advertisement in a newspaper for a boy to work in his office． 26 nearly fifty persons who came for the 27, the man selected (挑選) one and dismissed(打發)the 28.
“I should like to 29 ,” said a friend, “the reason you 30 that boy, who brought not 31 a letter, not a single recommendation (推薦信).”
“You are wrong,”said the gentleman.“He had a great 32．He wiped his feet in front of the 33 and closed it 34 him, showing that he was 35．He gave his seat immediately 36 that old man, showing that the was kind and 37．He took off his cap 38 he came in and answered my 39 quickly, showing that he was 40 and gentlemanly.”
“All the 41 stepped over the book which I had purposely put on the 42．He picked it up and 43 it on the table; and he waited of his 44 instead of pushing and crowding．As I 45 him, I 46 his tidy clothing, his neatly 47 hair and his clean 48．Can't you see that these things are 49 recommendations? I consider them more 50 than letters.”
Tom was a writer．He wrote detective stories for magazines．One evening he could not find an end for a story．He sat with his typewriter (打字員) in front of him, but he had no idea．So he decided to go to the cinema.
When he came back, he found that he had a visitor．Someone had broken into his flat．The man had a drink, smoked several of Tom's cigarettes and had read his story．The visitor left Tom a note: “I have read your story and I don't think much of it．But if you become a successful writer, I'll return.”
Tom read the burglar's (資賊) suggestions．Then he sat down and wrote the rest of the story．He is still not a successful writer, and he is waiting for the burglar to return．Before he goes out in the evening, he always leaves a half-finished story near his typewriter.
51．The man came to Tom's flat to ______．
A．steal something
B．have a drink
C．see Tom
D．read Tom's story
52．The man thought that Tom's story was ______.
A．rather poor
B．quite good
C．too short
D．not worth thinking of
53．The man threatened (威脅) to ______.
A．steal Tom's story
B．write more stories
C．come back every night
D．come back and do stealing again
54．Tom found the burglar's suggestions were very ______.
A．successful
B．amusing
C．foolish
D．helpful
55．Tom would like to ______.
A．meet his visitor
B．get more idea from him
C．have his stories stolen
D．be robbed more often
B
MUSIC
AM 640 KHz
09:00 Top Chinese Songs
11:00 Foreign Light Music
14:15 World-famous Music
15:10 Chinese Songs Sung by Peng Liyuan
AM 720 KHz
09:00 Music World
13:00 Window on Chinese Music
15:00 Foreign Classic Music
17:00 Chinese Songs by Famous Singers
ON TV
CCTV-1 Channel 2
17:20 Programmes for Children
19:00 News and Weather Forecast
20:05 23-part Serial (連續劇): The Times of Pecac (8)
23:00 News in English
CCTV-3 Channel 15
12:00 Music Knowledge: Piano
14:00 Music Bridge
18:00 Opera Fans Garden
19:00 Peking Opera Stars
CCTV-4 Channel 32
19:00 News and Weather Forecast
21:00 Chinese News
CCTV-6 Channel 18
16:28 Chinese Movie: Singing at Midnight
19:50 American Movie: Speed
23:31 Chinese Movie: Hardships of the Hainan Island
BTV-1 Channel 6
17:12 12-part Serial: The Third Bridge (4)
18:30 Beijing News and Weather Forecast
56．If you want to enjoy yourself in the morning, you can ______.
A．see movies on TV
B．listen to music on TV
C．listen to some excellent Chinese songs on radio
D．listen to some foreign music on TV
57．By CCTV-6 you can
A．learn what has happened in our country
B．enjoy music
C．see a lot of movies
D．see operas
58．You know what the weather will be like all over the country if you turn on ______.
A．your TV at 7 p．m.
B．your radio at 8 A．m．
C．your TV at 6:30 p．m.
D．your TV at 9 p．m．
59．Which of the following is not true?
A．Children may like CCTV-1 Channel 2．
B．You can enjoy good music only on radio.
C．From BTV-1 Channel 6 you can get to know something that happens in Beijing.
D．CCTV-6 is a movie Channel．
60．If you want to know more about China, you can choose
A．Channel 2
B．Channel 32
C．Channel 18
D．Channel 27
Ⅴ．單詞拼寫。
61．Great ______ (變化) have taken place in our country．
62．It's ______ (肯定的) that he'll pass the examination．
63．He asked the man in the water to ______ (抓住) the rope．
64．There are seven ______ (奇跡) in the world.
65．We have friends ______ (遍及) the world.
66．How many b______ of beer are there on the table?
67．Beijing is the c______ of China.
68．He t______ me on the forehead with his left hand.
69．He wrote an a______ on reading.
70．He has a large q______ of books．
Ⅵ．短文改錯。
After a day of work, the body need to have a 71．______
rest．Sleep is necessary for well health．The rest 72．______
you get while sleep makes your body be able to prepare 73．______
itself the next day．There are four levels of sleep. 74．______
Each is little deeper than the one before．As you 75．______
will sleep, your body relaxes (放松)．Your heart 76．______
beats more slowly and your brain slows down．If you 77．______
have troubles falling asleep, some people suggest 78．______
breathing slowly and deeply and the other people 79．______
believe that drink warm milk will help make you 80．______
1．師生互動：教師提一些問題如Do you like seeing films? How often? Favorite actor? Actress? Film? 在此過程中教師可展示一些學生熟悉并喜歡的名演員、名片的海報，從視覺上激發學生對本話題的興趣。
2．小組活動：教師選取幾副不同題材的電影畫面（可選取教材外的其它畫面），要求學生進行小組合作，每小組選一幅畫面進行討論What is happening in this scene? What happens before/after the scene? 要求學生不拘泥于已知的電影內容，發揮自己的想象力，給出各種不同的觀點。
3．班級活動：向班級其它同學描述本小組所選圖片，其他同學可給出不同意見。
本單元的聽力是培養學生捕捉特定信息的能力，并讓學生熟悉interview這種形式。Task: To discuss what questions the reporters will ask when interviewing famous directors.
活動形式：
1． 師生互動：教師設置開放性的問題，進一步啟發學生思考，并為過渡到聽力部分做準備。問題可設置為：Of course these films now are very popular and successful, and what does the success of the films bring to the actors? 學生各抒己見，金錢、榮譽、名氣，成為公眾人物后帶來一個問題They received a lot of interviews。
2． 小組活動：教師引出問題What questions will you ask when interviewing an actor?通過小組討論，收集盡可能多的問題，一方面讓學生預測聽力中可能會出現的問題，同時也對interview這種形式有所了解。
本單元說的任務是利用閱讀所得信息開展對名演員的interview,從而提
演員的職業有所了解并增加學習趣味。
Task: To interview famous actors and directors in different ways.
活動形式：
1、 師生互動：教師可設置問題了解學生對電影大獎及獲獎演員的了解程度，為接下來的兩位演員的介紹作好鋪墊。問題可為Can you tell me some famous awards to the films in the world? Try to tell the famous actors, actresses and the films you know that have won the Oscar.
1． 班級活動：教師可為學生播放分別由Meryl streep和Keanu Reeves主演的電影Out of Africa《走出非洲》和 speed《生死時速》片段，并可展現他們主演的其它電影的海報，讓學生在視覺上對這兩位演員及他們的表演有所了解。
在教學過程中，先利用圖片，實物等教具對學生進行直觀的教學，使之有更清晰的認識后，再輔之以語境，利用語境來推測詞義，達到猜詞的效果。如給出The Matrix和The Matrix Reloaded的電影海報，學生很容易得出：The Matrix Reloaded is the follow-up of The Matrix。通過這樣的鋪墊，學生在做第七小題時，只要利用好文中的線索Speed II, Jurassic Park III就可以輕而易舉的得出follow-ups。
作而突出導演的重要作用。Task: To experience being a director (write one scene of the film and act it out).
1．師生互動：教師提問If you want to make a film, who do you
need to invite?通過此問題引出電影制作過程中所需的各種角色，如photographer, actor/actress, editor, director等等
2．小組活動：
1）教師可設置這樣的討論題：What part would you like to play in making a film?根據選擇分組，讓他們討論選擇各角色的理由。同時討論各角色在電影制作中所做的不同工作。通過討論，學生不難發現，在電影的制作過程中，導演起了非常關鍵的作用。
2）根據所選的各種角色交叉分組，發揮各自的作用。
Think of one scene you are quite familiar with and act it out.
a. What would the scene be like and what happens in it?
b. Who are the main actors in that scene and what do they do?
這部分的重點是學習掌握關系副詞when，where，why 引導的定語從句及介詞+關系代詞引導的定語從句。Task: To talk about some famous directors in China and some of their most famous and popular films, using attributive clause.
活動步驟：
1． 師生互動：教師提一些問題如What Chinese directors do you know?
What are their well-known films? 在此過程中教師可展示一些學生熟悉的國內知名導演的海報，從視覺上激發學生的興趣。然后談論某個導演及他的代表作品，引出定語從句。
如Zhang Yimou is the famous director who successfully directed the film Hero.
2．小組活動：教師選取幾副大家熟悉的國產大片的電影畫面，要求學生進行小組討論，分別來自什么電影，他們的男、女主角（main actor/actress）分別是誰。然后用定語從句知識來談論。如：Shaolin Soccer is a funny film in which Zhou Xingchi plays the main role.
3．班級活動：給出幾副圖片及幾個關鍵詞（key words），用所學定語從句來描述圖片。如：
北京申奧成功圖 Beijing the city Beijing is the city where/in which the 2008 Olympic Games will be held.
該部分主要閱讀張藝謀的影片Not One Less并學習如何評價電影及寫影評。Task: Make comments on films and write reviews about them.
1. 師生互動：教師可設置問題了解學生對張藝謀及其主要作品的熟悉情況，為接下來閱讀Not One Less 作鋪墊。問題可為 What does he do? What is famous for? What films has he directed? What is his recent film? What else do you know about him? 同時呈現張的有關信息表格，為后面的Survey 作鋪墊。通過提問談論《一個也不能少》有關情節，為閱讀作鋪墊。
2． 個人活動：閱讀Not One Less ；回答問題，填寫信息表。
3． 班級活動：學習寫review 的有關建議。并以Not One Less 作為例子寫影評一篇。
4．個人活動：Survey--Your favorite director and his film in china
5．小組活動：討論關于Your favorite film What’s it about? What kind of story do you think it is? How do you think of the actors/ actresses?...
6．個人活動：模仿前面所學，寫一篇影評 My Favorite Film
7．兩人活動：交換作文，從影評內容、時態、單詞拼寫、所用詞匯等方面相互交流、修改。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
非謂語動詞有三種形式：不定式，動詞ing形式(v-ing)及過去分詞(ed分詞)。
不定式的基本形式是由“to+ 動詞原形”構成，其否定形式是not to do，不定式可以帶自己的賓語或狀語，構成不定式短語，沒有人稱和數的變化，但有時態和語態的變化，不定式在句中可作主語、表語、賓語、定語、狀語、補足語，不作謂語。如：
Lucy asked him to turn up the radio.
To make a plan first is a good idea.
1. 動詞不定式不失動詞的特點，有時態和語態的變化，不定式有六種形式，以write為例：
(1)不定式的時態：
①不定式所表達的動作與謂語動詞同時發生或是在謂語動詞之后發生，不定式用一般式，如：
It seems that he knows this.
鯤e seems to know this.
I hope that I'll see you again.
鯥 hope to see you again.
②不定式所表達的動作與謂語動詞同時發生，并強調動作正在進行的情景，或持續性，不定式用進行式，如：
He pretended that he was listening to English course when I came in.
鯤e pretended to be listening to English course when I came in.
(7)need, require, want譯作“需要”時，跟動詞-ing作賓語，主動表示被動，相當于to be done，如：
The windows require cleaning.
The windows require to be cleaned.
The patient needs operating on at once.
The patient needs to be operated on.
The flowers want watering.
The flowers want to be watered.
(8)在一些固定表達中用動詞-ing形式，不用不定式：
can't help doing, be worth doing, devote…to doing, look forward to doing, be/get/become used to doing, object to doing, thank…for doing, excuse…for doing等。
Einstein devoted his life to making a research in science.
I'm looking forward to getting your letter.
We are used to living in the countryside.
4. 動詞-ing在句中作表語：
Our plan is setting up a new car factory.
My job is teaching/driving.
這類詞作表語，起解釋說明主語的作用，主表可顛倒：Teaching is my job. 轉換成問句，用what提問：
--What's your job?
--My job is teaching.
--How is your job?
--It is interesting.
--How was your trip?
--It is tiring, but interesting.
5. 動詞-ing作定語：
(1)表示被修飾名詞的用途：
There are two reading rooms in our school library.
a reading room其含義是A room is used for reading.
The swimming pool in our school is nearly completed.
the swimming pool其含義是The pool is used for swimming.
b、“Today go home，watch the VCD，listen to the tape and CD， to be a litter melody”！
活動效果
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
英語教案設計
Teaching Content
Asking the Way
A: Excuse me, sir. Can you tell me the way to Bihai Hotel,
please?
B: Sure. You can go there by bus.
A: Is it a long way from here?
B: No, itll take you fifteen minutes.
A: Which bus can I take?
B: You can take a No. 2 bus.
A: Where is the bus stop?
B: Just go straight. Look, the bus is coming.
A: Thank you very much.
B: Youre welcome.
II. Teaching procedures
Step 1. Warming-up
T: Nice to meet you. My name is Bright. B-R-I-G-H-T. Shall
we sing an English song named “Bingo”, and try. to change the
word “Bingo” with my name “Bright”?
Step 2. Presentation
T: Im new here, when I arrived at the airport, I heard
someone said “對不起”(注①)，“早晨好”(注②).I really want to know their
meanings in English. Could you help me?
S: “對不起” is “Excuse me” and “早晨好” is “Good morning”.
T: Thanks a lot. And now could you tell me something about
your city? I want to travel in this city, but I dont know
where I should go.
S1: Bai Lian Dong Park.
S2: Fisher Girl.
S3: Jiuzhou Town.
T: Good. But I want to find a hotel now.Please do me a
favour. Can you tell me
the names of some hotels in this city?
S1: Hotel.
S2: Yindu Hotel.
S3: Bihai Hotel.
(The teacher takes notes while the students are speaking.)
Step 3. New structures learning
T: They all sound very nice. But how can I get there, by
bus or by bike?
S: By bus.
T: And how long will it take me to get there? Maybe
fifteen minutes is enough.
(The teacher looks at the watch and gives the students a
gesture.)
1) Draw a stick-figure picture to help the students understand
the meaning of the sentence:
“Itll take someone some time to do something.”
2) Write the sentence “Itll take you fifteen minutes. ” on
the blackboard, and have the
students imitate the sentence.
3) A guessing game:
T: Please look at these pictures and guess
“How long will it take me to ...?”
T: How long will it take me to have a football match?
S1: Itll take you ninety minutes.
T: Yes.
4) Get the students to listen to the recording of the
dialogue, in order to introduce the
new sentence: “Just go straight.”
5) Use the multi-media to help the students understand the
meaning of the sentence
“Go straight.”
6) Write the sentence on the blackboard, and have the students
imitate the sentence:
“Just go straight.”
Step 4. Practice
1) Ask the students to listen to the dialogue once more, then
ask them to repeat after the tape, first individually and then
in pairs.
2) Encourage the students to read their dialogue with their
deskmates.
Step 5. Consolidation
T: You know Im from Shanghai. Maybe in the future youll go
to Shanghai, so Ive prepared some photographs for you.
1) Show the photographs of “Nanjing Road”, “Pudong New Area”
and “the Bund” to the students.
2) Get the students to ask the teachers from Shanghai
something they dont know, such as
directions, transportations in Shanghai.
3) Ask some students to introduce their tour plans to
Shanghai.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Grammar: The Past Participle Used as Adverbial
Teaching Aims:
1. Enable the students to master the usage of the Past Participle when it is used as Adverbial.
2. Enable the students to master the transformation between the past participle phrase and the adverbial clause.
Teaching Important Points:
1. How to use the Past Participle
2. How to tell the difference between the Present Participle and the Past Participle.
Teaching Difficult Point:
How to choose the Present Participle and the Past Parthciple.
Teaching Methods:
1. Comparision method to get the students to know how to use the participle clearly.
2. Discussion method to get the students to master what they've learned.
3. Pair work or group work to make the students active in class.
Teaching Aids:
Teaching Procedures:
Greet the whole class as usual.
Step II Revision and Presentation
T: In the third period of Unit 4, we learned the Past Participle used as Attributeand Adverbial. Now look at these sentences. Can you tell me which past participle is used as Attribute and which is used as Adverbial?
(Show the following on the screen.)
1. Most of the artists invited to the party were from South Africa.
2. Given more attention, the trees could have grown better.
3. The professor came into the classroom, followed by his students.
4. The first textbooks written for teaching English as a foreign language
came out in the 16th century.
T: Who can tell us in the first sentence what the Past Participle is sued as?
S1:I know. It is used as Attribute, modifying the noun “artists”.
T: Yes. OK. Li Lu, you try, please.
S2: I think it is used as Adverbial in the second sentence.
S3: It is used as Adverbial in the third sentence, too.
T: (To the rest of the class.) Is that right?
T: Good. No problem. Now, the last sentence. Who knows?
S4: Let me have a try. I believe it is used as Attribute. It modifies “ the first
textbooks”.
T: (Ask another student.) Do you agree with him/her?
S5: No, I don't think so. I think it is used as Adverbial.
T: Yeah, now, we have two different opinions. which one is correct? Whose opinion do you agree with?
Ss: The first answer is correet. It is used as Attribute, not Adverbial.
Ss: Because it modifies the word, “textbooks”.
T: Good. It is used as Attribute. I agree with the first student.
T: We know that the Past Participle can be used as Adverbial. Now look at these sentences on the blackboard.
(Teacher writes the following on the blackboard.)
1. Don't speak until spoken to.
2. Given more time, we could do the work much better.
3. Destroyed by the earthquake, the house had to be rebuilt.
T: What are these past participle used us?
Ss: They are all used as Adverbial.
T: Yes, You're right. And we know that the Past Participle used as Adverbial can express different adverbials, such as: time, cause, condition, manner and so on. Do you know what the Past Participle in each sentence expresses? Who knows?
Sa: The Past Participle in the first sentence expresses time. The second one expresses condition. And the last one expresses cause.
T: Very good. Now, I'll give you a few minutes to discuss with your partner
about how to replace these past participles by using adverbial clauses.
T: (A few minutes later.) Who'd like to try the first sentence?
Sb: I'd like to. “Don't speak until you're spoken to. ”
T：Good. Please sit down. What about the second sentence? Who knows?
Sc: I know. If we were given more time, we could do the work much better.
T: OK. Sit down, please. Now, the last sentence. Who wants to have a try?
S: Beeause the house had been destroyed by the earthquake, it had to be rebuilt.
(Teacher writes the sentences above on the blackboard.)
T: As we all know, the Past Participle and the Present Partieiple can be used as Adverbial, for example: (Teacher writes the following examples on the
1. Seen from the hill, our school looks more beautiful.
2. Seeing from the hill, we can see our beautiful school.
T: Look at these two sentences carefully. Can you tell us the difference between them?
S: The first sentence uses the Past Participle as Adverbial while the second sentence uses the Present Participle as Adverbial.
T: Good. Do you know why?
S: Because the subject in the first sentence is “our school”, but in the second sentence the subject is “we”.
T: Very good. When we are using participles, we should pay attention to the subjects in the sentences, and the participle we use must have the same logical subject as the subject in the sentence. If the subject in the sentence receives the action, we should use the Past Participle as Adverbial; if the subject in the sentence does the action, we should use the Present Participle as Adverbial. Do you nderstand?
T: Look at the sentences on the screen. Join each of the following pairs of
sentences turning one of them into a participle phrase and making other
necessary changes. Do it in pairs or groups. Example: We were disturbed by the noise and had to finish the meeting early.
→Disturbed by the noise, we had to finish the meeting early.
Rewrite the sentences, using the Past Participle.
1. They were surprised at the idea and began to discuss it among themselves.
2. Mary was much interested and she agreed to give it a try.
3. I was deeply moved, and thanked them again and again.
4 The two men were delighted and they thought up many other ideas, too.
5. We had been taught by failure and mistakes and have become wiser.
6. I was shocked at the waste of money and decided to leave the company.
7. He was persuaded by his friends to give up smoking and threw his remaining cigarettes away.
Suggested answers:
1. Surprised at the idea, they began to discuss it among themselves.
2. Much interested, Mary agreed to give it a try.
3. Deeply moved, I thanked them again and again.
4. Delighted, the two men thought up many other ideas, too.
5. Taught by failure and mistakes, we have become wiser.
6. Shocked at the waste of money, I decided to leave the company.
7. Persuaded by his friends to give up smoking, he threw his remaining
cigarettes away.
T: OK. Now look at the screen. Let's do more exercises. You may discuss with
your partner.
(Teacher shows the following on the screen.)
Choose the best answers:
1. ______some officials, Napolean inspected his army.
2.__________ by his teacher, he has made great progress in his lesson.
3. The computer center, ________ last year, is very popular among the students in this school.
4. The visitor expressed his satisfaction,___________ that he had enjoyed
his stay here.
5.___________ in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
6.__________ his telephone number, she had some difficulty getting in touch
7. If_________ the same treatment again, he is sure to get well.
8. in 1636, Harvard is one of the most famous universities in the United States.
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. C 6. A 7. C 8. C
(Teacher then asks some students to do them one by one.)
T: Now let's have a test. Complete the following sentences. Write your answers on a piece of paper. Later, we'll check it together.
(Teacher uses the micromedia equipment to show the following on the screen.)
Complete the sentences:
1._______ （只要看一次），it can never be forgotten.
2._______ (被認為是這個城市里面最好的)，the factory was given a medal.
3._______ The visitor came in ,________（后面跟著一群年輕人）。
4._______ （在黨的領導下），the people have improved their living conditions greatly.
5._______（在她的話的鼓勵下），the boy later went up to his teacher and said “sorry”.
6. If_______（加熱）to a high temperature, water will change into vapour.
7._______ （從太空中望去），the earth is a water covered globe.
8. The object on the table is a fan ______ （由羽毛制成的）。
Suggested answers:
2. Regarded as the best in the city
3. followed by a group of young fellows
(A few minutes later, teacher asks some students to say their answers. If some students make any mistake, the teacher should give the correct answer and give some explanation, too)
T: In this class, we've discussed the use of the Past Participle. That is, how to use it and its transformation with the adverbial clauses. After class, we should do more practice about this to master them. OK. Time is up. So much for this clas. See you tomorrow.
Step VIII The Design of the Writing on the Blackboard
I. 1. Don't speak until spoken to.
Don't speak until you are spoken to.
2. Given more time, we could do the work much better.
If we were given more time, we could do the work much better.
3. Destroyed by the earthquake the house had to be rebuilt.
Because the house had been destroyed by the earthquake, the house
had to be rebuilt.
II. 1. Seen from the hill, our school looks more beautiful.
2. Seeing from the hill, we can see our beautiful school.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
優秀英語教案篇1<\/h2>
活動目的：
通過反復感受,理解問句"what do you see?";學習用句型" i see….",表達所看見的內容。
通過多種形式的操作、擺弄,激發幼兒參與英語活動的興趣,鼓勵幼兒開口說英語。
活動準備：捉迷藏背景圖
大轉盤,圖片
人手一份操作用具
活動過程：
一、復習
1、歌曲《hello!》
2、游戲《快樂郊游》
3、招呼語
二、看圖片,感受并理解對話:
t: look! what do you see?
i see a rabbit / a monkey / a duck / two elephants.
三、欣賞兒歌、歌曲《what do you see?》。
四、游戲《大轉盤》:
教師旋轉轉盤后,幼兒根據指針的指向,嘗試集體輸出" i see …."
五、游戲《傳球取寶》:
幼兒聽音樂傳球,音樂停,持球者擊破紙面取出寶物,并集體說:" i see …."
六、分組操作游戲:
(教師提供:轉盤、魔方、圖書、彩色眼鏡等)幼兒邊玩邊嘗試個別輸出" i see …."
優秀英語教案篇2<\/h2>
一．教學內容
main scene part a (let’s try let’s talk)
二．教學目標
1．能正確聽，說，朗讀“who is ...?-- he/she is...what’s he/she like? -- he/she is... is he/she…?--yes,he/she is. no, he/she isn’t.”
2.能正確聽，說，認讀表示人物外貌與性格特征的形容詞： old ,young,funny,kind,strict,polite,hard-working,clever.
3.能聽懂，會說，會表演let’s talk 的內容并在真實場景中運用。
三．教學重難點
重點：學生能夠表演main scene 和let’s talk的交際內容，能夠根據實際 情況用英語討論他人外貌與性格特征。
難點：用英語準確詢問并回答人物特征，如：“who is …? he/she is…what’s he/she like? he/she is … is he/she…?yes,he/she is. no, he/she isn’t.”
四．課前準備
教師自制的單詞卡 、錄音機、錄音帶
五．教學過程
step1. warming-up
1.let’s look and say the names.(教師出示本單元通過多媒體播放一些卡通圖片，分別展示年老，年輕，滑稽，有禮貌，工作努力，聰明，嚴格等外貌與性格特征，讓學生認讀，說一說這是誰，怎么樣。)
2.let’s listen and sing”who’s your teacher?”
step2. presentationen.
1.學習main scene
（1）出示main scene中的部分教學掛圖，讓學生觀察。
（2）看圖回答問題。
dialogue1: who can you see in the picture?(wu yifan,amy,oliver and a teacher.)
dialogue2: what are they talking about?(the teacher introduces classmates to each other.)
dialogue2:who is a new student?(oliver)
（3）聽錄音，模仿朗讀，理解對話內容。
（4）教師領讀對話，學生模仿，齊讀練習，生生對話，小組表演。
2.學習let’s try let’s talk
（1）listen and tick.聽錄音，完成探究學習第一題。
（2）創設情境：這節課我們和oliver，wuyifan一起去了解mr young。
（3）看let’s talk部分的課文插圖，聽錄音，模仿朗讀，理解意思。
（4）根據let’s talk內容嘗試分角色朗讀對話。
（5）學生兩人一組，完成“talk about your teachers.”
（6）學生表演，以檢查學生對本課對話的掌握情況，對做得較好的學生予以表揚。
3.make a survey.
t: who’s your... ...? ss:... ...
t:what’s he/she like?
step3. consolidation
三人一組，發現并用我們學過的句型討論小組內每個成員的三個優點。
s1: who’s that... ...? s2:... ...
s1:what’s he/she like? s2:he/she is…
s1:is he/she... ...? s2:yes,he/she is. no,he/she isn’t.
step4 homework
1.完成課堂檢測中的相關習題。
2.make a new dialogue and act it out。
六．板書設計
unit one what’s he like?
main scene part a (let’s try let’s talk)
who is he?-- he is our music teacher.
what’s she like? -- she’s very kind.
is he young?--yes,he is.
七．教學反思
優秀英語教案篇3<\/h2>
活動內容： new house
活動目標：
１、通過游戲活動＂布置新房＂，復習對日常生活中常用單詞，介詞及句型i need… … i put it… …進一步掌握。
２、通過描述日常生活中幼兒所熟悉的物和事情，激發幼兒學習英語的興趣。
活動準備：
１、房子圖片
２、平面示意圖――組合圖（１幅）平面示意圖――教師示范幼兒操作圖（１大６?。?
３、小超市所需圖片若干
活動過程：
一、幼兒邊唱“happy home”邊進教室，并引導幼兒與老師招呼。 today, we have so many guests in our classroom. let’s say “ hello” to them. all right! sit down, please!
二、（一）引出活動
１、出示房子圖片，引起興趣：＂look! what’s this?＂
２、復習各種房間的名稱：this is the bedroom（bathroom living roomkitchen）
３、以布置房間的形式引起幼兒興趣。 now, i want to decorate them. first, i want to decorate my living room. can you help me?
４、請６－７名幼兒先商量布置客廳，引導幼兒去超市購買所需要的物品。 i need something to decorate it. can you help me? look ! the supermarket is beside my new house. you can get there and buy something we need. who can help me?
a、要求幼兒通過商量，購置布置客廳所需的物品。 think about it. what we need!
b、復習句型i need……
c、請幼兒將所購買的物品布置到客廳內，并復習句型i put……及各種介詞的用法。 are you ready? come on! you do it!
tell us, where do you put it?
（二）幼兒分組操作，教師指導。
１、引起幼兒布置其他房間的興趣。 i so believe you. look at my bedroom, bathroom and kitchen. they are almost empty.
let’s decorate them, ok? b.引導幼兒布置其他房間。 this is bedroom.（bathroomkitchen）what we need?
２、引導幼兒自由組合并討論怎樣布置其他房間，并學習去超市購買所需物品。 if you want to decorate the bedroom（bathroomkitchen）。 you can go there and here. the supermarket is beside you. you can get there and buy something you need.
３、幼兒分組操作，教師巡回指導。 you do it! it’s up to you!
４、引導幼兒把圖紙講述給客人老師聽。 say something about your picture to our guests.
５、聽音樂安靜入座。
三、通過競賽的形式進一步復習鞏固介詞的用法及句型i need…i put it…任意選１－２組講述。 come on! let’s have a race. tell us something about your picture.（we need… …i put it… …）
四、結束活動
１、鞭炮起，教師發糖welcome to my new house
２、song:出教室。
優秀英語教案篇4<\/h2>
活動內容：a family of chicken
活動目標：
１、通過活動復習英語單詞cock、chicken、hen
２、培養托兒學習英語的興趣
活動準備：
１、chicken頭飾、雞蛋（均人手一份）
２、cock（由教師扮演）hen（由大班幼兒扮演）
３、音樂《mother hen》
４、草叢、籃筐（２個）
活動過程：一、唱歌念兒歌，組織教學。
１、t: come on babies! lets sing some songs, are you ready?
1、用英語日常用語進行對話good morning,how are you? what your name?how old are you?
2、出示所學過的三角形、圓形、心形，花，蘋果……進行復習
3、出示短線（從一個口袋里慢慢拉出一條短線）教幼兒line ，讓幼兒跟讀line, 提問where is the line? where？（讓幼兒指出哪里有line）尋找
4、再從另一個口袋里慢慢拉出一條長線，告訴幼兒long , long line, long line,讓幼兒跟讀，再出示前面的短線，教short , short line , short line,邊教邊用手比畫。
5、出示黑板（簡略說明黑板的英語名稱）， 在黑板上畫條線，邊畫邊說draw draw draw a line ,draw, (做動作，讓幼兒記下此單詞) follow me , draw ，draw a line , look, what’s the shape ?（出示圓形的圖片）circle ,oh , draw a circle , draw a circle ,draw, drew , draw a heart ,draw a flower,ok,who can try ? （老師請一位小朋友上臺玩游戲，被請上的幼兒背對著下面的小朋友，老師出示圖片，下面的小朋友便讀出，例下面的小朋友看到circle 時便說draw a circle,講臺上的幼兒聽到指令后便在黑板上畫上circle）
6、再復習一遍，老師在上面畫，幼兒在下面說，老師不出聲。
7、讓幼兒stand up ,listen to the dvd 聽音樂，邊學做律動邊慢慢地go pee pee。
8、class is over.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
教學目標：
培養幼兒對英語發音的興趣和英語活動的興趣，激發幼兒參與英語活動以及學習英語運用英語的動機
教學準備：茶葉 茶壺 水杯 礦泉水瓶 熱水壺 椅子 桌子
教學過程：
1. 組織教學：Let’s count from one to ten.
2. 練習單詞five 的發音，講解音標/v/的發音要領并練習/v/的發音.
3. 學習單詞have，注意幼兒的發音。
4. 情景表演：
Mary: It’s fine day , It’s fine day .I’ll visit my friend.
Ding-dong, Ding-dong.
Alice: Who’s it.
Mary: It’s me, It’s me. Mary.
Alice: Welcome, welcome. Sit down, please!
Would you like to have some tea?
Mary: Thank you.
Alice: Oh, my god. It’s empty. Mummy is not in.
Mary: No problem. I’ll show you how to make tea.
5. 通過情景表演引出單詞water和tea的學習。教讀數遍。
6. 演示沖茶過程，鞏固單詞water和tea的學習。
7. 請幼兒品嘗沖好的茶，引出短語Have some tea. 的學習。
8. 學習并會運用短語Have some water ./Have some tea.
9. 游戲活動：請幼兒分組沖茶，將沖好的茶請客人品嘗。練習運用短語Have some water ./Have some tea.
10. 小結本次課的學習內容。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Unit 11 Key to Success
高三英語備課組 主備：陳曉燕 , 10, 25
Teaching Aims.
1. Talk about social behavior and social relations.
2. Talk about teamwork and success.
3. Practice presenting ideas.
4. Grasp some new words, phrases and sentence structures.
Important new words and phrases.
criterion, criteria, stick with, through thick and thin, pull out of, summary, summarize, frequency, reputation, suspect, for the sake of, in reality, temporary, uncertain, expectation, compromise, excite, regulation, take … into account, dynamic, shortcoming, embarrass, contradictory, explosion, ambitious, ambition, as a whole, congratulate, once again, combination, live up to, accommodate, decline.
Important sentence structures.
1. Do you stick with your friends through thick and thin?
2. While working there you discover that the manager does not take proper measures to ensure hygiene and safety of the food products that are prepared in its kitchens and will be delivered to the customers.
3. Especially at school, it sometimes feels as if we are being asked to work in teams for the sake of just that.
4. No matter how hard that you try, working towards a career for which you are not suitable is not going to get you there.
5. Each offers gifts and processes that complement the others, contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the “whole” is a team, a class, a family or society.
Teaching procedures：
Period Ⅰ Word Study
1. pull out of 從……退出
(1) They are pulling their troops out of the battle zone. ____________________________________
(2) The expense of the project is so much that we have to pull out. ____________________________
(3) Once you are trapped in it, you can hardly ____.
A. pull out B. pull down C. pull away D. pull up
(4) The tree is hard to pull ______.
A. out B. up C. over D. off
(5) He jumped onto the train just as it was pulling ______.
A. up B. off C. away D. down
(6) The special train pulled _____ at 10 am...
A. off B. away C. out D. in
相關固定搭配:
pull out of the fire 使轉敗為勝 pull apart 扯斷,撕開; 找出……錯處,批評
pull away 開動,離開 pull down 拆毀
pull in (車)進站; (船)靠岸 pull off 脫(衣,帽等); 把車開到路邊;努力實現
pull on 穿戴(襪子,手套等);繼續拉或劃 pull over 把…拉過來; 把…開到路邊
pull through (使)渡過危機(險); 使恢復健康 pull back 阻力,逆境; 撤回
pull up 使停下,拔起（樹，草等）；阻止，斥責
2. suspect (suspected, suspected) adj. suspicious n. suspicion
suspect sb. of sth. (doing sth.) 懷疑某人（做某事）
eg. What made you suspect her of having taken the money? 你憑什么懷疑她拿了錢？
認為，猜，想．
_____________________________________________
=_____________________________________________
他們認為他是兇手．
She suspected that _________________________ 她認為他在撒謊．
(1) We ______ him ______ giving false information. That would be terrible.
A. suspect; of B. suspect; with C. suspect; from D. suspect; in
(2) Nobody wants to make friends with the boy ______ money.
A. suspected of having stolen B. suspecting to steal
C. suspected having stolen D. suspecting to have stolen
3. sake n. 緣故(僅用于成語)
for the sake of 為了…… for any sake 無論如何
without sake 無緣無故 for safety’s sake 為安全起見
for God’s (goodness’, pity’s) sake (加強祈使句)看在上帝份上；務請
eg. (1) They fought _____________ their country.= They fought ________________. 他們為國而戰．
(2) For God’s sake, stop quarrelling. ____________________________
(3) I’ll help _______________________ 看在你姐姐面上我幫你．
(4) Students must make it clear that they don’t study for teacher’s sake but for the sake of their own. ___________________________________________________________
(5) The couple only stayed together _____ the children.
A. in the hope of B. for the purpose of C. in the name of D. for the sake of
4. uncertain adj. 不確切的，無把握的． 反 certain
n. (1) 確鑿的，無疑的
It is certain that …… be certain of
__________________two plus two makes four. 2加2等于4是確切無疑的．
eg. The ______________ look on his face suggested that he didn’t know how to deal with the ________________ situation. 他臉上（感到）困惑的表情說明他不知道如何對付這一令人困惑的處境。
6. congratulate vt. 祝賀；慶賀
congratulate vi. 祝賀，向……道賀；慶幸，高興
congratulation n. congratulator 祝賀者
常用句型 congratulate sb.／oneself on（doing）sth.
We ________________________ the birth of her daughter. 我們祝賀她生了個女兒。
She __________________________having thought of such a good idea.
He congratulated himself on having survived the air-crash.他慶幸自己在空難中幸免于死。
7. live up to 依照……行事；做到；不辜負（期望）
live up to one’s reputation_____________________
Do live up to your parents’ expectations. 別辜負父母的期望。
expectation期待，期望，預料；（對成功幸運的期待，指望）
without much expectation of success __________________________
our team has every expectation of winning______________________
beyond expectation(s) 出乎意料（副詞，形容詞）
come/ live up to one’s expectation(s) 符合某人的期待
in expectation of 預計會有……
eg. (1)._____________________________, I decided to walk 預計會交通堵塞，我決定步行
(2). A young artist with great expectations _____________________________
(3) The WTO can’t live up to its name _______it doesn’t include a country that is home to one fifth of mankind.
A. as long as B. while C. if D. even though
(4). We will live _______ what our parents expect us.
A. on B. in C. up to D. with
Live 相關短語：
live a happy (miserable/ hard) life 過著幸福的（悲慘的/艱苦的）生活
live apart 夫妻分居 live by 靠……維生
live down 使慢慢淡忘 live for 為……而活；盼著
live in 住校，在工作的地方吃住 （反）live out
live on 靠吃……生存，以……為主食；靠……（收入）生活
live with 和。。。住在一起；接受（不愉快的事物）
Period Ⅱ Reading
Teaching aims.
1. Learn and master the following words and phrases: temporary cooperate, uncertain, expectation, shortcoming, embarrass contradictory，for the sake of, keep an eye on, take something into account.
2. Improve the Ss’ reading ability.
3. Enable the Ss to realize that it is important to learn to co-operate.
Teaching difficult points:
1. How to improve the Ss’ reading ability.
2. Master the following phrases and sentences.
What if ……？ feel as if, for the sake of, keep an eye on, take sth into consideration.
Teaching methods:
1. Skimming and Scanning methods
2. Individual, pair work or group work
3. Discussion.
Teaching procedures.
Step I Lead in
T: I want to move this desk to the 4th floor. But I can’t do it by myself. Who can help me?
(a student comes) we two did this job together and what we can call the job?
-----it is team work.
T: where else do we need team work?
-----football, basketball, rugby, working…
Step 2 Fast-reading
1. In sports games, a player .
A. often changes his role B. has a clear role
C. feels that players with different abilities make different contributions to the team.
D. accepts the same expectations and responsibilities as the other players
2. The author takes for example to show how a team can work well.
A. the sports team B. the project team C. the rugby team D. a dynamic team
3. What is the main idea of Paragraph 7?
A. How a project team is different from a rugby team.
B. How a project team works.
C. In a project team, people who have different abilities and personalities have different roles into team.
D. How the tasks of the group are divided depends on personalities and abilities of the individuals in the group.
4. According to the text, which of the following statements is not right?
A. The coach of a sports team is not counted as a team member, so he is less important.
B. social relations are important within the team.
C. the atmosphere in the group affects the performance of the team.
D. It’s not necessary for all team members to be friends.
Step 3 Careful- reading
1. Why are people sometimes made up a team to finish a job?
2. What is coach’s job in a sports team?
3. Why is working in groups at school an opportunity to learn about teamwork?
4. What does the task division for the group depend on in a team?
5. What will the lack of recognition of differences in human functioning lead to?
Step 4. Summary
Ask students to divide the passage into 5 parts.
Parts Main idea
Part 1( Paras.1-2)
Part 1( Paras.3-4)
Part 3(.5)
Part 4( Paras.6-7)
Part 5( Paras.8-10)
The passage is mainly about the importance of _______________. It tells us that teamwork is _______________ and ______________ because some work in our life cannot be _______________ by someone __________. Working in teams at school is a preparation for our ___________. To make the team _____________ well, all team members should _________, __________ and _________ each other and be clear about their __________. On the other hand, it is important to know every member’s _____________ and _____________, because different personalities and abilities can fit different __________________ in the society and can help us avoid _________________ other team members. In this way, we can make the best of working with team members.
Step 5. Language points.
1. be counted as 被認可，被認為有效。
count … as 認為……有效 regard … as 認為……是
treat… as 把……當作……對待 consider… (as/ to be) 認為……是
look on… as 認為……是 think of … as 認為……是
honor…as 授予……的稱號
(1). A few lines of words aren’t counted as poem. _______________________
(2). Jane was counted as one of the greatest magician over the world.
珍妮被視為世界最好的魔術師之一。
(3) The government has ______ him ______ a model worker.
A. honored; as B. honored; for C. honored; with D. been honored; like
(4) Waste is ______ as a crime.
A. regarding B. regarded C. considering D. taken
2. There are few occasions when members are confused or uncertain of their roles.
很少有這樣的時候，成員對自己（在隊中）的作用很模糊或不確定。
when 引導定語從句，先行詞occasion還原到句中作狀語。
(1) Wedding is an occasion when bride is the most beautiful. ________________________________
(3) There was ______ time ________ I hated to go to school.
A. a; that B. a; when C. the; that D. the; when
(4) I will never forget the days ______ I used to work in that factory.
A. that B. which C. when D. what
3. attach… to… 將……系在……上面；依附某人；將……派給（去執行某任務）；使隸屬于
(1)Do you attach any importance to what he said? ___________________________
(2) You’ll be attached to this department until the end of the year. ______________________
(3) I attached myself to a group of tourists entering the museum. 我隨著一群游客混入博物館。
(5) The porters attached a label to each piece of baggage. 搬運工在每件行李上都加上了標簽。
4. take … into account 計及；斟酌；體諒；考慮；將……考慮在內
Take… into account= take account of=__________________________
(1) We must take local conditions into account. 我們必須把當地的條件考慮進去。
(2) We must take account of the interests of the State. 我們必須考慮到國家的利益。
(3) When judging his performance, don’t __________________________
評定他的表現時，不必考慮他的年齡。
(4) What he did was excellent in the examination. We must _____ his age.
A. take into account B. pay attention to C. considering that D. take account for
(5) I hope my teacher will take my recent illness into ______ when judging my examination.
A. regard B. account C. thought D. observation
復習account
(1)I bought the bike on account. 我賒賬買了這輛自行車。
(2)We could not go on account of the rain. 因為下雨我們不能去。
(3)On no account are visitors allowed to feed the animals.
不論什么原因游客都不允許用東西喂動物。
(4)It is a matter of great account. 這是一件重要的事情。
(5) No one could account for the disappearance of the money. 誰也說不清楚這些錢丟失的原因。
(6) Smokers account for 20 percent of the whole population in the world. 煙民占世界總人口的20%。
(7) She gave an account of what he saw in China. 他描述了他在中國看到的事情。
Period Ⅲ Integrating Skills
Step 1 Lead in
Most of us are studying here aimed at going to universities. Is it the only way to succeed?
Step Ⅱ Fast-reading
1. Li Yonghong had an opportunity to go to university, but she gave it up.
2. The writer is trying to tell us that people who can’t go to university can also achieve great success.
3. The story of Li Yonghong is rare.
4Life at high school is very important because it’s easy to get to know ourselves while at school.
5. The writer thinks we should always listen to our teachers and parents.
6. Many people dream of going to university because they think a university degree is the ticket to success.
7. The little experiment shows us that everyone can succeed through hard work.
8. People have different personality types and each is of equal value.
Step Ⅲ Careful- reading
The structure of the text:
Part 1(1-2): ____________________________________
Part 2(3-6): _____________________________________
Part3(7-8): _____________________________________
Main idea: This passage tells us that to go to university is not the only ticket to success. Instead we should choose the job that makes the most of our special talents and interests.
Step Ⅳ Language points.
1. as a whole 作為整體，普遍說來，一般說來
(1) Will the collection be divided up or sold as a whole? ___________________________
(2) The population as a whole is in favor of the reform. ___________________________
on the whole 總的說來，一切都在考慮之內
(3) On the whole, I’m in favor of the proposal. _______________________________
(4) _______ I’m quite satisfied with the experiment.
A. As a whole B. On the whole C. As the whole D. On a whole
(5) We must examine these problems.
A. as a whole B. on the whole C. as the whole D. on whole
2. in demand 非常需要，受歡迎的，吃香的
(1) Good interpreters are always in demand. ______________________
(2) She is _________________as a singer. 她是十分受歡迎的歌手。
類似結構：
in store 儲藏著 in need 需要
in business 經商 in public 公開的
in secret 私下的，秘密的 in difficulty 處于困難中
in ruins 成為廢墟 in tens 十個一組，十個一包
in groups 成群的
(3) At that time, they were short ______ money, that is, they were ____ need of money.
A. with; a B. for; for C. by; with D. of; in
(4) The store has no more red shoes _____, so Mary chose brown ones instead.
A. in demand B. in store C. in need D. in existence
3. accommodate
a. 供給某人住宿或房間
(1)This hotel can accommodate up to 500 guests. 這個旅館可供達500位來賓住宿。
(2) I will accommodate my plans to yours. 我修改一下計劃以便和你的計劃相適應。
c. accommodate sb. with … 準予或提供某人……
(3) The bank will accommodate you with a loan. ________________________
d. 幫某人的忙，施恩惠于
(4) I shall endeavor to accommodate you whenever possible. ____________________________
e. 順應……； 考慮到
(5）accommodate the special needs of minority groups ___________________________
n. accommodation 房間，住所 accommodations 住宿，膳宿
adj. accommodating （指人）隨和的，樂于助人的
4. No matter how hard, working towards a career for which you are not …
… contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the “whole” is a team, a class, a family or a society.
No matter how hard和 whether 在此均引導讓步狀語從句。
a. No matter how 在引導讓步從句時可與however互換使用，而在名詞性從句中只用however.
(1) 不管天氣多冷，他總是去游泳。
She always goes swimming, however cold it is.
She always goes swimming, _______________ cold it is.
______________________________________, he’ll be here on time.
本單元短語：
1.what if 倘使……會怎樣 2.in groups 成群的
3.for the sake of 為了…… 4.in reality 事實上
5.be familiar with 對……熟悉 6.be counted as 被認可，被認為有效
7.make decisions about 作出關于……的決定 8.on the other hand 另一方面
9.attach to 將……系在……上面；依附某人；將……派給（去執行某任務）；使隸屬于
10.be aware of 意識到…… 11.be suitable for 合適……
12.keep an eye on 照料……
13.take … into account 計及；斟酌；體諒；考慮；將……考慮在內
14.depend on 依靠，依賴于 15.lack of 缺少
16.make the best use of 充分利用 .make the most of
17.have … in mind 記住 ngratulate… on.. . 祝賀……
19.as the years went by 隨著時間的流逝 20.in demand 非常需要，受歡迎的，吃香的
up to 依照……行事；做到；不辜負（期望） 22.dream of doing 夢想著做
23. in the eyes of … 在……看來 24. suspect of doing 懷疑……
25. make a contribution to 為……作出貢獻
Exercises
單選：
1. The police suspect him______ with the murder.
A. to be involved with B. of being involved with
C. of involving D. to involve
2. His private actions are ______ direct contradiction ______ his publicly expressed opinions.
A. in ; with B. with ; to C. into ; to D. of : with
3. Although he didn’t like the job, he took it _____ his family.
A. regardless of B. for the sake of C. as a result D. for sake of
4.Though they have nothing in common , they are able to live ___.
A. for harmony B at peace C. in harmony D. without harmony
ing at the barber’s shop is ______ experience for her.
A. a quite B. quite an C. much D. a much
6. Will you please _____ it that all the windows are well locked.
A. attend B. make sure C. see D. see to
7. Since these two shirts are ____ the same size and color you may take _____.
A. in ; neither B. of ; either C. of : none D. with ; both
8. She decided to ____ her studies after obtaining her first degree.
A. pursue B. gain C. supply D. go on
9. I have never learned ____ much maths in my life as ___ last year.
A. as ; I do B. as : I did C. so ; I learn D. so ; I have learned
10. Her first sop was started 3 years ago and ever since she ______.
A. hasn’t looked up B. hasn’t looked back C. didn’t look back D. didn’t look into
11. People have been stocking up on water , food and candles ___ the terrible day.
A. in preparation for B. in preparations for C. in the preparation for D. with preparations for
12.What made the boy unhappy was ___ to go fishing with his father.
A. his not allowing B. his not being allowed
C. his being not allowed D. having not been allowed
13.He is a person of few words. It is hard to ___ his thoughts.
A. learn B. study C. read D. master
14. He is writing a book ____ the Chinese history.
A. relating to B. concerned C. concerning with D. related with
15. _____ all the good things about online communication is not easy .
A. Named B. Called C. Calling D. Naming
16. She has milked a large part of the sheep , the rest ___ eating grass.
A. was B. were C. is D. are
17. The cattle kept on this farm are as good as ____ imported from abroad.
A. ones B. these C. that D. those
18. A tall wall is being built to ____ the place against thieves.
A. prevent; from B. guard ; from C. keep ; out D. leave ; off
19. They are warned there are many dangers ___.
A. avoiding B. being avoided C. to avoid D. to be avoided
20. There is no point _____ her change her mind.
A. to try and make B. in trying to make C. for trying making D. but try to make
第二節 完形填空(共20小題，每小題1.5分，滿分30分)
閱讀下面短文，掌握其大意，然后從36-55各題所給的A、B、C、D四個選項中選出最佳答案。
School was over and I was both mentally and physically tired. I sat at the very front of the bus because of my 21 to get home. Sitting at the front makes you 22 out like a shiny coin in a pile of dull pennies.
Janie, the driver, tries to break the 23tmosphere by striking the match of 24 I try to mind my manners and 25 listen, but usually I am too busy thinking about my day. On this day, 26 , her conversation was worth listening to.
“My father's sick,” she said to no one in 27 . I could see the anxiety and fear in her eyes. With a sudden change of attitude and interest, I asked,“What's wrong with him?“
With her eyes wet and her voice tight from 28 he tears, she responded,“Heart trouble.”Her eyes lowered as she 29 “I've already lost my mum, so I don't think I can stand losing him.”
I couldn't respond. I was 30 . My heart ached for her. I sat on the old, smelly seat thinking of the great 31 my own mother was thrown into when her father died. I saw how hard it was, _32__ still is, for her. I wouldn't like anyone to go 33 that.
Suddenly I realized Janie wasn't only a bus driver. That was 34 her job. She had a whole world of family and concerns too. I had never thought of her as 35 but a driver.
I suddenly felt very 36 . I realized I had only thought of people as 37 as what their purposes were in my life. I paid no attention to Janie because she was a bus driver. I had judged her by her job and brushed her off as 38 .
For all I know, I'm just another person in 39 else's world, and may not even be important. I __40 not have been so selfish and self-centred. Everyone has places to go, people to see and appointments (約會) to keep. Understanding people is an art.
21A. anxiety B. determination C. decision D. attempt
22A. find B. make C. think D. stand
23A. unpopular B. uncomfortable C. unusual D. unforgettable
24A fire B. topic C. conversation D. discussion
25A. politely B. devotedly C. carelessly D. sincerely
26A. however B. therefore C. thus D. otherwise
27A. surprise B. common C. silence D. particular
28A. fighting B. avoiding C. clearing D. keeping
29A. told B. lasted C. repeated D. continued
30A. for sure B. at ease C. in shock D. in despair
31A. mercy B. pain C. pity D. disappointment
32A. but B. yet C. and D. or
33A. over B. round C. through D. without
34A. almost B. nearly C. ever D. just
35A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
36A. sad B. embarrassed C. selfish D. worried
37A. far B. long C. much D. well
38A. unfit B. unselfish C. unnecessary D. unimportant
39A. everyone B. someone C. anyone D. no one
40A. must B. may C. can D. should
A
The sky is a large place, and though it had been carefully examined for centuries, new features still turn up. Last March it was the reigns of Uranus, and last week astronomers announced what may turn out to be a new planet, though a very small one, in the solar system.
The object was first sighted last month by Charles Kowal, an astronomer at the Hale Observatories in Pasadena, Calif. Mr Kowal detected a faint trail of light on photographic plates, indicating that something was moving in relation to the background of stars. Other observers have confirmed the discovery.
The“mini-planet”, identified for the time being as“Object-Kowal”, appears to be about 1.5 billion miles away, between the orbits of Saturn and Uranus, and its diameter has been estimated at between 100 and 400 miles. Its orbit has not been determined yet, but if the orbit proves to be roughly circular, like that of the major planets, the new object world probably take 66 to 70 years to make a circuit of the sun.
Some astronomers have speculated that Mr Kowal's discovery may be the first indication of an asteroid belt beyond Saturn.
41. According to the first paragraph, in the solar system.
A. a large new planet may have been found B. a small new planet may have been found
C. a new planet has been found D. a large object may have been found
42. Paragraph 2 .
A. gives a different theory about the object B. states the main idea
C. reports the new object D. describes how the object was found
43. The object is located .
A. between Saturn an Uranus B. on Saturn
C. on Uranus D. on Venus
44. What field of study is this article reporting on?
A. Industry. B. Astronomy. C. Spaceflight. D. Agriculture.
B
Let's pretend we're sailing down the Rhine River on a pleasure boat. The Rhine is one of the main waterways of Germany, and the river traffic is heavy. It's interesting to watch the many boats going up and down the river. But the river traffic is not nearly so interesting as the beautiful scenery along the banks and hillsides. The boat is passing many old castles. We can see people working in the vineyards (葡萄園) on the hillsides. There are vineyards as far as the eye can see. Wine from the Rhine Valley is famous all over the world.
Suddenly our boat slows down and begins to turn a little. We are coming to a sharp bend in the river. On our right we can see a rocky cliff over 400 feet high. At first it looks quite ordinary, but there is nothing ordinary about it. There are many stories, poems, and songs about the cliff. We are looking at the Lorelei.
The someone on the boat begins to sing in German, the song of the Lorelei. It is a song about a beautiful siren (美女) who has lured many sailors to their deaths.
The siren is supposed to sit on the rock combing her long golden hair and singing. The sailors who hear her forget to steer, and the current of river hurls their boats on the rocks and dashes them to pieces.
Soon other people on the boat begin to sing. The beautiful song adds to special magic to the moment, and you begin to realize why so many people have made this trip down the Rhine to see the rock of the Lorelei.
45. The more interesting thing to those who are sailing down the Rhine River on a pleasure boat is .
A. to watch many boats going up and down the river
B. to see the beautiful scene along the banks and hillsides
C. to hear a song about beautiful siren
D. to see a beautiful siren combing her golden hair
46. Which of the following is famous all over the world?
A. The Rhine River. B. The River Traffic.
C. Wine from the Rhine Valley. D. The Lorelei.
47. We can see a rocky cliff over 400 feet high .
A. on our right when coming to a sharp bend B. on the Rhine hillsides
C. from the Rhine Valley D. on the boat
48. The song of the Lorelei is about .
A. The Rhine wine B. a rocky cliff
C. the beautiful scenery along the Rhine River D. a beautiful and dangerous woman genie
C
In the 1960s, medical researchers Thomas Holmes and Richard Rahe developed a checklist of stressful events. They appreciated the tricky point that any major change can be stressful. Negative events like “serious illness of a family member” were high on the list, but so were some positive life-changing events, like marriage. When you take the Holmes-Rahe test you must remember that the score does not reflect how you deal with stress - it only shows how much you have to deal with. And we now know that the way you handle these events dramatically affects your chances of staying healthy.
By the early 1970s, hundreds of similar studies had followed Holmes and Rahe. And millions of Americans who work and live under stress worried over the reports. Somehow, the research got boiled down to a memorable message. Women’s magazines ran headlines like “Stress causes illness!” If you want to stay physically and mentally healthy, the articles said, avoid stressful events.
But such simplistic advice is impossible to follow. Even if stressful events are dangerous, many - like the death of a loved one - are impossible to avoid. Moreover, any warning to avoid all stressful events is a prescription (處方) for staying away from opportunities as well as trouble. Since any change can be stressful, a person who wanted to be completely free of stress would never marry, have a child, take a new job or move.
The notion that all stress makes you sick also ignores a lot of what we know about people. It assumes we’re all vulnerable (脆弱的) and passive in the face of adversity (逆境). But what about human initiative and creativity? Many come through periods of stress with more physical and mental vigor than they had before. We also know that a long time without change or challenge can lead to boredom, and physical and metal strain.
49. The result of Holmes-Rahe’s medical research tells us __________.
A) the way you handle major events may cause stress
B) what should be done to avoid stress
C) what kind of event would cause stress
D) how to cope with sudden changes in life
50. The studies on stress in the early 1970’s led to _________.
A) widespread concern over its harmful effects
B) great panic over the mental disorder it could cause
C) an intensive research into stress-related illnesses
D) popular avoidance of stressful jobs
51. The score of the Holmes-Rahe test shows ________.
A) how much pressure you are under B) how positive events can change your life
C) how stressful a major event can be D) how you can deal with life-changing events
52. Why is “such simplistic advice” (Line 1, Para. 3) impossible to follow?
A) No one can stay on the same job for long.
B) No prescription is effective in relieving stress.
make a list of, compare… with…, take … into consideration, in charge of, be responsible for, be to blame, make notes of, be upset about, hand in hand, make informed choices about, accuse … of, associate … with, get across, appeal to, a variety of, look out for, keep an eye out for, at the best price, distinguish between… and …, with the purpose of, by the side of, refer to, make sense, appeal to/for, profit by/from, attach to…, be aware of…, distinguish between…, think twice.
Ⅲ Important sentences.
1. By introducing a brand name to potential customers, and by associating the product with the customer’s needs, companies are able to influence the choices (customers make).
2. Since an increase in sales means an increase in production, the price may be reduced.
3. Truthful ads provide good information that helps customers to decide whether they want or need the advertised product.
4. Armed with facts and figures, customers are better able to deal with the often powerful arguments given by a salesman or saleswoman.
5. Not all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.
6. A good ad often uses words to which people attach positive meanings.
二、Teaching procedures.
Period Ⅰ Word Study
1. convey a.) To take or carry from one place to another; transport. 運送；運輸
b.)To communicate or make known; impart通知；通報；傳達
The truck conveyed machinery across the country. 這輛卡車在全國各地運送機器。
Wires convey electricity. 金屬線導電。
I will convey the information to him. 我將把這消息通知他。
2. consideration n. 深思；考慮
Please give the problem your careful consideration. 請慎重考慮這個問題。
1)理由；考慮的事物；因素
The most important consideration in this case is time. 在這件事中，最重要的因素是時間。
2)in consideration of報答；由于
take ……into consideration顧及，考慮到 under consideration在考慮中，在研究中
a small payment in consideration of sb’s service 答謝某人服務的微薄酬金
我買汽車時總要把燃油消耗量考慮在內。I always take fuel consumption into consideration when buying a car.
3. Charge
(1)n. 費用; 主管,;控告
這家旅館的住宿費是多少？ What are the charges in this hotel?
我想和負責人談談。 I would like to speak to the person in charge.
警察控告他犯有謀殺罪。 The police brought a charge of murder against him.
(2)v. 給。。。裝上； 控訴, ；襲擊；索價，收費；
這個水果商要了我很多的錢。 The fruit seller charged me too much money.
突然野獸向我們沖過來。 Suddenly the wild animal charged at us.
他被指控搶劫珠寶。 He was charged with stealing the jewels.
把酒杯倒滿酒。 Charge your glasses with wine!
(3) In charge of (負責管理) 介詞斷語,可在句中做后置定語和表語.
The editor is in charge of the newspaper’s ad. Section.
The newspaper’s ad. Section is in the charge of the edition.這份報紙的廣告部分由這個編輯負責。
Charge money for sth/doing sth要價,收費
他修理自行車收了你多少錢?How much did he charge you for repairing the bicycle?
你的蘑菇要什么價錢?How much do you charge for your mushrooms?
Charge sth with sth 給。。。裝上；給。。。充電Please charge a gun with power. 給大炮裝上火藥。
Charge sb with指控某人。。；委托某人接受工作或任務She charged him with cheating. 她告他欺詐。
Charge sb to do sth/with doing sth 委托。。。做。。。
她托我照看她的兒子。She charged me to look after/ with looking after her son.
in/under the charge of 在…掌管下 charge at 向…襲擊;撲向
take charge of 負責,掌管 leave sb in charge of/ put sb in charge of 交由。。。照看
free of charge 免費 at one’s own charge 自費
4. blame v.
(1) 把．．．歸咎于．blame sth. on sb. / blame sb. for sth.
He blamed the fault on his wife. 他把錯歸咎于他的妻子。
(2) 對（壞事）負有責任be to blame (for sth.)
誰該對這個事故負責？ Who is to blame for the accident?
這件事是我做錯了。 I am to blame.
責備，譴責．n.
(1) He put/lay all the blame on me.
他把所有的事情都歸咎于我。
(2) We are ready to take the blame for what had happened. （bear/ accept/ give）
我們已準備好對已經發生的事承擔起責任。
4. react vt. &vi. 起反應;又影響;反對;反抗
react to sth 對…做出反應, react against 反對 react on/with sth 與..起化學反應
react on/upon sb對…產生影響;起作用have an effect on
1) 她既不抬頭,也沒有任何反應.She didn’t look up or react in any way.
2). 氫與氧產生化學反應. Hydrogen reacts with oxygen.
The eye reacts to light。 眼睛對光有反應。
Applause reacts on/upon a speaker. 鼓掌對講演者有影響。
The rise of oil costs reacted on the price of food. 石油成本的上升對食品的價格有影響。
action and reaction 作用與反作用
the forces of reaction 反動勢力
reactionary n.&adj. 反動的;反對進步的;反動的人;反對進步的人
reactivate vt. 使恢復活力;重起作用
reactor n. 反應堆;反應器;核電站
reaction C&U 反應,回應;反作用力;倒退;反動
6. accuse sb. of (doing) sth. 指責,譴責,控告
accuse sb. of theft 控告某人盜竊
the accused 被告 accuser 原告,起訴者
(1) The police accused him of his careless driving.警察控告他粗心駕駛。
(2) They accused you of being a murderer. 他們指控你謀殺。
(3) He was accused of stealing in the supermarket. 他被指控在超市行竊。
(4) He was angry with the boss of the factory and ______ broken his word. （B）
A. accused him to have B. accused him of having
C. accused of him having D. accused of him to have
7. get across 使被理解,使通過
(get … across to sb.) get the children across the street. 使孩子們過街
get the idea across to sb. 使自己的想法被某人理解
（1） 你的意思別人并未真正理解。Your meaning didn’t really get across.
（2） 他不善于表達思想。He is not very good at getting his ideas across.
come across=meet with=run across=run into 偶爾遇見
get about 走動；（消息）傳開 get ahead 獲得成功，取得進展
get along 前進，進展，與……相處get around( round) 走動，（消息）傳開，克服，設法回避（問題等）
get away 走開；逃脫get back 回來；取回，恢復get down 從……下來，記下；（to ）轉入……話題get into 卷入，進入get off 從……下來；出發；下班get on 登上（車，船，飛機等）
get out 逃走，（消息等）泄露；出版，發表get over 從（疾病，失望中）恢復；克服，解決
get through ( with ) 干完；度過；使通過考試；打通電話get together 相聚，聚集get up 起立，起床get rid of 擺脫
8. appeal vi. 有吸引力；呼吁；上訴
n. 感染力；呼吁；上訴
appeal to sth 影響。。的思想感情；激發…的感情sb’s emotion
appeal to sb 吸引；引起某人興趣 ;投合…的心意或興趣
(1) Does the idea of working abroad appeal to you? 你有沒有興趣出國工作?
(2) Teaching as a career ________ to many people because of the holidays. (C)
A. attracts ( vt.) B. calls C. appeals D. pulls
(3) She appeals to me. 我對她感興趣。
appeal （to sb） for sth. 請求某人某事；呼吁。。。，請求給與make an appeal
appeal for aid 求助
(4) 警方呼吁公眾提供有關被害者的情況。
The police are appealing to the public for any information about the murder victim.
appeal to sb to do sth. 呼吁某人干. make an appeal for sb to do sth
(5) The government is appealing to everyone to save water.
政府呼吁每個人節約用水。
appeal against /from 不服…而上訴;提出上訴
(6) He appealed against the judge's decision.
他不服法官判決而上訴。
9. profit a.) An advantageous gain or return; benefit. 得益：得利或回報；收益
b.)To make a gain or profit. 創利潤：創造收入或利潤
(1)Make a penny profit on each orange. 要每只橘子盈利一便士
(2)This new invention will bring you great profits like a goldmine.
這項新發明會像一座金礦一樣給你們帶來利潤。
(3)I have read it to my profit. 我讀了它大有收益。
(4)All his wealth did not profit him. 他所有的財富于他無益。
(5)I don't think it will profit you anything to do that.
我以為那樣做對你不會有什么好處。
(6)We hope our criticisms and suggestions will profit you.
我們希望我們的批評和建議將對你有所裨益。
(7)You can profit by making mistakes. 你可以從錯誤中得到教益。
(8)The students do hope to profit by / from the teacher's comments on their compositions.
學生們真心希望從老師對他們的作文的評語中獲得益處。
10. keep an eye open / out for … 留心注意…
eg. I have lost my ring － could you keep an eye out for it when you clean the house？
我的戒指不見了－ 你打掃房子是能留點神嗎？
相關短語：
an eye for an eye 報復,以眼還眼 have an eye for sth. 很能看出,很能鑒賞,有判斷力
keep an eye on … 照料…… fix/focus one’s eyes on… 關注;專心致志
make eyes at… 向某人送秋波shut/close one‘s eyes to 對某事物視而不見
catch sb.'s eye 醒目；顯眼；引人注意 see eye to eye with sb. 與某人看法完全一致
(1) 就我的觀點，這些裝飾品都很好In my eye, the decorations are excellent. (= In my opinion)
(2) 你能在我出去的時候照看以下我的小貓嗎？Could you keep an eye on my cat when I go traveling?
(3) 你要專心學習，否則就會受到懲罰。You’d better focus your eyes on learning, or you will be punished.
11. point out 指出
point at/to 指出（某人/物或其位置/方向） point sth. at sth. 用 …指著…
to the point 切中要害的 off the point離題的
On the point of doing sth., when…. 正在做某事, 就在這時….
(1)Point out the man who beat you yesterday. 把昨天打你的人指出來。
(2)He pointed out that we might have made great mistakes.他指出我們或許已經犯了很大的錯誤
(3) “那事就是他干的”，她指著我說。 “That’s the man who did it.”, she pointed at me.
12. make sense 講得通, 有道理,合情理
make sense of …=understand 理解,明白 make no sense 沒有意義,沒有道理
1) Can you make sense of what he said?
2) He doesn’t talk much, but what he says ________. (B)
A. make sense of B. makes sense
C. make no sense D. make sense
in a sense 在某種意義上in one’s sense 頭腦健全;神志清醒
out of one’s sense 精神不正常;愚蠢bring sb. to his senses/come to one’s senses 1) 使某人不做傻事 2) 使某人清醒 keep one’s senses 保持清醒(理智)
make 相關短語：
make the most of 充分利用= make full use of make for 有助于；有利于 ;向……沖去 make money 賺錢make out 設法應付；活下來，過活（通常用于how 之后）；理解；填寫；聲稱
make up 組成；化妝；捏造，虛構；彌補 make a living 謀生 make a list 列表 make a difference 有關系;有影響make a face 做鬼臉 make fun/ a fool of 取笑;捉弄
make friends with 與……交朋友 make an impression on 給……留下印象make peace 講和 make room (for)讓地方;讓位置make up one’s mind 決定;肯定;打定主意
Period Ⅱ Reading
StepⅠ Lead in.
StepⅡ Pre-reading.
Finding out advantages and disadvantages of the advertisement.
Advantage disadvantage
1. help consumers make informed choices
2.entertain people
3. increase product sales
4. make products cheap 1. make people annoyed
2. be misled by false and incorrect information easily
Step Ⅲ Fast-reading.
1. People react to advertisements in different ways. Because _______. (A)
A. ads are useful and entertaining to some people while annoying to others
B. ads are useful and entertaining
C. ads are annoying
D. ads are not only useful and entertaining but annoying
2. When we buy an expensive product, _____ can help us make the right decision. (B)
A. sellers B. ads C. our friends D. defenders
3. In order not to become easy target for ad. makers, we must ___. (A)
A. distinguish between fiction and facts B. watch TV more often
C. believe all the ads D. never believe any ads
4. The best chance to reach customers for the advertisements is to ___. (A)
A. appeal to their emotions B. make interesting pictures
C. give customers proper prices D. send messages to customers
5. Paragraph 4 is mainly about ____. (C)
A. ads must increase the production B. ads must reduce the price of the production
C. ads must help companies and customers D. ads must make a product more expensive
6. Which sentence tells us the main idea of Paragraph 5? (C)
A. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the prices of the products
B. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the types of the products
C. The most important function of advertising is to introduce new products
D. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the company where the
products come from
7. We can infer from the last sentence of the text that ___. (D)
A. we must learn to believe ads B. we must learn to accept ads
C. we must learn to analyze ads D. we must learn to accuse ads
Step Ⅳ careful-reading
Para 1 Where can people advertise?
…found everywhere…; have gone hand in hand with…
Para 2 How do people react to ads? Why do they have different reactions?
find…; make informed choices by…; accuse…of…; mislead…by…
Para 3 What’s the basic principle of advertising? How can companies do that?
by….and by…; influence…; spend…; appeal to…
Para 4 How do ads help companies and customers?
increase…; reduce…; take… into consideration; make the right decisions
Para 5 What’s the most important function of advertising?
Para 6 What do many governments make the most of ad campaigns to do? How about aid organizations? What’s another function of advertising?
make people aware…; name…as; spread… change…improve…
Para 7 What things can we look out for to spot an illegal ad?
keep an eye out for…
Para 8 How can we make good choices with ads?
analyze….; protect…from…
Step Ⅴ Language points.
1. broadcast vt. & vi. 播出，傳播，廣播，參加廣播節目
（1） 哥倫比亞廣播公司在下午7時播報新聞。 The CBS broadcasts the news at 7 p.m.
（2） 英國廣播公司白天晚上都在廣播。 The BBC broadcasts day and night.
n. broadcasting
a broadcasting station 廣播電臺
broadcaster 廣播者，廣播電臺， 廣播望， 廣播裝置
(3) The best performances were tape-recorded and ______ over the radio. (A)
A. broadcast B. broadcasted C. broadcasting D. to broadcast
2. post vt. 張貼（布告、 通告等）， 宣布
(1) 禁止招貼。 Post no bills.
(2)那艘船上全體船員宣告在海上失蹤。 All the ship’s crew was posted as lost at sea.
n. 柱，桿；郵政，郵件；崗位，職位
(3)The vacant ( 空缺的)___for an electricity engineer was advertised in yesterday’s newspaper. A. post B. job C. work D. occupation
(4) If you buy this book, it will be sent to you ______. (C)
A. by the post B. in the post C. by post D. in post
3.hand in hand
go hand in hand with表示“與……密切相關”，相當于go together with，其中 go with表示“相配，隨……而來”之意。hand in hand為副詞短語，表示“手牽著手；密切聯系，和……一道”之意，后面常加介詞with，再加名詞。
Eg. (1) Money doesn’t always go hand in hand with happiness. 金錢并不總是同幸福密切相關。
(2) Hand in hand with reading, he has developed the habit of making notes. 在閱讀的同時，他養成了做筆記的習慣。
(3) 貧窮和饑餓常常是緊密相連的。Poverty and starvation often go hand in hand.
[相關短語]
at hand近處；即將到來 by hand 手工地
on the one hand 一方面 on the other hand 另一方面
in hand 在手頭；在手邊 on hand 手頭；手邊有……
out of hand 失控 leave/ give a hand 幫忙
hand down 傳給后代 hand over 移交；讓與
from hand to mouth現掙現吃地；僅夠糊口地
(4) In time of danger, John lent ______ and we carried out the plan in the end. (B)
A. at hand B. call C. by hand D. on hand
(5) When Dad is away on business, I always give Mum a ______ with the housework. (C)
A. talk B. call C. hand D. lesson
4. By introducing a brand name to potential customers and by associating the product with the customers’ needs, companies must work hard to get their message across.
a. 介詞by后接動詞-ing形式表示方式。 如：
(1)靠起得早，我每天早晨有一小時時間閱讀英語。
By getting up early, I can have an hour for reading English in the morning.
(2) 他工作努力因而晉級很快。 By working hard he gained rapid promotion.
b. associate ... with 表示“把……與……聯系起來”。如：
(3)What do you associate with such a heavy snow? 這樣一場大雪你有什么聯想?
(4)We associate China with the Greet Wall. 我們想起中國, 就聯想到長城。
5. Some people find ads useful and entertaining.
V. + O. +O.C.
賓語補足語的定義: 英語中有些及物動詞,除有一個直接賓語外,還要有一個賓語補語,才能使句子的意義完整.這類常用的及物動詞有: make, consider, cause, see, find, call, get, have, let 等.
(3) 沒有人注意到他進了屋子。Nobody noticed him enter the room.
(4) 我聽見她在唱英語歌。I heard her singing an English song.
(5) 他們發現桂林變化很大。They found Guilin greatly changed.
(6) 我們把英語看成是研究工作的一種有用工具。
(7) We take English as a useful tool for research work.
(8) 我們發現實驗室內每件東西都放得井井有條。
(9) We found everything in the laboratory in good order.
(10) 不論什么時候去，你都可以看見他在工作。
(11) Whenever you may go , you will find him at work.
(12) 我看見他和他父親外出了。I saw him out with his father.
(13) 我們不久就要把我們的城市發展成你們城市目前的那個樣子。
We will soon make our city what your city is now.
注：能在復合賓語中先用形式賓語it，然后再用真正的賓語的動詞并不多，常見的有think, find, consider, judge, feel, make, take 等。
(14) 他們原以為做這項試驗是對的。They thought it right to do this test.
(15) 我們都認為支持他是我們的職責。We all think it our duty that we should support him.
(16) 我們認為掌握一門外語是有必要的。We find it necessary to master a foreign language.
6. Not all ads. are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.
not all 或 all…not 都是表示部分否定，并非全部否定。如果要表示全部否定，則需要用none, no , never, nothing等表示。
Eg. (1) 并非所有的孩子都喜歡音樂。
Not all students like music.
All the students don’t like music.
（2）我們一個人也不喜歡跳舞。 None of us like dancing.
（3）我無話可說。 I have nothing to say.
（4）They were all very tired, but _____ of them would stop to take a rest. (C)
A. any B. some C. none D. neither
(5) Greater scholar is _____ a very wise man. (A)
A. not always B. always not C. often not D. not ever
Period Ⅲ Integrating Skills
StepⅠ Lead in.
StepⅡ Fast-reading.
1. What makes a good slogan
A good slogan should be ”catchy“ or easy to remember, and should convey a message that will make consumers form a positive image of the company and product.
2. What should be paid attention to when selling products abroad?
The translation must be correct.
Step Ⅲ Careful-reading.
1.____ways of choosing names for the products are mentioned in Paragraph 2.
A. Two B. Three C. Four D. Five
2.A good slogan should be “catchy” , or easy to remember. The underlined word means___.
A. difficult B. attractive C. well-known D. interesting
3. According to the passage a good advertisement must________.
A. begin with a question or a puzzle B。tell a continued story
C． be informative and attractive D。contain a funny text
4. What is one of the dangers of a series of advertisements?
A. Readers will be tired of reading too many texts. B. Readers will lose patience.
C. Readers will forget the name of the product. D. Readers will forget the advertisement.
5. Why didn’t anybody buy the hair cream?
A. Few people showed interest in the actor. B. The advertisement wasn’t shown on TV.
C. “X puts life into dry hair” was not a good text.
D. “X puts living things into dry hair” was not a good translation
6. Without the German speaker at the car factory,___________.
A. The latest car would have sold well in Germany
B. The Germany would have changed the name of the car.
C. No German would like to buy the latest car.
D. The sales manager would have promoted to a higher position because of his performance
Step Ⅳ Language Points.
1. attach vt. 附上,加上;使喜愛,依戀
attached adj 依戀，留念 attachment n. c 附件 c. 依戀，眷戀，深愛
attach sth to sth 把。。。系在。。。
(1)attach labels to the luggage 將標簽附在行李上
(2)She attaches great importance to regular exercise. 她對正規訓練很重視。
attach oneself to sb/ sth 加入；使隸屬于
(3)由于迷路了，我只好加入另一個旅行團。I got lost, so I attached myself to another part of tourists.
attach to sth 屬于；與。。。有關聯
(4)這次事故的責任與他無關。No blame attaches to him for the accident.
be attached to 依戀，喜歡
(5)be greatly attached to one’s revolutionary work . 非常熱愛自己的革命工作
(6)Mary was attached to her brother. 瑪麗很喜愛她的弟弟。
(7)I am very attached to that old picture. 我很喜歡那幅舊畫。
(8) In many countries, packets of cigarettes come with a government health warning __ them.
A. attaching with B. attached with C. attaching to D. attached to
2. Nobody bought the product, however, because when translated it meant “X puts living things into dry hair.”
“when/if + p.p.” 有時用來代替一個時間/條件狀語從句, 如when translated相當于時間狀語從句 when it is translated.
(1)作業完成以后由小組長收起來.
The homework when finished will be collected by group leaders.
(2)那位營業員在別人對她說話時沒有理睬.
The shop assistant when spoken to did make an answer.
(3)這種水果如果在南方種植,長勢就不好.
This kind of fruit if planted in the south doesn’t grow well.
(4)這種病如果早期發現,是能夠治好的.
The disease if discovered early can be cured.
本單元重要短語:
1. make a list of 列出
2. compare… with… 把……與……比較
3. take … into consideration 考慮……
4. in charge of 負責;掌管
5. be responsible for 對……負有責任
6. be to blame 應受責備
7. make notes of 做記錄,記下
8. be upset about 因……而感到沮喪
9. hand in hand 手拉手;密切關聯的
10. make informed choices about關于……做出明智的選擇
11. accuse … of 控告……
12. associate … with 把……與……聯想/聯合起來
13. get across 傳播;為人理解
14. appeal to 有吸引力;呼吁;上訴
15. a variety of 各種各樣
16. look out for 當心;小心;找尋
17. keep an eye out for 留心或注意……
18. at …price 以……價格
19. distinguish between… and …
區分……和……
20. with the purpose of 帶著……目的;目的是
21. by the side of 在……旁
22. refer to 涉及;提及;查閱
23. make sense 講得通;
24. profit by/from 從……中獲益
25. attach to… 屬于；與……有關聯
26. be aware of… 意識到……
27. think twice 好好想一想;再三考慮
28. react to sth 對……作出反應
Period Ⅳ Exercise
Ⅰ．單項選擇
1．I must say that I am very much_____．
A．to be blamed B．to blame C．to being blamed D．to have bean blame
2．It took some explaining to_____my ideas_____．
A．get；across B．get；over C．get；cross D．get；through
3．What he said______right later．
A．was proved B．has been proved C．proved D．in proved
4．“I'm afraid I can't finish the magazine within the required time．”
“_______.”
A．Please go ahead B．That's right C．Not at all D．Take your time
5．The old man has so bad a cold that he has lost all_____of smell．
A．feeling B．sense C．skill D．strength
6．The words of my old teacher left a______impression on my mind and I am still influenced by them．
A．long B．lively C．lasting D．forever
7．Before you make a speech，you should_____your thoughts and ideas．
A．get B．take C．bring D．collect
8．Me thing that______is not whether you fail or not，but whether you try or not．
A．cares B．matters C．considers D．minds
9．Its beyond description．Nowhere else in the world_____such a quiet，beautiful place．
A．can there be B．You can find C．there can be D．can find you
10．It was______games that cost the boy a lot of time that should have been spent on study．
A．playing B．played C．to have played D．having played
11．We must keep our classroom clean for dirt and disease go_____.
A．from time to time B．hand in hand
C．one after another D．step by step
12．_____ alone in the dark room，the little boy was so frightened as to cry．
A．Leaving B．Having left C．To be left D．Left
13．Hundred of people leave their village to seek their_____in cities.
A．fortune B．chance C．luck D．future
14．“What is the matter?”“Mind_____a meeting tomorrow．”
A．you having B．you have C．you will have D．you had
15．The students carrying books come in first，_____？
A．don't you B．don't they C．will you D．will they
16．Nomatter how much money you possess，it can not_____a healthy body．
A．compare B．smite C．defeat D．match
17．“_____makes her different from the other students?”“Honesty．I think．”
A．What is that B．What is it that C．How is it that D．How is that
18．“I'd like to invite you to my new house next weekend．”
“Thank you，but_____I'll have time I am not sure at the moment．”
A．as B．when C．in case D．unless
19．The reason_____she gave for not coming to the party is that her mother wouldn't allow her to．
A．that B．what C．why D．because
20．“Is there a fog in the evening?”
“There_____be．I'll make a phone call to find it out．”
A．must B．would C．will D．might
21．I____from the crowd an old friend of mine whom I hadn't seen for ten years.
A．figured out B．picked out C．gave out D．went out
22．It's very kind of you．I'll never forget the____you have done me．
A．favors B．honor C．benefit D．kindness
23．She will have to find somewhere else to look，for she can not_____the boss．
A．come up with B．catch up with C．keep up with D．put up with
24．If we can_____our present difficulties，then everything should be all tithe．
A．get away B．get over C．get off D．get on
25．“Director，Jack is ill，so he can't be here．”
“Then we'll have no choice but to give the performance______him.”
A. except B. apart from C. without D. except for
26. “This dictionary is not Daivid’s. His is in my desk.”
“If it’s not his, ______can it be?”
A. who B. whose else’s C. who else D. who else’s
27．Comparison may make something appear more beautiful than it is when_____alone.
A. to see B. seeing C. is seen D. seen
28. I think John will____a good monitor, so I’d like to vote for him.
A. turn B. change C. make D. elect
29. Though small，the ant is as much a creature as____all other animals on earth.
A. are B. is C. do D. have
30．She is in a poor______of health，which worries her mother much．
A．position B．situation C．state D．condition
Ⅱ．完形填空
The teacher was asking one of her pupils some questions，but not even one of the answers was connect．So the teacher 1 to ask him some very simple questions．She hoped that he could give at least one 2 answer.
“Now, Sam,” said the teacher. “ 3 is Waterloo（滑鐵盧）？”
“Waterloo?”said the boy．“Oh，it's a kind of 4 machine，I think．”
The teacher was 5 ．She shook her head and 6 another question：“Sam，be 7 ，please. Now tell me the 8 to a very, very simple question: Who was Washington?”
“Well，”the answer 9 quickly，”Washington must be the man who uses that washing machine．”
The teacher got 10 ，but she didn’t 11 ．She thought and thought，and at last she thought of the
12 question--if this could be 13 a question：“Who is the 14 of the United States now?”
Sam thought for a long time，but he had now 15 at all．Then the teacher lost her temper．She
16 ，“Clinton！”Sam looked 17 and sat down．“Stand up！”the teacher cried．“I didn't tell you to sit down！”Sam stood up again ．He looked 18 ．
“Oh，I'm we 19 ，”he said．“I thought you were calling the 20 student．”
Weather changes when the temperature and the amount of water in the atmosphere change. We can see and feel water coming from the atmosphere when we have nun. But the water must somehow get back to the atmosphere．Meteorologists call this the water cycle.
There are many stages in the water cycle．Rain falls when water vapour in clouds condenses（凝結）． Drops of water form and fall to the ground．The water soaks into the ground and feeds streams and rivers．A lot of rain falls into the sea. The heat of the sun evaporates some of the water in the ground and in the rivers，lakes，and the seas．It changes the liquid water into water vapour．The vapour rises into the air．Water vapour is normally invisible．On a very damp or humid day，however，you can sometimes see water vapour rising from a puddle（水坑）or a pond in a mist（薄霧）above the water. Water vapour also gets into the air from living things．Trees and other plans take in water through their roots and give off water vapour from their leaves．People and land animals drink water and breathe out water vapour. In all these ways the water returns to the air．There it gathers to form clouds and condenses to form rain．The rain falls to earth，and the cycle starts again．It continues even if snow or hail（冰雹）fall instead because both eventually melt to form water．The amount of water vapour in the air depends on the temperature. The air is more moist（潮濕的）in the tropics（熱帶）than in the cold polar regions．
1．What is the main idea of the passage?
A．Water cycle. B．Water vapour. C．How rain forms. D．Water，vapour and rain.
2．How many ways of the water returning to the air are discussed in the text?
A．Two． B．Three． C．Four． D．Five．
3．Whether water vapour can be seen or not depends on_____．
A．how much water is evaporated B．how good your eyes are
C．in which way water is evaporated D．climate or weather
4．From the passage we get to know
A．there is more water vapour in the air in the tropics than in the cold polar regions
B．there is more water vapour in the air in the cold polar regions than in the tropics
C．it gets more rain in the tropics than in the cold polar regions because there is less vapour
D．the amount of water vapour in the air depends on how often it rains
B
We spent a day in the country，picking wild flowers．With the car full of flowers we were going home. On our way back my wife noticed a cupboard（櫥柜）outside a furniture shop．It was tall and narrow．“Buy it，”my wife said at once. “We'll carry it home on the roof rack．I've always wanted one like that．”
What could I do? Ten minutes later I was ￡20 poorer; and the cupboard was tied on the roof rack．It was six feet long and eighteen inches square，quite heavy too．
In the gathering darkness I drove slowly．Other drivers seemed unusually polite that evening. The police even stopped traffic to let us through. Carrying furniture was a good idea．
After a time my wife said，“There's a long line of cars behind．Why don't they overtake，I wonder?”In fact a police car did overtake．The two officers inside looked at us seriously as they passed．But then，with great kindness，they led us through the rush-hour traffic．The police car stopped at our village church．One of the officers came to me．
“Right，sir，”he said．“Do you need any more help?”
I was a bit puzzled．“Thanks，officer，”I said．“You have been very kind．I live just on the road.”
He was staring at our car，first at the flowers，then at the cupboard．“Well，well，”he said，laughing．“It's a cupboard you've got there！We thought it was something else．”
My wife began to laugh．The truth hit me like a stone between the eyes．I smiled at the officer．“Yes，it's a cupboard，but thanks akin．”I drove home as fast as I could．
5．In fact the husband_____the cupboard．
A．would like very much to buy B．badly wanted
C．was glad to have bought D．would rather not buy
6．Other drivers thought they were____．
A．carrying a cupboard to the church B．sending flowers to the church
C．carrying nothing but a piece of furniture D. going to attend a funeral（葬禮）at the church
7．The lice will be more polite to those who are___．
A. driving in gathering darkness B. in great sorrow（悲痛）
C．driving with wild flowers in the car D．carrying furniture
8．What did the husband think of this matter?
A．It was very strange． B．He felt ashamed of it．
C．He took great pride in it． D．He was puzzled at it．
C
“Soon, you’re going to have to move out!” cried my neighbor upon seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind or at least known in my neighborhood.
One tiny 9-inch plant, bought for $1.25 in the spring, has already taken over much of my rose bed, covering much of other plants, and is well on its way to the front door.
Roses require a good deal of care, and if it weren’t for the pleasure they give, it wouldn’t be worth the work. As it is, I have a garden full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year. bushes must be pruned (剪枝) in early spring, leaving ugly woody branches until the new growth appears a few weeks later. It was the space available (可用的) in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant. A big mistake.
Soil conditions made just perfect for roses turn out be even more perfect for tomatoes. Thedaily watering coupled with full sun and regular fertilizing (施肥) have turned the little plant into a tall bush. The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long since disappeared under the thick leaves.
Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I have to find the red ones among the leaves, which means I almost have to stand on my head, and once found I have to reach down and under, pick the tomatoes and withdraw (縮回) my full fist without dropping the prize so dearly won. I found two full-blown white roses completely hidden as I picked tomatoes in June. But they were weak and the leaves already yellow for lack of light.
Here I am faced with a painful small decision: To tear up a wonderful and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to several expensive and treasured roses. Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind, I’ll think about that tomorrow.
9．What are the requirements for the healthy growth of rose?
A．A lot of care and the right soil. B．Frequent pruning and fertilizing.
C．Tomato plants grown alongside. D．Cages placed around the roots.
10．The writer planted the tomato because _________.
A．it cost only $1.25 B．the soil was just right for it
C．there was room for it in the garden D．the roses’ branches needed to be covered
11．This year the writer’s roses were __________.
A．removed from the rose bed B．picked along with the tomatoes
C．mostly damaged by too much sunlight D．largely hidden under the tomato plant
12．By saying “the prize so dearly won” in paragraph 5, the writer wants to ________.
A．show the difficulty in picking the tomatoes B．show the hardship of growing the roses
C．express her liking for the roses D．express her care for the tomatoes
13．In the situation described in the text, one good thing is that ________.
A．the roses cost the writer little money B．the writer has a daily harvest of tomatoes
C．someone will help the writer make the decision
D．the writer can now enjoy both the roses and tomatoes
Ⅳ．用所給詞的適當形式填空。
late, product, advertise, attach, promote, frequent, comparison,accuse, appeal, association
1．Fatal accidents have decreased____over recent years．
2．Do you have any idea how______the sales of this product?
3．Professor Smith was______to the medical college as guest professor for two years．
4．They have been______the shampoo on TV．
5．____of computers has increased double in the last few weeks．
6．She told me to be there by 6 p.m. at the____.
7．The experts are discussing the problems_____with cancer treatment．
8．The idea of a holiday abroad is certainly______.
9．She was______of having an affair with another man．
10．In today's lesson our history teacher_____the British system of government with the American one．
Ⅳ1. frequency 2. promote 3. attached 4. advertising 5. Production 6. latest 7. associated 8. appealing 9. accused 10. compared
Ⅴ
1．I believe her to have done right．
2．His question has set me thinking．
3．You'll have to get that tooth filled.
4. Make yourselves at home，everybody．
5. We're having some friends in tonight．
6．He felt it his duty to take good care of them．
7．They consider Paris the heart of France．
8．I could smell trouble coining．
9．I heard him come in last night．
10．Do you like your tea weak or strong?
Dear Mr Green
I'm glad to hear that you are coming soon．I've just read about an ad. for house sale，which you might be interested in．I'm writing to inform you of it．
Sunny Square lies in Chaoyang District, east of Beijing. It is next to the Great Wall Hotel, and just one kilometer away from the expressway to the airport. They have both high and low buildings with various designs for different choices.
There are plenty of green fields and parking areas. There are also school, restaurants, a hospital and modern shopping centres as well.
The kitchen and the bathroom are well furnished. Hot water is provided for 24 hours and lifts work day and night. If you need further information, you may call 010-800-66389420.
Best wishes.
Yours,
Li Lei
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
一、單元考點提示
1.單詞
by sea relate to share(v.) mark with long before turn to apart from tour (be)busy with ( be)determined to do sth. disobey key figure in peace oppose think up take up arms work on keep one’s promise with the purpose of
2.句型
You’d better(not)… Let’s …
You need to… What/How about…？
（I think）you should/ought to…
Shall we…？
I suggest（that）you…
Why not…？ Why don’t you…？
I will…
I have decided to /that…
I have (not)decided wh-clause / wh-word to…
I insist on /that…
3.語法
復習句子成分--賓語
復習句子成份--賓語補足語
二、考點精析與拓展
1.settle vt.定居，解決（事端，矛盾等）安排，決定
We have settled a party on Wednesday evening.
星期三晚上我們安排了一次聚會。
This medicine should settle your nerves.
這種藥會使你鎮靜下來。
They settled their quarrel in a friendly way.
他們用一種友好的方法解決了爭端。
2.make up 創造，編造，彌補，化妝，構成，占有
John made up that joke about the talking dog.
約翰編了一個會講話的狗的笑話。
The number of the college students in the country makes up only 1%of the population.
這個國家的大學生的數量僅占人口的百分之一。
I have to make up the test I missed last week.
我上周沒考試，我必須補考。
John and Tom quarreled, but make up after a while.
約翰和湯姆吵架了，但一會兒就和好了。
由make構成的其他短語：
make sense有意義 make faces/a face做鬼臉
be made of /from由……制成 be made into把……制成……
make it成功，達到目的 make out理解；勉強分辨出
make up one’s mind下定決心
3.keep…alive使……繼續有效存在/進行
We must keep the good revolutionary traditions alive.
The idea puzzled me so much that I stopped for a few seconds to try to .
A. make it out B. make it off C. make it up D. make it over
分析：A。make it out發現真相，因為受到迷惑，所以試圖發現真相。
題7 （NMET 2002）
The taxi driver often reminds passengers to their belongings when they leave the car.
A. keep B. catch C. hold D. take
分析：D。take拿走，句意為：乘客下車時要把東西帶走。
題8 （NMET 2001 北京）
-Why haven’t you bought any butter?
-I to but I forgot about it.
A. liked B. wished C. meant D. expected
分析：C。從提供的情景分析，是打算買而沒買，應用meant。
題9 （NMET 2001 北京）
Have a good rest. You need to your energy for the tennis match this afternoon.
A. leave B. save C. hold D. get
分析：B。save此為“儲存，積攢”之意。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Teaching Goals:
l Review a description of plants
Target language:
Ability Goals:
Enable the students to talk about botany and to say sth. about it.
Teaching important points:
Help the students learn to describe plants and how to grow and take care of them.
The contribution of the three important persons to the science of botany.
The meaning and the usage of the key words.
Teaching methods :
Teaching procedures and ways:
Greet the whole class ; Duty reports
Last week, we learned unit 3. This unit is about the only country in the world that covers an entire continent-Australia. It is a wealthy country, which produces metals, precious stones, coal, grain, meat and wines, and has the biggest iron mines in the world. Australia has the about one-sixth of the world’s sheep and produces almost one-third of its wool. The climate in Australia varies from north to south.
Modern Australia is made up of six states and two territories. The first Australians were the Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders. The two world war had a strong influence on Australia. The official language is English, which is quite different from British and American English. However, do you know what the national flower of Australia is?-----Golden Wattle (Acacia ) 金合歡，又稱相思樹
Look at the pictures and match each flower with its correct name. Which flower is your favorite? Explain why.
Picture 1: peony-- the Chinese national flower, native to China, is called as the “King of Flowers”, which is widely used in Chinese medicine.
Picture 2: tulip. Tulip is native to Central and Western Asia, and parts of the Middle East, roughly in the region near Afghanistan. Tulip is mainly used for decoration. Also, tulips are beautiful flowers and people often send them to their friends as presents.
Picture 3: rose. Rose is native to Southwest Asia. Roses are best presents to be sent to friends. And it is also very popular to send roses as love signal between young people. Red roses indicate warmth and love and white ones, purity and simplicity, blue ones, honesty and sincerity. Also, rose flower is a kind of important Chinese medicine.
Picture 4: sunflower. Sunflowers get their name because they always face the sun-turning to track the sun’s movement across the sky. Sunflower is a North American native. American Indians used sunflower as food and medicine.
1.Listen to the tape and get the topic of the passage
1).This passage mainly deals with _______d_.
2).From this passage we know that_______b__.
A. People in the past had enough fruits to eat.
B. People on the voyages long ago couldn’t survive long on board, one of the main reasons was that they lacked fresh fruits and vegetables.
C. Captain Cook didn’t realise the importance of keeping ship and the crew members themselves clean and taking regular exercises.
2.Please judge the following statements as true or false.
( × )1. There were enough fruits in ancient Europe.
( × )2. Farmers in old England often got ill during the winter because they did not get enough exercises.
( √ )3 Fruit and vegetables could not be kept fresh for a very long time because they had not found ways to keep them.
( √ )4. The diet aboard ships consisted of salt meat, and hard biscuits. The sailors hardly ate any fresh vegetables or fruit.
( × )5. The discovery of Vitamin C made people realise that eating fresh vegetables and fruit could treat this disease.
Lead in:
Talk about the pictures:
Picture1: Coffee beans are used to make coffee. Coffee originally came from Africa, although coffee-drinking started in Arab countries. Coffee as a crop is now grown in subtropical regions, such as Latin America, Africa, Arabia, Indonesia, Hawaii, India and in Southeast Asia.
Picture 2: Tea is used to make tea. Tea originally came from China. Currently, the most important tea producing countries are China, Japan, India and Sri Lanka.
Picture 3: Chili is used as a spice to make food more tasty. Other than what some Chinese students may believe, chili is not originally from China, but from Latin America. Chili is grown in tropical countries all over the world.
Do you like chili?
Picture 4: Hemp is used to make rope or carpets. Hemp originally came from the Central Asia, and has been known to China for more than 10,000 years. The British spread hemp to all their colonies as its fibre was used to make sails and rope for their ships. It is now produced in all countries of the world.
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science?
His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.
1. How should we classify them scientifically?
By grouping plants in families.
2. who is the first to do this?
3. How many scientists are mentioned?
Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook
4. How many voyages did James Cook make?
1. Before Linnaeus botany was ________．D
A．studied by doctors B．unknown to anyone C．fully developed D．a branch of medicine
2. Some economic species plants such as____ could help to develop local economies．C
A．rose and peony B．tea and apple C．cocoa and hemp D．Cocoa and lemon
3. It was ____ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research．A
A．Joseph Banks B．Captain Cook C．Linnaeus D． Daniel Solander
4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ___ ．C
A．the importance of botany B．how to classify plant species into groups
C．Linnaeus’contribution to botany D．Linnaeus’discoveries about different species
5.Captain Cook made ___voyages altogether around the world. C
n The relationship among three persons.
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus?
Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world?
To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition?
Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”?
When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.
Step Ⅵ Language points:
Find out the important people mentioned in the text.
Charles Darwin From England Gregor Mendel From Austria
Choose the best answers according to the passage
1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that_ . C
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
2. Darwin observed that the birds with _ _ would eat_ . B
A. small beaks l hard seeds B．broad beaks；hard seeds
C. hard beaks；hard seeds D．broad beaks；soft seeds
3.Darwin joined the scientific expedition on _____ ． C
A. the Endeavour B.Tahiti C．the Beagle D．space
4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that . D
A．the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment
B．the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand
C．the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment
D the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .
5. Darwin studied physics，chemistry and botany because_________ . B
A．he was invited to join scientific expedition
C．he could do a lot Of experiments
D．he wanted to finish his book“On the Origin of Species”
Scientist Research/experiment Result
Charles Darwin The wild life of Galapagos, many varieties of garden roses There were differences between the species of the different islands’yet all showed a clear relationship with those of America’ differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
Gregor Mendel Flowers and peas Many characteristics were passed on from one generation to the next, without influence by the environment. His research gave birth to the science of genetics.
Gote Turesson A wild plant found on the Swedish west coast Found evidence for the existence of stable varieties within species in nature. He showed that differences between plants of one species occurred as a result of the environmental conditions in their habitat.
The text can be divided into four parts
Part I Pa1-3: Darwin and his research.
Part II Pa4-5: Mendel and his experiment.
Part III Pa6: Turesson and his study
Part IV Pa7: the importance and significance of the research of the three.
Important sentences in the passage
1. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.
2. Back home, in England, Darwin realized that differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
3. As a result of Darwin and Mendel’s research, scientists of the nineteenth century formed the belief that that influence of the environment was behind the development of new species.
4. It would take a next generation of scientists to bring the importance of the environment on species back in view.
Translate the following phrases into English:
詳細地 in detail 處于支配的地位，負責 in charge of
由……負責 in the charge of 任命某人為……appoint sb. as
將……分類成classify…into… 計算……之間的距離 calculate the distance between…
一代一代傳下去pass on from one generation to the next 建于…；以…為基礎be based on
參與; 陷入 ……的活動be involved in 根據;視……而定；按照according to
搜索；尋找 search for 總而言之 altogether
match…with （在品質；顏色；設計等方面）相等，相當，相配
at the age of 在……歲時 look out for 警惕;留心;守侯
on a large scale 大規模地;大范圍地 year after year 年年;年復一年
pass away 逝世 name…after 給……取名;命名
take care of 關心;照顧 classify…into 分類;歸類
develop a lifelong friendship with 與……結存了終生好朋友 born into 出生
have an appetite for knowledge 有求知欲 a great deal of 大量;許多(用于不可數名詞)
be sunken into 墮入 a bunch of flowers
make two more voyages be involved in
lead sb. to do sth. calculate the distance between
pass on from on generation to the next form the belief
Design, permit, think up , make a point , more than badly , throw off, lack , struggle
2. Sentences:
A. Even before India won independence from its British rulers, it was clear that Gandhi was the key figure and leader in the struggle of 380 million Indians to govern themselves.
B. He was a model of a different kind of political leader.
C. It was the duty of everyone to disobey this law, but without using violence.
D. On his return to India he had the chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case.
3. Grammar
A. We elect him monitor of our class.
B. I ordered them to go away at once.
C. I can hear the girl singing.
D. We consider him to be a great leader.
4. Useful expressions
A. What do you plan to do?
B. Why do you think it is possible….?
C. I decided …..
D. I insist on….
E. I will…..
Unit 20 Lesson 77 Gandhi : His life
Aims and demands:
1. Develop the Ss’ reading ability
2. Get the Ss know something about Gandhi’s life
Importance and difficulty:
Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Develop the Ss’ reading skill.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and slides.
Teaching method: reading and understanding
Teaching procedure:
Step 1. Warming up
( Listen to a tape page 5 )
T: Where did these voices come from?
------ Perhaps they were on a strike or they were gathering in a place to ask for sth.
T: What did they want to have ?
----- The blacks wanted to be equal as whites.
Apartheid means ( policy of ) racial segregation ( in South Africa ).
T: Once in South Africa, blacks were badly treated by South African whites. Blacks had not rights to vote. They were not allowed to take the buses or trains for whites. Do you think the blacks and whites are equal?
----- No. Of course not.
T: The blacks were lack of equality. And this is called the racial discrimination.
T: Do you any great leaders who led the black people to let them live a better life?
----- Lincoln , Martin Luther King , Gandhi ……
T: Who were they ?
T: Do you know anything about? Where was Gandhi born?
----- He was born in India.
T: India was once ruled by the British . It was Gandhi who led the Indians to govern themselves.
Today we are going to read Gandhi’s life.
Step 2. Reading for general understanding
I. Questions:
1. In which countries did Gandhi work for the liberation of Indians?
------- India and South Africa.
2. What successes did Gandhi gain?
------ He became a lawyer; he won a victory over the Pass Law in South Africa: he won a victory over the law that did not allow Indians to make salt: he won independence for India.
II. Find out what happened to Gandhi in the following years:
In 1869 Gandhi was born in India.
In 1882 Gandhi was married at the age of 13, following the local custom.
In 1888 He sailed to England in September 1888.
In 1891 Gandhi became a lawyer.
In 1915 Gandhi returned to India and was honoured as a hero.
In 1948 Gandhi died on January 30 th ,1948.
Step 3. Careful reading
1. Do the comprehension exercises ( WB and paper comprehension )
Reading comprehension for Unit 20 Lesson 77 (3B) CBBDD CAC
1. This text is about ___.
A. Gandhi’s political life B. Gandhi’s family life
C. Gandhi’s life D. Gandhi’s professional life
2. What custom is mentioned in the text?
A. Dining B.Marriage C.Family D.Education
3. Gandhi had traveled from ___ to India.
A. England, India and South Africa
B. India, England and South Africa
C. India, South Africa and England
D. South Africa, India and England
4. Gandhi was ___.
A. a lawyer
B. a leader for equal rights
C. a leader in the struggle of Indians to govern themselves
D. all of the above
5. Gandhi did not want his people to get equal rights trough ___.
A. articles licity C.marches D.violent fights.
6. Gandhi was ___ when India won her independence.
A. over 80 B. over 60 C. over 70 D. over 65
7. Gandhi was shot by ___.
A. an Indian who was against his ideas
B. a white man who hated him
C. an Indian who was sent by the British government
D. a white spy from England
8. The two movements in paragraph 5 are actually ___ movements.
A. economic (經濟的) B. cultural
C. political D. Educational
2. Note making
Step 4. Practice ( Wb )
Step 5. Interview
Homework
Lesson 78 Gandhi: His beliefs
Aims and demands:
1. Develop the Ss’ reading ability
2. Get the Ss know something about Gandhi’s beliefs
Importance and difficulty:
Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Develop the Ss’ reading skill.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and slides.
Teaching method: reading and understanding
Teaching procedure:
Step 1. Revision
Questions:
1. Where was he born?
2. How old did he get married?
3. When and where did he go to study law? ---- In England in Sep. 1888.
4. Later he went to South Africa. Why did he go there?--- to work on a law case
5. How long did he stay there ? ---- 20 years
6. Did he do any writing at that time?
7. What did he write?------ He wrote about socialism in newspaper and started a magazine call “ Indian Opinion”.
8. When did he return to India? ---- 1915
9. What kind of things did he persuade Indian people to do?----- to be independent, to make their own cotton cloth to refuse to buy cloth made in England, to make their own salt
Step 2. Presentation
T: What do you think of Gandhi?
T: He was so great a man that all Indians respected him and he had become “father” to all Indians.
Step 3. Fast reading
Read the text fast and do the comprehension exercises:
1. text book ---Page 46 ( true or false )
2. reading comprehension
Reading comprehension for Unit 20 Lesson 78 I (3B) DCACB DCB
1. Gandhi was not ___.
A. a clever lawyer B. a determined fighter
C. a political leader D. a common leader
2. What drove Gandhi to struggle against all the unfairness?
A. His material desire.
B. His religious (宗教的)belief.
C. His belief in truth.
D. Other people’s expectations.
3. We can infer from the text that Gandhi seldom __.
A. lied B. talked with others
B. made mistakes D. praised himself
4. The first sentence in paragraph 2 means that ___.
A. he refused to be famous
B. he never made use of his position
C. he didn’t work for his personal interests
D. he liked to be a common person
5. Gandhi’s efforts for equality didn’t enable all Hindus to _____.
A. draw water from the same village well
B. be dressed the same
C. go to the same temple to pray
D. marry each other
6. Paragraph 5 talks about ___.
A. how Gandhi fought for the equality of women
B. how many unfair laws existed at that time
C. how people could escape from the punishment for their beliefs
D. how people should fight against unfair laws
7. The word “father” in paragraph 6 means ___.
A. all Indians became his sons
B. all Indians regarded him as their father
C. all Indians respected him
D. all Indians felt that he was above them
8. Einstein’s words mean ___.
A. Gandhi was only understood by few people
B. Gandhi was so great and outstanding that he can hardly be imagined
C. Future generations will not believe in his ideas
D. Gandhi could only be understood by the people of his times.
Reading comprehension II (Lesson 78) 3B ACDBC
1. Gandhi decided to live as a poor man because he ___.
A. did not have expensive tastes
B. valued ordinary people much
C. didn’t want to make money
D. believed in non-violence
2. What did Gandhi mean by “the force of truth”?
A. Great attention should be paid to the equality of women.
B. When people made mistakes he should admit them willingly.
C. Everyone should disobey the unfair law,, if any, but without using violence.
D. Everyone should be prepared to do heavy work , from leaders to the poorest peasants.
3. Which can be inferred from the 6th paragraph?
A. At that time the Indian burial customs were quite unusual.
B. Gandhi’s death aroused great unrest among the Indian people.
C. It seems quite ridiculous that he called for non-violent resistance , but was violently killed.
D. Gandhi was deeply loved and respected by his people, who showed great sorrow for his death.
4. What can be inferred from the last paragraph?
A. Future generations will no longer believe in his ideas.
B. His contributions to the world are so great that it’s beyond our imagination.
C. Albert Einstein thought nobody but himself really understood Gandhi.
D. Gandhi could only be understood by the pjeople of his times.
5. “The secret lies in the title of the book…” The underlined word refers to ___.
A. how he became such a successful political leader
B. how he got over so many failures or difficulties in his life
C. why he was regarded as a model of a different kind of political leader
D. why he entitled his book The Story of My Experiments with Truth
Questions
1. What did Gandhi mean by “ the force of truth ”?
---- If an unfair law existed, it was the duty of everyone to disobey this law, but without using violence.
2. Which event is described in the text?
----- The Indian customs following his death.
Step 4. Careful reading
Read it again and do the comprehension 3 ----Page 46
Describe the character of Gandhi using the information from the text
1. His simple life: He refused to make any personal gain from his political work. He decided to live as a poor man and not to possess wealth. When he travelled across India, he travelled “hard-seat, unreserved”, together with peasants and other ordinary people. In cities he refused to travel in a rickshaw. He ate simply and never ate meat. He rose early in the morning and worked at his wheel, making cotton thread.
2. His interests: Gandhi was interested in all spiritual matters, not only in the Indian gods. All his life he reached out for the truths of spirits and gods.
3. His belief: Gandhi believed that one should be able to “love the most ordinary being on earth as oneself”. Gandhi hated the custom that had divided Hindu society into separate groups for thousands of years and his goal was to end this.
Step 5. Practice
Workbook --- Ex 2
Homework
Lesson 77
Aims and demand: Grasp the usage of the language points
Step 1. Text reviewing
T: Where was Gandhi born? ----- India.
T: Following the Indian local custom, what age should one get married? ----- 13
T: That is to say. Gandhi got married at 13.
T: What age is the Chinese boy / girl usually married?
Do you want to know my age of marriage ? ----- That’s a secret.
What age are you going to get married?
1. marry sb.
be married
get married
be married to sb.
T: Try to guess : When did I get marred?
When did your parents get married?
How long has his / her parents been married?
What is your father? ---- a worker, a teacher……
Then his mother has been married to a worker for … years.
他們是戰爭結束時結婚的。
They got / were married at the end of the war.
---你和露西結婚多久了？--- 了。
--- How long have you been married to Lucy?
--- For twenty years.
T: Gandhi sailed to England to study law and stayed there for 3 years. As soon as he came back to India , what did he do?
----- On his return to India, he had the chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case.
T: What is the first thing you will do on your arrival at home this Friday afternoon?
2. on one’s return …
on one’s arrival …
on the enterance …
on hearing …
on reaching…
他一到機場就聽到了這個消息。
He heard the news on his arrival at the airport.
他一聽到這個消息就趕回家。
On hearing the news , he hurried home.
老師一進來，學生就起立。
The Ss stood up on the entrance of the teacher. ( true )
……………… on entering the teacher. ( wrong )
3. work on = be engaged in sth.
work on = work continuously
我們正在制定一個新的旅行計劃。
We are working on a new plan for travel.
他在實驗室里一直工作到午夜。
He stayed in the lab and worked on till midnight.
He worked on in the lab until midnight.
T: What made him change his life?
--- The chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case made him change his life.
This experience was to change his life.
4. “be + 不定式” 通常表示計劃安排要做的事
I’m go meet him at the airport.
（本文）表示不可避免將要發生的（命中注定的事）
Worse was to come.-------( “Roots”) Page 8
還可表示命令（父母讓子女做的事）
You are to do your homework before you watch TV.
T: This experience was the turning point in his life. Listen to the tape and deal with the following language points.
5. insist on doing
insist that
He insisted on going there alone.
He insisted that he should go there alone.
He insisted that he was right.
He insisted that he had finished his homework.
6. play an important role in…
play an important part in …
7. be put in prison
be thrown in prison
8. have a gift for …
9. think up 想出 ，編出 ( invent , make up )
think of （考慮）打算，想出，想到，想著，想起
think about （考慮）回想（過去）， 考慮某事是否可行
think over 仔細思考一遍
think of ……as 把……看作
Most of the masters thought of their slaves as animals that could be bought and sold.
Mary, are you thinking of marry Tom?
Who thought of/ up the plan?
We mustn’t think about your this matter any more.
I’ll think about your suggestion, and give you an answer tomorrow.( if it is possible )
Think over, and you’ll find a way.
10. with the purpose of 懷著……的目的
for the purpose of 為著……的目的
on purpose 有意地
11. following this 在。。。 之后
T: What will happen following the examination?
-----The result will come out.
T: What will happen following the heavy rain ?------ The river will be flooded.
Following the hot weather?----- Crops will die.
Step 2. Exercises
Correct the mistakes: ( Lesson 77)
1. Joan is going to marry with Hubert.
2. Gandhi was married at the age of 13, followed local custom.
3. Followed the doctor’s advice, my father has given up drinking.
4. The villagers still following the customs of their grandfathers.
5. In his return to India he had the chance to travel to South Africa.
6. In reaching the city he called up Mr. Smith .
7. After he returned home, he was honoured for a hero.
8. He had a gift in thinking up ways of making political points.
9. He was thrown off a train for insisting traveling in the whites-only section.
10. For twenty years he played important role in working for equal rights for Indians.
11. South Africa passed further laws were designed to make life difficult for non-whites.
12. Some of the Indians publicly burnt their permits and many of them were put in the prison.
13. Thousands of Indians, joined him when he led a march to the coast, on the purpose of “making a little salt.”
14. Follow this , 60,000 Indians , including Gandhi, were put in prison.
Lesson 78
Step 1. Deal with the language points
1. (translate) Gandhi was much more than a clever lawyer, a fine speaker, a determined fighter for human rights and a political leader.
甘地遠不只是一位聰明的律師，優秀的演說家，堅定的人權戰士和一位政治領導人。
他們倆遠不只是同學，他們還是知心朋友。
Both of them are much more than schoolmates, they are close friends.
They were more than glad to help.
他們是極其樂意幫忙的。
This more than satisfied me.
這使我深感滿意。
2. lie in 在于
T: He didn’t pass the exam, where did the problem lie?
Ss: It lies in his laziness.
(translate)那就是真正的危險所在。
That is where the real danger lies.
3. reach out for
他伸手從書架上取下一本書來。
He reached out for a book from the top of the shelf.
4. (translate ) One should be able to “love the most ordinary being on earth as oneself.”
“……就象愛自己一樣去愛世界上最普通的人?！?/p>
being c生物（特指人）
a human being/ human beings
Men , women, and children are human beings.
All birds and animals are living beings.
on earth 在世界上，在人世間
in the world 。。。
他們認為自己是世界上最聰明的人。
They consider themselves the wisest men on earth.
北京將成為世界上最大的城市。
Beijing will become the largest city on earth in area.
5. take up arms
6. as follows 固定詞組 “如下” 以引出下文
他們的建議如下：。。。
Their suggestions are as follows.
hardly
hard
There is hardly any wine in the bottle.
He hardly works at all.
He works hard at his lessons.
Such …as 象。。。這樣的，諸如。。。這類
他曾經希望做一名象甘地那樣的領袖。
He wished to be such a leader as Gandhi.
這樣的照片應該由博物館保存。
Such a picture / photo as this should be kept in museum.
Step 2. Exercises
Fill in the blanks with a correct word ( Lesson 77~78)
1. He was busy ____ his work and did not notice me come ____. with, in
2. We should take ___ arms and fight ___ the Japanese invaders. up , against
3. Alice Green has been married ____ John Smith ___ ten months. to for
4. Diligence leads ___ success and failure often lies ____ laziness. to in
5. He demanded an end ___ the British rule ____ India. to over
6. Please let me go on ___ my work __ peace. with in
7. He reached __ his pocket __ some money. Into for
8. ___ last the enemy had to give ___ and we won the battle. at in
9. ___ her return __ the office, she began to work. On to
10. The notice reads ___ follows. as
Choose the correct answer ( Grammar exercises for object complement ) Lesson 77~78
1. Jane devoted her life ___ the sick.
A. to caring for B. to care for C. to caring D. caring for
2. The mother wanted her son ___ without delay.
A. to operate B. to be operated on C. to operate on D. being operated on
3. The father forbade the child ___ out of doors during his absence.
A. to go B. go C. goes D. will go
4. She was glad to see her child____.
A. taking care of B. taken care C. taken care of D. take care of
5. When she returned home, she found the window open and something____.
A. stolen B. missed C. to be stolen D. to steal
6. Although he tried, Bob still couldn’t make himself ____ .
A. being heard B. hearing C. heard D. hear
7. We can depend on the workers ___ the plan.
A. carried B. to carry C. carry D. carrying
8. The government calls on us ____ our production.
A. increased B. increasing C. increase D. to increase
9. Do you hear someone ___ at the door?
A. knocked B. knocking C. to knock D. knock
10. Did you notice the boy ___ the street just now?
look out for, on a large scale, year after year, pass away, name after, in detail, a bunch of, be suitable to, have…in common, belong to, a branch of, classify…into, base…on…, according to, have an appetite for, appoint…as…, lead a cosy life, be involved in, at one’s own expresses, give birth to
Ⅲ. 重要句型:
1．Attempts had been made by others to classify plant species into groups, but the breakthrough came with the work of Carl Linnaeus.
2．Showing how plants were related was a complex and strange
thing before Linnaeus developed his system.
3．Born into a life of privilege, Joseph Banks was the son of a wealthy family.
4. As astronomy was one of the most important branches of science, it was the British government that paid for all the equipment and expenses for that part of the expedition.
5. Despite his wealth, he worked to make a career in science.
6. On their three-year voyage, Joseph Banks did not only study and describe new plants he found, but also look out for new economic species; plants that could be grown in England or other parts of the world to produce crops that could be sold .
7. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.
二、Teaching periods：Four
Period I Word Study
1. procedure n.
1) 程序;手續;步驟，工序；[U][C]
The chairman was quite familiar with the procedure for conducting a meeting.
主席對開會的程序很熟悉。
The next procedure is as follows. 下一個步驟如下。
He complained to the manager, and by this procedure got the money back.
他向經理投訴，通過這種程序拿回錢。
2) 常規;傳統的做法[C][U]
The first step in the procedure for making a kite is to build the frame.
制作風箏的第一步是做骨架。
2. promote vt.
（1）提升；提職;使（學生）升級（to）
她努力工作,不久被提升為校長了。
_She worked hard and was soon promoted to headmaster.
通過考試的學生將升到高一個年級去。
Pupils who passed the test will be promoted to the next higher grade.
（2）促進；增進；促使
The Prime Minister’s visit will promote the cooperation between the two countries.
首相的訪問將促進兩國間的合作。
（3）推銷；為。。。。作廣告
他的工作是促銷這一新產品。
His job is to promote the new product.
promotion n. 提升；促進；推銷
promoter n. （企業等的）發起人；推銷商
promotional adj. 推銷的；提升的；發起的
3. appetite n.[U][C] 欲望；愛好；食欲；胃口
(1)食欲,胃口[(+for)]
Exercise gave her a good appetite.
運動使她胃口大增。
Have a good / poor appetite 胃口好/不好
to sb’s appetite 合某人的口味；投某人之好
lose one’s appetite 食欲減退
(2). 欲望;愛好[(+for)]
have an appetite for 愛好
此時此刻她無心閑聊。
At the moment she had no appetite for gossip.
4. appoint vt.
（1）任命；委托
They appointed him to be/as chairman.
他們任命他為主席。
（2）約定
Our visitors arrived at the appointed time.
我們的訪客在約定的時間到達了。
（3）確定；指定
We have appointed 8 o’clock as the time to begin.
我們已經確定八點鐘為開始的時間。
n. appointment 約會；約定
make / fix an appointment with sb. 與…約會
by appointment 按照約定的時間/地點
keep / break one’s appointment 守/違約
5. look out for
look out / watch out：語氣最強，常用于某種緊急的情況或可能出現的危險的場合。
take care：語氣不如look out強，常用于出現不測的情況下做出提醒或警告。
be careful：常用語，使用場合較廣。
1）Look out! There is danger ahead!
2) Take care! The pan is hot. Don’t touch it.
3) Be careful! Don’t break it. It’s made of glass.
look out for 當心，小心；找尋
1） Look out for the pickpockets.
當心扒手。
2) He look out for the truth all his life.
他一生都在尋求真理。
look 的相關短語：
look around / round 環顧 look at 看；查看；考慮，著眼于
look back 回顧 look down 向下看；俯視
look down on / upon 輕視，看不起 look for 尋找
look forward to 盼望 look into 向……的里面看；瀏覽；調查；觀察
look over 檢查 look through 透過……看去；看穿；審核；仔細查看
look up 向上看；（在詞典、參考書等中）查尋
look up to 尊敬，仰望
6. on a large scale 大規模地；大范圍地
有些國家正在大規模地準備戰爭.
Some countries are preparing for war on a large scale.
They do only government projects and similar construction work on a large scale.
他們只做政府工程和類似的大規模的建設工作。
7. involve 包括；牽涉；使參與
有很多人參加了罷工。
The strike involved many people.
involve sb. / sth. in (doing ) sth. 使某人/物參與……
你解決你的問題，不要把我拉進去。
Don’t involve me in solving your problems.be involved in = be busy doing / be engaged in 從事， 忙于……
be involved in sth. 卷入
be involved in doing sth. 專心一意作某事
1) 他正忙著準備入學考試。
He is involved in preparing for the entrance exam.
2) 我們被告知此人卷入這一罪行。
We are told that the man is involved in the crime.
3) 他專心一意地訂計劃。
He is involved in working out a plan.
involved adj. 復雜的 involvement n. 卷入，牽連，牽連到的事物
8. abandon vt.
(1)丟棄;拋棄,遺棄
水手們離棄了燃燒中的船。
The sailors abandoned the burning ship.
人們發現那輛損壞的自行車被扔在河邊。
The broken bike was found abandoned by the river side.
(2.) 放棄,中止
He finally abandoned his reformist ideas.
他終于放棄了自己的改良主義思想。
(3.) (與oneself連用)使放縱;使聽任[(+to)]
她陷入絕望之中。
She abandoned herself to despair.
9. pass away
The old man passed away peacefully this morning.
老人今天早上安詳地過世了。
因為上周她父親去世了，所以她心里不好受。
She is upset because her father passed away last week.
pass by 從旁經過 pass down = hand down 傳下來
pass on 傳給（另外的人）
1) If you can’t do the job yourself, pass it on to someone who can.
2) Somebody passing by asked me the way to the Town Hall.
3) The revolutionary tradition is passed down from generation to generation.
10. reward
1）vt.報答；酬勞
（1）reward sb for sth/doing sth 因……報答某人
Is this how you reward me for my help?
你就這樣報答我對你的幫助嗎？
（2）reward sb with /by 用……酬謝某人。
她向他報以微笑。
She rewarded him with a smile.
（2）n. 獎金；報答；報酬；獎勵。
She offered a reward of $ 2000 for information about her missing son.
她懸賞2000美元找尋失蹤兒子的下落。
The reward has never been claimed.
這筆獎金還無人認領。
短語：
in reward 作為報答/獎賞
ask no reward 不圖報酬
give a reward to sb for sth 為某事給某人報酬
as a reward for… 作為對……的酬謝
reward according to sb’s deserts 論功行賞
15. Distinguish
distinguish between A and B 分辨A 和B
distinguish A from B 區分A與B
be distinguished by / for 以……著名的
distinguish…into 把……分類
distinguish oneself 使杰出；使顯出特色
1) People who cannot distinguish between colors are said to be color-blind
不能辨別顏色的人被稱作色盲。
2) He distinguished himself by his bravery.
他以勇敢著稱。
3) 分辨是非 distinguish between right and wrong
4) The young officer distinguished himself many times in battle.
這個年青軍官屢建戰功。
5) 言語使人區別于動物。
Speeches distinguish man from the animals.
用法相似的短語：
tell the difference between A and B 說出A 與B 之間的不同
tell A from B 把A 與B 區分開來
tell A and B apart 把A 與B 分開
differ A from B.使A 不同于B
Period II Reading
Step 1. Lead-in
Step 2. Pre-reading
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science?
His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.
Step 3. Fast reading
How many people are mentioned in the passage? What are they?
Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook
Step 4. Careful reading
1. Before Linnaeus botany was ___ D _____．
A．studied by doctors B．unknown to anyone
C．fully developed D．a branch of medicine
2. Some economic species plants such as __C__ could help to develop local economies．
A．rose and peony B．tea and apple
C．cocoa and hemp D．Cocoa and lemon
3. It was __A__ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research．
A. Joseph Banks B. Captain Cook C. Linnaeus D. Daniel Solander
4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ____C_______ ．
A．the importance of botany
B．how to classify plant species into groups
C．Linnaeus’ contribution to botany
D．Linnaeus’ discoveries about different species
5. Captain Cook made ____C_____ voyages altogether around the world.
A．one B. Two C. Three D. four
Step 5. Post-reading
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus?
Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world?
To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition?
Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”?
When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.
Step 6. Language points
1. Born into a life of privilege, … 生來就享有特權
1) be born into / to / of 出生于
瑪麗出生于一個富裕的家庭。
__Mary was born into a wealthy family. _
2) be born + (to be) adj. / 名詞短語
他天生是個聰明人。
He was born clever. = He was born a clever man.
2. Many young men in his position would lead a cosy life, but young Banks had an appetite for knowledge. 許多像他這樣有地位的年輕人過的是舒適安逸的生活，而年輕的班克斯卻渴求知識。
position
1) 處境；境地
他對他的處境很滿意。
He is satisfied with his position.
Madam Michel found her in an awkward position.
米雪女士發現自己處于一個尷尬的境地。
in one’s position 處于某人的處境
要是我處于他的境地，我不知道該怎么辦。
If I were in his position, I’m not sure what I should do.
2) 姿勢；位置
sit in an comfortable position 以不舒服的姿勢坐著
a vertical position 垂直的姿勢
3) 地位；職位
They were men of the highest position in England.
他們是英國地位最高的人。
3. As astronomy was one of the most important branches of science, it was the British government that paid for all the equipment and expenses for that part of the expedition.
as 的用法：
1) 引導原因狀語從句“因為，既然”
由于所有位置都有人，我們只好站著。
As all the seats were full, we had to stand up.
We all like her as she is kind. 我們都喜歡她，因為她善良。
2) 引導方式狀語從句“按照，如同”
我已按你的建議那樣改了。
I have changed it as you suggested.
像我這樣做。 Do it as I do.
3) 表示時間“當……時候”
隨著時間的流逝 As time goes on, ...
我一邊沿著河走一邊讀書。
I read the letter as I walked along the river.
4) 表示讓步 “雖然，盡管”
Tired as they were, they walked on. 雖然很累，他們還是繼續走著。
短語：
as for 至于；就……而論 as if / though 好像；仿佛
as to 至于，關于 so as to 為了
so…as to 以致于，以便
強調句型：It is / was + 被強調的部分 + that + 其余部分
1) 我愛好通俗音樂。（強調主語）
It is I that / who have an appetite for pop music.
2) 我們經常在閱覽室做作業。（強調地點狀語）
It is in the reading-room that we often finish our homework.
Period Ⅲ Integrating skills
Step I Lead-in
StepⅡ Fast-reading
The text can be divided into four parts, then summarize the main idea of each part:
Part I -- - Para1-3 Darwin and his research.
Part II --- Para 4-5 Mendel and his experiment.
Part III --- Para 6 Turesson and his study
Part IV --- Para7 the importance and significance of the research of the three.
StepⅢ Careful-reading: Choose the best answer
1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that C
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
2. Darwin observed that the birds with _______ would eat B_____
A. small beaks l hard seeds B．broad beaks；hard seeds
C. hard beaks；hard seeds D．broad beaks；soft seeds
3. Darwin joined the scientific expedition on __C___ ．
A. the Endeavour B. Tahiti C．the Beagle D．space
4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that D
A. the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment
B. the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand
C. the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment
D. the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .
5. Darwin studied physics，chemistry and botany because ____B_____
A．he was invited to join scientific expedition
B．he was interested in them
C．he could do a lot Of experiments
D．he wanted to finish his book “On the Origin of Species”
Step Ⅳ Language points
1. It was … that gave him the key to his new theory. 新理論的要領
the key to sth. / doing sth. ……的關鍵；……的答案
這是改善他們生活條件的關鍵。
This is the key to the improvement of their living conditions.
2. … and deserved special attention.
deserve 值得，該受到，可褒可貶
1) I think you’re playing with fire. You deserve it! 你是老鼠戲貓，真是自作自受！
2) How dare you do this to me? You deserve a kick in the ass!
你竟敢這樣對我？找打??？
3) Such a little boy has to work to support his family. It deserves sympathy!
If you do wrong, you deserve punishment.
If you do wrong, you deserve punishing.
If you do wrong, you deserve to be punished.
類似的詞還有：need, want, require
3. … the ideas concerning the influence of environment upon plants…
a declaration concerning the war 關于戰爭的宣言
concern oneself with 關心
be concerned in 從事；與……有牽連
as concerns = concerning 關于
be concerned for / about 關心
4. such as soil conditions, is of equal importance to the output of crop.
對糧食農作物產量具有同樣重要的意義
be of + 抽象名詞 = be + 該詞的形容詞
be of importance = be important
be of value = be valuable
be of + the size / age / weight / kind / height… 這類抽象名詞沒有相應的形容詞
他們同齡但身高不一樣。
They are of the same age but of different height.
本單元重要短語：
1按植物種類分類 classify plant species into groups
2鑒別不同物種 identification of different species
3以…為根據 base on
4結果 as a result
5第一眼 at first sigh
6發展這系統 promote the system
7結成終身好友 develop a lifelong friendship
8一出生就過著有特權的生活 born into a life of privilege
9對知識求知欲若渴 have an appetite for knowledge
10開創事業 make a career
11任命某人做… appoint sb. as…
12根據指示 according to the instructions
13裝備那次遠征 equip the expedition
14在三年的航海中 on the three-year voyage
15當心，小心 look out for
16大規模地 on a large scale
17巨大的成功 a great success
18參與事務 involve in enterprises
19開拓澳大利亞 the settlement of Australia
20發展成為 develop…into…
21積累大量的知識 accumulate a great deal of knowledge
22水量 amount of water
23試做某事 experiment with doing
24年輕時 in one’s youth
25創建新理論的鑰匙 the key to the new theory
26值得特別關注 deserve special attention
27相互有關聯 a relationship with/relate to
28用花與豌豆進行實驗 conduct experiments with flowers and peas
29誕生了遺傳學 give birth to the science of genetics
30發現了證據 find evidence for sth.
31長成灌木 grow to a bush
32改變其外形 change one’s appearance
33 適應新環境 adapt to the new environment
34農作物產量 the output of crops
35同樣重要 be of equal importance
36 重新認識環境對物種的重要性
bring the importance of the environment on spices back in view
Period Ⅳ 單元同步練習
I. Choose the best answer.
1. The language which the Maori speak is ________ the language of Tahiti and Hawaii.
A. compared to B. related to
C. separated from D. developed from
2. They fell in love ________.
A. in first sight B. in sight
C. at first sight D. at the first sight
3. ________ what others say, I think he's a very nice person.
A. Because of B. Instead of C. Except D. Despite
4. You'll catch cold if you don't ________.
A. look after B. look out
C. look up D. look around
5. ---This pair of shoes are too small to ________ me. Could you show me another?
---Of course. Please look at these ones.
A. be fit for B. fit C. suit D. agree with
6. ---_______ did you think of the exhibition?
---Oh, ________great success!
A. What; what a B. How; what a
C. What; how a D. How; how
7. Listen! His family must be quarrelling, ________?
A. mustn't it B. isn't it
C. aren't they D. needn't they
8. ---Don't you believe me?
---_______. I'll believe ________you say.
A. No, whatever B. Yes, no mater what
C. No, no matter what D. Yes, whatever
9. It was not until he got to the office _________ he remembered ________the key home.
A. when, leaving B. when, to leave
C. that, leaving D. that, to leave
10. He never thought that they would choose him _________head of the workshop though he was only in _________ twenties.
A. /, his B. a, his C. the, the D.a, the
11. ---What made Bill so angry?
---________. His girl friend promised to come at 8: 30, but she hasn't come yet.
A. Having kept waiting B. Being kept walling
C. To be keeping wait D. Being kept vailed
12. Don't tell the keys _________ the exercises first when the students do their homework.
A. of B. in C. on D. to
13. Our eyes slowly ________the dark.
A. agreed with B. agreed to
C. adapted to D. took in
14. China has hundreds of islands, ________ the largest is Taiwan.
A. in which B. to which
C. from which D. of which
15. If he had been given _________ days, he would have done better.
A. more three B. three more
C. three another D. three other
II. Close Test
Some plays are so successful that they run for years on end. In many ways, this is 1 for the poor actors who are required to go on repeating the same 2 night after night. One would 3 them to know their parts by heart and 4 have cause to falter（結巴）.Yet 5 is not always the case.
A famous actor in a 6 successful play was once cast in the role of an aristocrat （貴族） 7 had been imprisoned in Bastille for twenty years. In the last act，a gaoler（監獄長，看守）would always come on to the stage with a letter which he would hand to the prisoner. 8 the noble was expected to read the letter at each 9 ,he always insisted that it should be written out in full.
One night, the gaoler decided to play a joke 10 his colleague to find out if, after so many performances, he had managed to learn the 11 of the letter by heart. The curtain went up on the final act of the play and revealed （使顯露）the aristocrat sitting alone behind bars in his dark cell. Just then，the gaoler 12 with the precious letter in his hands. He entered the 13 and presented the letter to the aristocrat. But the copy he gave him had not been written out in 14 as usual. It was simply a blank sheet of paper. The gaoler looked on eagerly, 15 to see if his fellow actor had at last learnt his lines. The noble stared at the blank sheet of paper for a few seconds. Then，squinting（瞇著眼看）his eyes，he said, “The light is 16 .Read the letter to me.” And he quickly handed the sheet of paper to the gaoler. 17 that he could not remember a word of the letter either, the gaoler replied，“The light is indeed dim，sir. I must get my 18 ”With this, he hurried off the stage. Much to the aristocrat’s 19 ，the gaoler returned a few moments later with a pair of glasses and the 20 copy of the letter which he proceeded（繼續進行）to read to the prisoner.
1．A. fortunate B. unfortunate C. happy D. unhappy
2．A. lines B. words C. plays D. roles
3．A. want B. ask C. expect D. wish
4．A. always B. never C. sometimes D. often
5．A. such B. the thing C. one D. this
6．A. highly B. high C. poorly D. poor
7．A. where B. what C. which D. who
8．A. Because B. Even though C. When D. Though
9．A. play B. performance C. role D. case
10．A. with B. in C. on D. to
11．A. pages B. joke C. lines D. contents
12．A. appeared B. disappeared C. came out D. came in
13．A. room B. cell C. stage D. office
14．A. English B. French C. order D. full
15．A. glad B. surprised C. anxious D. afraid
16．A. bright B. dim C. dark D. out
17．A. To see B. To find C. Seeing D. Finding
18．A. glasses B. lines C. light D. letters
19．A. surprise B. satisfaction C. anger D. amusement
20．A. usual B. old C. unusual D. new
III. Reading Comprehension
A
An explosion on Thursday killed one and injured 21 in a busy street in Tongren, Southwest China’s Guizhou Province.
The bomb was hidden in a rubbish bin in the city’s commercial hub（商業中心），where lots of shops and restaurants are concentrated. The ear-splitting blast was heard around 12∶50 p.m.，said a local newspaper, citing witnesses. The power of the blast shattered（使粉碎）nearby shop windows and ripped the stainless（不生銹的）steel rubbish can to pieces.
One passer-by，identified（確認）only as Zhang，said she was shocked by the noise and saw a lot of pedestrians lying on the ground when she got to the scene. Thirteen of the injured were taken to a local hospital after the explosion. A doctor there said five were in serious condition but already out of danger after emergency treatment. The others were just slightly hurt.
The cause of the explosion is still under investigation, said an officer with the Tongren police, but refused to speculate as to the cause.
1．It can be inferred from the passage that ________.
A. All the injured were taken to a hospital
B. 8 of the injured were not taken to a hospital
C. The rubbish bin with a bomb was in a restaurant
D. The rubbish bin with a bomb was in a shop
2．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A. One passer-by, identified only as Zhang, saw the man throwing a bomb into a bin.
B. Some customers in restaurants were injured.
C. The writer didn’t get to the scene.
D. All customers in shops got hurt.
3．In the last paragraph the underlined word“ speculate” probably means ________.
A. tell B. guess C. discuss D. talk
4．What of the following can be the best title for the passage?
A. Bomb Hidden in a Rubbish Bin B. The Cause of the Explosion
C. A Terrible Thing D. Market Blast Kills 1, Injures 21
B
How many coins have you got in your pocket right now? Three? Two？ A bent one？
With a phone card you can make up to 200 calls without any change at all.
（1） What do you do with it?
Go to a telephone box marked （you guessed it） “phone card”. Put in your card, make your call and when you’ve finished, a screen tells you how much is left on your card.
（2） Now appear in a shop near you.
Near each Card phone place you’ll find a shop where you can buy one. They’re at bus, train and city tube stations（地鐵）.
Many universities, hospitals and clubs. Restaurants and gas stations on the highway and shopping centers. At airports and seaports.
（3） No more broken payphones.
Most broken payphones are like that because they’ve been vandalized（故意破壞）. There are no coins in Card phone to excite thieves’ interest in it. So you’re not probably to find a vandalized one.
Get a phone card yourself and try it out, or get a bigger wallet.
5．The passage is most probably ________.
A. a warning B. a note
C. an advertisement（廣告） D. an announcement
6．There are three sections in the passage. Which section do you think is about why phone cards are good?
A. Section 1． B. Section 2． C. Section 3． D. None.
7．Choose the right order or the steps under “How do you use a phone card”.
a. Put in your phone card.
b. Look at the screen to find out how many calls you can still make.
c. Go to a telephone box marked “Phone card”. d. Make your call.
A. a, b, c, d B. c, a, d, b C. a, d, c, b D. c, d, a, b
C
“Soon, you’re going to have to move out!” cried my neighbor upon seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind or at least known in my neighborhood.
One tiny 9-inch plant, bought for $1.25 in the spring, has already taken over much of my rose bed, covering much of other plants, and is well on its way to the front door.
Roses require a good deal of care, and if it weren’t for the pleasure they give, it wouldn’t be worth the work. As it is, I have a garden full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year. bushes must be pruned (剪枝) in early spring, leaving ugly woody branches until the new growth appears a few weeks later. It was the space available (可用的) in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant. A big mistake.
Soil conditions made just perfect for roses turn out be even more perfect for tomatoes. Thedaily watering coupled with full sun and regular fertilizing (施肥) have turned the little plant into a tall bush. The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long since disappeared under the thick leaves.
Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I have to find the red ones among the leaves, which means I almost have to stand on my head, and once found I have to reach down and under, pick the tomatoes and withdraw (縮回) my full fist without dropping the prize so dearly won. I found two full-blown white roses completely hidden as I picked tomatoes in June. But they were weak and the leaves already yellow for lack of light.
Here I am faced with a painful small decision: To tear up a wonderful and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to several expensive and treasured roses. Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind, I’ll think about that tomorrow.
8．What are the requirements for the healthy growth of rose?
A．A lot of care and the right soil. B．Frequent pruning and fertilizing.
C．Tomato plants grown alongside. D．Cages placed around the roots.
9．The writer planted the tomato because _________.
A．it cost only $1.25
B．the soil was just right for it
C．there was room for it in the garden
D．the roses’ branches needed to be covered
10．This year the writer’s roses were __________.
A．removed from the rose bed
B．picked along with the tomatoes
C．mostly damaged by too much sunlight
D．largely hidden under the tomato plant
11．By saying “the prize so dearly won” in paragraph 5, the writer wants to ________.
A．show the difficulty in picking the tomatoes
B．show the hardship of growing the roses
C．express her liking for the roses
D．express her care for the tomatoes
12．In the situation described in the text, one good thing is that ________.
A．the roses cost the writer little money
B．the writer has a daily harvest of tomatoes
C．someone will help the writer make the decision
D．the writer can now enjoy both the roses and tomatoes
D
Want a glance of the future of health care? Take a look at the way the various networks of people about patient care are being connected to one another, and how this new connectivity is being exploited to deliver medicine to the patient - no matter where he or she may be.
Online doctors offering advice based on normal symptoms（癥狀）are the most obvious example. Increasingly, however, remote diagnosis（遠程診斷）will be based on real physiological data（生理數據）from the actual patient. A group from the University of Kentucky has shown that by using personal data assistance plus a mobile phone, it is perfectly practical to send a patient’s important signs over the telephone. With this kind of equipment, the cry asking whether there was a doctor in the house could well be a thing of the past.
Other medical technology groups are working on applying telemedicine to rural （countryside） care. And at least one team wants to use telemedicine as a tool for disaster need - especially after earthquakes. On the whole, the trend is towards providing global access to medical data and experts’ opinions.
But there is one problem. Bandwidth（寬帶） is the limiting factor for sending complex （復雜 ）medical pictures around the world, -CU photos being one of the biggest bandwidth users. Communication satellites say be able to deal with the short - term needs during disasters such as earthquakes or wars. But medicine is looking towards both the second - generation Internet and third generation mobile phones for the future of remote medical service.
Doctors have met to discuss computer-based tools for medical diagnosis, training and telemedicine. With the falling price of broadband communications, the new technologies should start a new time when telemedicine and the sharing of medical information, experts’ opinions and diagnosis are common.
13．The writer chiefly talks about ________ .
A. the use of telemedicine B. the on-lined doctors
C. medical care and treatment D. communication improvement
14．Which of the following statements is true according to the text?
A. Patients don’t need doctors in hospitals any more.
B. It is impossible to send a patient’s signs over the telephone.
C. Many teams use telemedicine dealing with disasters now.
D. Broadband communications will become cheaper in the future.
15．The “problem” in the fourth paragraph refers to the fact that ________ .
A. bandwidth isn’t big enough to send complex medical pictures
B. the second - generation of Internet has not become popular yet
C. communication satellites can only deal with short - term needs
D. there is not enough equipment for spreading the medical care
E
As any homemaker who has tried to keep order at the dinner table knows, there is far more to a family meal than food. Sociologist Michael Lewis has been studying 50 families to find out just how much more.
Lewis and his co-workers carried out their study by videotaping (錄像) the families while they ate ordinary meals in their own homes. They found that parents with small families talk actively with each other and their children. But as the number of children gets larger, conversation gives way to the parents’ efforts to control the loud noise they make. That can have an important effect on the children. “In general the more question-asking the parents do, the higher the children’s IQ scores.” Lewis says. “And the more children there are, the less question-asking there is.”
The study also provides an explanation for why middle children often seem to have a harder time in life than their siblings (兄弟姐妹). Lewis found that in families with three or four children, dinner conversation is likely to center on the oldest child, who has the most to talk about, and the youngest, who needs the most attention. “Middle children are invisible.” Says Lewis, “When you see someone get up from the table and walk around during dinner, chances are it’s the middle child.” There is, however, one thing that stops all conversation and prevents anyone from having attention: “When the TV is on.” Lewis says, “dinner is a non-event.”
16．The writer’s purpose in writing the text is to ________.
A．show the relationship between parents and children
B．teach parents ways to keep order at the dinner table
C．report on the findings of a study
D．give information about family problems
17．Parents with large families ask fewer questions at dinner because ______.
A．they are busy serving food to their children
B．they ate busy keeping order at the dinner table
C．they have to pay more attention to younger children
D．they are tired out having prepared food for the whole family
18．By saying “Middle children are invisible” in paragraph 3, Lewis means that middle children __________
A．have to help their parents to serve dinner
B．get the least attention from the family
C．are often kept away from the dinner table
D．find it hard to keep up with other children
19．Lewis’ research provides an answer to the question ________.
A．why TV is important in family life
B．why parents should keep good order
C．why children in small families seem to be quieter
D．why middle children seem to have more difficulties in life
20．Which of the following statements would the writer agree to?
A．It is important to have the right food for children.
B．It is a good idea to have the TV on during dinner.
C．Parents should talk to each of their children frequently.
D．Elder children should help the younger ones at dinner.
Ⅳ單詞拼寫
1．The boy was p_________ to the fourth grade.
2．He was a __________ mayor of the city.
3．He a_________ his wife and child.
4．Banks was the first to move crops from one continent to another on a large s ______.
5． Education should not be considered to be a p_________ in a modern society.
6． She is only twelve years old, she doesn’t have the ______________（身份證） card.
7． They followed the usual ___________ （程序）
8． He is good at managing his__________（企業）.
9． The principal’s ___________（露面）at the party didn’t seem to be very welcome.
10. We hope for a lasting ____________ （解決）of all these troubles.
rush sb. off his feet, change, action, repair, work on, fix up
2. important sentences:
A. It is better to ask for help at the beginning rather than to wait until a busy period when everyone is rushed off their feet.
B. What is more, this “information line” operates 24 hours a day.
C. It did not take the firefighters long to pot out the fire, and they at once started to look for causes of the fire.
D. They had to work inside the ship, cutting away old metal, fixing new metal plate, drilling holes, laying electrical and phone wires and fixing new pipes for water and steam.
3. Grammar: review –ing form, to do form and predicative
4. Useful expressions:
A. May I speak to …?
B. Hello. Who’s that speaking?
C. I called to tell you…..
D. Hold on, please.
E. Wait a moment.
F. Can I take ( leave ) a message?
Aims and demands:
Importance and difficulty: Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and some slides
Teaching procedure:
I can store and recall as much information as possible, and I can work at a very high speed. In modern times, you can’t work without me. What am I? ( computer )
T: Where can you find computer?
S: They are mostly found in offices……
T: What else may you expect find in a large modern office?
( write these words on the blackboard and read after the teacher)
choose the right title for each section
T: What is the fax machine? How does it work?
S: When you place a sheet of paper in a fax machine, the machine “reads” the writing on the page and changes the shapes of letters into electronic signals. It then sends these signals down an ordinary telephone line to another fax machine, which changes the signals back into the shapes of letters.
T: What are the advantages of sending a fax?
Ss: Speed. You can send texts, pictures, diagrams, designs maps and so on .
T: What are the disadvantages of sending a fax?
Ss: It is expensive and not private. ( it can be read by anyone)
T: What is the photocopier? How does it work?
Ss: It can copy a long report and sort the copies and pin them together.
T: What can modern photocopying machines do?
Ss: Modern machines can make the copy bigger or smaller , lighter or darker and copy onto both sides of the paper.
T: What is the word processor? How many parts is the word processor made up of?
Ss: It is made up of three parts . ( a typewriter keyboard, a printer and a computer )
T: What are the advantages of a word processor?
Ss: You can make changes easily and can print a report very quickly.
T: What is the answering machine?
Ss: It is a telephone with a tape recorder.
T: What are the advantage of an answering machine?
Ss: It can receive messages when no one is in the office and can give information.
Step 4. Listening for general understanding
Listen to the tape and write down the headings above the right sections of the text.
Comprehension exercise for Unit 18 Lesson 69 (3B)
Read fast to get a general idea of the passage and fill in the following blanks with one of the four choices below.
1. ____ is a type of machine used to make copies from newspapers, books or reports.
2. ____ is used to send messages including words , pictures, designs and maps.
3. ____ is a kind of machine used to type materials, save them for future use and make changes if necessary.
4. ____ is used to record telephone messages when the receiver is absent.
II. Further comprehension CCADC DBBD
1. Which is WRRONG about learning to use office equipment?
A. It can make the work in offices go smoothly .
B. It is necessary for beginners in offices.
C. It should be learnt during a busy period.
D. It may help you to get a promotion (普升機會).
2. Which is correct about sending a fax?
A. It can be done only during working hours.
B. Sometimes it might take a week or so.
C. It isn’t a good choice to send top-secret information by fax machine.
D. Reports in English cannot be faxed.
3. A word processor ____.
A. can type a long report and make changes
B. can produce colour copies when necessary
C. can send information both at home and abroad
D. includes a keyboard, a photocopier and a computer
4. ____ can be used to answer a phone call automatically (自動地) when you are out.
A. The photocopier B. The fax machine
C. The word processor D. The answering machine
5. What is one disadvantage of sending a fax?
A. We can send a fax only in the office hours.
B. Message sent by a fax are hard to read.
C. We cannot send secret information through a fax machine.
D. Foreigners cannot understand Chinese letters sent by a fax.
6. What can’t a word processor do?
A. Typing a letter.
B. Printing documents.
C. Coping a on report.
D. Sending picture.
7. What does “be rushed off one’s feet” mean in paragraph 1?
A. be on business B. be busy and tired
C. be tired out D. run out of the office
8. The writer says “The fax has greatly changed office work, especially in China.” Because ____.
A. it can send information quickly
B. it is much easier to change Chinese characters into electronic signals
C. it can do a lot of work for the Chinese people such as making copies, posting letters
D. it makes office work easy to do
9.“The fax has greatly changed office work,especially in China.” The underlined word means ____.
Aims and demands:
Aims and demands:
Importance and difficulty: Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and some slides
Teaching procedure:
T: What may cause a fire?
---- smoking, playing with fire ……
T: What is often used to put out the fire?
---- Water, CO……
T: What kind of gas do we breathe?
( Name some of the gases in the air we breathe. )
---- Oxygen, hydrogen……
People may be in danger if there is not enough oxygen. But too much oxygen may cause danger to people , too.
Step 2. Reading for general understanding
Read the text and find out :
1. Where did the fire happen?
----- In a ship which was in a port in Scotland for repairs.
2. What started the fire?
----- A worker fixed the air-line to a supply of oxygen instead of compressed air.
See which pair of Ss can find out the correct answer before the others.
---- The man actually connected the air-line to the oxygen supply line.
1. put these events in the correct order
9-12-6-13-1-4-11-8-3-10-14-7-5-2
Comprehension for Unit 18 Lesson 70 (3B) BDBCD ACAB
1. An extra team of men were sent to repair the ship because ___.
B. this ship needed to be repaired quickly
D. there was a lot of work to do
2. The man took a long time to connect the rubber pipe to the air supply pipe because ___.
A. he smoked a cigarette during the working hours
B. he had to drill holes and lay electrical wires first
C. he found something strange in the air and stopped to have a check
3. There was a strange smell when one man lit a cigarette because ___.
A. the cigarette had the smell itself
B. the smell was caused by the oxygen
C. there was something wrong with the man’s nose
D. the ship was beginning to burn
4. Which of the following is true?
A. The fire caused great damage to the ship.
B. There was an explosion happened inside the ship.
C. No damage was done to the deck at the end of the ship.
D. The fuel on ship caused the fire.
5. What measures were taken to prevent a fire accident?
A. Talks on safety were given to new workers.
B. Smoking was not allowed in the workplace.
C. All the supply lines and taps were marked with signs and warnings.
D. Both A and C.
6. In the ship the “air-line” provides ____.
A. compressed air B. water and steam
7. When the fire broke out, ____.
A. some men sounded the fire alarm
B. all the men jumped into the sea
C. most of the men managed to escape
8. The men’s cigarettes burned strangely and tasted bad because ____ .
A. there was too much oxygen inside
B. something was wrong with the cigarettes
D. lots of compressed air was inside
9. What was the real cause of the fire?
A. The third person struck a match for a cigarette.
B. The air-line was fixed to a supply line of oxygen instead of compressed air.
C. Too many workers smoked in the ship.
D. The fittings the workers had used to repair the ship didn’t match.
Rearrange the following events ( Lesson 70 )
a. It took him some time to connect the long rubber pipe to the air supply pipe that ran round the port, but at last it was done and as a result work was able to progress much faster.
b. Half an hour later, another man struck a match for a cigarette and this time the whole of the inside of the ship caught fire.
c. They had to work inside the ship.
d. A navy ship was in a port in Scotland for repairs.
e. It was important to carry out the work quickly, so an extra team of men were asked to work on the repairs one evening.
f. Another man lit a cigarette but it burnt strangely and so he too put it out.
g. One man was told to fix up an “air-line” to provide compressed air for the machines they were using.
h. After three hours, the men stopped for a meal break. When work continued, one man lit a cigarette as he was working, but, finding it had a strange taste, he put it out.
Translate the following sentences (Lesson 69~70)
1． 一旦他作出決定就不會改變。
Once she made the decision, she wouldn’t change her mind.
2． 我到過那兒一次。
I have been there once.
3． 這是她父親曾經工作過的地方。
This is the place where her father once worked.
4． 該去的是約翰而不是杰克。
John should go rather than Jack.
5． 這些鞋子穿起來很舒服，但并不漂亮。
These shoes are comfortable rather than pretty.
I love swimming rather than skating.
I decided to write rather than ( to ) telephone.
We ought to check up, rather than just accept what he says / accepting what he says.
6． 與其讓這些蔬菜爛掉，他寧愿以一半的價格把他們賣掉。
Rather than allow the vegetables to go bad, he sold them at half price.
Would / had rather do sth than do…
Would / had rather sb. did…
I would rather you knew that now than afterwards.
7． 他們播種忙得個不可開交。( rush sb. off one’s feet )
They are rushed off their feet with the sowing.
8． 沒有必要對這個計劃作出修改。
It is not necessary to make any changes in the plan.
9． 我覺得是我該采取行動的時候了。
I felt it ( was ) time for me to take ( an ) action.
10． 我沒有去看望王先生，因為那天下大雨. 再說，我身邊也沒有他的地址。
I didn’t go to see Mr. Smith , because it was raining hard. What’s more, I didn’t have his address.
11． 中國有許多人正在從事一項“希望工程”，幫助窮苦孩子們上學。
Many people in China are working on a “Project Hope” , helping poor children to go to school.
12． 他在致力于發明一種辦公用的新式機器。
He is working on inventing a new type of machine for office work.
13． 他不得不工作到六十多歲。
He has to work on until he was sixty.
14． 政府給無家可歸的人提供食宿。
The government provided food and shelter for those who were homeless / the homeless.
The government supplied (provide ) the homeless with food and shelter.
15． 他們在忙著安裝電燈。
They are busy fixing up the lights.
Translate:
A. He fixed up the broken chair. 修理
B. I can easily fix you up for the night. 給…... 安排住處
C. We have fixed up a date for the picnic. 確定
D. I’ve fixed up a visit to the theater for next Friday. 安排
E. Do I have to fix up to go to the party. 打扮
16． 花了我一整天的時間修理這臺彩電。
It took me a whole day to fix up the colour TV set.
17． 你應該爭取盡快趕到那兒。
You should try to get there as soon as you can.
You should try to get there as soon as possible.
18． 許多人逃出大火著火了。
Many people escaped from the big fire, with their clothes on fire.
19． 老師走進教室，手里拿著一本書。
The teacher came into the classroom, with a book in his hand.
20． 她似乎（已經）聽到了這件事。
She appeared / seemed to have heard about it already.
It seemed / appeared that she had already heard about it.
21． 房子燒了，準是有什么原因。
The house was burned down. There must have been some cause.
22． 這嬰孩昨夜哭個不停，他準是得了病。
The baby kept crying last night . He must have been ill.
There is a tall tree in front of our teaching building.
There are some students playing football on the playground.
2. think/find it + adj for sb to do sth
(1).I find it necessary to take down notes while listening.
(2).I feel it important to have some working experience.
(3).I found it impossible for me to work out all the problems in such a short time.
(1).I didn’t know the truth until she told me what happened.
(2).Yesterday I didn’t go to sleep until midnight.
(1).Everyone is busy in classroom. Some are reading, others are writing.
(2).There are many foreign students in our class. Some of them are from Europe, others come from America.
(1).In just three years, she had not only finished all the lessons, but also received her doctor’s degree.
(2).Forests can not only fresh the air but also reduce noises.
(1).He is such a good student that everyone likes him.
(2).We were so deeply moved that we could not fall asleep that night.
7.too…to…
(1).They were too angry to say a word that day.
(2).He is too young to go to school.
(1).He worked very hard in order to realize his dream.
(2).In order to get there on time,we set off early in the morning.
9.be about to do sth when…/be doing sth when…
(1).I was about to go out when the telephone rang.
(2).I was walking in the street when I heard a lady cry “Help,help”.
(1).He used to live in Shanghai.
(2).There used to be a tree in front of my house.
11.see/hear/watch/find sb do sth/doing sth
(1).I heard someone laughing.
(2).I saw him put the key in the lock,turn it and open the door.
12. have some difficulty in doing sth/with sth
Do you have any difficulty in understanding spoken English?
He was busy getting ready for his journey.
練習一：根據上下文關系用連接詞把下列各句連接起來，組成一個單句、并列句或復合句。
1.a) Go to see the doctor at once.
b) Your cold may get worse.
Go to see the doctor at once, or your cold may get worse.
2. a) Alice was the first to complete her paper.
b) Alice made quite a few mistakes in her paper.
Alice was the first to complete her paper, but she made quite a few mistakes in it.
3. a) We were about to start off last night.
b) The phone in the living room began to ring.
We were about to start off last night when the phone in the living room began to ring.
4. a) Unfortunately, John’s car broke down on the way home.
b) John had to stop a car for a lift.
Unfortunately, John’s car broke down on the way home, so he had to stop a car for a lift.
5). a) He has made great progress in his studies.
b) All the teachers praise him.
He has made such great progress in his studies that all the teachers praise him.
6. a) Some people waste food.
b) Other people haven’t enough food.
Some people waste food, while others haven’t enough food.
7. a) It’s too late to go to the cinema now.
b) I have an important meeting to attend after lunch.
It’s too late to go the cinema now. Besides, I have an important meeting to attend after lunch.
8. a) Your aunt has no other thought but what is best for you.
b) I have no other thought, either.
Neither your aunt nor I have any other thought but what is best for you.
練習二：1、用but,then,instead,the next moment,when填空：
The accident happened at 7:15 on the morning of February 8, . I was walking along Park Road towards the east when an elderly man came out of the park on the opposite side of the street. Then I saw a yellow car drive up Third Street and make a sudden right turn into Park Road. The next moment the car hit the old man. He fell down with a cry. But the car didn’t stop to save the old man. Instead，it drove off at great speed.
2、用at last,then,so,up to now,that,when填空：
Never shall I forget the first English lesson given by Miss Liu. On that day, when she entered the classroom, we found that she was a young and beautiful lady with a big smile on her face. Then she introduced herself saying that we should call her Miss Liu instead of Teacher Liu, a moment later, she let all of us go to the blackboard and say something about ourselves in English in turn. When it was my turn, I felt so shy and fearful that I didn’t dare to say a word before the class. She came up to me and said kindly, “Don’t be afraid. I believe you can do it. Come and have a try.” My face turned red when I heard that. At last, I went to the blackboard and was able to do it quite well. She praised for what I had done. Up to now, I can still remember her words in the first English lesson: “Practice makes perfect. Don’t lose your courage when you meet with difficulties. Try on and on until you succeed.”
上一篇：適合春分節氣的心情（精選十篇）下一篇：黑夜的心情句子(通用三十六句) .25 in the spring, has already taken over much of my rose bed, covering much of other plants, and is well on its way to the front door.
Roses require a good deal of care, and if it weren’t for the pleasure they give, it wouldn’t be worth the work. As it is, I have a garden full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year. bushes must be pruned (剪枝) in early spring, leaving ugly woody branches until the new growth appears a few weeks later. It was the space available (可用的) in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant. A big mistake.
Soil conditions made just perfect for roses turn out be even more perfect for tomatoes. Thedaily watering coupled with full sun and regular fertilizing (施肥) have turned the little plant into a tall bush. The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long since disappeared under the thick leaves.
Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I have to find the red ones among the leaves, which means I almost have to stand on my head, and once found I have to reach down and under, pick the tomatoes and withdraw (縮回) my full fist without dropping the prize so dearly won. I found two full-blown white roses completely hidden as I picked tomatoes in June. But they were weak and the leaves already yellow for lack of light.
Here I am faced with a painful small decision: To tear up a wonderful and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to several expensive and treasured roses. Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind, I’ll think about that tomorrow.
8．What are the requirements for the healthy growth of rose?
A．A lot of care and the right soil. B．Frequent pruning and fertilizing.
C．Tomato plants grown alongside. D．Cages placed around the roots.
9．The writer planted the tomato because _________.
德育目標: 教導學生:好的學習方法固然重要,但勤勉更重要。“no pains, no gains.”
三、教學重點(Teaching Key Points):
1.采用不同的閱讀技巧,讓學生了解文章大意,并歸納每段文章的中心意思(main idea)和文章的主旨(purpose of the text)。
2.掌握文中的重點詞匯、短語和句型。
四、教學難點(Teaching Difficult Points):
把文中所學到的有用的外語學習者的經驗運用到學生的英語學習上,以便于提高他們的英語水平。
五、教學方法(Teaching Methods):
1. Ask and answer 和 pictures 相結合,導入課文。
2. Fast reading 歸納每段文章的中心意思(main idea)和文章的主旨(purpose of the text), 提高學生的閱讀能力。
3. Careful reading 回答問題,了解文章細節內容。
4. Group work 討論成功語言學習者的經驗和特點。
5. Explaining and learning 掌握文中重點詞匯、句型。
六、教學輔助(Teaching Aids):
Multi-media Computer,tape
七、媒體的設計:
首先利用課文標題 “Learning a Foreign Language: Twice as Hard?” 問學生 “How do you think of this question?” 讓學生討論導入。然后利用圖片與Pre-reading部分的問題相結合的方式,展開討論與問答,啟發學生思考,引起聯想,使學生對語言學習這個問題產生更濃的興趣,以
What he said and what he did agreed with each other.
b. 當and連接的兩個名詞指同一個人、同一件事或一概念，這時and后面的名詞前沒有冠詞，其謂語動詞用單數形式（這里and相當于as well as ）。如：
The singer and composer is coming to our school .
那位歌唱家兼作曲家將來我們學校。
Bread and butter is often served for breakfast in our dining hall .
（比較：The boy and the girl were given a book each .每個同學都分得一本書。其中 “each”是同位語，句中主語為復數。）
我們食堂早點經常供應奶油面包。
常見的由and連接的兩個名詞指由一個概念的形式有：the needle and thread針線，salt and water鹽水，the or and knife刀叉，soap and water肥皂水，iron and steel鋼鐵等。
C. 由and連接的兩個并列主語為單數概念。主語前面分別由each , every ,no等詞來修飾時，其謂語動詞為單數形式。
Each doctor and each nurse was sent for .
把所有的醫生和護士都清來了。
Every boy and every girl is able to go to school in that village .
在那個村子里所有的孩子們都能上學。
注意：more than one和many a 修飾的單數名詞后面的謂語用單數形式，但其意義是復數。
如：
More than one student is fond of folk- music .
許多學生喜歡民間音樂。
Many a boy enjoys playing foot-ball .
許多男同學喜歡踢足球。
② 當主語后面接說明主語的修飾詞或插入語時，謂語動詞的數不受修飾成份的影響，仍同主語的關系一致。
這些修飾成分常見的有：with, along with , togeth whit (和…一起)；as well as (還) ；like (像)；no less than (不亞于)；rather than (而不是)；more than（多于)；as much as (如…一般多)；but ,except（除了……）；besides (除了……還……)；including包括；in addition to（另外）等引導的一個修飾結構，放在主語后面。如：
The old man , along with his two grandsons, often have a walk in the evening .
Jenny , as well as her friends , is going abroad .
The house ,including the garden and the garage ,was sold out .
1. Many Europeans e______ the continent of Africa in the 19th century. 1___________
2. The moment old Jonh put a h________ of sweets on the chair by the bed , little Tom ran towards to it . 2___________
3. India gained i_______ from Britain in 1947. 3___________
4. Marx once said that labour c________ man itself . 4____________
5. After reading the letter from her boss , Jane t______ it up and threw
it into the dustbin. 5____________
6. I wouldn’t think it w______ to ask him join the club─he’ll only refuse. 6____________
7. Bob was a shy boy ,and he always sat a _____ from the other children. 7____________
8. This medicine has an u_____ taste , but it is of great help. 8____________
9. Ann asked Jim to give up smoking not only because she o___ to the smell. 9___________
10. About 70 percent of the p_______ in China are peasants . 10___________
11. Will you please ______ the radio ? The baby is sleeping.
A. turn off B. turn down C. turn up D. turn on
12. The husband coughed day and night .It’s the wife’s fault for giving______ to him so that he didn’t stop smoking .
13. -Why ______ they ______ the building?
-Because another new one is to be built there .
A. have been destroyed B. did pull down
C. do remove D. are turning down
14. -It is the people who ______ history.
-And labour ____ man itself .
A. create created B. created invented
C. discover made D. invent creates
15. ─I have much difficulty _______ maths.
─Well , I have some trouble________ the English pronunciation.
A. in with B. in learning with C. with in D. in in
16. -You shouldn’t ______ from the girls in your class.
-But I don’t like ______ .
A. keep away being laughed at B. keep to laugh at
C. turn away to be laughed at D. return laughing
17. Last year some over _____ buildings ______ in the city.
A. 20-story were set up B. 20-storey set up
C. 20-storied had set up D. 20-floor had been set up
18. The old mother was _______ to hear that her daughter had a ____ journey.
A. pleasant pleasant B. pleased pleased
C. pleased pleasing D. pleased pleasant
19. -The young mother ______ her baby Jimmy.
-Really ? My brother ______ Jimmy , too .
A. calls names B. named is named
C. named was named D. called calls
20. Old Jack made a living _____ waste paper ,while his brother _______on slaves .
A. by selling made money B. to sell was rich
C. with lives D. on earns his living
21. _____ about three hundred people _____ the local illnesses ____ in that area.
A. As is known to us die from one year
B. It is said that die of a year
C. As we know are killed per year
D. It is reported that kill every year
22. _____ you are unwell , I’ll go to the meeting instead .
A. Because B. For C. Now that D. Though
23. We come to realize that we have to try our best to create a new life _____ our own and ______our own .
A. with , by B. on with C. of by D. for on
24. Don’t you think what to learn in class ____ the same effect ____ the character of the students ______ what to learn through practice ?
A. has on as B. have for as C. is in that D. are to from
25. Which of the following is NOT correct ?
A. Japan faces the Pacific on the east .
B. Taiwan lies in the east of Fujian belonging to China.
C. North of the United States lies Canada .
D. Britain stands to the northwest of France.
26. All of the work _____ finished and neither the teacher nor the students _____ enough time now .
A. is , has B. is , have C. are , has D. are ,have
27. What I saw ______ two boys running after the thief .
28. This exercise on agreement of subjects and verbs ______ easy for you .
29. Here _______ the papers you ask for .
30. There ______ to be many arguments on both side.
31. Half of the money ________ to you and half of the books _______ to you , too .
A. belong, belong B. belongs , belongs
C. belong, belongs D. belongs, belong
32. Taking pictures _______ not only young men but also many of the old people .
A. are interested in B. are interesting
C. interests D. is interested in
33. Ten minutes _______ more than enough time to complete this exercise.
34. One hundred and fifty pounds _______ what you should weigh.
A. are B. maybe C. should be D. is
35. You are the one who ______ wrong that Susan is one of those people who ______ out of their way to be helpful .
A. are , goes B. are , go C. is , go D. is , goes
36. Where and when to go ______ Jack since his graduation from college .
A. has been troubling B. has been troubled
C. have troubled D. have been troubling
37. Six eights _____ forty- eight , while six times nine _____ fifty - four .
A. is , are B. are , is C. is , is D. are ,are
38. Nobody but you _______ going to London on business next month.
39. It ________ Tom and John who ______ here yesterday preparing for today’s experiment.
A. were, were B. are , were C. was , were D. is , were
40. None of the four boys ______ a good swimmer two years ago , but now all of them ______ able to swim across the river .
A. was , are B. is , are C. are , are D. was ,is
Chicago --- lying in the east of the USA--- is a rather young American city . It was 41 completely rebuilt 42 the Creat Fire of 1871. One’s first impression of the city may 43 streams of cars running to and 44 on the highways , skyscrapers and the wide green water of Lake Michigan , 45 lies to the northeast of the city . The 46 of the city is over 228 square miles 47 a population of about 3 million .
The 48 of Chicago on the whole is almost the same as 49 of Beijing with 50 hot days in summer , 51 and fresh days in 52 and icy but often 53 days in winter . The spring in Chicago is 54 changeable in temperature. For instance, I saw a snowfall in early 55 this year 56 some of the flowers were already in 57 bloom . Chicago is also famous 58 its frequent strong winds , and 59 it has got the name of “ the 60 City .”
41. A. most B. almost C. mostly D. merely
42. A. before B. since C. after D. when
43. A. have B. mean C. be D. include
44. A. from B. above C. down D. along
45. A. when B. that C. which D. where
46. A. land B. measure C. area D. size
47. A. having B. with C. for D. and
48. A. climate B. weather C. temperature D. season
49. A. which B. it C. the one D. that
50. A. fairly B. rather C. much D. too
51. A. colorful B. colorless C. colour D. coloured
52. A. spring B. winter C. fall D. summer
53. A. clean B. clear C. cleaning D. clearly
54. A. little B. bit C. a lot D. a little
55. A. April B. May C. January D. June
56. A. and B. but C. when D. while
57. A. full B. filled C. filling D. full of
59. A. in fact B. in a word C. as a result D. above all
60. A. Snowy B. Windy C. Rainy D. Sunny
Christopher Columbus discovered America on the 12th of October , 1492. He had spent eighteen years in planning for that wonderful voyage which he made a cross the Atlantic Ocean .The Spanish king and queen ,who were interested in finding a sea route to India ,offered him ships and men so that he could carry out his plan . He crossed the Ocean and discovered strange islands ,inhabited ( vt. 居住于) by people unknown to Europeans .He believed these islands to be part of India.
Early in 1493, Columbus returned to Spain. There was great rejoicing（歡慶）in the country , and he was hailed（歡呼）as the hero who had made an epoch-making discovery .Crowds of people lined the streets to do him honour , and the king and queen welcomed him to their palace. Never had such respect been shown to any common man.
61. Christopher Columbus discovered America ________.
C. at the beginning of the fifteenth century
D. by the end of the fifteenth century
62. He had spent ______ in planning for the wonderful voyage .
A. eighteen days B. eighteen months
63. Finally the Spanish king and queen offered him ships and men so that _____.
A. he would have faith in himself
B. he could work out his new plan
D. he could put his plan into practice.
64. He crossed the ocean and discovered strange islands , inhabited ______.
A. by a people unknown to Europeans
B. by a people already known to Europeans
65. After returning to Spain he was hailed as the hero ______.
B. who had made an epoch-making discovery
C. who had discovered a new planet
D. who had made a great invention
The United States became a rich industrial nation toward the end of the 1800s . There were more goods ,more services , more jobs ,and a high standard of living . There was more of everything, including problems .One problem was monopoly（壟斷）. In some cases ,several companies that made the same product would agree not to compete with one another .They would all agree to charge the same price .These agreements made it impossible for buyers to shop around for lower prices for certain products .
Some people decided that huge companies had too much power and controlled too many markets . Because of their wealth and power , they could see to it that governments passed laws favorable to them . Many people believed that monopoly and price fixing were bad for buyers and bad for the country so that they should be broken up .
Such laws and government action didn’t entirely do away with monopoly. Nor did they stop the growth of huge companies . But they did show the American people had decided that some of the changes that taken place were harmful .
66. From paragraph 1, we can know that big companies ______.
A. produced certain kinds of goods
B. sold the same goods at the different prices
D. reached and agreement on prices
67. Because of the agreements between big companies ,______.
A. people had to buy things at certain shops
B. the prices of their goods were much lower
C. people had no choice but to buy goods at fixed prices
D. there were fewer markets in some states
68. According to the laws passed by the national government , companies _______.
A. were not allowed to control the markets
B. could not force people to buy their products
C. should have fixed prices for their products
D. must produce the same kind of goods for the same markets .
69. Some American people thought that ________.
A. the government should make some of the huge companies much smaller
B. the country’s industry was growing too rapidly
C. shops should have the same price for the same kind of goods
D. their country’s getting rich was both good and bad to the people.
70. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage ?
A. Big companies could not have any effort on the governments .
B. A certain number of markets were still controlled by big companies .
C. Many Americans were worried about the changes in their country.
D. Some of the laws were in favor of buyers .
短文改錯（計分15）：
One afternoon in April , 1912, a new ship set off 71_______________
from England to America on it first trip . It was one of 72_______________
the largest and first ship at that time . 73_______________
It was cold , but the trip was pleasant and people are 74_______________
enjoying themselves . The next day was even cold . People 75_______________
could see icebergs here or there . It was night , suddenly 76_______________
the man on watch shouting “Look out ! Iceberg !” 77_______________
It was too late ,a ship hit the iceberg and came to 78_______________
a stop . There that was a very big hole in the ship and 79_______________
water began to come .Slowly the ship stated to go down . 80_______________
參考答案：
1. explored 2. handful 3. independence 4. created 5. tore 6. worthwhile 7.apart 8. unpleasant 9. objected 10. population
11-15. B C D A B 16-20. C A D B A 21-25. B C D A B 26-30. B B A D C 31-35. D C B D A 36-40. A B C C A
41-45. B C D A C 46-50. C B A D B 51-55. A C B D A 56-60. D A B C B
61-65. D C D A B 66-70. D C A D A
71. √ 72. on it --- on its 73. ship ---ships 74. Are --- were 75. Cold---colder 76. or --- and 77. shouting ---shouted 78. a ship --- the ship 79. that 80. come --- come in
1.Their wedding yesterday. Many friends came to congratulate them on their marriage.
A.was taken place B.was to happen C.took place D.would hold
2.Since he is ready to help you, you should say“thank you”.
A.at last B.at first C.at most D.at least
3.Mr Smith with his wife goes to the cinema .
A.day by day B.now and again C.here and there D.day and night
4.Drivers,of course,want to travel miles with petrol and
hours.
A.many,a little,few B.more,fewer,less
C.more,less,fewer D.many,less,fewer
5.The rain has my new dress.
A.damaged B.hurt C.destroyed D.failure
6.He was sorry to fail again in the driving test. His only was that he was too nervous.
A.reason B.cause C.regret D.failure
7.Good advice is price.
A.over B.cause C.destroyed D.ruined
8.The basin of water won't freeze, the temperature is well above zero.
A.unless B.because C.even if D.as though
9. put the medicine the little boy can't reach it.
A.Do,where B.Don't that C.Just,which D.Do,there
10.Rather than on a crowded bus,he always prefers a bicycle.
11.You can fly to London this evening you don't mind changing planes in
Paris.
12.It's rule that comes home first cooks the dinner for the whole family.
A.who B.somebody who C.whoever D.anybody
13.Beautifully ,the little girl tried to make herself .
A.dressed,noticed B.what will man look like
C.dressed,noticing D.dressed,notice
14.The weather turned out to be very good, was morethan we could expect.
15.No one can be sure in a million years.
A.what man will look like B.what will man look like
C.man will look like what D.what look will man like
1. my horror,I noticed two men trying to break my office.
2.- the same,I expect you'll come to visit my hometown.
-I'm looking forward that.
3.Farmland is becoming smaller day day several reasons.
4.Don't drive into the bush plenty of water and never throw your cigarette
of the window .
5.We must try all means to get rid flies.
6.Generally speaking,a newly-built house is likely to fall ,
the case of an earthquake.
7. 1920,people from Italy have come to Australia great numbers.
8.The village used to be rather poor.One every three children could
not go to school and most families were debt.
9.-How do farmers round their sheep or cattle?
-It depends the size of their farms.
10.No one has far been brave to enter the forest alone.
(三)改正下面句子的錯誤(無錯的句子不要改；有錯的句子中每句只有一處錯誤)
1.The long fence is used to keeping out a kind of wild dog.
2.Cattles are kept in some countries mainly for beef.
3.They pay peasants very a little money to work in the fields for them.
4.He had to have a job, or go hunger.
5.Their mother can't afford to feed them to meat and fish every day.
6.New types of plants have been developed in Egypt to grow in desert land.
by hunting, they are very experienced at killing wild animals.
8.In area, Australia is about the same size of the USA, which has more than thirteen times as many people.
9.In Australia fruit and vegetables are grown in areas where is enough water.
10.What surprised me was that he spoke English so well.
11.Mr White slowed down his car, for he saw a blind man cross the road.
12.Why did she keep on wipe her eyes with a damp towel?
Agatha Christie seldom went out at night. She never(1)the night when she met a(2)many years ago.
That evening she was (3)to a birthday party which (4)until 2 o'clock in the
morning.Agatha(5)in the quiet street alone.Suddenly from the shadow(陰影)of a (6)building a tall man with a sharp knife in his right hand (7)out at her.“Good morning,lady,” the man said in a (8)voice,“I don't think you wish to (9)here!”
“What do you(10)?”Agatha asked.
“Your earrings(耳環).Take them off!”
Agatha suddenly had a (11)idea.She tried to cover her necklace (12)the collar(衣領)of her overcoat while she used(13)hand to take off her earrings and then she quickly(14)them on the groud.“Take them(15)let me go.”The robber(16)that the girl didn't care for the earrings at all,only trying to (17)the necklace.He thought the necklace (18)cost more,so he said,“Give me your necklace.”
“Oh,sir,It's(19)worth much.Please let me(20)it.”“Stop rubbish(廢話).Quick!”
With (21)hands,Agatha took off her necklace.As soon as the robber (22),she picked up her earrings and ran as (23)as she could to one of her friends.The earrings (24)480pounds and the necklace the robber had taken(25)was worth six pounds.
rush sb．off his feet, change, action, repair, work on, fix up
2．重要句型
1) It is better to ask for help at the beginning rather than to wait until a busy period when everyone is rushed off their feet．
2) What is more, this “information line” operates 24 hours a day．
3) It did not take the firefighters long to put out the fire, and they at once started to look for causes of the fire．
4) They had to work inside the ship, cutting away old metal, fixing new metal plates, drilling holes, laying electrical and phone wires and fixing new pipes for water and steam．
3．語法 復習ing形式，to do和表達等
4．日常交際用語
1) May I speak to…? 2) Hello．Who's that speaking? 3) I called to tell you…4) Hold on, please 5) Wait a moment．6) Can I take (leave) a message?
三、難點講解
The man who had fixed up the air line was also questioned.
1．fix up
A．修理，安裝；改變式樣(使……儀容端正)。例如：
1) They are busy fixing up the lights．他們在忙著安裝燈光設備。
2) Wait until I get fixed up．稍等一下，我把儀容打扮整齊。
Let's fix up a date (a time and place ) for the meeting．我們來決定聚會的日期(時間和場所)吧。
C．為(某人)安排。例如：
I will fix you up for the night。我來為你安排今晚的住宿。
D．解決(紛爭)，收拾。例如：
They are fixed the matter up now．他們現在已把問題解決了。
2．fix…up with為……準備(提供)。例如：
1)I fixed him up with a job．我給他安排了一個工作。
2)Can you fix me up with a room for three nights? 你能替我安排住三個晚上的房間嗎？
6．In order to ______ the flood, the soil on the hillside must be held by planting more trees.
A．clear up; in order
B．hold up; in place
C．put up ; in the place
D．call off ; in time
7．______ the Party's help, the villagers moved into new houses soon after the big flood.
A．Thank to
B．Thanks to
C．To thank
D．Thank for
8．----______ can I do with such a situation?
----Take ______ measure you consider best．
A．How ; whichever
B．What ; whatever
C．How; Whatever
D．What; whichever
9．You look ______ in blue while red clothes are nice her.
A．well; for
B．good ; on
C．well ; to
D．good ; at
10．You'll make mistakes if you do things ______.
A．in a short while
B．in a minute
C．in a hurry
D．at the same time
11．The manager, ______, stopped to apologize to the workers．
A．realize his mistake
B．realized his mistake
C．to realize his mistake
D．his mistake realized
12．Hardly ______ to the cinema ______ the film began．
A．had he got; than
B．he had got; when
C．did he get; than
D．had he got; when
13．All life on the earth ______ on the sun.
A．depends
B．carries
C．keeps
D．goes
14．That boy works hard, I ______ him to succeed in the exam.
A．like
B．expect
C．think
D．need
15．Father will not ______ us to use his recorder.
A．have
B．let
C．agree
D．allow
16.______ plastics, the machine is light in weight.
A．To make of
B．Having made
C．To be made of
D．Made of
17．I'm sure all will go well as ______．
A．to be planned
B．being planned
C．planned
D．having planned
18．----We are having our daughter's wedding at the end of the summer．Do you think you ______?
----I'll do my best, but I think I'll be away then．
A．can see it
B．can make it
C．can see to that
D．can make that
19．Although she was listening, she didn't hear ______ because there was so much noise.
A．what he says
B．what did he say
C．what he was saying
D．what was he saying
20．Where and how to find him ______ to us．
A．is not known
B．are not known
C．don't know
D．doesn't know
21．Liverpool ______ yet．What's wrong?
A．don't score
B．doesn't score
C．hadn't scored
D．haven't scored
22．______ we should close the shop has not been discussed.
A．Whether
B．If
C．That
D．Which
23．They decided not to make a trip to Tibet ______.
A．but stay at the present place
B．instead of staying at the place
C．but to remain where they were
D．so they remained at the place they were now
24．Come here and stay with us for a moment, ______?
A．will you
B．shall you
C．don't you
D．aren't you
25．----You did very well on your test．
-----______.
A．Oh, no ! I was worried
B．That's terrific ! I was worried
C．That's all right．Thank you
D．Sure．That sounds good
Ⅲ．完形填空。
A gentleman put an advertisement in a newspaper for a boy to work in his office． 26 nearly fifty persons who came for the 27, the man selected (挑選) one and dismissed(打發)the 28.
“I should like to 29 ,” said a friend, “the reason you 30 that boy, who brought not 31 a letter, not a single recommendation (推薦信).”
“You are wrong,”said the gentleman.“He had a great 32．He wiped his feet in front of the 33 and closed it 34 him, showing that he was 35．He gave his seat immediately 36 that old man, showing that the was kind and 37．He took off his cap 38 he came in and answered my 39 quickly, showing that he was 40 and gentlemanly.”
“All the 41 stepped over the book which I had purposely put on the 42．He picked it up and 43 it on the table; and he waited of his 44 instead of pushing and crowding．As I 45 him, I 46 his tidy clothing, his neatly 47 hair and his clean 48．Can't you see that these things are 49 recommendations? I consider them more 50 than letters.”
Tom was a writer．He wrote detective stories for magazines．One evening he could not find an end for a story．He sat with his typewriter (打字員) in front of him, but he had no idea．So he decided to go to the cinema.
When he came back, he found that he had a visitor．Someone had broken into his flat．The man had a drink, smoked several of Tom's cigarettes and had read his story．The visitor left Tom a note: “I have read your story and I don't think much of it．But if you become a successful writer, I'll return.”
Tom read the burglar's (資賊) suggestions．Then he sat down and wrote the rest of the story．He is still not a successful writer, and he is waiting for the burglar to return．Before he goes out in the evening, he always leaves a half-finished story near his typewriter.
51．The man came to Tom's flat to ______．
A．steal something
B．have a drink
C．see Tom
D．read Tom's story
52．The man thought that Tom's story was ______.
A．rather poor
B．quite good
C．too short
D．not worth thinking of
53．The man threatened (威脅) to ______.
A．steal Tom's story
B．write more stories
C．come back every night
D．come back and do stealing again
54．Tom found the burglar's suggestions were very ______.
A．successful
B．amusing
C．foolish
D．helpful
55．Tom would like to ______.
A．meet his visitor
B．get more idea from him
C．have his stories stolen
D．be robbed more often
B
MUSIC
AM 640 KHz
09:00 Top Chinese Songs
11:00 Foreign Light Music
14:15 World-famous Music
15:10 Chinese Songs Sung by Peng Liyuan
AM 720 KHz
09:00 Music World
13:00 Window on Chinese Music
15:00 Foreign Classic Music
17:00 Chinese Songs by Famous Singers
ON TV
CCTV-1 Channel 2
17:20 Programmes for Children
19:00 News and Weather Forecast
20:05 23-part Serial (連續劇): The Times of Pecac (8)
23:00 News in English
CCTV-3 Channel 15
12:00 Music Knowledge: Piano
14:00 Music Bridge
18:00 Opera Fans Garden
19:00 Peking Opera Stars
CCTV-4 Channel 32
19:00 News and Weather Forecast
21:00 Chinese News
CCTV-6 Channel 18
16:28 Chinese Movie: Singing at Midnight
19:50 American Movie: Speed
23:31 Chinese Movie: Hardships of the Hainan Island
BTV-1 Channel 6
17:12 12-part Serial: The Third Bridge (4)
18:30 Beijing News and Weather Forecast
56．If you want to enjoy yourself in the morning, you can ______.
A．see movies on TV
B．listen to music on TV
C．listen to some excellent Chinese songs on radio
D．listen to some foreign music on TV
57．By CCTV-6 you can
A．learn what has happened in our country
B．enjoy music
C．see a lot of movies
D．see operas
58．You know what the weather will be like all over the country if you turn on ______.
A．your TV at 7 p．m.
B．your radio at 8 A．m．
C．your TV at 6:30 p．m.
D．your TV at 9 p．m．
59．Which of the following is not true?
A．Children may like CCTV-1 Channel 2．
B．You can enjoy good music only on radio.
C．From BTV-1 Channel 6 you can get to know something that happens in Beijing.
D．CCTV-6 is a movie Channel．
60．If you want to know more about China, you can choose
A．Channel 2
B．Channel 32
C．Channel 18
D．Channel 27
Ⅴ．單詞拼寫。
61．Great ______ (變化) have taken place in our country．
62．It's ______ (肯定的) that he'll pass the examination．
63．He asked the man in the water to ______ (抓住) the rope．
64．There are seven ______ (奇跡) in the world.
65．We have friends ______ (遍及) the world.
66．How many b______ of beer are there on the table?
67．Beijing is the c______ of China.
68．He t______ me on the forehead with his left hand.
69．He wrote an a______ on reading.
70．He has a large q______ of books．
Ⅵ．短文改錯。
After a day of work, the body need to have a 71．______
rest．Sleep is necessary for well health．The rest 72．______
you get while sleep makes your body be able to prepare 73．______
itself the next day．There are four levels of sleep. 74．______
Each is little deeper than the one before．As you 75．______
will sleep, your body relaxes (放松)．Your heart 76．______
beats more slowly and your brain slows down．If you 77．______
have troubles falling asleep, some people suggest 78．______
breathing slowly and deeply and the other people 79．______
believe that drink warm milk will help make you 80．______
1．師生互動：教師提一些問題如Do you like seeing films? How often? Favorite actor? Actress? Film? 在此過程中教師可展示一些學生熟悉并喜歡的名演員、名片的海報，從視覺上激發學生對本話題的興趣。
2．小組活動：教師選取幾副不同題材的電影畫面（可選取教材外的其它畫面），要求學生進行小組合作，每小組選一幅畫面進行討論What is happening in this scene? What happens before/after the scene? 要求學生不拘泥于已知的電影內容，發揮自己的想象力，給出各種不同的觀點。
3．班級活動：向班級其它同學描述本小組所選圖片，其他同學可給出不同意見。
本單元的聽力是培養學生捕捉特定信息的能力，并讓學生熟悉interview這種形式。Task: To discuss what questions the reporters will ask when interviewing famous directors.
活動形式：
1． 師生互動：教師設置開放性的問題，進一步啟發學生思考，并為過渡到聽力部分做準備。問題可設置為：Of course these films now are very popular and successful, and what does the success of the films bring to the actors? 學生各抒己見，金錢、榮譽、名氣，成為公眾人物后帶來一個問題They received a lot of interviews。
2． 小組活動：教師引出問題What questions will you ask when interviewing an actor?通過小組討論，收集盡可能多的問題，一方面讓學生預測聽力中可能會出現的問題，同時也對interview這種形式有所了解。
本單元說的任務是利用閱讀所得信息開展對名演員的interview,從而提
演員的職業有所了解并增加學習趣味。
Task: To interview famous actors and directors in different ways.
活動形式：
1、 師生互動：教師可設置問題了解學生對電影大獎及獲獎演員的了解程度，為接下來的兩位演員的介紹作好鋪墊。問題可為Can you tell me some famous awards to the films in the world? Try to tell the famous actors, actresses and the films you know that have won the Oscar.
1． 班級活動：教師可為學生播放分別由Meryl streep和Keanu Reeves主演的電影Out of Africa《走出非洲》和 speed《生死時速》片段，并可展現他們主演的其它電影的海報，讓學生在視覺上對這兩位演員及他們的表演有所了解。
在教學過程中，先利用圖片，實物等教具對學生進行直觀的教學，使之有更清晰的認識后，再輔之以語境，利用語境來推測詞義，達到猜詞的效果。如給出The Matrix和The Matrix Reloaded的電影海報，學生很容易得出：The Matrix Reloaded is the follow-up of The Matrix。通過這樣的鋪墊，學生在做第七小題時，只要利用好文中的線索Speed II, Jurassic Park III就可以輕而易舉的得出follow-ups。
作而突出導演的重要作用。Task: To experience being a director (write one scene of the film and act it out).
1．師生互動：教師提問If you want to make a film, who do you
need to invite?通過此問題引出電影制作過程中所需的各種角色，如photographer, actor/actress, editor, director等等
2．小組活動：
1）教師可設置這樣的討論題：What part would you like to play in making a film?根據選擇分組，讓他們討論選擇各角色的理由。同時討論各角色在電影制作中所做的不同工作。通過討論，學生不難發現，在電影的制作過程中，導演起了非常關鍵的作用。
2）根據所選的各種角色交叉分組，發揮各自的作用。
Think of one scene you are quite familiar with and act it out.
a. What would the scene be like and what happens in it?
b. Who are the main actors in that scene and what do they do?
這部分的重點是學習掌握關系副詞when，where，why 引導的定語從句及介詞+關系代詞引導的定語從句。Task: To talk about some famous directors in China and some of their most famous and popular films, using attributive clause.
活動步驟：
1． 師生互動：教師提一些問題如What Chinese directors do you know?
What are their well-known films? 在此過程中教師可展示一些學生熟悉的國內知名導演的海報，從視覺上激發學生的興趣。然后談論某個導演及他的代表作品，引出定語從句。
如Zhang Yimou is the famous director who successfully directed the film Hero.
2．小組活動：教師選取幾副大家熟悉的國產大片的電影畫面，要求學生進行小組討論，分別來自什么電影，他們的男、女主角（main actor/actress）分別是誰。然后用定語從句知識來談論。如：Shaolin Soccer is a funny film in which Zhou Xingchi plays the main role.
3．班級活動：給出幾副圖片及幾個關鍵詞（key words），用所學定語從句來描述圖片。如：
北京申奧成功圖 Beijing the city Beijing is the city where/in which the 2008 Olympic Games will be held.
該部分主要閱讀張藝謀的影片Not One Less并學習如何評價電影及寫影評。Task: Make comments on films and write reviews about them.
1. 師生互動：教師可設置問題了解學生對張藝謀及其主要作品的熟悉情況，為接下來閱讀Not One Less 作鋪墊。問題可為 What does he do? What is famous for? What films has he directed? What is his recent film? What else do you know about him? 同時呈現張的有關信息表格，為后面的Survey 作鋪墊。通過提問談論《一個也不能少》有關情節，為閱讀作鋪墊。
2． 個人活動：閱讀Not One Less ；回答問題，填寫信息表。
3． 班級活動：學習寫review 的有關建議。并以Not One Less 作為例子寫影評一篇。
4．個人活動：Survey--Your favorite director and his film in china
5．小組活動：討論關于Your favorite film What’s it about? What kind of story do you think it is? How do you think of the actors/ actresses?...
6．個人活動：模仿前面所學，寫一篇影評 My Favorite Film
7．兩人活動：交換作文，從影評內容、時態、單詞拼寫、所用詞匯等方面相互交流、修改。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
非謂語動詞有三種形式：不定式，動詞ing形式(v-ing)及過去分詞(ed分詞)。
不定式的基本形式是由“to+ 動詞原形”構成，其否定形式是not to do，不定式可以帶自己的賓語或狀語，構成不定式短語，沒有人稱和數的變化，但有時態和語態的變化，不定式在句中可作主語、表語、賓語、定語、狀語、補足語，不作謂語。如：
Lucy asked him to turn up the radio.
To make a plan first is a good idea.
1. 動詞不定式不失動詞的特點，有時態和語態的變化，不定式有六種形式，以write為例：
(1)不定式的時態：
①不定式所表達的動作與謂語動詞同時發生或是在謂語動詞之后發生，不定式用一般式，如：
It seems that he knows this.
鯤e seems to know this.
I hope that I'll see you again.
鯥 hope to see you again.
②不定式所表達的動作與謂語動詞同時發生，并強調動作正在進行的情景，或持續性，不定式用進行式，如：
He pretended that he was listening to English course when I came in.
鯤e pretended to be listening to English course when I came in.
(7)need, require, want譯作“需要”時，跟動詞-ing作賓語，主動表示被動，相當于to be done，如：
The windows require cleaning.
The windows require to be cleaned.
The patient needs operating on at once.
The patient needs to be operated on.
The flowers want watering.
The flowers want to be watered.
(8)在一些固定表達中用動詞-ing形式，不用不定式：
can't help doing, be worth doing, devote…to doing, look forward to doing, be/get/become used to doing, object to doing, thank…for doing, excuse…for doing等。
Einstein devoted his life to making a research in science.
I'm looking forward to getting your letter.
We are used to living in the countryside.
4. 動詞-ing在句中作表語：
Our plan is setting up a new car factory.
My job is teaching/driving.
這類詞作表語，起解釋說明主語的作用，主表可顛倒：Teaching is my job. 轉換成問句，用what提問：
--What's your job?
--My job is teaching.
--How is your job?
--It is interesting.
--How was your trip?
--It is tiring, but interesting.
5. 動詞-ing作定語：
(1)表示被修飾名詞的用途：
There are two reading rooms in our school library.
a reading room其含義是A room is used for reading.
The swimming pool in our school is nearly completed.
the swimming pool其含義是The pool is used for swimming.
b、“Today go home，watch the VCD，listen to the tape and CD， to be a litter melody”！
活動效果
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
英語教案設計
Teaching Content
Asking the Way
A: Excuse me, sir. Can you tell me the way to Bihai Hotel,
please?
B: Sure. You can go there by bus.
A: Is it a long way from here?
B: No, itll take you fifteen minutes.
A: Which bus can I take?
B: You can take a No. 2 bus.
A: Where is the bus stop?
B: Just go straight. Look, the bus is coming.
A: Thank you very much.
B: Youre welcome.
II. Teaching procedures
Step 1. Warming-up
T: Nice to meet you. My name is Bright. B-R-I-G-H-T. Shall
we sing an English song named “Bingo”, and try. to change the
word “Bingo” with my name “Bright”?
Step 2. Presentation
T: Im new here, when I arrived at the airport, I heard
someone said “對不起”(注①)，“早晨好”(注②).I really want to know their
meanings in English. Could you help me?
S: “對不起” is “Excuse me” and “早晨好” is “Good morning”.
T: Thanks a lot. And now could you tell me something about
your city? I want to travel in this city, but I dont know
where I should go.
S1: Bai Lian Dong Park.
S2: Fisher Girl.
S3: Jiuzhou Town.
T: Good. But I want to find a hotel now.Please do me a
favour. Can you tell me
the names of some hotels in this city?
S1: Hotel.
S2: Yindu Hotel.
S3: Bihai Hotel.
(The teacher takes notes while the students are speaking.)
Step 3. New structures learning
T: They all sound very nice. But how can I get there, by
bus or by bike?
S: By bus.
T: And how long will it take me to get there? Maybe
fifteen minutes is enough.
(The teacher looks at the watch and gives the students a
gesture.)
1) Draw a stick-figure picture to help the students understand
the meaning of the sentence:
“Itll take someone some time to do something.”
2) Write the sentence “Itll take you fifteen minutes. ” on
the blackboard, and have the
students imitate the sentence.
3) A guessing game:
T: Please look at these pictures and guess
“How long will it take me to ...?”
T: How long will it take me to have a football match?
S1: Itll take you ninety minutes.
T: Yes.
4) Get the students to listen to the recording of the
dialogue, in order to introduce the
new sentence: “Just go straight.”
5) Use the multi-media to help the students understand the
meaning of the sentence
“Go straight.”
6) Write the sentence on the blackboard, and have the students
imitate the sentence:
“Just go straight.”
Step 4. Practice
1) Ask the students to listen to the dialogue once more, then
ask them to repeat after the tape, first individually and then
in pairs.
2) Encourage the students to read their dialogue with their
deskmates.
Step 5. Consolidation
T: You know Im from Shanghai. Maybe in the future youll go
to Shanghai, so Ive prepared some photographs for you.
1) Show the photographs of “Nanjing Road”, “Pudong New Area”
and “the Bund” to the students.
2) Get the students to ask the teachers from Shanghai
something they dont know, such as
directions, transportations in Shanghai.
3) Ask some students to introduce their tour plans to
Shanghai.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Grammar: The Past Participle Used as Adverbial
Teaching Aims:
1. Enable the students to master the usage of the Past Participle when it is used as Adverbial.
2. Enable the students to master the transformation between the past participle phrase and the adverbial clause.
Teaching Important Points:
1. How to use the Past Participle
2. How to tell the difference between the Present Participle and the Past Participle.
Teaching Difficult Point:
How to choose the Present Participle and the Past Parthciple.
Teaching Methods:
1. Comparision method to get the students to know how to use the participle clearly.
2. Discussion method to get the students to master what they've learned.
3. Pair work or group work to make the students active in class.
Teaching Aids:
Teaching Procedures:
Greet the whole class as usual.
Step II Revision and Presentation
T: In the third period of Unit 4, we learned the Past Participle used as Attributeand Adverbial. Now look at these sentences. Can you tell me which past participle is used as Attribute and which is used as Adverbial?
(Show the following on the screen.)
1. Most of the artists invited to the party were from South Africa.
2. Given more attention, the trees could have grown better.
3. The professor came into the classroom, followed by his students.
4. The first textbooks written for teaching English as a foreign language
came out in the 16th century.
T: Who can tell us in the first sentence what the Past Participle is sued as?
S1:I know. It is used as Attribute, modifying the noun “artists”.
T: Yes. OK. Li Lu, you try, please.
S2: I think it is used as Adverbial in the second sentence.
S3: It is used as Adverbial in the third sentence, too.
T: (To the rest of the class.) Is that right?
T: Good. No problem. Now, the last sentence. Who knows?
S4: Let me have a try. I believe it is used as Attribute. It modifies “ the first
textbooks”.
T: (Ask another student.) Do you agree with him/her?
S5: No, I don't think so. I think it is used as Adverbial.
T: Yeah, now, we have two different opinions. which one is correct? Whose opinion do you agree with?
Ss: The first answer is correet. It is used as Attribute, not Adverbial.
Ss: Because it modifies the word, “textbooks”.
T: Good. It is used as Attribute. I agree with the first student.
T: We know that the Past Participle can be used as Adverbial. Now look at these sentences on the blackboard.
(Teacher writes the following on the blackboard.)
1. Don't speak until spoken to.
2. Given more time, we could do the work much better.
3. Destroyed by the earthquake, the house had to be rebuilt.
T: What are these past participle used us?
Ss: They are all used as Adverbial.
T: Yes, You're right. And we know that the Past Participle used as Adverbial can express different adverbials, such as: time, cause, condition, manner and so on. Do you know what the Past Participle in each sentence expresses? Who knows?
Sa: The Past Participle in the first sentence expresses time. The second one expresses condition. And the last one expresses cause.
T: Very good. Now, I'll give you a few minutes to discuss with your partner
about how to replace these past participles by using adverbial clauses.
T: (A few minutes later.) Who'd like to try the first sentence?
Sb: I'd like to. “Don't speak until you're spoken to. ”
T：Good. Please sit down. What about the second sentence? Who knows?
Sc: I know. If we were given more time, we could do the work much better.
T: OK. Sit down, please. Now, the last sentence. Who wants to have a try?
S: Beeause the house had been destroyed by the earthquake, it had to be rebuilt.
(Teacher writes the sentences above on the blackboard.)
T: As we all know, the Past Participle and the Present Partieiple can be used as Adverbial, for example: (Teacher writes the following examples on the
1. Seen from the hill, our school looks more beautiful.
2. Seeing from the hill, we can see our beautiful school.
T: Look at these two sentences carefully. Can you tell us the difference between them?
S: The first sentence uses the Past Participle as Adverbial while the second sentence uses the Present Participle as Adverbial.
T: Good. Do you know why?
S: Because the subject in the first sentence is “our school”, but in the second sentence the subject is “we”.
T: Very good. When we are using participles, we should pay attention to the subjects in the sentences, and the participle we use must have the same logical subject as the subject in the sentence. If the subject in the sentence receives the action, we should use the Past Participle as Adverbial; if the subject in the sentence does the action, we should use the Present Participle as Adverbial. Do you nderstand?
T: Look at the sentences on the screen. Join each of the following pairs of
sentences turning one of them into a participle phrase and making other
necessary changes. Do it in pairs or groups. Example: We were disturbed by the noise and had to finish the meeting early.
→Disturbed by the noise, we had to finish the meeting early.
Rewrite the sentences, using the Past Participle.
1. They were surprised at the idea and began to discuss it among themselves.
2. Mary was much interested and she agreed to give it a try.
3. I was deeply moved, and thanked them again and again.
4 The two men were delighted and they thought up many other ideas, too.
5. We had been taught by failure and mistakes and have become wiser.
6. I was shocked at the waste of money and decided to leave the company.
7. He was persuaded by his friends to give up smoking and threw his remaining cigarettes away.
Suggested answers:
1. Surprised at the idea, they began to discuss it among themselves.
2. Much interested, Mary agreed to give it a try.
3. Deeply moved, I thanked them again and again.
4. Delighted, the two men thought up many other ideas, too.
5. Taught by failure and mistakes, we have become wiser.
6. Shocked at the waste of money, I decided to leave the company.
7. Persuaded by his friends to give up smoking, he threw his remaining
cigarettes away.
T: OK. Now look at the screen. Let's do more exercises. You may discuss with
your partner.
(Teacher shows the following on the screen.)
Choose the best answers:
1. ______some officials, Napolean inspected his army.
2.__________ by his teacher, he has made great progress in his lesson.
3. The computer center, ________ last year, is very popular among the students in this school.
4. The visitor expressed his satisfaction,___________ that he had enjoyed
his stay here.
5.___________ in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
6.__________ his telephone number, she had some difficulty getting in touch
7. If_________ the same treatment again, he is sure to get well.
8. in 1636, Harvard is one of the most famous universities in the United States.
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. C 6. A 7. C 8. C
(Teacher then asks some students to do them one by one.)
T: Now let's have a test. Complete the following sentences. Write your answers on a piece of paper. Later, we'll check it together.
(Teacher uses the micromedia equipment to show the following on the screen.)
Complete the sentences:
1._______ （只要看一次），it can never be forgotten.
2._______ (被認為是這個城市里面最好的)，the factory was given a medal.
3._______ The visitor came in ,________（后面跟著一群年輕人）。
4._______ （在黨的領導下），the people have improved their living conditions greatly.
5._______（在她的話的鼓勵下），the boy later went up to his teacher and said “sorry”.
6. If_______（加熱）to a high temperature, water will change into vapour.
7._______ （從太空中望去），the earth is a water covered globe.
8. The object on the table is a fan ______ （由羽毛制成的）。
Suggested answers:
2. Regarded as the best in the city
3. followed by a group of young fellows
(A few minutes later, teacher asks some students to say their answers. If some students make any mistake, the teacher should give the correct answer and give some explanation, too)
T: In this class, we've discussed the use of the Past Participle. That is, how to use it and its transformation with the adverbial clauses. After class, we should do more practice about this to master them. OK. Time is up. So much for this clas. See you tomorrow.
Step VIII The Design of the Writing on the Blackboard
I. 1. Don't speak until spoken to.
Don't speak until you are spoken to.
2. Given more time, we could do the work much better.
If we were given more time, we could do the work much better.
3. Destroyed by the earthquake the house had to be rebuilt.
Because the house had been destroyed by the earthquake, the house
had to be rebuilt.
II. 1. Seen from the hill, our school looks more beautiful.
2. Seeing from the hill, we can see our beautiful school.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
優秀英語教案篇1<\/h2>
活動目的：
通過反復感受,理解問句"what do you see?";學習用句型" i see….",表達所看見的內容。
通過多種形式的操作、擺弄,激發幼兒參與英語活動的興趣,鼓勵幼兒開口說英語。
活動準備：捉迷藏背景圖
大轉盤,圖片
人手一份操作用具
活動過程：
一、復習
1、歌曲《hello!》
2、游戲《快樂郊游》
3、招呼語
二、看圖片,感受并理解對話:
t: look! what do you see?
i see a rabbit / a monkey / a duck / two elephants.
三、欣賞兒歌、歌曲《what do you see?》。
四、游戲《大轉盤》:
教師旋轉轉盤后,幼兒根據指針的指向,嘗試集體輸出" i see …."
五、游戲《傳球取寶》:
幼兒聽音樂傳球,音樂停,持球者擊破紙面取出寶物,并集體說:" i see …."
六、分組操作游戲:
(教師提供:轉盤、魔方、圖書、彩色眼鏡等)幼兒邊玩邊嘗試個別輸出" i see …."
優秀英語教案篇2<\/h2>
一．教學內容
main scene part a (let’s try let’s talk)
二．教學目標
1．能正確聽，說，朗讀“who is ...?-- he/she is...what’s he/she like? -- he/she is... is he/she…?--yes,he/she is. no, he/she isn’t.”
2.能正確聽，說，認讀表示人物外貌與性格特征的形容詞： old ,young,funny,kind,strict,polite,hard-working,clever.
3.能聽懂，會說，會表演let’s talk 的內容并在真實場景中運用。
三．教學重難點
重點：學生能夠表演main scene 和let’s talk的交際內容，能夠根據實際 情況用英語討論他人外貌與性格特征。
難點：用英語準確詢問并回答人物特征，如：“who is …? he/she is…what’s he/she like? he/she is … is he/she…?yes,he/she is. no, he/she isn’t.”
四．課前準備
教師自制的單詞卡 、錄音機、錄音帶
五．教學過程
step1. warming-up
1.let’s look and say the names.(教師出示本單元通過多媒體播放一些卡通圖片，分別展示年老，年輕，滑稽，有禮貌，工作努力，聰明，嚴格等外貌與性格特征，讓學生認讀，說一說這是誰，怎么樣。)
2.let’s listen and sing”who’s your teacher?”
step2. presentationen.
1.學習main scene
（1）出示main scene中的部分教學掛圖，讓學生觀察。
（2）看圖回答問題。
dialogue1: who can you see in the picture?(wu yifan,amy,oliver and a teacher.)
dialogue2: what are they talking about?(the teacher introduces classmates to each other.)
dialogue2:who is a new student?(oliver)
（3）聽錄音，模仿朗讀，理解對話內容。
（4）教師領讀對話，學生模仿，齊讀練習，生生對話，小組表演。
2.學習let’s try let’s talk
（1）listen and tick.聽錄音，完成探究學習第一題。
（2）創設情境：這節課我們和oliver，wuyifan一起去了解mr young。
（3）看let’s talk部分的課文插圖，聽錄音，模仿朗讀，理解意思。
（4）根據let’s talk內容嘗試分角色朗讀對話。
（5）學生兩人一組，完成“talk about your teachers.”
（6）學生表演，以檢查學生對本課對話的掌握情況，對做得較好的學生予以表揚。
3.make a survey.
t: who’s your... ...? ss:... ...
t:what’s he/she like?
step3. consolidation
三人一組，發現并用我們學過的句型討論小組內每個成員的三個優點。
s1: who’s that... ...? s2:... ...
s1:what’s he/she like? s2:he/she is…
s1:is he/she... ...? s2:yes,he/she is. no,he/she isn’t.
step4 homework
1.完成課堂檢測中的相關習題。
2.make a new dialogue and act it out。
六．板書設計
unit one what’s he like?
main scene part a (let’s try let’s talk)
who is he?-- he is our music teacher.
what’s she like? -- she’s very kind.
is he young?--yes,he is.
七．教學反思
優秀英語教案篇3<\/h2>
活動內容： new house
活動目標：
１、通過游戲活動＂布置新房＂，復習對日常生活中常用單詞，介詞及句型i need… … i put it… …進一步掌握。
２、通過描述日常生活中幼兒所熟悉的物和事情，激發幼兒學習英語的興趣。
活動準備：
１、房子圖片
２、平面示意圖――組合圖（１幅）平面示意圖――教師示范幼兒操作圖（１大６?。?
３、小超市所需圖片若干
活動過程：
一、幼兒邊唱“happy home”邊進教室，并引導幼兒與老師招呼。 today, we have so many guests in our classroom. let’s say “ hello” to them. all right! sit down, please!
二、（一）引出活動
１、出示房子圖片，引起興趣：＂look! what’s this?＂
２、復習各種房間的名稱：this is the bedroom（bathroom living roomkitchen）
３、以布置房間的形式引起幼兒興趣。 now, i want to decorate them. first, i want to decorate my living room. can you help me?
４、請６－７名幼兒先商量布置客廳，引導幼兒去超市購買所需要的物品。 i need something to decorate it. can you help me? look ! the supermarket is beside my new house. you can get there and buy something we need. who can help me?
a、要求幼兒通過商量，購置布置客廳所需的物品。 think about it. what we need!
b、復習句型i need……
c、請幼兒將所購買的物品布置到客廳內，并復習句型i put……及各種介詞的用法。 are you ready? come on! you do it!
tell us, where do you put it?
（二）幼兒分組操作，教師指導。
１、引起幼兒布置其他房間的興趣。 i so believe you. look at my bedroom, bathroom and kitchen. they are almost empty.
let’s decorate them, ok? b.引導幼兒布置其他房間。 this is bedroom.（bathroomkitchen）what we need?
２、引導幼兒自由組合并討論怎樣布置其他房間，并學習去超市購買所需物品。 if you want to decorate the bedroom（bathroomkitchen）。 you can go there and here. the supermarket is beside you. you can get there and buy something you need.
３、幼兒分組操作，教師巡回指導。 you do it! it’s up to you!
４、引導幼兒把圖紙講述給客人老師聽。 say something about your picture to our guests.
５、聽音樂安靜入座。
三、通過競賽的形式進一步復習鞏固介詞的用法及句型i need…i put it…任意選１－２組講述。 come on! let’s have a race. tell us something about your picture.（we need… …i put it… …）
四、結束活動
１、鞭炮起，教師發糖welcome to my new house
２、song:出教室。
優秀英語教案篇4<\/h2>
活動內容：a family of chicken
活動目標：
１、通過活動復習英語單詞cock、chicken、hen
２、培養托兒學習英語的興趣
活動準備：
１、chicken頭飾、雞蛋（均人手一份）
２、cock（由教師扮演）hen（由大班幼兒扮演）
３、音樂《mother hen》
４、草叢、籃筐（２個）
活動過程：一、唱歌念兒歌，組織教學。
１、t: come on babies! lets sing some songs, are you ready?
1、用英語日常用語進行對話good morning,how are you? what your name?how old are you?
2、出示所學過的三角形、圓形、心形，花，蘋果……進行復習
3、出示短線（從一個口袋里慢慢拉出一條短線）教幼兒line ，讓幼兒跟讀line, 提問where is the line? where？（讓幼兒指出哪里有line）尋找
4、再從另一個口袋里慢慢拉出一條長線，告訴幼兒long , long line, long line,讓幼兒跟讀，再出示前面的短線，教short , short line , short line,邊教邊用手比畫。
5、出示黑板（簡略說明黑板的英語名稱）， 在黑板上畫條線，邊畫邊說draw draw draw a line ,draw, (做動作，讓幼兒記下此單詞) follow me , draw ，draw a line , look, what’s the shape ?（出示圓形的圖片）circle ,oh , draw a circle , draw a circle ,draw, drew , draw a heart ,draw a flower,ok,who can try ? （老師請一位小朋友上臺玩游戲，被請上的幼兒背對著下面的小朋友，老師出示圖片，下面的小朋友便讀出，例下面的小朋友看到circle 時便說draw a circle,講臺上的幼兒聽到指令后便在黑板上畫上circle）
6、再復習一遍，老師在上面畫，幼兒在下面說，老師不出聲。
7、讓幼兒stand up ,listen to the dvd 聽音樂，邊學做律動邊慢慢地go pee pee。
8、class is over.
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
教學目標：
培養幼兒對英語發音的興趣和英語活動的興趣，激發幼兒參與英語活動以及學習英語運用英語的動機
教學準備：茶葉 茶壺 水杯 礦泉水瓶 熱水壺 椅子 桌子
教學過程：
1. 組織教學：Let’s count from one to ten.
2. 練習單詞five 的發音，講解音標/v/的發音要領并練習/v/的發音.
3. 學習單詞have，注意幼兒的發音。
4. 情景表演：
Mary: It’s fine day , It’s fine day .I’ll visit my friend.
Ding-dong, Ding-dong.
Alice: Who’s it.
Mary: It’s me, It’s me. Mary.
Alice: Welcome, welcome. Sit down, please!
Would you like to have some tea?
Mary: Thank you.
Alice: Oh, my god. It’s empty. Mummy is not in.
Mary: No problem. I’ll show you how to make tea.
5. 通過情景表演引出單詞water和tea的學習。教讀數遍。
6. 演示沖茶過程，鞏固單詞water和tea的學習。
7. 請幼兒品嘗沖好的茶，引出短語Have some tea. 的學習。
8. 學習并會運用短語Have some water ./Have some tea.
9. 游戲活動：請幼兒分組沖茶，將沖好的茶請客人品嘗。練習運用短語Have some water ./Have some tea.
10. 小結本次課的學習內容。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Unit 11 Key to Success
高三英語備課組 主備：陳曉燕 , 10, 25
Teaching Aims.
1. Talk about social behavior and social relations.
2. Talk about teamwork and success.
3. Practice presenting ideas.
4. Grasp some new words, phrases and sentence structures.
Important new words and phrases.
criterion, criteria, stick with, through thick and thin, pull out of, summary, summarize, frequency, reputation, suspect, for the sake of, in reality, temporary, uncertain, expectation, compromise, excite, regulation, take … into account, dynamic, shortcoming, embarrass, contradictory, explosion, ambitious, ambition, as a whole, congratulate, once again, combination, live up to, accommodate, decline.
Important sentence structures.
1. Do you stick with your friends through thick and thin?
2. While working there you discover that the manager does not take proper measures to ensure hygiene and safety of the food products that are prepared in its kitchens and will be delivered to the customers.
3. Especially at school, it sometimes feels as if we are being asked to work in teams for the sake of just that.
4. No matter how hard that you try, working towards a career for which you are not suitable is not going to get you there.
5. Each offers gifts and processes that complement the others, contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the “whole” is a team, a class, a family or society.
Teaching procedures：
Period Ⅰ Word Study
1. pull out of 從……退出
(1) They are pulling their troops out of the battle zone. ____________________________________
(2) The expense of the project is so much that we have to pull out. ____________________________
(3) Once you are trapped in it, you can hardly ____.
A. pull out B. pull down C. pull away D. pull up
(4) The tree is hard to pull ______.
A. out B. up C. over D. off
(5) He jumped onto the train just as it was pulling ______.
A. up B. off C. away D. down
(6) The special train pulled _____ at 10 am...
A. off B. away C. out D. in
相關固定搭配:
pull out of the fire 使轉敗為勝 pull apart 扯斷,撕開; 找出……錯處,批評
pull away 開動,離開 pull down 拆毀
pull in (車)進站; (船)靠岸 pull off 脫(衣,帽等); 把車開到路邊;努力實現
pull on 穿戴(襪子,手套等);繼續拉或劃 pull over 把…拉過來; 把…開到路邊
pull through (使)渡過危機(險); 使恢復健康 pull back 阻力,逆境; 撤回
pull up 使停下,拔起（樹，草等）；阻止，斥責
2. suspect (suspected, suspected) adj. suspicious n. suspicion
suspect sb. of sth. (doing sth.) 懷疑某人（做某事）
eg. What made you suspect her of having taken the money? 你憑什么懷疑她拿了錢？
認為，猜，想．
_____________________________________________
=_____________________________________________
他們認為他是兇手．
She suspected that _________________________ 她認為他在撒謊．
(1) We ______ him ______ giving false information. That would be terrible.
A. suspect; of B. suspect; with C. suspect; from D. suspect; in
(2) Nobody wants to make friends with the boy ______ money.
A. suspected of having stolen B. suspecting to steal
C. suspected having stolen D. suspecting to have stolen
3. sake n. 緣故(僅用于成語)
for the sake of 為了…… for any sake 無論如何
without sake 無緣無故 for safety’s sake 為安全起見
for God’s (goodness’, pity’s) sake (加強祈使句)看在上帝份上；務請
eg. (1) They fought _____________ their country.= They fought ________________. 他們為國而戰．
(2) For God’s sake, stop quarrelling. ____________________________
(3) I’ll help _______________________ 看在你姐姐面上我幫你．
(4) Students must make it clear that they don’t study for teacher’s sake but for the sake of their own. ___________________________________________________________
(5) The couple only stayed together _____ the children.
A. in the hope of B. for the purpose of C. in the name of D. for the sake of
4. uncertain adj. 不確切的，無把握的． 反 certain
n. (1) 確鑿的，無疑的
It is certain that …… be certain of
__________________two plus two makes four. 2加2等于4是確切無疑的．
eg. The ______________ look on his face suggested that he didn’t know how to deal with the ________________ situation. 他臉上（感到）困惑的表情說明他不知道如何對付這一令人困惑的處境。
6. congratulate vt. 祝賀；慶賀
congratulate vi. 祝賀，向……道賀；慶幸，高興
congratulation n. congratulator 祝賀者
常用句型 congratulate sb.／oneself on（doing）sth.
We ________________________ the birth of her daughter. 我們祝賀她生了個女兒。
She __________________________having thought of such a good idea.
He congratulated himself on having survived the air-crash.他慶幸自己在空難中幸免于死。
7. live up to 依照……行事；做到；不辜負（期望）
live up to one’s reputation_____________________
Do live up to your parents’ expectations. 別辜負父母的期望。
expectation期待，期望，預料；（對成功幸運的期待，指望）
without much expectation of success __________________________
our team has every expectation of winning______________________
beyond expectation(s) 出乎意料（副詞，形容詞）
come/ live up to one’s expectation(s) 符合某人的期待
in expectation of 預計會有……
eg. (1)._____________________________, I decided to walk 預計會交通堵塞，我決定步行
(2). A young artist with great expectations _____________________________
(3) The WTO can’t live up to its name _______it doesn’t include a country that is home to one fifth of mankind.
A. as long as B. while C. if D. even though
(4). We will live _______ what our parents expect us.
A. on B. in C. up to D. with
Live 相關短語：
live a happy (miserable/ hard) life 過著幸福的（悲慘的/艱苦的）生活
live apart 夫妻分居 live by 靠……維生
live down 使慢慢淡忘 live for 為……而活；盼著
live in 住校，在工作的地方吃住 （反）live out
live on 靠吃……生存，以……為主食；靠……（收入）生活
live with 和。。。住在一起；接受（不愉快的事物）
Period Ⅱ Reading
Teaching aims.
1. Learn and master the following words and phrases: temporary cooperate, uncertain, expectation, shortcoming, embarrass contradictory，for the sake of, keep an eye on, take something into account.
2. Improve the Ss’ reading ability.
3. Enable the Ss to realize that it is important to learn to co-operate.
Teaching difficult points:
1. How to improve the Ss’ reading ability.
2. Master the following phrases and sentences.
What if ……？ feel as if, for the sake of, keep an eye on, take sth into consideration.
Teaching methods:
1. Skimming and Scanning methods
2. Individual, pair work or group work
3. Discussion.
Teaching procedures.
Step I Lead in
T: I want to move this desk to the 4th floor. But I can’t do it by myself. Who can help me?
(a student comes) we two did this job together and what we can call the job?
-----it is team work.
T: where else do we need team work?
-----football, basketball, rugby, working…
Step 2 Fast-reading
1. In sports games, a player .
A. often changes his role B. has a clear role
C. feels that players with different abilities make different contributions to the team.
D. accepts the same expectations and responsibilities as the other players
2. The author takes for example to show how a team can work well.
A. the sports team B. the project team C. the rugby team D. a dynamic team
3. What is the main idea of Paragraph 7?
A. How a project team is different from a rugby team.
B. How a project team works.
C. In a project team, people who have different abilities and personalities have different roles into team.
D. How the tasks of the group are divided depends on personalities and abilities of the individuals in the group.
4. According to the text, which of the following statements is not right?
A. The coach of a sports team is not counted as a team member, so he is less important.
B. social relations are important within the team.
C. the atmosphere in the group affects the performance of the team.
D. It’s not necessary for all team members to be friends.
Step 3 Careful- reading
1. Why are people sometimes made up a team to finish a job?
2. What is coach’s job in a sports team?
3. Why is working in groups at school an opportunity to learn about teamwork?
4. What does the task division for the group depend on in a team?
5. What will the lack of recognition of differences in human functioning lead to?
Step 4. Summary
Ask students to divide the passage into 5 parts.
Parts Main idea
Part 1( Paras.1-2)
Part 1( Paras.3-4)
Part 3(.5)
Part 4( Paras.6-7)
Part 5( Paras.8-10)
The passage is mainly about the importance of _______________. It tells us that teamwork is _______________ and ______________ because some work in our life cannot be _______________ by someone __________. Working in teams at school is a preparation for our ___________. To make the team _____________ well, all team members should _________, __________ and _________ each other and be clear about their __________. On the other hand, it is important to know every member’s _____________ and _____________, because different personalities and abilities can fit different __________________ in the society and can help us avoid _________________ other team members. In this way, we can make the best of working with team members.
Step 5. Language points.
1. be counted as 被認可，被認為有效。
count … as 認為……有效 regard … as 認為……是
treat… as 把……當作……對待 consider… (as/ to be) 認為……是
look on… as 認為……是 think of … as 認為……是
honor…as 授予……的稱號
(1). A few lines of words aren’t counted as poem. _______________________
(2). Jane was counted as one of the greatest magician over the world.
珍妮被視為世界最好的魔術師之一。
(3) The government has ______ him ______ a model worker.
A. honored; as B. honored; for C. honored; with D. been honored; like
(4) Waste is ______ as a crime.
A. regarding B. regarded C. considering D. taken
2. There are few occasions when members are confused or uncertain of their roles.
很少有這樣的時候，成員對自己（在隊中）的作用很模糊或不確定。
when 引導定語從句，先行詞occasion還原到句中作狀語。
(1) Wedding is an occasion when bride is the most beautiful. ________________________________
(3) There was ______ time ________ I hated to go to school.
A. a; that B. a; when C. the; that D. the; when
(4) I will never forget the days ______ I used to work in that factory.
A. that B. which C. when D. what
3. attach… to… 將……系在……上面；依附某人；將……派給（去執行某任務）；使隸屬于
(1)Do you attach any importance to what he said? ___________________________
(2) You’ll be attached to this department until the end of the year. ______________________
(3) I attached myself to a group of tourists entering the museum. 我隨著一群游客混入博物館。
(5) The porters attached a label to each piece of baggage. 搬運工在每件行李上都加上了標簽。
4. take … into account 計及；斟酌；體諒；考慮；將……考慮在內
Take… into account= take account of=__________________________
(1) We must take local conditions into account. 我們必須把當地的條件考慮進去。
(2) We must take account of the interests of the State. 我們必須考慮到國家的利益。
(3) When judging his performance, don’t __________________________
評定他的表現時，不必考慮他的年齡。
(4) What he did was excellent in the examination. We must _____ his age.
A. take into account B. pay attention to C. considering that D. take account for
(5) I hope my teacher will take my recent illness into ______ when judging my examination.
A. regard B. account C. thought D. observation
復習account
(1)I bought the bike on account. 我賒賬買了這輛自行車。
(2)We could not go on account of the rain. 因為下雨我們不能去。
(3)On no account are visitors allowed to feed the animals.
不論什么原因游客都不允許用東西喂動物。
(4)It is a matter of great account. 這是一件重要的事情。
(5) No one could account for the disappearance of the money. 誰也說不清楚這些錢丟失的原因。
(6) Smokers account for 20 percent of the whole population in the world. 煙民占世界總人口的20%。
(7) She gave an account of what he saw in China. 他描述了他在中國看到的事情。
Period Ⅲ Integrating Skills
Step 1 Lead in
Most of us are studying here aimed at going to universities. Is it the only way to succeed?
Step Ⅱ Fast-reading
1. Li Yonghong had an opportunity to go to university, but she gave it up.
2. The writer is trying to tell us that people who can’t go to university can also achieve great success.
3. The story of Li Yonghong is rare.
4Life at high school is very important because it’s easy to get to know ourselves while at school.
5. The writer thinks we should always listen to our teachers and parents.
6. Many people dream of going to university because they think a university degree is the ticket to success.
7. The little experiment shows us that everyone can succeed through hard work.
8. People have different personality types and each is of equal value.
Step Ⅲ Careful- reading
The structure of the text:
Part 1(1-2): ____________________________________
Part 2(3-6): _____________________________________
Part3(7-8): _____________________________________
Main idea: This passage tells us that to go to university is not the only ticket to success. Instead we should choose the job that makes the most of our special talents and interests.
Step Ⅳ Language points.
1. as a whole 作為整體，普遍說來，一般說來
(1) Will the collection be divided up or sold as a whole? ___________________________
(2) The population as a whole is in favor of the reform. ___________________________
on the whole 總的說來，一切都在考慮之內
(3) On the whole, I’m in favor of the proposal. _______________________________
(4) _______ I’m quite satisfied with the experiment.
A. As a whole B. On the whole C. As the whole D. On a whole
(5) We must examine these problems.
A. as a whole B. on the whole C. as the whole D. on whole
2. in demand 非常需要，受歡迎的，吃香的
(1) Good interpreters are always in demand. ______________________
(2) She is _________________as a singer. 她是十分受歡迎的歌手。
類似結構：
in store 儲藏著 in need 需要
in business 經商 in public 公開的
in secret 私下的，秘密的 in difficulty 處于困難中
in ruins 成為廢墟 in tens 十個一組，十個一包
in groups 成群的
(3) At that time, they were short ______ money, that is, they were ____ need of money.
A. with; a B. for; for C. by; with D. of; in
(4) The store has no more red shoes _____, so Mary chose brown ones instead.
A. in demand B. in store C. in need D. in existence
3. accommodate
a. 供給某人住宿或房間
(1)This hotel can accommodate up to 500 guests. 這個旅館可供達500位來賓住宿。
(2) I will accommodate my plans to yours. 我修改一下計劃以便和你的計劃相適應。
c. accommodate sb. with … 準予或提供某人……
(3) The bank will accommodate you with a loan. ________________________
d. 幫某人的忙，施恩惠于
(4) I shall endeavor to accommodate you whenever possible. ____________________________
e. 順應……； 考慮到
(5）accommodate the special needs of minority groups ___________________________
n. accommodation 房間，住所 accommodations 住宿，膳宿
adj. accommodating （指人）隨和的，樂于助人的
4. No matter how hard, working towards a career for which you are not …
… contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the “whole” is a team, a class, a family or a society.
No matter how hard和 whether 在此均引導讓步狀語從句。
a. No matter how 在引導讓步從句時可與however互換使用，而在名詞性從句中只用however.
(1) 不管天氣多冷，他總是去游泳。
She always goes swimming, however cold it is.
She always goes swimming, _______________ cold it is.
______________________________________, he’ll be here on time.
本單元短語：
1.what if 倘使……會怎樣 2.in groups 成群的
3.for the sake of 為了…… 4.in reality 事實上
5.be familiar with 對……熟悉 6.be counted as 被認可，被認為有效
7.make decisions about 作出關于……的決定 8.on the other hand 另一方面
9.attach to 將……系在……上面；依附某人；將……派給（去執行某任務）；使隸屬于
10.be aware of 意識到…… 11.be suitable for 合適……
12.keep an eye on 照料……
13.take … into account 計及；斟酌；體諒；考慮；將……考慮在內
14.depend on 依靠，依賴于 15.lack of 缺少
16.make the best use of 充分利用 .make the most of
17.have … in mind 記住 ngratulate… on.. . 祝賀……
19.as the years went by 隨著時間的流逝 20.in demand 非常需要，受歡迎的，吃香的
up to 依照……行事；做到；不辜負（期望） 22.dream of doing 夢想著做
23. in the eyes of … 在……看來 24. suspect of doing 懷疑……
25. make a contribution to 為……作出貢獻
Exercises
單選：
1. The police suspect him______ with the murder.
A. to be involved with B. of being involved with
C. of involving D. to involve
2. His private actions are ______ direct contradiction ______ his publicly expressed opinions.
A. in ; with B. with ; to C. into ; to D. of : with
3. Although he didn’t like the job, he took it _____ his family.
A. regardless of B. for the sake of C. as a result D. for sake of
4.Though they have nothing in common , they are able to live ___.
A. for harmony B at peace C. in harmony D. without harmony
ing at the barber’s shop is ______ experience for her.
A. a quite B. quite an C. much D. a much
6. Will you please _____ it that all the windows are well locked.
A. attend B. make sure C. see D. see to
7. Since these two shirts are ____ the same size and color you may take _____.
A. in ; neither B. of ; either C. of : none D. with ; both
8. She decided to ____ her studies after obtaining her first degree.
A. pursue B. gain C. supply D. go on
9. I have never learned ____ much maths in my life as ___ last year.
A. as ; I do B. as : I did C. so ; I learn D. so ; I have learned
10. Her first sop was started 3 years ago and ever since she ______.
A. hasn’t looked up B. hasn’t looked back C. didn’t look back D. didn’t look into
11. People have been stocking up on water , food and candles ___ the terrible day.
A. in preparation for B. in preparations for C. in the preparation for D. with preparations for
12.What made the boy unhappy was ___ to go fishing with his father.
A. his not allowing B. his not being allowed
C. his being not allowed D. having not been allowed
13.He is a person of few words. It is hard to ___ his thoughts.
A. learn B. study C. read D. master
14. He is writing a book ____ the Chinese history.
A. relating to B. concerned C. concerning with D. related with
15. _____ all the good things about online communication is not easy .
A. Named B. Called C. Calling D. Naming
16. She has milked a large part of the sheep , the rest ___ eating grass.
A. was B. were C. is D. are
17. The cattle kept on this farm are as good as ____ imported from abroad.
A. ones B. these C. that D. those
18. A tall wall is being built to ____ the place against thieves.
A. prevent; from B. guard ; from C. keep ; out D. leave ; off
19. They are warned there are many dangers ___.
A. avoiding B. being avoided C. to avoid D. to be avoided
20. There is no point _____ her change her mind.
A. to try and make B. in trying to make C. for trying making D. but try to make
第二節 完形填空(共20小題，每小題1.5分，滿分30分)
閱讀下面短文，掌握其大意，然后從36-55各題所給的A、B、C、D四個選項中選出最佳答案。
School was over and I was both mentally and physically tired. I sat at the very front of the bus because of my 21 to get home. Sitting at the front makes you 22 out like a shiny coin in a pile of dull pennies.
Janie, the driver, tries to break the 23tmosphere by striking the match of 24 I try to mind my manners and 25 listen, but usually I am too busy thinking about my day. On this day, 26 , her conversation was worth listening to.
“My father's sick,” she said to no one in 27 . I could see the anxiety and fear in her eyes. With a sudden change of attitude and interest, I asked,“What's wrong with him?“
With her eyes wet and her voice tight from 28 he tears, she responded,“Heart trouble.”Her eyes lowered as she 29 “I've already lost my mum, so I don't think I can stand losing him.”
I couldn't respond. I was 30 . My heart ached for her. I sat on the old, smelly seat thinking of the great 31 my own mother was thrown into when her father died. I saw how hard it was, _32__ still is, for her. I wouldn't like anyone to go 33 that.
Suddenly I realized Janie wasn't only a bus driver. That was 34 her job. She had a whole world of family and concerns too. I had never thought of her as 35 but a driver.
I suddenly felt very 36 . I realized I had only thought of people as 37 as what their purposes were in my life. I paid no attention to Janie because she was a bus driver. I had judged her by her job and brushed her off as 38 .
For all I know, I'm just another person in 39 else's world, and may not even be important. I __40 not have been so selfish and self-centred. Everyone has places to go, people to see and appointments (約會) to keep. Understanding people is an art.
21A. anxiety B. determination C. decision D. attempt
22A. find B. make C. think D. stand
23A. unpopular B. uncomfortable C. unusual D. unforgettable
24A fire B. topic C. conversation D. discussion
25A. politely B. devotedly C. carelessly D. sincerely
26A. however B. therefore C. thus D. otherwise
27A. surprise B. common C. silence D. particular
28A. fighting B. avoiding C. clearing D. keeping
29A. told B. lasted C. repeated D. continued
30A. for sure B. at ease C. in shock D. in despair
31A. mercy B. pain C. pity D. disappointment
32A. but B. yet C. and D. or
33A. over B. round C. through D. without
34A. almost B. nearly C. ever D. just
35A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
36A. sad B. embarrassed C. selfish D. worried
37A. far B. long C. much D. well
38A. unfit B. unselfish C. unnecessary D. unimportant
39A. everyone B. someone C. anyone D. no one
40A. must B. may C. can D. should
A
The sky is a large place, and though it had been carefully examined for centuries, new features still turn up. Last March it was the reigns of Uranus, and last week astronomers announced what may turn out to be a new planet, though a very small one, in the solar system.
The object was first sighted last month by Charles Kowal, an astronomer at the Hale Observatories in Pasadena, Calif. Mr Kowal detected a faint trail of light on photographic plates, indicating that something was moving in relation to the background of stars. Other observers have confirmed the discovery.
The“mini-planet”, identified for the time being as“Object-Kowal”, appears to be about 1.5 billion miles away, between the orbits of Saturn and Uranus, and its diameter has been estimated at between 100 and 400 miles. Its orbit has not been determined yet, but if the orbit proves to be roughly circular, like that of the major planets, the new object world probably take 66 to 70 years to make a circuit of the sun.
Some astronomers have speculated that Mr Kowal's discovery may be the first indication of an asteroid belt beyond Saturn.
41. According to the first paragraph, in the solar system.
A. a large new planet may have been found B. a small new planet may have been found
C. a new planet has been found D. a large object may have been found
42. Paragraph 2 .
A. gives a different theory about the object B. states the main idea
C. reports the new object D. describes how the object was found
43. The object is located .
A. between Saturn an Uranus B. on Saturn
C. on Uranus D. on Venus
44. What field of study is this article reporting on?
A. Industry. B. Astronomy. C. Spaceflight. D. Agriculture.
B
Let's pretend we're sailing down the Rhine River on a pleasure boat. The Rhine is one of the main waterways of Germany, and the river traffic is heavy. It's interesting to watch the many boats going up and down the river. But the river traffic is not nearly so interesting as the beautiful scenery along the banks and hillsides. The boat is passing many old castles. We can see people working in the vineyards (葡萄園) on the hillsides. There are vineyards as far as the eye can see. Wine from the Rhine Valley is famous all over the world.
Suddenly our boat slows down and begins to turn a little. We are coming to a sharp bend in the river. On our right we can see a rocky cliff over 400 feet high. At first it looks quite ordinary, but there is nothing ordinary about it. There are many stories, poems, and songs about the cliff. We are looking at the Lorelei.
The someone on the boat begins to sing in German, the song of the Lorelei. It is a song about a beautiful siren (美女) who has lured many sailors to their deaths.
The siren is supposed to sit on the rock combing her long golden hair and singing. The sailors who hear her forget to steer, and the current of river hurls their boats on the rocks and dashes them to pieces.
Soon other people on the boat begin to sing. The beautiful song adds to special magic to the moment, and you begin to realize why so many people have made this trip down the Rhine to see the rock of the Lorelei.
45. The more interesting thing to those who are sailing down the Rhine River on a pleasure boat is .
A. to watch many boats going up and down the river
B. to see the beautiful scene along the banks and hillsides
C. to hear a song about beautiful siren
D. to see a beautiful siren combing her golden hair
46. Which of the following is famous all over the world?
A. The Rhine River. B. The River Traffic.
C. Wine from the Rhine Valley. D. The Lorelei.
47. We can see a rocky cliff over 400 feet high .
A. on our right when coming to a sharp bend B. on the Rhine hillsides
C. from the Rhine Valley D. on the boat
48. The song of the Lorelei is about .
A. The Rhine wine B. a rocky cliff
C. the beautiful scenery along the Rhine River D. a beautiful and dangerous woman genie
C
In the 1960s, medical researchers Thomas Holmes and Richard Rahe developed a checklist of stressful events. They appreciated the tricky point that any major change can be stressful. Negative events like “serious illness of a family member” were high on the list, but so were some positive life-changing events, like marriage. When you take the Holmes-Rahe test you must remember that the score does not reflect how you deal with stress - it only shows how much you have to deal with. And we now know that the way you handle these events dramatically affects your chances of staying healthy.
By the early 1970s, hundreds of similar studies had followed Holmes and Rahe. And millions of Americans who work and live under stress worried over the reports. Somehow, the research got boiled down to a memorable message. Women’s magazines ran headlines like “Stress causes illness!” If you want to stay physically and mentally healthy, the articles said, avoid stressful events.
But such simplistic advice is impossible to follow. Even if stressful events are dangerous, many - like the death of a loved one - are impossible to avoid. Moreover, any warning to avoid all stressful events is a prescription (處方) for staying away from opportunities as well as trouble. Since any change can be stressful, a person who wanted to be completely free of stress would never marry, have a child, take a new job or move.
The notion that all stress makes you sick also ignores a lot of what we know about people. It assumes we’re all vulnerable (脆弱的) and passive in the face of adversity (逆境). But what about human initiative and creativity? Many come through periods of stress with more physical and mental vigor than they had before. We also know that a long time without change or challenge can lead to boredom, and physical and metal strain.
49. The result of Holmes-Rahe’s medical research tells us __________.
A) the way you handle major events may cause stress
B) what should be done to avoid stress
C) what kind of event would cause stress
D) how to cope with sudden changes in life
50. The studies on stress in the early 1970’s led to _________.
A) widespread concern over its harmful effects
B) great panic over the mental disorder it could cause
C) an intensive research into stress-related illnesses
D) popular avoidance of stressful jobs
51. The score of the Holmes-Rahe test shows ________.
A) how much pressure you are under B) how positive events can change your life
C) how stressful a major event can be D) how you can deal with life-changing events
52. Why is “such simplistic advice” (Line 1, Para. 3) impossible to follow?
A) No one can stay on the same job for long.
B) No prescription is effective in relieving stress.
make a list of, compare… with…, take … into consideration, in charge of, be responsible for, be to blame, make notes of, be upset about, hand in hand, make informed choices about, accuse … of, associate … with, get across, appeal to, a variety of, look out for, keep an eye out for, at the best price, distinguish between… and …, with the purpose of, by the side of, refer to, make sense, appeal to/for, profit by/from, attach to…, be aware of…, distinguish between…, think twice.
Ⅲ Important sentences.
1. By introducing a brand name to potential customers, and by associating the product with the customer’s needs, companies are able to influence the choices (customers make).
2. Since an increase in sales means an increase in production, the price may be reduced.
3. Truthful ads provide good information that helps customers to decide whether they want or need the advertised product.
4. Armed with facts and figures, customers are better able to deal with the often powerful arguments given by a salesman or saleswoman.
5. Not all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.
6. A good ad often uses words to which people attach positive meanings.
二、Teaching procedures.
Period Ⅰ Word Study
1. convey a.) To take or carry from one place to another; transport. 運送；運輸
b.)To communicate or make known; impart通知；通報；傳達
The truck conveyed machinery across the country. 這輛卡車在全國各地運送機器。
Wires convey electricity. 金屬線導電。
I will convey the information to him. 我將把這消息通知他。
2. consideration n. 深思；考慮
Please give the problem your careful consideration. 請慎重考慮這個問題。
1)理由；考慮的事物；因素
The most important consideration in this case is time. 在這件事中，最重要的因素是時間。
2)in consideration of報答；由于
take ……into consideration顧及，考慮到 under consideration在考慮中，在研究中
a small payment in consideration of sb’s service 答謝某人服務的微薄酬金
我買汽車時總要把燃油消耗量考慮在內。I always take fuel consumption into consideration when buying a car.
3. Charge
(1)n. 費用; 主管,;控告
這家旅館的住宿費是多少？ What are the charges in this hotel?
我想和負責人談談。 I would like to speak to the person in charge.
警察控告他犯有謀殺罪。 The police brought a charge of murder against him.
(2)v. 給。。。裝上； 控訴, ；襲擊；索價，收費；
這個水果商要了我很多的錢。 The fruit seller charged me too much money.
突然野獸向我們沖過來。 Suddenly the wild animal charged at us.
他被指控搶劫珠寶。 He was charged with stealing the jewels.
把酒杯倒滿酒。 Charge your glasses with wine!
(3) In charge of (負責管理) 介詞斷語,可在句中做后置定語和表語.
The editor is in charge of the newspaper’s ad. Section.
The newspaper’s ad. Section is in the charge of the edition.這份報紙的廣告部分由這個編輯負責。
Charge money for sth/doing sth要價,收費
他修理自行車收了你多少錢?How much did he charge you for repairing the bicycle?
你的蘑菇要什么價錢?How much do you charge for your mushrooms?
Charge sth with sth 給。。。裝上；給。。。充電Please charge a gun with power. 給大炮裝上火藥。
Charge sb with指控某人。。；委托某人接受工作或任務She charged him with cheating. 她告他欺詐。
Charge sb to do sth/with doing sth 委托。。。做。。。
她托我照看她的兒子。She charged me to look after/ with looking after her son.
in/under the charge of 在…掌管下 charge at 向…襲擊;撲向
take charge of 負責,掌管 leave sb in charge of/ put sb in charge of 交由。。。照看
free of charge 免費 at one’s own charge 自費
4. blame v.
(1) 把．．．歸咎于．blame sth. on sb. / blame sb. for sth.
He blamed the fault on his wife. 他把錯歸咎于他的妻子。
(2) 對（壞事）負有責任be to blame (for sth.)
誰該對這個事故負責？ Who is to blame for the accident?
這件事是我做錯了。 I am to blame.
責備，譴責．n.
(1) He put/lay all the blame on me.
他把所有的事情都歸咎于我。
(2) We are ready to take the blame for what had happened. （bear/ accept/ give）
我們已準備好對已經發生的事承擔起責任。
4. react vt. &vi. 起反應;又影響;反對;反抗
react to sth 對…做出反應, react against 反對 react on/with sth 與..起化學反應
react on/upon sb對…產生影響;起作用have an effect on
1) 她既不抬頭,也沒有任何反應.She didn’t look up or react in any way.
2). 氫與氧產生化學反應. Hydrogen reacts with oxygen.
The eye reacts to light。 眼睛對光有反應。
Applause reacts on/upon a speaker. 鼓掌對講演者有影響。
The rise of oil costs reacted on the price of food. 石油成本的上升對食品的價格有影響。
action and reaction 作用與反作用
the forces of reaction 反動勢力
reactionary n.&adj. 反動的;反對進步的;反動的人;反對進步的人
reactivate vt. 使恢復活力;重起作用
reactor n. 反應堆;反應器;核電站
reaction C&U 反應,回應;反作用力;倒退;反動
6. accuse sb. of (doing) sth. 指責,譴責,控告
accuse sb. of theft 控告某人盜竊
the accused 被告 accuser 原告,起訴者
(1) The police accused him of his careless driving.警察控告他粗心駕駛。
(2) They accused you of being a murderer. 他們指控你謀殺。
(3) He was accused of stealing in the supermarket. 他被指控在超市行竊。
(4) He was angry with the boss of the factory and ______ broken his word. （B）
A. accused him to have B. accused him of having
C. accused of him having D. accused of him to have
7. get across 使被理解,使通過
(get … across to sb.) get the children across the street. 使孩子們過街
get the idea across to sb. 使自己的想法被某人理解
（1） 你的意思別人并未真正理解。Your meaning didn’t really get across.
（2） 他不善于表達思想。He is not very good at getting his ideas across.
come across=meet with=run across=run into 偶爾遇見
get about 走動；（消息）傳開 get ahead 獲得成功，取得進展
get along 前進，進展，與……相處get around( round) 走動，（消息）傳開，克服，設法回避（問題等）
get away 走開；逃脫get back 回來；取回，恢復get down 從……下來，記下；（to ）轉入……話題get into 卷入，進入get off 從……下來；出發；下班get on 登上（車，船，飛機等）
get out 逃走，（消息等）泄露；出版，發表get over 從（疾病，失望中）恢復；克服，解決
get through ( with ) 干完；度過；使通過考試；打通電話get together 相聚，聚集get up 起立，起床get rid of 擺脫
8. appeal vi. 有吸引力；呼吁；上訴
n. 感染力；呼吁；上訴
appeal to sth 影響。。的思想感情；激發…的感情sb’s emotion
appeal to sb 吸引；引起某人興趣 ;投合…的心意或興趣
(1) Does the idea of working abroad appeal to you? 你有沒有興趣出國工作?
(2) Teaching as a career ________ to many people because of the holidays. (C)
A. attracts ( vt.) B. calls C. appeals D. pulls
(3) She appeals to me. 我對她感興趣。
appeal （to sb） for sth. 請求某人某事；呼吁。。。，請求給與make an appeal
appeal for aid 求助
(4) 警方呼吁公眾提供有關被害者的情況。
The police are appealing to the public for any information about the murder victim.
appeal to sb to do sth. 呼吁某人干. make an appeal for sb to do sth
(5) The government is appealing to everyone to save water.
政府呼吁每個人節約用水。
appeal against /from 不服…而上訴;提出上訴
(6) He appealed against the judge's decision.
他不服法官判決而上訴。
9. profit a.) An advantageous gain or return; benefit. 得益：得利或回報；收益
b.)To make a gain or profit. 創利潤：創造收入或利潤
(1)Make a penny profit on each orange. 要每只橘子盈利一便士
(2)This new invention will bring you great profits like a goldmine.
這項新發明會像一座金礦一樣給你們帶來利潤。
(3)I have read it to my profit. 我讀了它大有收益。
(4)All his wealth did not profit him. 他所有的財富于他無益。
(5)I don't think it will profit you anything to do that.
我以為那樣做對你不會有什么好處。
(6)We hope our criticisms and suggestions will profit you.
我們希望我們的批評和建議將對你有所裨益。
(7)You can profit by making mistakes. 你可以從錯誤中得到教益。
(8)The students do hope to profit by / from the teacher's comments on their compositions.
學生們真心希望從老師對他們的作文的評語中獲得益處。
10. keep an eye open / out for … 留心注意…
eg. I have lost my ring － could you keep an eye out for it when you clean the house？
我的戒指不見了－ 你打掃房子是能留點神嗎？
相關短語：
an eye for an eye 報復,以眼還眼 have an eye for sth. 很能看出,很能鑒賞,有判斷力
keep an eye on … 照料…… fix/focus one’s eyes on… 關注;專心致志
make eyes at… 向某人送秋波shut/close one‘s eyes to 對某事物視而不見
catch sb.'s eye 醒目；顯眼；引人注意 see eye to eye with sb. 與某人看法完全一致
(1) 就我的觀點，這些裝飾品都很好In my eye, the decorations are excellent. (= In my opinion)
(2) 你能在我出去的時候照看以下我的小貓嗎？Could you keep an eye on my cat when I go traveling?
(3) 你要專心學習，否則就會受到懲罰。You’d better focus your eyes on learning, or you will be punished.
11. point out 指出
point at/to 指出（某人/物或其位置/方向） point sth. at sth. 用 …指著…
to the point 切中要害的 off the point離題的
On the point of doing sth., when…. 正在做某事, 就在這時….
(1)Point out the man who beat you yesterday. 把昨天打你的人指出來。
(2)He pointed out that we might have made great mistakes.他指出我們或許已經犯了很大的錯誤
(3) “那事就是他干的”，她指著我說。 “That’s the man who did it.”, she pointed at me.
12. make sense 講得通, 有道理,合情理
make sense of …=understand 理解,明白 make no sense 沒有意義,沒有道理
1) Can you make sense of what he said?
2) He doesn’t talk much, but what he says ________. (B)
A. make sense of B. makes sense
C. make no sense D. make sense
in a sense 在某種意義上in one’s sense 頭腦健全;神志清醒
out of one’s sense 精神不正常;愚蠢bring sb. to his senses/come to one’s senses 1) 使某人不做傻事 2) 使某人清醒 keep one’s senses 保持清醒(理智)
make 相關短語：
make the most of 充分利用= make full use of make for 有助于；有利于 ;向……沖去 make money 賺錢make out 設法應付；活下來，過活（通常用于how 之后）；理解；填寫；聲稱
make up 組成；化妝；捏造，虛構；彌補 make a living 謀生 make a list 列表 make a difference 有關系;有影響make a face 做鬼臉 make fun/ a fool of 取笑;捉弄
make friends with 與……交朋友 make an impression on 給……留下印象make peace 講和 make room (for)讓地方;讓位置make up one’s mind 決定;肯定;打定主意
Period Ⅱ Reading
StepⅠ Lead in.
StepⅡ Pre-reading.
Finding out advantages and disadvantages of the advertisement.
Advantage disadvantage
1. help consumers make informed choices
2.entertain people
3. increase product sales
4. make products cheap 1. make people annoyed
2. be misled by false and incorrect information easily
Step Ⅲ Fast-reading.
1. People react to advertisements in different ways. Because _______. (A)
A. ads are useful and entertaining to some people while annoying to others
B. ads are useful and entertaining
C. ads are annoying
D. ads are not only useful and entertaining but annoying
2. When we buy an expensive product, _____ can help us make the right decision. (B)
A. sellers B. ads C. our friends D. defenders
3. In order not to become easy target for ad. makers, we must ___. (A)
A. distinguish between fiction and facts B. watch TV more often
C. believe all the ads D. never believe any ads
4. The best chance to reach customers for the advertisements is to ___. (A)
A. appeal to their emotions B. make interesting pictures
C. give customers proper prices D. send messages to customers
5. Paragraph 4 is mainly about ____. (C)
A. ads must increase the production B. ads must reduce the price of the production
C. ads must help companies and customers D. ads must make a product more expensive
6. Which sentence tells us the main idea of Paragraph 5? (C)
A. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the prices of the products
B. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the types of the products
C. The most important function of advertising is to introduce new products
D. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the company where the
products come from
7. We can infer from the last sentence of the text that ___. (D)
A. we must learn to believe ads B. we must learn to accept ads
C. we must learn to analyze ads D. we must learn to accuse ads
Step Ⅳ careful-reading
Para 1 Where can people advertise?
…found everywhere…; have gone hand in hand with…
Para 2 How do people react to ads? Why do they have different reactions?
find…; make informed choices by…; accuse…of…; mislead…by…
Para 3 What’s the basic principle of advertising? How can companies do that?
by….and by…; influence…; spend…; appeal to…
Para 4 How do ads help companies and customers?
increase…; reduce…; take… into consideration; make the right decisions
Para 5 What’s the most important function of advertising?
Para 6 What do many governments make the most of ad campaigns to do? How about aid organizations? What’s another function of advertising?
make people aware…; name…as; spread… change…improve…
Para 7 What things can we look out for to spot an illegal ad?
keep an eye out for…
Para 8 How can we make good choices with ads?
analyze….; protect…from…
Step Ⅴ Language points.
1. broadcast vt. & vi. 播出，傳播，廣播，參加廣播節目
（1） 哥倫比亞廣播公司在下午7時播報新聞。 The CBS broadcasts the news at 7 p.m.
（2） 英國廣播公司白天晚上都在廣播。 The BBC broadcasts day and night.
n. broadcasting
a broadcasting station 廣播電臺
broadcaster 廣播者，廣播電臺， 廣播望， 廣播裝置
(3) The best performances were tape-recorded and ______ over the radio. (A)
A. broadcast B. broadcasted C. broadcasting D. to broadcast
2. post vt. 張貼（布告、 通告等）， 宣布
(1) 禁止招貼。 Post no bills.
(2)那艘船上全體船員宣告在海上失蹤。 All the ship’s crew was posted as lost at sea.
n. 柱，桿；郵政，郵件；崗位，職位
(3)The vacant ( 空缺的)___for an electricity engineer was advertised in yesterday’s newspaper. A. post B. job C. work D. occupation
(4) If you buy this book, it will be sent to you ______. (C)
A. by the post B. in the post C. by post D. in post
3.hand in hand
go hand in hand with表示“與……密切相關”，相當于go together with，其中 go with表示“相配，隨……而來”之意。hand in hand為副詞短語，表示“手牽著手；密切聯系，和……一道”之意，后面常加介詞with，再加名詞。
Eg. (1) Money doesn’t always go hand in hand with happiness. 金錢并不總是同幸福密切相關。
(2) Hand in hand with reading, he has developed the habit of making notes. 在閱讀的同時，他養成了做筆記的習慣。
(3) 貧窮和饑餓常常是緊密相連的。Poverty and starvation often go hand in hand.
[相關短語]
at hand近處；即將到來 by hand 手工地
on the one hand 一方面 on the other hand 另一方面
in hand 在手頭；在手邊 on hand 手頭；手邊有……
out of hand 失控 leave/ give a hand 幫忙
hand down 傳給后代 hand over 移交；讓與
from hand to mouth現掙現吃地；僅夠糊口地
(4) In time of danger, John lent ______ and we carried out the plan in the end. (B)
A. at hand B. call C. by hand D. on hand
(5) When Dad is away on business, I always give Mum a ______ with the housework. (C)
A. talk B. call C. hand D. lesson
4. By introducing a brand name to potential customers and by associating the product with the customers’ needs, companies must work hard to get their message across.
a. 介詞by后接動詞-ing形式表示方式。 如：
(1)靠起得早，我每天早晨有一小時時間閱讀英語。
By getting up early, I can have an hour for reading English in the morning.
(2) 他工作努力因而晉級很快。 By working hard he gained rapid promotion.
b. associate ... with 表示“把……與……聯系起來”。如：
(3)What do you associate with such a heavy snow? 這樣一場大雪你有什么聯想?
(4)We associate China with the Greet Wall. 我們想起中國, 就聯想到長城。
5. Some people find ads useful and entertaining.
V. + O. +O.C.
賓語補足語的定義: 英語中有些及物動詞,除有一個直接賓語外,還要有一個賓語補語,才能使句子的意義完整.這類常用的及物動詞有: make, consider, cause, see, find, call, get, have, let 等.
(3) 沒有人注意到他進了屋子。Nobody noticed him enter the room.
(4) 我聽見她在唱英語歌。I heard her singing an English song.
(5) 他們發現桂林變化很大。They found Guilin greatly changed.
(6) 我們把英語看成是研究工作的一種有用工具。
(7) We take English as a useful tool for research work.
(8) 我們發現實驗室內每件東西都放得井井有條。
(9) We found everything in the laboratory in good order.
(10) 不論什么時候去，你都可以看見他在工作。
(11) Whenever you may go , you will find him at work.
(12) 我看見他和他父親外出了。I saw him out with his father.
(13) 我們不久就要把我們的城市發展成你們城市目前的那個樣子。
We will soon make our city what your city is now.
注：能在復合賓語中先用形式賓語it，然后再用真正的賓語的動詞并不多，常見的有think, find, consider, judge, feel, make, take 等。
(14) 他們原以為做這項試驗是對的。They thought it right to do this test.
(15) 我們都認為支持他是我們的職責。We all think it our duty that we should support him.
(16) 我們認為掌握一門外語是有必要的。We find it necessary to master a foreign language.
6. Not all ads. are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.
not all 或 all…not 都是表示部分否定，并非全部否定。如果要表示全部否定，則需要用none, no , never, nothing等表示。
Eg. (1) 并非所有的孩子都喜歡音樂。
Not all students like music.
All the students don’t like music.
（2）我們一個人也不喜歡跳舞。 None of us like dancing.
（3）我無話可說。 I have nothing to say.
（4）They were all very tired, but _____ of them would stop to take a rest. (C)
A. any B. some C. none D. neither
(5) Greater scholar is _____ a very wise man. (A)
A. not always B. always not C. often not D. not ever
Period Ⅲ Integrating Skills
StepⅠ Lead in.
StepⅡ Fast-reading.
1. What makes a good slogan
A good slogan should be ”catchy“ or easy to remember, and should convey a message that will make consumers form a positive image of the company and product.
2. What should be paid attention to when selling products abroad?
The translation must be correct.
Step Ⅲ Careful-reading.
1.____ways of choosing names for the products are mentioned in Paragraph 2.
A. Two B. Three C. Four D. Five
2.A good slogan should be “catchy” , or easy to remember. The underlined word means___.
A. difficult B. attractive C. well-known D. interesting
3. According to the passage a good advertisement must________.
A. begin with a question or a puzzle B。tell a continued story
C． be informative and attractive D。contain a funny text
4. What is one of the dangers of a series of advertisements?
A. Readers will be tired of reading too many texts. B. Readers will lose patience.
C. Readers will forget the name of the product. D. Readers will forget the advertisement.
5. Why didn’t anybody buy the hair cream?
A. Few people showed interest in the actor. B. The advertisement wasn’t shown on TV.
C. “X puts life into dry hair” was not a good text.
D. “X puts living things into dry hair” was not a good translation
6. Without the German speaker at the car factory,___________.
A. The latest car would have sold well in Germany
B. The Germany would have changed the name of the car.
C. No German would like to buy the latest car.
D. The sales manager would have promoted to a higher position because of his performance
Step Ⅳ Language Points.
1. attach vt. 附上,加上;使喜愛,依戀
attached adj 依戀，留念 attachment n. c 附件 c. 依戀，眷戀，深愛
attach sth to sth 把。。。系在。。。
(1)attach labels to the luggage 將標簽附在行李上
(2)She attaches great importance to regular exercise. 她對正規訓練很重視。
attach oneself to sb/ sth 加入；使隸屬于
(3)由于迷路了，我只好加入另一個旅行團。I got lost, so I attached myself to another part of tourists.
attach to sth 屬于；與。。。有關聯
(4)這次事故的責任與他無關。No blame attaches to him for the accident.
be attached to 依戀，喜歡
(5)be greatly attached to one’s revolutionary work . 非常熱愛自己的革命工作
(6)Mary was attached to her brother. 瑪麗很喜愛她的弟弟。
(7)I am very attached to that old picture. 我很喜歡那幅舊畫。
(8) In many countries, packets of cigarettes come with a government health warning __ them.
A. attaching with B. attached with C. attaching to D. attached to
2. Nobody bought the product, however, because when translated it meant “X puts living things into dry hair.”
“when/if + p.p.” 有時用來代替一個時間/條件狀語從句, 如when translated相當于時間狀語從句 when it is translated.
(1)作業完成以后由小組長收起來.
The homework when finished will be collected by group leaders.
(2)那位營業員在別人對她說話時沒有理睬.
The shop assistant when spoken to did make an answer.
(3)這種水果如果在南方種植,長勢就不好.
This kind of fruit if planted in the south doesn’t grow well.
(4)這種病如果早期發現,是能夠治好的.
The disease if discovered early can be cured.
本單元重要短語:
1. make a list of 列出
2. compare… with… 把……與……比較
3. take … into consideration 考慮……
4. in charge of 負責;掌管
5. be responsible for 對……負有責任
6. be to blame 應受責備
7. make notes of 做記錄,記下
8. be upset about 因……而感到沮喪
9. hand in hand 手拉手;密切關聯的
10. make informed choices about關于……做出明智的選擇
11. accuse … of 控告……
12. associate … with 把……與……聯想/聯合起來
13. get across 傳播;為人理解
14. appeal to 有吸引力;呼吁;上訴
15. a variety of 各種各樣
16. look out for 當心;小心;找尋
17. keep an eye out for 留心或注意……
18. at …price 以……價格
19. distinguish between… and …
區分……和……
20. with the purpose of 帶著……目的;目的是
21. by the side of 在……旁
22. refer to 涉及;提及;查閱
23. make sense 講得通;
24. profit by/from 從……中獲益
25. attach to… 屬于；與……有關聯
26. be aware of… 意識到……
27. think twice 好好想一想;再三考慮
28. react to sth 對……作出反應
Period Ⅳ Exercise
Ⅰ．單項選擇
1．I must say that I am very much_____．
A．to be blamed B．to blame C．to being blamed D．to have bean blame
2．It took some explaining to_____my ideas_____．
A．get；across B．get；over C．get；cross D．get；through
3．What he said______right later．
A．was proved B．has been proved C．proved D．in proved
4．“I'm afraid I can't finish the magazine within the required time．”
“_______.”
A．Please go ahead B．That's right C．Not at all D．Take your time
5．The old man has so bad a cold that he has lost all_____of smell．
A．feeling B．sense C．skill D．strength
6．The words of my old teacher left a______impression on my mind and I am still influenced by them．
A．long B．lively C．lasting D．forever
7．Before you make a speech，you should_____your thoughts and ideas．
A．get B．take C．bring D．collect
8．Me thing that______is not whether you fail or not，but whether you try or not．
A．cares B．matters C．considers D．minds
9．Its beyond description．Nowhere else in the world_____such a quiet，beautiful place．
A．can there be B．You can find C．there can be D．can find you
10．It was______games that cost the boy a lot of time that should have been spent on study．
A．playing B．played C．to have played D．having played
11．We must keep our classroom clean for dirt and disease go_____.
A．from time to time B．hand in hand
C．one after another D．step by step
12．_____ alone in the dark room，the little boy was so frightened as to cry．
A．Leaving B．Having left C．To be left D．Left
13．Hundred of people leave their village to seek their_____in cities.
A．fortune B．chance C．luck D．future
14．“What is the matter?”“Mind_____a meeting tomorrow．”
A．you having B．you have C．you will have D．you had
15．The students carrying books come in first，_____？
A．don't you B．don't they C．will you D．will they
16．Nomatter how much money you possess，it can not_____a healthy body．
A．compare B．smite C．defeat D．match
17．“_____makes her different from the other students?”“Honesty．I think．”
A．What is that B．What is it that C．How is it that D．How is that
18．“I'd like to invite you to my new house next weekend．”
“Thank you，but_____I'll have time I am not sure at the moment．”
A．as B．when C．in case D．unless
19．The reason_____she gave for not coming to the party is that her mother wouldn't allow her to．
A．that B．what C．why D．because
20．“Is there a fog in the evening?”
“There_____be．I'll make a phone call to find it out．”
A．must B．would C．will D．might
21．I____from the crowd an old friend of mine whom I hadn't seen for ten years.
A．figured out B．picked out C．gave out D．went out
22．It's very kind of you．I'll never forget the____you have done me．
A．favors B．honor C．benefit D．kindness
23．She will have to find somewhere else to look，for she can not_____the boss．
A．come up with B．catch up with C．keep up with D．put up with
24．If we can_____our present difficulties，then everything should be all tithe．
A．get away B．get over C．get off D．get on
25．“Director，Jack is ill，so he can't be here．”
“Then we'll have no choice but to give the performance______him.”
A. except B. apart from C. without D. except for
26. “This dictionary is not Daivid’s. His is in my desk.”
“If it’s not his, ______can it be?”
A. who B. whose else’s C. who else D. who else’s
27．Comparison may make something appear more beautiful than it is when_____alone.
A. to see B. seeing C. is seen D. seen
28. I think John will____a good monitor, so I’d like to vote for him.
A. turn B. change C. make D. elect
29. Though small，the ant is as much a creature as____all other animals on earth.
A. are B. is C. do D. have
30．She is in a poor______of health，which worries her mother much．
A．position B．situation C．state D．condition
Ⅱ．完形填空
The teacher was asking one of her pupils some questions，but not even one of the answers was connect．So the teacher 1 to ask him some very simple questions．She hoped that he could give at least one 2 answer.
“Now, Sam,” said the teacher. “ 3 is Waterloo（滑鐵盧）？”
“Waterloo?”said the boy．“Oh，it's a kind of 4 machine，I think．”
The teacher was 5 ．She shook her head and 6 another question：“Sam，be 7 ，please. Now tell me the 8 to a very, very simple question: Who was Washington?”
“Well，”the answer 9 quickly，”Washington must be the man who uses that washing machine．”
The teacher got 10 ，but she didn’t 11 ．She thought and thought，and at last she thought of the
12 question--if this could be 13 a question：“Who is the 14 of the United States now?”
Sam thought for a long time，but he had now 15 at all．Then the teacher lost her temper．She
16 ，“Clinton！”Sam looked 17 and sat down．“Stand up！”the teacher cried．“I didn't tell you to sit down！”Sam stood up again ．He looked 18 ．
“Oh，I'm we 19 ，”he said．“I thought you were calling the 20 student．”
Weather changes when the temperature and the amount of water in the atmosphere change. We can see and feel water coming from the atmosphere when we have nun. But the water must somehow get back to the atmosphere．Meteorologists call this the water cycle.
There are many stages in the water cycle．Rain falls when water vapour in clouds condenses（凝結）． Drops of water form and fall to the ground．The water soaks into the ground and feeds streams and rivers．A lot of rain falls into the sea. The heat of the sun evaporates some of the water in the ground and in the rivers，lakes，and the seas．It changes the liquid water into water vapour．The vapour rises into the air．Water vapour is normally invisible．On a very damp or humid day，however，you can sometimes see water vapour rising from a puddle（水坑）or a pond in a mist（薄霧）above the water. Water vapour also gets into the air from living things．Trees and other plans take in water through their roots and give off water vapour from their leaves．People and land animals drink water and breathe out water vapour. In all these ways the water returns to the air．There it gathers to form clouds and condenses to form rain．The rain falls to earth，and the cycle starts again．It continues even if snow or hail（冰雹）fall instead because both eventually melt to form water．The amount of water vapour in the air depends on the temperature. The air is more moist（潮濕的）in the tropics（熱帶）than in the cold polar regions．
1．What is the main idea of the passage?
A．Water cycle. B．Water vapour. C．How rain forms. D．Water，vapour and rain.
2．How many ways of the water returning to the air are discussed in the text?
A．Two． B．Three． C．Four． D．Five．
3．Whether water vapour can be seen or not depends on_____．
A．how much water is evaporated B．how good your eyes are
C．in which way water is evaporated D．climate or weather
4．From the passage we get to know
A．there is more water vapour in the air in the tropics than in the cold polar regions
B．there is more water vapour in the air in the cold polar regions than in the tropics
C．it gets more rain in the tropics than in the cold polar regions because there is less vapour
D．the amount of water vapour in the air depends on how often it rains
B
We spent a day in the country，picking wild flowers．With the car full of flowers we were going home. On our way back my wife noticed a cupboard（櫥柜）outside a furniture shop．It was tall and narrow．“Buy it，”my wife said at once. “We'll carry it home on the roof rack．I've always wanted one like that．”
What could I do? Ten minutes later I was ￡20 poorer; and the cupboard was tied on the roof rack．It was six feet long and eighteen inches square，quite heavy too．
In the gathering darkness I drove slowly．Other drivers seemed unusually polite that evening. The police even stopped traffic to let us through. Carrying furniture was a good idea．
After a time my wife said，“There's a long line of cars behind．Why don't they overtake，I wonder?”In fact a police car did overtake．The two officers inside looked at us seriously as they passed．But then，with great kindness，they led us through the rush-hour traffic．The police car stopped at our village church．One of the officers came to me．
“Right，sir，”he said．“Do you need any more help?”
I was a bit puzzled．“Thanks，officer，”I said．“You have been very kind．I live just on the road.”
He was staring at our car，first at the flowers，then at the cupboard．“Well，well，”he said，laughing．“It's a cupboard you've got there！We thought it was something else．”
My wife began to laugh．The truth hit me like a stone between the eyes．I smiled at the officer．“Yes，it's a cupboard，but thanks akin．”I drove home as fast as I could．
5．In fact the husband_____the cupboard．
A．would like very much to buy B．badly wanted
C．was glad to have bought D．would rather not buy
6．Other drivers thought they were____．
A．carrying a cupboard to the church B．sending flowers to the church
C．carrying nothing but a piece of furniture D. going to attend a funeral（葬禮）at the church
7．The lice will be more polite to those who are___．
A. driving in gathering darkness B. in great sorrow（悲痛）
C．driving with wild flowers in the car D．carrying furniture
8．What did the husband think of this matter?
A．It was very strange． B．He felt ashamed of it．
C．He took great pride in it． D．He was puzzled at it．
C
“Soon, you’re going to have to move out!” cried my neighbor upon seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind or at least known in my neighborhood.
One tiny 9-inch plant, bought for $1.25 in the spring, has already taken over much of my rose bed, covering much of other plants, and is well on its way to the front door.
Roses require a good deal of care, and if it weren’t for the pleasure they give, it wouldn’t be worth the work. As it is, I have a garden full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year. bushes must be pruned (剪枝) in early spring, leaving ugly woody branches until the new growth appears a few weeks later. It was the space available (可用的) in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant. A big mistake.
Soil conditions made just perfect for roses turn out be even more perfect for tomatoes. Thedaily watering coupled with full sun and regular fertilizing (施肥) have turned the little plant into a tall bush. The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long since disappeared under the thick leaves.
Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I have to find the red ones among the leaves, which means I almost have to stand on my head, and once found I have to reach down and under, pick the tomatoes and withdraw (縮回) my full fist without dropping the prize so dearly won. I found two full-blown white roses completely hidden as I picked tomatoes in June. But they were weak and the leaves already yellow for lack of light.
Here I am faced with a painful small decision: To tear up a wonderful and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to several expensive and treasured roses. Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind, I’ll think about that tomorrow.
9．What are the requirements for the healthy growth of rose?
A．A lot of care and the right soil. B．Frequent pruning and fertilizing.
C．Tomato plants grown alongside. D．Cages placed around the roots.
10．The writer planted the tomato because _________.
A．it cost only $1.25 B．the soil was just right for it
C．there was room for it in the garden D．the roses’ branches needed to be covered
11．This year the writer’s roses were __________.
A．removed from the rose bed B．picked along with the tomatoes
C．mostly damaged by too much sunlight D．largely hidden under the tomato plant
12．By saying “the prize so dearly won” in paragraph 5, the writer wants to ________.
A．show the difficulty in picking the tomatoes B．show the hardship of growing the roses
C．express her liking for the roses D．express her care for the tomatoes
13．In the situation described in the text, one good thing is that ________.
A．the roses cost the writer little money B．the writer has a daily harvest of tomatoes
C．someone will help the writer make the decision
D．the writer can now enjoy both the roses and tomatoes
Ⅳ．用所給詞的適當形式填空。
late, product, advertise, attach, promote, frequent, comparison,accuse, appeal, association
1．Fatal accidents have decreased____over recent years．
2．Do you have any idea how______the sales of this product?
3．Professor Smith was______to the medical college as guest professor for two years．
4．They have been______the shampoo on TV．
5．____of computers has increased double in the last few weeks．
6．She told me to be there by 6 p.m. at the____.
7．The experts are discussing the problems_____with cancer treatment．
8．The idea of a holiday abroad is certainly______.
9．She was______of having an affair with another man．
10．In today's lesson our history teacher_____the British system of government with the American one．
Ⅳ1. frequency 2. promote 3. attached 4. advertising 5. Production 6. latest 7. associated 8. appealing 9. accused 10. compared
Ⅴ
1．I believe her to have done right．
2．His question has set me thinking．
3．You'll have to get that tooth filled.
4. Make yourselves at home，everybody．
5. We're having some friends in tonight．
6．He felt it his duty to take good care of them．
7．They consider Paris the heart of France．
8．I could smell trouble coining．
9．I heard him come in last night．
10．Do you like your tea weak or strong?
Dear Mr Green
I'm glad to hear that you are coming soon．I've just read about an ad. for house sale，which you might be interested in．I'm writing to inform you of it．
Sunny Square lies in Chaoyang District, east of Beijing. It is next to the Great Wall Hotel, and just one kilometer away from the expressway to the airport. They have both high and low buildings with various designs for different choices.
There are plenty of green fields and parking areas. There are also school, restaurants, a hospital and modern shopping centres as well.
The kitchen and the bathroom are well furnished. Hot water is provided for 24 hours and lifts work day and night. If you need further information, you may call 010-800-66389420.
Best wishes.
Yours,
Li Lei
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
一、單元考點提示
1.單詞
by sea relate to share(v.) mark with long before turn to apart from tour (be)busy with ( be)determined to do sth. disobey key figure in peace oppose think up take up arms work on keep one’s promise with the purpose of
2.句型
You’d better(not)… Let’s …
You need to… What/How about…？
（I think）you should/ought to…
Shall we…？
I suggest（that）you…
Why not…？ Why don’t you…？
I will…
I have decided to /that…
I have (not)decided wh-clause / wh-word to…
I insist on /that…
3.語法
復習句子成分--賓語
復習句子成份--賓語補足語
二、考點精析與拓展
1.settle vt.定居，解決（事端，矛盾等）安排，決定
We have settled a party on Wednesday evening.
星期三晚上我們安排了一次聚會。
This medicine should settle your nerves.
這種藥會使你鎮靜下來。
They settled their quarrel in a friendly way.
他們用一種友好的方法解決了爭端。
2.make up 創造，編造，彌補，化妝，構成，占有
John made up that joke about the talking dog.
約翰編了一個會講話的狗的笑話。
The number of the college students in the country makes up only 1%of the population.
這個國家的大學生的數量僅占人口的百分之一。
I have to make up the test I missed last week.
我上周沒考試，我必須補考。
John and Tom quarreled, but make up after a while.
約翰和湯姆吵架了，但一會兒就和好了。
由make構成的其他短語：
make sense有意義 make faces/a face做鬼臉
be made of /from由……制成 be made into把……制成……
make it成功，達到目的 make out理解；勉強分辨出
make up one’s mind下定決心
3.keep…alive使……繼續有效存在/進行
We must keep the good revolutionary traditions alive.
The idea puzzled me so much that I stopped for a few seconds to try to .
A. make it out B. make it off C. make it up D. make it over
分析：A。make it out發現真相，因為受到迷惑，所以試圖發現真相。
題7 （NMET 2002）
The taxi driver often reminds passengers to their belongings when they leave the car.
A. keep B. catch C. hold D. take
分析：D。take拿走，句意為：乘客下車時要把東西帶走。
題8 （NMET 2001 北京）
-Why haven’t you bought any butter?
-I to but I forgot about it.
A. liked B. wished C. meant D. expected
分析：C。從提供的情景分析，是打算買而沒買，應用meant。
題9 （NMET 2001 北京）
Have a good rest. You need to your energy for the tennis match this afternoon.
A. leave B. save C. hold D. get
分析：B。save此為“儲存，積攢”之意。
? 高三英語教案優秀教學設計
Teaching Goals:
l Review a description of plants
Target language:
Ability Goals:
Enable the students to talk about botany and to say sth. about it.
Teaching important points:
Help the students learn to describe plants and how to grow and take care of them.
The contribution of the three important persons to the science of botany.
The meaning and the usage of the key words.
Teaching methods :
Teaching procedures and ways:
Greet the whole class ; Duty reports
Last week, we learned unit 3. This unit is about the only country in the world that covers an entire continent-Australia. It is a wealthy country, which produces metals, precious stones, coal, grain, meat and wines, and has the biggest iron mines in the world. Australia has the about one-sixth of the world’s sheep and produces almost one-third of its wool. The climate in Australia varies from north to south.
Modern Australia is made up of six states and two territories. The first Australians were the Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders. The two world war had a strong influence on Australia. The official language is English, which is quite different from British and American English. However, do you know what the national flower of Australia is?-----Golden Wattle (Acacia ) 金合歡，又稱相思樹
Look at the pictures and match each flower with its correct name. Which flower is your favorite? Explain why.
Picture 1: peony-- the Chinese national flower, native to China, is called as the “King of Flowers”, which is widely used in Chinese medicine.
Picture 2: tulip. Tulip is native to Central and Western Asia, and parts of the Middle East, roughly in the region near Afghanistan. Tulip is mainly used for decoration. Also, tulips are beautiful flowers and people often send them to their friends as presents.
Picture 3: rose. Rose is native to Southwest Asia. Roses are best presents to be sent to friends. And it is also very popular to send roses as love signal between young people. Red roses indicate warmth and love and white ones, purity and simplicity, blue ones, honesty and sincerity. Also, rose flower is a kind of important Chinese medicine.
Picture 4: sunflower. Sunflowers get their name because they always face the sun-turning to track the sun’s movement across the sky. Sunflower is a North American native. American Indians used sunflower as food and medicine.
1.Listen to the tape and get the topic of the passage
1).This passage mainly deals with _______d_.
2).From this passage we know that_______b__.
A. People in the past had enough fruits to eat.
B. People on the voyages long ago couldn’t survive long on board, one of the main reasons was that they lacked fresh fruits and vegetables.
C. Captain Cook didn’t realise the importance of keeping ship and the crew members themselves clean and taking regular exercises.
2.Please judge the following statements as true or false.
( × )1. There were enough fruits in ancient Europe.
( × )2. Farmers in old England often got ill during the winter because they did not get enough exercises.
( √ )3 Fruit and vegetables could not be kept fresh for a very long time because they had not found ways to keep them.
( √ )4. The diet aboard ships consisted of salt meat, and hard biscuits. The sailors hardly ate any fresh vegetables or fruit.
( × )5. The discovery of Vitamin C made people realise that eating fresh vegetables and fruit could treat this disease.
Lead in:
Talk about the pictures:
Picture1: Coffee beans are used to make coffee. Coffee originally came from Africa, although coffee-drinking started in Arab countries. Coffee as a crop is now grown in subtropical regions, such as Latin America, Africa, Arabia, Indonesia, Hawaii, India and in Southeast Asia.
Picture 2: Tea is used to make tea. Tea originally came from China. Currently, the most important tea producing countries are China, Japan, India and Sri Lanka.
Picture 3: Chili is used as a spice to make food more tasty. Other than what some Chinese students may believe, chili is not originally from China, but from Latin America. Chili is grown in tropical countries all over the world.
Do you like chili?
Picture 4: Hemp is used to make rope or carpets. Hemp originally came from the Central Asia, and has been known to China for more than 10,000 years. The British spread hemp to all their colonies as its fibre was used to make sails and rope for their ships. It is now produced in all countries of the world.
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science?
His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.
1. How should we classify them scientifically?
By grouping plants in families.
2. who is the first to do this?
3. How many scientists are mentioned?
Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook
4. How many voyages did James Cook make?
1. Before Linnaeus botany was ________．D
A．studied by doctors B．unknown to anyone C．fully developed D．a branch of medicine
2. Some economic species plants such as____ could help to develop local economies．C
A．rose and peony B．tea and apple C．cocoa and hemp D．Cocoa and lemon
3. It was ____ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research．A
A．Joseph Banks B．Captain Cook C．Linnaeus D． Daniel Solander
4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ___ ．C
A．the importance of botany B．how to classify plant species into groups
C．Linnaeus’contribution to botany D．Linnaeus’discoveries about different species
5.Captain Cook made ___voyages altogether around the world. C
n The relationship among three persons.
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus?
Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world?
To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition?
Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”?
When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.
Step Ⅵ Language points:
Find out the important people mentioned in the text.
Charles Darwin From England Gregor Mendel From Austria
Choose the best answers according to the passage
1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that_ . C
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
2. Darwin observed that the birds with _ _ would eat_ . B
A. small beaks l hard seeds B．broad beaks；hard seeds
C. hard beaks；hard seeds D．broad beaks；soft seeds
3.Darwin joined the scientific expedition on _____ ． C
A. the Endeavour B.Tahiti C．the Beagle D．space
4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that . D
A．the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment
B．the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand
C．the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment
D the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .
5. Darwin studied physics，chemistry and botany because_________ . B
A．he was invited to join scientific expedition
C．he could do a lot Of experiments
D．he wanted to finish his book“On the Origin of Species”
Scientist Research/experiment Result
Charles Darwin The wild life of Galapagos, many varieties of garden roses There were differences between the species of the different islands’yet all showed a clear relationship with those of America’ differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
Gregor Mendel Flowers and peas Many characteristics were passed on from one generation to the next, without influence by the environment. His research gave birth to the science of genetics.
Gote Turesson A wild plant found on the Swedish west coast Found evidence for the existence of stable varieties within species in nature. He showed that differences between plants of one species occurred as a result of the environmental conditions in their habitat.
The text can be divided into four parts
Part I Pa1-3: Darwin and his research.
Part II Pa4-5: Mendel and his experiment.
Part III Pa6: Turesson and his study
Part IV Pa7: the importance and significance of the research of the three.
Important sentences in the passage
1. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.
2. Back home, in England, Darwin realized that differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
3. As a result of Darwin and Mendel’s research, scientists of the nineteenth century formed the belief that that influence of the environment was behind the development of new species.
4. It would take a next generation of scientists to bring the importance of the environment on species back in view.
Translate the following phrases into English:
詳細地 in detail 處于支配的地位，負責 in charge of
由……負責 in the charge of 任命某人為……appoint sb. as
將……分類成classify…into… 計算……之間的距離 calculate the distance between…
一代一代傳下去pass on from one generation to the next 建于…；以…為基礎be based on
參與; 陷入 ……的活動be involved in 根據;視……而定；按照according to
搜索；尋找 search for 總而言之 altogether
match…with （在品質；顏色；設計等方面）相等，相當，相配
at the age of 在……歲時 look out for 警惕;留心;守侯
on a large scale 大規模地;大范圍地 year after year 年年;年復一年
pass away 逝世 name…after 給……取名;命名
take care of 關心;照顧 classify…into 分類;歸類
develop a lifelong friendship with 與……結存了終生好朋友 born into 出生
have an appetite for knowledge 有求知欲 a great deal of 大量;許多(用于不可數名詞)
be sunken into 墮入 a bunch of flowers
make two more voyages be involved in
lead sb. to do sth. calculate the distance between
pass on from on generation to the next form the belief
Design, permit, think up , make a point , more than badly , throw off, lack , struggle
2. Sentences:
A. Even before India won independence from its British rulers, it was clear that Gandhi was the key figure and leader in the struggle of 380 million Indians to govern themselves.
B. He was a model of a different kind of political leader.
C. It was the duty of everyone to disobey this law, but without using violence.
D. On his return to India he had the chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case.
3. Grammar
A. We elect him monitor of our class.
B. I ordered them to go away at once.
C. I can hear the girl singing.
D. We consider him to be a great leader.
4. Useful expressions
A. What do you plan to do?
B. Why do you think it is possible….?
C. I decided …..
D. I insist on….
E. I will…..
Unit 20 Lesson 77 Gandhi : His life
Aims and demands:
1. Develop the Ss’ reading ability
2. Get the Ss know something about Gandhi’s life
Importance and difficulty:
Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Develop the Ss’ reading skill.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and slides.
Teaching method: reading and understanding
Teaching procedure:
Step 1. Warming up
( Listen to a tape page 5 )
T: Where did these voices come from?
------ Perhaps they were on a strike or they were gathering in a place to ask for sth.
T: What did they want to have ?
----- The blacks wanted to be equal as whites.
Apartheid means ( policy of ) racial segregation ( in South Africa ).
T: Once in South Africa, blacks were badly treated by South African whites. Blacks had not rights to vote. They were not allowed to take the buses or trains for whites. Do you think the blacks and whites are equal?
----- No. Of course not.
T: The blacks were lack of equality. And this is called the racial discrimination.
T: Do you any great leaders who led the black people to let them live a better life?
----- Lincoln , Martin Luther King , Gandhi ……
T: Who were they ?
T: Do you know anything about? Where was Gandhi born?
----- He was born in India.
T: India was once ruled by the British . It was Gandhi who led the Indians to govern themselves.
Today we are going to read Gandhi’s life.
Step 2. Reading for general understanding
I. Questions:
1. In which countries did Gandhi work for the liberation of Indians?
------- India and South Africa.
2. What successes did Gandhi gain?
------ He became a lawyer; he won a victory over the Pass Law in South Africa: he won a victory over the law that did not allow Indians to make salt: he won independence for India.
II. Find out what happened to Gandhi in the following years:
In 1869 Gandhi was born in India.
In 1882 Gandhi was married at the age of 13, following the local custom.
In 1888 He sailed to England in September 1888.
In 1891 Gandhi became a lawyer.
In 1915 Gandhi returned to India and was honoured as a hero.
In 1948 Gandhi died on January 30 th ,1948.
Step 3. Careful reading
1. Do the comprehension exercises ( WB and paper comprehension )
Reading comprehension for Unit 20 Lesson 77 (3B) CBBDD CAC
1. This text is about ___.
A. Gandhi’s political life B. Gandhi’s family life
C. Gandhi’s life D. Gandhi’s professional life
2. What custom is mentioned in the text?
A. Dining B.Marriage C.Family D.Education
3. Gandhi had traveled from ___ to India.
A. England, India and South Africa
B. India, England and South Africa
C. India, South Africa and England
D. South Africa, India and England
4. Gandhi was ___.
A. a lawyer
B. a leader for equal rights
C. a leader in the struggle of Indians to govern themselves
D. all of the above
5. Gandhi did not want his people to get equal rights trough ___.
A. articles licity C.marches D.violent fights.
6. Gandhi was ___ when India won her independence.
A. over 80 B. over 60 C. over 70 D. over 65
7. Gandhi was shot by ___.
A. an Indian who was against his ideas
B. a white man who hated him
C. an Indian who was sent by the British government
D. a white spy from England
8. The two movements in paragraph 5 are actually ___ movements.
A. economic (經濟的) B. cultural
C. political D. Educational
2. Note making
Step 4. Practice ( Wb )
Step 5. Interview
Homework
Lesson 78 Gandhi: His beliefs
Aims and demands:
1. Develop the Ss’ reading ability
2. Get the Ss know something about Gandhi’s beliefs
Importance and difficulty:
Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Develop the Ss’ reading skill.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and slides.
Teaching method: reading and understanding
Teaching procedure:
Step 1. Revision
Questions:
1. Where was he born?
2. How old did he get married?
3. When and where did he go to study law? ---- In England in Sep. 1888.
4. Later he went to South Africa. Why did he go there?--- to work on a law case
5. How long did he stay there ? ---- 20 years
6. Did he do any writing at that time?
7. What did he write?------ He wrote about socialism in newspaper and started a magazine call “ Indian Opinion”.
8. When did he return to India? ---- 1915
9. What kind of things did he persuade Indian people to do?----- to be independent, to make their own cotton cloth to refuse to buy cloth made in England, to make their own salt
Step 2. Presentation
T: What do you think of Gandhi?
T: He was so great a man that all Indians respected him and he had become “father” to all Indians.
Step 3. Fast reading
Read the text fast and do the comprehension exercises:
1. text book ---Page 46 ( true or false )
2. reading comprehension
Reading comprehension for Unit 20 Lesson 78 I (3B) DCACB DCB
1. Gandhi was not ___.
A. a clever lawyer B. a determined fighter
C. a political leader D. a common leader
2. What drove Gandhi to struggle against all the unfairness?
A. His material desire.
B. His religious (宗教的)belief.
C. His belief in truth.
D. Other people’s expectations.
3. We can infer from the text that Gandhi seldom __.
A. lied B. talked with others
B. made mistakes D. praised himself
4. The first sentence in paragraph 2 means that ___.
A. he refused to be famous
B. he never made use of his position
C. he didn’t work for his personal interests
D. he liked to be a common person
5. Gandhi’s efforts for equality didn’t enable all Hindus to _____.
A. draw water from the same village well
B. be dressed the same
C. go to the same temple to pray
D. marry each other
6. Paragraph 5 talks about ___.
A. how Gandhi fought for the equality of women
B. how many unfair laws existed at that time
C. how people could escape from the punishment for their beliefs
D. how people should fight against unfair laws
7. The word “father” in paragraph 6 means ___.
A. all Indians became his sons
B. all Indians regarded him as their father
C. all Indians respected him
D. all Indians felt that he was above them
8. Einstein’s words mean ___.
A. Gandhi was only understood by few people
B. Gandhi was so great and outstanding that he can hardly be imagined
C. Future generations will not believe in his ideas
D. Gandhi could only be understood by the people of his times.
Reading comprehension II (Lesson 78) 3B ACDBC
1. Gandhi decided to live as a poor man because he ___.
A. did not have expensive tastes
B. valued ordinary people much
C. didn’t want to make money
D. believed in non-violence
2. What did Gandhi mean by “the force of truth”?
A. Great attention should be paid to the equality of women.
B. When people made mistakes he should admit them willingly.
C. Everyone should disobey the unfair law,, if any, but without using violence.
D. Everyone should be prepared to do heavy work , from leaders to the poorest peasants.
3. Which can be inferred from the 6th paragraph?
A. At that time the Indian burial customs were quite unusual.
B. Gandhi’s death aroused great unrest among the Indian people.
C. It seems quite ridiculous that he called for non-violent resistance , but was violently killed.
D. Gandhi was deeply loved and respected by his people, who showed great sorrow for his death.
4. What can be inferred from the last paragraph?
A. Future generations will no longer believe in his ideas.
B. His contributions to the world are so great that it’s beyond our imagination.
C. Albert Einstein thought nobody but himself really understood Gandhi.
D. Gandhi could only be understood by the pjeople of his times.
5. “The secret lies in the title of the book…” The underlined word refers to ___.
A. how he became such a successful political leader
B. how he got over so many failures or difficulties in his life
C. why he was regarded as a model of a different kind of political leader
D. why he entitled his book The Story of My Experiments with Truth
Questions
1. What did Gandhi mean by “ the force of truth ”?
---- If an unfair law existed, it was the duty of everyone to disobey this law, but without using violence.
2. Which event is described in the text?
----- The Indian customs following his death.
Step 4. Careful reading
Read it again and do the comprehension 3 ----Page 46
Describe the character of Gandhi using the information from the text
1. His simple life: He refused to make any personal gain from his political work. He decided to live as a poor man and not to possess wealth. When he travelled across India, he travelled “hard-seat, unreserved”, together with peasants and other ordinary people. In cities he refused to travel in a rickshaw. He ate simply and never ate meat. He rose early in the morning and worked at his wheel, making cotton thread.
2. His interests: Gandhi was interested in all spiritual matters, not only in the Indian gods. All his life he reached out for the truths of spirits and gods.
3. His belief: Gandhi believed that one should be able to “love the most ordinary being on earth as oneself”. Gandhi hated the custom that had divided Hindu society into separate groups for thousands of years and his goal was to end this.
Step 5. Practice
Workbook --- Ex 2
Homework
Lesson 77
Aims and demand: Grasp the usage of the language points
Step 1. Text reviewing
T: Where was Gandhi born? ----- India.
T: Following the Indian local custom, what age should one get married? ----- 13
T: That is to say. Gandhi got married at 13.
T: What age is the Chinese boy / girl usually married?
Do you want to know my age of marriage ? ----- That’s a secret.
What age are you going to get married?
1. marry sb.
be married
get married
be married to sb.
T: Try to guess : When did I get marred?
When did your parents get married?
How long has his / her parents been married?
What is your father? ---- a worker, a teacher……
Then his mother has been married to a worker for … years.
他們是戰爭結束時結婚的。
They got / were married at the end of the war.
---你和露西結婚多久了？--- 了。
--- How long have you been married to Lucy?
--- For twenty years.
T: Gandhi sailed to England to study law and stayed there for 3 years. As soon as he came back to India , what did he do?
----- On his return to India, he had the chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case.
T: What is the first thing you will do on your arrival at home this Friday afternoon?
2. on one’s return …
on one’s arrival …
on the enterance …
on hearing …
on reaching…
他一到機場就聽到了這個消息。
He heard the news on his arrival at the airport.
他一聽到這個消息就趕回家。
On hearing the news , he hurried home.
老師一進來，學生就起立。
The Ss stood up on the entrance of the teacher. ( true )
……………… on entering the teacher. ( wrong )
3. work on = be engaged in sth.
work on = work continuously
我們正在制定一個新的旅行計劃。
We are working on a new plan for travel.
他在實驗室里一直工作到午夜。
He stayed in the lab and worked on till midnight.
He worked on in the lab until midnight.
T: What made him change his life?
--- The chance to travel to South Africa to work on a law case made him change his life.
This experience was to change his life.
4. “be + 不定式” 通常表示計劃安排要做的事
I’m go meet him at the airport.
（本文）表示不可避免將要發生的（命中注定的事）
Worse was to come.-------( “Roots”) Page 8
還可表示命令（父母讓子女做的事）
You are to do your homework before you watch TV.
T: This experience was the turning point in his life. Listen to the tape and deal with the following language points.
5. insist on doing
insist that
He insisted on going there alone.
He insisted that he should go there alone.
He insisted that he was right.
He insisted that he had finished his homework.
6. play an important role in…
play an important part in …
7. be put in prison
be thrown in prison
8. have a gift for …
9. think up 想出 ，編出 ( invent , make up )
think of （考慮）打算，想出，想到，想著，想起
think about （考慮）回想（過去）， 考慮某事是否可行
think over 仔細思考一遍
think of ……as 把……看作
Most of the masters thought of their slaves as animals that could be bought and sold.
Mary, are you thinking of marry Tom?
Who thought of/ up the plan?
We mustn’t think about your this matter any more.
I’ll think about your suggestion, and give you an answer tomorrow.( if it is possible )
Think over, and you’ll find a way.
10. with the purpose of 懷著……的目的
for the purpose of 為著……的目的
on purpose 有意地
11. following this 在。。。 之后
T: What will happen following the examination?
-----The result will come out.
T: What will happen following the heavy rain ?------ The river will be flooded.
Following the hot weather?----- Crops will die.
Step 2. Exercises
Correct the mistakes: ( Lesson 77)
1. Joan is going to marry with Hubert.
2. Gandhi was married at the age of 13, followed local custom.
3. Followed the doctor’s advice, my father has given up drinking.
4. The villagers still following the customs of their grandfathers.
5. In his return to India he had the chance to travel to South Africa.
6. In reaching the city he called up Mr. Smith .
7. After he returned home, he was honoured for a hero.
8. He had a gift in thinking up ways of making political points.
9. He was thrown off a train for insisting traveling in the whites-only section.
10. For twenty years he played important role in working for equal rights for Indians.
11. South Africa passed further laws were designed to make life difficult for non-whites.
12. Some of the Indians publicly burnt their permits and many of them were put in the prison.
13. Thousands of Indians, joined him when he led a march to the coast, on the purpose of “making a little salt.”
14. Follow this , 60,000 Indians , including Gandhi, were put in prison.
Lesson 78
Step 1. Deal with the language points
1. (translate) Gandhi was much more than a clever lawyer, a fine speaker, a determined fighter for human rights and a political leader.
甘地遠不只是一位聰明的律師，優秀的演說家，堅定的人權戰士和一位政治領導人。
他們倆遠不只是同學，他們還是知心朋友。
Both of them are much more than schoolmates, they are close friends.
They were more than glad to help.
他們是極其樂意幫忙的。
This more than satisfied me.
這使我深感滿意。
2. lie in 在于
T: He didn’t pass the exam, where did the problem lie?
Ss: It lies in his laziness.
(translate)那就是真正的危險所在。
That is where the real danger lies.
3. reach out for
他伸手從書架上取下一本書來。
He reached out for a book from the top of the shelf.
4. (translate ) One should be able to “love the most ordinary being on earth as oneself.”
“……就象愛自己一樣去愛世界上最普通的人。”
being c生物（特指人）
a human being/ human beings
Men , women, and children are human beings.
All birds and animals are living beings.
on earth 在世界上，在人世間
in the world 。。。
他們認為自己是世界上最聰明的人。
They consider themselves the wisest men on earth.
北京將成為世界上最大的城市。
Beijing will become the largest city on earth in area.
5. take up arms
6. as follows 固定詞組 “如下” 以引出下文
他們的建議如下：。。。
Their suggestions are as follows.
hardly
hard
There is hardly any wine in the bottle.
He hardly works at all.
He works hard at his lessons.
Such …as 象。。。這樣的，諸如。。。這類
他曾經希望做一名象甘地那樣的領袖。
He wished to be such a leader as Gandhi.
這樣的照片應該由博物館保存。
Such a picture / photo as this should be kept in museum.
Step 2. Exercises
Fill in the blanks with a correct word ( Lesson 77~78)
1. He was busy ____ his work and did not notice me come ____. with, in
2. We should take ___ arms and fight ___ the Japanese invaders. up , against
3. Alice Green has been married ____ John Smith ___ ten months. to for
4. Diligence leads ___ success and failure often lies ____ laziness. to in
5. He demanded an end ___ the British rule ____ India. to over
6. Please let me go on ___ my work __ peace. with in
7. He reached __ his pocket __ some money. Into for
8. ___ last the enemy had to give ___ and we won the battle. at in
9. ___ her return __ the office, she began to work. On to
10. The notice reads ___ follows. as
Choose the correct answer ( Grammar exercises for object complement ) Lesson 77~78
1. Jane devoted her life ___ the sick.
A. to caring for B. to care for C. to caring D. caring for
2. The mother wanted her son ___ without delay.
A. to operate B. to be operated on C. to operate on D. being operated on
3. The father forbade the child ___ out of doors during his absence.
A. to go B. go C. goes D. will go
4. She was glad to see her child____.
A. taking care of B. taken care C. taken care of D. take care of
5. When she returned home, she found the window open and something____.
A. stolen B. missed C. to be stolen D. to steal
6. Although he tried, Bob still couldn’t make himself ____ .
A. being heard B. hearing C. heard D. hear
7. We can depend on the workers ___ the plan.
A. carried B. to carry C. carry D. carrying
8. The government calls on us ____ our production.
A. increased B. increasing C. increase D. to increase
9. Do you hear someone ___ at the door?
A. knocked B. knocking C. to knock D. knock
10. Did you notice the boy ___ the street just now?
look out for, on a large scale, year after year, pass away, name after, in detail, a bunch of, be suitable to, have…in common, belong to, a branch of, classify…into, base…on…, according to, have an appetite for, appoint…as…, lead a cosy life, be involved in, at one’s own expresses, give birth to
Ⅲ. 重要句型:
1．Attempts had been made by others to classify plant species into groups, but the breakthrough came with the work of Carl Linnaeus.
2．Showing how plants were related was a complex and strange
thing before Linnaeus developed his system.
3．Born into a life of privilege, Joseph Banks was the son of a wealthy family.
4. As astronomy was one of the most important branches of science, it was the British government that paid for all the equipment and expenses for that part of the expedition.
5. Despite his wealth, he worked to make a career in science.
6. On their three-year voyage, Joseph Banks did not only study and describe new plants he found, but also look out for new economic species; plants that could be grown in England or other parts of the world to produce crops that could be sold .
7. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.
二、Teaching periods：Four
Period I Word Study
1. procedure n.
1) 程序;手續;步驟，工序；[U][C]
The chairman was quite familiar with the procedure for conducting a meeting.
主席對開會的程序很熟悉。
The next procedure is as follows. 下一個步驟如下。
He complained to the manager, and by this procedure got the money back.
他向經理投訴，通過這種程序拿回錢。
2) 常規;傳統的做法[C][U]
The first step in the procedure for making a kite is to build the frame.
制作風箏的第一步是做骨架。
2. promote vt.
（1）提升；提職;使（學生）升級（to）
她努力工作,不久被提升為校長了。
_She worked hard and was soon promoted to headmaster.
通過考試的學生將升到高一個年級去。
Pupils who passed the test will be promoted to the next higher grade.
（2）促進；增進；促使
The Prime Minister’s visit will promote the cooperation between the two countries.
首相的訪問將促進兩國間的合作。
（3）推銷；為。。。。作廣告
他的工作是促銷這一新產品。
His job is to promote the new product.
promotion n. 提升；促進；推銷
promoter n. （企業等的）發起人；推銷商
promotional adj. 推銷的；提升的；發起的
3. appetite n.[U][C] 欲望；愛好；食欲；胃口
(1)食欲,胃口[(+for)]
Exercise gave her a good appetite.
運動使她胃口大增。
Have a good / poor appetite 胃口好/不好
to sb’s appetite 合某人的口味；投某人之好
lose one’s appetite 食欲減退
(2). 欲望;愛好[(+for)]
have an appetite for 愛好
此時此刻她無心閑聊。
At the moment she had no appetite for gossip.
4. appoint vt.
（1）任命；委托
They appointed him to be/as chairman.
他們任命他為主席。
（2）約定
Our visitors arrived at the appointed time.
我們的訪客在約定的時間到達了。
（3）確定；指定
We have appointed 8 o’clock as the time to begin.
我們已經確定八點鐘為開始的時間。
n. appointment 約會；約定
make / fix an appointment with sb. 與…約會
by appointment 按照約定的時間/地點
keep / break one’s appointment 守/違約
5. look out for
look out / watch out：語氣最強，常用于某種緊急的情況或可能出現的危險的場合。
take care：語氣不如look out強，常用于出現不測的情況下做出提醒或警告。
be careful：常用語，使用場合較廣。
1）Look out! There is danger ahead!
2) Take care! The pan is hot. Don’t touch it.
3) Be careful! Don’t break it. It’s made of glass.
look out for 當心，小心；找尋
1） Look out for the pickpockets.
當心扒手。
2) He look out for the truth all his life.
他一生都在尋求真理。
look 的相關短語：
look around / round 環顧 look at 看；查看；考慮，著眼于
look back 回顧 look down 向下看；俯視
look down on / upon 輕視，看不起 look for 尋找
look forward to 盼望 look into 向……的里面看；瀏覽；調查；觀察
look over 檢查 look through 透過……看去；看穿；審核；仔細查看
look up 向上看；（在詞典、參考書等中）查尋
look up to 尊敬，仰望
6. on a large scale 大規模地；大范圍地
有些國家正在大規模地準備戰爭.
Some countries are preparing for war on a large scale.
They do only government projects and similar construction work on a large scale.
他們只做政府工程和類似的大規模的建設工作。
7. involve 包括；牽涉；使參與
有很多人參加了罷工。
The strike involved many people.
involve sb. / sth. in (doing ) sth. 使某人/物參與……
你解決你的問題，不要把我拉進去。
Don’t involve me in solving your problems.be involved in = be busy doing / be engaged in 從事， 忙于……
be involved in sth. 卷入
be involved in doing sth. 專心一意作某事
1) 他正忙著準備入學考試。
He is involved in preparing for the entrance exam.
2) 我們被告知此人卷入這一罪行。
We are told that the man is involved in the crime.
3) 他專心一意地訂計劃。
He is involved in working out a plan.
involved adj. 復雜的 involvement n. 卷入，牽連，牽連到的事物
8. abandon vt.
(1)丟棄;拋棄,遺棄
水手們離棄了燃燒中的船。
The sailors abandoned the burning ship.
人們發現那輛損壞的自行車被扔在河邊。
The broken bike was found abandoned by the river side.
(2.) 放棄,中止
He finally abandoned his reformist ideas.
他終于放棄了自己的改良主義思想。
(3.) (與oneself連用)使放縱;使聽任[(+to)]
她陷入絕望之中。
She abandoned herself to despair.
9. pass away
The old man passed away peacefully this morning.
老人今天早上安詳地過世了。
因為上周她父親去世了，所以她心里不好受。
She is upset because her father passed away last week.
pass by 從旁經過 pass down = hand down 傳下來
pass on 傳給（另外的人）
1) If you can’t do the job yourself, pass it on to someone who can.
2) Somebody passing by asked me the way to the Town Hall.
3) The revolutionary tradition is passed down from generation to generation.
10. reward
1）vt.報答；酬勞
（1）reward sb for sth/doing sth 因……報答某人
Is this how you reward me for my help?
你就這樣報答我對你的幫助嗎？
（2）reward sb with /by 用……酬謝某人。
她向他報以微笑。
She rewarded him with a smile.
（2）n. 獎金；報答；報酬；獎勵。
She offered a reward of $ 2000 for information about her missing son.
她懸賞2000美元找尋失蹤兒子的下落。
The reward has never been claimed.
這筆獎金還無人認領。
短語：
in reward 作為報答/獎賞
ask no reward 不圖報酬
give a reward to sb for sth 為某事給某人報酬
as a reward for… 作為對……的酬謝
reward according to sb’s deserts 論功行賞
15. Distinguish
distinguish between A and B 分辨A 和B
distinguish A from B 區分A與B
be distinguished by / for 以……著名的
distinguish…into 把……分類
distinguish oneself 使杰出；使顯出特色
1) People who cannot distinguish between colors are said to be color-blind
不能辨別顏色的人被稱作色盲。
2) He distinguished himself by his bravery.
他以勇敢著稱。
3) 分辨是非 distinguish between right and wrong
4) The young officer distinguished himself many times in battle.
這個年青軍官屢建戰功。
5) 言語使人區別于動物。
Speeches distinguish man from the animals.
用法相似的短語：
tell the difference between A and B 說出A 與B 之間的不同
tell A from B 把A 與B 區分開來
tell A and B apart 把A 與B 分開
differ A from B.使A 不同于B
Period II Reading
Step 1. Lead-in
Step 2. Pre-reading
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science?
His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.
Step 3. Fast reading
How many people are mentioned in the passage? What are they?
Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook
Step 4. Careful reading
1. Before Linnaeus botany was ___ D _____．
A．studied by doctors B．unknown to anyone
C．fully developed D．a branch of medicine
2. Some economic species plants such as __C__ could help to develop local economies．
A．rose and peony B．tea and apple
C．cocoa and hemp D．Cocoa and lemon
3. It was __A__ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research．
A. Joseph Banks B. Captain Cook C. Linnaeus D. Daniel Solander
4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ____C_______ ．
A．the importance of botany
B．how to classify plant species into groups
C．Linnaeus’ contribution to botany
D．Linnaeus’ discoveries about different species
5. Captain Cook made ____C_____ voyages altogether around the world.
A．one B. Two C. Three D. four
Step 5. Post-reading
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus?
Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world?
To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition?
Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”?
When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.
Step 6. Language points
1. Born into a life of privilege, … 生來就享有特權
1) be born into / to / of 出生于
瑪麗出生于一個富裕的家庭。
__Mary was born into a wealthy family. _
2) be born + (to be) adj. / 名詞短語
他天生是個聰明人。
He was born clever. = He was born a clever man.
2. Many young men in his position would lead a cosy life, but young Banks had an appetite for knowledge. 許多像他這樣有地位的年輕人過的是舒適安逸的生活，而年輕的班克斯卻渴求知識。
position
1) 處境；境地
他對他的處境很滿意。
He is satisfied with his position.
Madam Michel found her in an awkward position.
米雪女士發現自己處于一個尷尬的境地。
in one’s position 處于某人的處境
要是我處于他的境地，我不知道該怎么辦。
If I were in his position, I’m not sure what I should do.
2) 姿勢；位置
sit in an comfortable position 以不舒服的姿勢坐著
a vertical position 垂直的姿勢
3) 地位；職位
They were men of the highest position in England.
他們是英國地位最高的人。
3. As astronomy was one of the most important branches of science, it was the British government that paid for all the equipment and expenses for that part of the expedition.
as 的用法：
1) 引導原因狀語從句“因為，既然”
由于所有位置都有人，我們只好站著。
As all the seats were full, we had to stand up.
We all like her as she is kind. 我們都喜歡她，因為她善良。
2) 引導方式狀語從句“按照，如同”
我已按你的建議那樣改了。
I have changed it as you suggested.
像我這樣做。 Do it as I do.
3) 表示時間“當……時候”
隨著時間的流逝 As time goes on, ...
我一邊沿著河走一邊讀書。
I read the letter as I walked along the river.
4) 表示讓步 “雖然，盡管”
Tired as they were, they walked on. 雖然很累，他們還是繼續走著。
短語：
as for 至于；就……而論 as if / though 好像；仿佛
as to 至于，關于 so as to 為了
so…as to 以致于，以便
強調句型：It is / was + 被強調的部分 + that + 其余部分
1) 我愛好通俗音樂。（強調主語）
It is I that / who have an appetite for pop music.
2) 我們經常在閱覽室做作業。（強調地點狀語）
It is in the reading-room that we often finish our homework.
Period Ⅲ Integrating skills
Step I Lead-in
StepⅡ Fast-reading
The text can be divided into four parts, then summarize the main idea of each part:
Part I -- - Para1-3 Darwin and his research.
Part II --- Para 4-5 Mendel and his experiment.
Part III --- Para 6 Turesson and his study
Part IV --- Para7 the importance and significance of the research of the three.
StepⅢ Careful-reading: Choose the best answer
1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that C
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
2. Darwin observed that the birds with _______ would eat B_____
A. small beaks l hard seeds B．broad beaks；hard seeds
C. hard beaks；hard seeds D．broad beaks；soft seeds
3. Darwin joined the scientific expedition on __C___ ．
A. the Endeavour B. Tahiti C．the Beagle D．space
4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that D
A. the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment
B. the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand
C. the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment
D. the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .
5. Darwin studied physics，chemistry and botany because ____B_____
A．he was invited to join scientific expedition
B．he was interested in them
C．he could do a lot Of experiments
D．he wanted to finish his book “On the Origin of Species”
Step Ⅳ Language points
1. It was … that gave him the key to his new theory. 新理論的要領
the key to sth. / doing sth. ……的關鍵；……的答案
這是改善他們生活條件的關鍵。
This is the key to the improvement of their living conditions.
2. … and deserved special attention.
deserve 值得，該受到，可褒可貶
1) I think you’re playing with fire. You deserve it! 你是老鼠戲貓，真是自作自受！
2) How dare you do this to me? You deserve a kick in the ass!
你竟敢這樣對我？找打??？
3) Such a little boy has to work to support his family. It deserves sympathy!
If you do wrong, you deserve punishment.
If you do wrong, you deserve punishing.
If you do wrong, you deserve to be punished.
類似的詞還有：need, want, require
3. … the ideas concerning the influence of environment upon plants…
a declaration concerning the war 關于戰爭的宣言
concern oneself with 關心
be concerned in 從事；與……有牽連
as concerns = concerning 關于
be concerned for / about 關心
4. such as soil conditions, is of equal importance to the output of crop.
對糧食農作物產量具有同樣重要的意義
be of + 抽象名詞 = be + 該詞的形容詞
be of importance = be important
be of value = be valuable
be of + the size / age / weight / kind / height… 這類抽象名詞沒有相應的形容詞
他們同齡但身高不一樣。
They are of the same age but of different height.
本單元重要短語：
1按植物種類分類 classify plant species into groups
2鑒別不同物種 identification of different species
3以…為根據 base on
4結果 as a result
5第一眼 at first sigh
6發展這系統 promote the system
7結成終身好友 develop a lifelong friendship
8一出生就過著有特權的生活 born into a life of privilege
9對知識求知欲若渴 have an appetite for knowledge
10開創事業 make a career
11任命某人做… appoint sb. as…
12根據指示 according to the instructions
13裝備那次遠征 equip the expedition
14在三年的航海中 on the three-year voyage
15當心，小心 look out for
16大規模地 on a large scale
17巨大的成功 a great success
18參與事務 involve in enterprises
19開拓澳大利亞 the settlement of Australia
20發展成為 develop…into…
21積累大量的知識 accumulate a great deal of knowledge
22水量 amount of water
23試做某事 experiment with doing
24年輕時 in one’s youth
25創建新理論的鑰匙 the key to the new theory
26值得特別關注 deserve special attention
27相互有關聯 a relationship with/relate to
28用花與豌豆進行實驗 conduct experiments with flowers and peas
29誕生了遺傳學 give birth to the science of genetics
30發現了證據 find evidence for sth.
31長成灌木 grow to a bush
32改變其外形 change one’s appearance
33 適應新環境 adapt to the new environment
34農作物產量 the output of crops
35同樣重要 be of equal importance
36 重新認識環境對物種的重要性
bring the importance of the environment on spices back in view
Period Ⅳ 單元同步練習
I. Choose the best answer.
1. The language which the Maori speak is ________ the language of Tahiti and Hawaii.
A. compared to B. related to
C. separated from D. developed from
2. They fell in love ________.
A. in first sight B. in sight
C. at first sight D. at the first sight
3. ________ what others say, I think he's a very nice person.
A. Because of B. Instead of C. Except D. Despite
4. You'll catch cold if you don't ________.
A. look after B. look out
C. look up D. look around
5. ---This pair of shoes are too small to ________ me. Could you show me another?
---Of course. Please look at these ones.
A. be fit for B. fit C. suit D. agree with
6. ---_______ did you think of the exhibition?
---Oh, ________great success!
A. What; what a B. How; what a
C. What; how a D. How; how
7. Listen! His family must be quarrelling, ________?
A. mustn't it B. isn't it
C. aren't they D. needn't they
8. ---Don't you believe me?
---_______. I'll believe ________you say.
A. No, whatever B. Yes, no mater what
C. No, no matter what D. Yes, whatever
9. It was not until he got to the office _________ he remembered ________the key home.
A. when, leaving B. when, to leave
C. that, leaving D. that, to leave
10. He never thought that they would choose him _________head of the workshop though he was only in _________ twenties.
A. /, his B. a, his C. the, the D.a, the
11. ---What made Bill so angry?
---________. His girl friend promised to come at 8: 30, but she hasn't come yet.
A. Having kept waiting B. Being kept walling
C. To be keeping wait D. Being kept vailed
12. Don't tell the keys _________ the exercises first when the students do their homework.
A. of B. in C. on D. to
13. Our eyes slowly ________the dark.
A. agreed with B. agreed to
C. adapted to D. took in
14. China has hundreds of islands, ________ the largest is Taiwan.
A. in which B. to which
C. from which D. of which
15. If he had been given _________ days, he would have done better.
A. more three B. three more
C. three another D. three other
II. Close Test
Some plays are so successful that they run for years on end. In many ways, this is 1 for the poor actors who are required to go on repeating the same 2 night after night. One would 3 them to know their parts by heart and 4 have cause to falter（結巴）.Yet 5 is not always the case.
A famous actor in a 6 successful play was once cast in the role of an aristocrat （貴族） 7 had been imprisoned in Bastille for twenty years. In the last act，a gaoler（監獄長，看守）would always come on to the stage with a letter which he would hand to the prisoner. 8 the noble was expected to read the letter at each 9 ,he always insisted that it should be written out in full.
One night, the gaoler decided to play a joke 10 his colleague to find out if, after so many performances, he had managed to learn the 11 of the letter by heart. The curtain went up on the final act of the play and revealed （使顯露）the aristocrat sitting alone behind bars in his dark cell. Just then，the gaoler 12 with the precious letter in his hands. He entered the 13 and presented the letter to the aristocrat. But the copy he gave him had not been written out in 14 as usual. It was simply a blank sheet of paper. The gaoler looked on eagerly, 15 to see if his fellow actor had at last learnt his lines. The noble stared at the blank sheet of paper for a few seconds. Then，squinting（瞇著眼看）his eyes，he said, “The light is 16 .Read the letter to me.” And he quickly handed the sheet of paper to the gaoler. 17 that he could not remember a word of the letter either, the gaoler replied，“The light is indeed dim，sir. I must get my 18 ”With this, he hurried off the stage. Much to the aristocrat’s 19 ，the gaoler returned a few moments later with a pair of glasses and the 20 copy of the letter which he proceeded（繼續進行）to read to the prisoner.
1．A. fortunate B. unfortunate C. happy D. unhappy
2．A. lines B. words C. plays D. roles
3．A. want B. ask C. expect D. wish
4．A. always B. never C. sometimes D. often
5．A. such B. the thing C. one D. this
6．A. highly B. high C. poorly D. poor
7．A. where B. what C. which D. who
8．A. Because B. Even though C. When D. Though
9．A. play B. performance C. role D. case
10．A. with B. in C. on D. to
11．A. pages B. joke C. lines D. contents
12．A. appeared B. disappeared C. came out D. came in
13．A. room B. cell C. stage D. office
14．A. English B. French C. order D. full
15．A. glad B. surprised C. anxious D. afraid
16．A. bright B. dim C. dark D. out
17．A. To see B. To find C. Seeing D. Finding
18．A. glasses B. lines C. light D. letters
19．A. surprise B. satisfaction C. anger D. amusement
20．A. usual B. old C. unusual D. new
III. Reading Comprehension
A
An explosion on Thursday killed one and injured 21 in a busy street in Tongren, Southwest China’s Guizhou Province.
The bomb was hidden in a rubbish bin in the city’s commercial hub（商業中心），where lots of shops and restaurants are concentrated. The ear-splitting blast was heard around 12∶50 p.m.，said a local newspaper, citing witnesses. The power of the blast shattered（使粉碎）nearby shop windows and ripped the stainless（不生銹的）steel rubbish can to pieces.
One passer-by，identified（確認）only as Zhang，said she was shocked by the noise and saw a lot of pedestrians lying on the ground when she got to the scene. Thirteen of the injured were taken to a local hospital after the explosion. A doctor there said five were in serious condition but already out of danger after emergency treatment. The others were just slightly hurt.
The cause of the explosion is still under investigation, said an officer with the Tongren police, but refused to speculate as to the cause.
1．It can be inferred from the passage that ________.
A. All the injured were taken to a hospital
B. 8 of the injured were not taken to a hospital
C. The rubbish bin with a bomb was in a restaurant
D. The rubbish bin with a bomb was in a shop
2．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A. One passer-by, identified only as Zhang, saw the man throwing a bomb into a bin.
B. Some customers in restaurants were injured.
C. The writer didn’t get to the scene.
D. All customers in shops got hurt.
3．In the last paragraph the underlined word“ speculate” probably means ________.
A. tell B. guess C. discuss D. talk
4．What of the following can be the best title for the passage?
A. Bomb Hidden in a Rubbish Bin B. The Cause of the Explosion
C. A Terrible Thing D. Market Blast Kills 1, Injures 21
B
How many coins have you got in your pocket right now? Three? Two？ A bent one？
With a phone card you can make up to 200 calls without any change at all.
（1） What do you do with it?
Go to a telephone box marked （you guessed it） “phone card”. Put in your card, make your call and when you’ve finished, a screen tells you how much is left on your card.
（2） Now appear in a shop near you.
Near each Card phone place you’ll find a shop where you can buy one. They’re at bus, train and city tube stations（地鐵）.
Many universities, hospitals and clubs. Restaurants and gas stations on the highway and shopping centers. At airports and seaports.
（3） No more broken payphones.
Most broken payphones are like that because they’ve been vandalized（故意破壞）. There are no coins in Card phone to excite thieves’ interest in it. So you’re not probably to find a vandalized one.
Get a phone card yourself and try it out, or get a bigger wallet.
5．The passage is most probably ________.
A. a warning B. a note
C. an advertisement（廣告） D. an announcement
6．There are three sections in the passage. Which section do you think is about why phone cards are good?
A. Section 1． B. Section 2． C. Section 3． D. None.
7．Choose the right order or the steps under “How do you use a phone card”.
a. Put in your phone card.
b. Look at the screen to find out how many calls you can still make.
c. Go to a telephone box marked “Phone card”. d. Make your call.
A. a, b, c, d B. c, a, d, b C. a, d, c, b D. c, d, a, b
C
“Soon, you’re going to have to move out!” cried my neighbor upon seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind or at least known in my neighborhood.
One tiny 9-inch plant, bought for $1.25 in the spring, has already taken over much of my rose bed, covering much of other plants, and is well on its way to the front door.
Roses require a good deal of care, and if it weren’t for the pleasure they give, it wouldn’t be worth the work. As it is, I have a garden full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year. bushes must be pruned (剪枝) in early spring, leaving ugly woody branches until the new growth appears a few weeks later. It was the space available (可用的) in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant. A big mistake.
Soil conditions made just perfect for roses turn out be even more perfect for tomatoes. Thedaily watering coupled with full sun and regular fertilizing (施肥) have turned the little plant into a tall bush. The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long since disappeared under the thick leaves.
Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I have to find the red ones among the leaves, which means I almost have to stand on my head, and once found I have to reach down and under, pick the tomatoes and withdraw (縮回) my full fist without dropping the prize so dearly won. I found two full-blown white roses completely hidden as I picked tomatoes in June. But they were weak and the leaves already yellow for lack of light.
Here I am faced with a painful small decision: To tear up a wonderful and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to several expensive and treasured roses. Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind, I’ll think about that tomorrow.
8．What are the requirements for the healthy growth of rose?
A．A lot of care and the right soil. B．Frequent pruning and fertilizing.
C．Tomato plants grown alongside. D．Cages placed around the roots.
9．The writer planted the tomato because _________.
A．it cost only $1.25
B．the soil was just right for it
C．there was room for it in the garden
D．the roses’ branches needed to be covered
10．This year the writer’s roses were __________.
A．removed from the rose bed
B．picked along with the tomatoes
C．mostly damaged by too much sunlight
D．largely hidden under the tomato plant
11．By saying “the prize so dearly won” in paragraph 5, the writer wants to ________.
A．show the difficulty in picking the tomatoes
B．show the hardship of growing the roses
C．express her liking for the roses
D．express her care for the tomatoes
12．In the situation described in the text, one good thing is that ________.
A．the roses cost the writer little money
B．the writer has a daily harvest of tomatoes
C．someone will help the writer make the decision
D．the writer can now enjoy both the roses and tomatoes
D
Want a glance of the future of health care? Take a look at the way the various networks of people about patient care are being connected to one another, and how this new connectivity is being exploited to deliver medicine to the patient - no matter where he or she may be.
Online doctors offering advice based on normal symptoms（癥狀）are the most obvious example. Increasingly, however, remote diagnosis（遠程診斷）will be based on real physiological data（生理數據）from the actual patient. A group from the University of Kentucky has shown that by using personal data assistance plus a mobile phone, it is perfectly practical to send a patient’s important signs over the telephone. With this kind of equipment, the cry asking whether there was a doctor in the house could well be a thing of the past.
Other medical technology groups are working on applying telemedicine to rural （countryside） care. And at least one team wants to use telemedicine as a tool for disaster need - especially after earthquakes. On the whole, the trend is towards providing global access to medical data and experts’ opinions.
But there is one problem. Bandwidth（寬帶） is the limiting factor for sending complex （復雜 ）medical pictures around the world, -CU photos being one of the biggest bandwidth users. Communication satellites say be able to deal with the short - term needs during disasters such as earthquakes or wars. But medicine is looking towards both the second - generation Internet and third generation mobile phones for the future of remote medical service.
Doctors have met to discuss computer-based tools for medical diagnosis, training and telemedicine. With the falling price of broadband communications, the new technologies should start a new time when telemedicine and the sharing of medical information, experts’ opinions and diagnosis are common.
13．The writer chiefly talks about ________ .
A. the use of telemedicine B. the on-lined doctors
C. medical care and treatment D. communication improvement
14．Which of the following statements is true according to the text?
A. Patients don’t need doctors in hospitals any more.
B. It is impossible to send a patient’s signs over the telephone.
C. Many teams use telemedicine dealing with disasters now.
D. Broadband communications will become cheaper in the future.
15．The “problem” in the fourth paragraph refers to the fact that ________ .
A. bandwidth isn’t big enough to send complex medical pictures
B. the second - generation of Internet has not become popular yet
C. communication satellites can only deal with short - term needs
D. there is not enough equipment for spreading the medical care
E
As any homemaker who has tried to keep order at the dinner table knows, there is far more to a family meal than food. Sociologist Michael Lewis has been studying 50 families to find out just how much more.
Lewis and his co-workers carried out their study by videotaping (錄像) the families while they ate ordinary meals in their own homes. They found that parents with small families talk actively with each other and their children. But as the number of children gets larger, conversation gives way to the parents’ efforts to control the loud noise they make. That can have an important effect on the children. “In general the more question-asking the parents do, the higher the children’s IQ scores.” Lewis says. “And the more children there are, the less question-asking there is.”
The study also provides an explanation for why middle children often seem to have a harder time in life than their siblings (兄弟姐妹). Lewis found that in families with three or four children, dinner conversation is likely to center on the oldest child, who has the most to talk about, and the youngest, who needs the most attention. “Middle children are invisible.” Says Lewis, “When you see someone get up from the table and walk around during dinner, chances are it’s the middle child.” There is, however, one thing that stops all conversation and prevents anyone from having attention: “When the TV is on.” Lewis says, “dinner is a non-event.”
16．The writer’s purpose in writing the text is to ________.
A．show the relationship between parents and children
B．teach parents ways to keep order at the dinner table
C．report on the findings of a study
D．give information about family problems
17．Parents with large families ask fewer questions at dinner because ______.
A．they are busy serving food to their children
B．they ate busy keeping order at the dinner table
C．they have to pay more attention to younger children
D．they are tired out having prepared food for the whole family
18．By saying “Middle children are invisible” in paragraph 3, Lewis means that middle children __________
A．have to help their parents to serve dinner
B．get the least attention from the family
C．are often kept away from the dinner table
D．find it hard to keep up with other children
19．Lewis’ research provides an answer to the question ________.
A．why TV is important in family life
B．why parents should keep good order
C．why children in small families seem to be quieter
D．why middle children seem to have more difficulties in life
20．Which of the following statements would the writer agree to?
A．It is important to have the right food for children.
B．It is a good idea to have the TV on during dinner.
C．Parents should talk to each of their children frequently.
D．Elder children should help the younger ones at dinner.
Ⅳ單詞拼寫
1．The boy was p_________ to the fourth grade.
2．He was a __________ mayor of the city.
3．He a_________ his wife and child.
4．Banks was the first to move crops from one continent to another on a large s ______.
5． Education should not be considered to be a p_________ in a modern society.
6． She is only twelve years old, she doesn’t have the ______________（身份證） card.
7． They followed the usual ___________ （程序）
8． He is good at managing his__________（企業）.
9． The principal’s ___________（露面）at the party didn’t seem to be very welcome.
10. We hope for a lasting ____________ （解決）of all these troubles.
rush sb. off his feet, change, action, repair, work on, fix up
2. important sentences:
A. It is better to ask for help at the beginning rather than to wait until a busy period when everyone is rushed off their feet.
B. What is more, this “information line” operates 24 hours a day.
C. It did not take the firefighters long to pot out the fire, and they at once started to look for causes of the fire.
D. They had to work inside the ship, cutting away old metal, fixing new metal plate, drilling holes, laying electrical and phone wires and fixing new pipes for water and steam.
3. Grammar: review –ing form, to do form and predicative
4. Useful expressions:
A. May I speak to …?
B. Hello. Who’s that speaking?
C. I called to tell you…..
D. Hold on, please.
E. Wait a moment.
F. Can I take ( leave ) a message?
Aims and demands:
Importance and difficulty: Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and some slides
Teaching procedure:
I can store and recall as much information as possible, and I can work at a very high speed. In modern times, you can’t work without me. What am I? ( computer )
T: Where can you find computer?
S: They are mostly found in offices……
T: What else may you expect find in a large modern office?
( write these words on the blackboard and read after the teacher)
choose the right title for each section
T: What is the fax machine? How does it work?
S: When you place a sheet of paper in a fax machine, the machine “reads” the writing on the page and changes the shapes of letters into electronic signals. It then sends these signals down an ordinary telephone line to another fax machine, which changes the signals back into the shapes of letters.
T: What are the advantages of sending a fax?
Ss: Speed. You can send texts, pictures, diagrams, designs maps and so on .
T: What are the disadvantages of sending a fax?
Ss: It is expensive and not private. ( it can be read by anyone)
T: What is the photocopier? How does it work?
Ss: It can copy a long report and sort the copies and pin them together.
T: What can modern photocopying machines do?
Ss: Modern machines can make the copy bigger or smaller , lighter or darker and copy onto both sides of the paper.
T: What is the word processor? How many parts is the word processor made up of?
Ss: It is made up of three parts . ( a typewriter keyboard, a printer and a computer )
T: What are the advantages of a word processor?
Ss: You can make changes easily and can print a report very quickly.
T: What is the answering machine?
Ss: It is a telephone with a tape recorder.
T: What are the advantage of an answering machine?
Ss: It can receive messages when no one is in the office and can give information.
Step 4. Listening for general understanding
Listen to the tape and write down the headings above the right sections of the text.
Comprehension exercise for Unit 18 Lesson 69 (3B)
Read fast to get a general idea of the passage and fill in the following blanks with one of the four choices below.
1. ____ is a type of machine used to make copies from newspapers, books or reports.
2. ____ is used to send messages including words , pictures, designs and maps.
3. ____ is a kind of machine used to type materials, save them for future use and make changes if necessary.
4. ____ is used to record telephone messages when the receiver is absent.
II. Further comprehension CCADC DBBD
1. Which is WRRONG about learning to use office equipment?
A. It can make the work in offices go smoothly .
B. It is necessary for beginners in offices.
C. It should be learnt during a busy period.
D. It may help you to get a promotion (普升機會).
2. Which is correct about sending a fax?
A. It can be done only during working hours.
B. Sometimes it might take a week or so.
C. It isn’t a good choice to send top-secret information by fax machine.
D. Reports in English cannot be faxed.
3. A word processor ____.
A. can type a long report and make changes
B. can produce colour copies when necessary
C. can send information both at home and abroad
D. includes a keyboard, a photocopier and a computer
4. ____ can be used to answer a phone call automatically (自動地) when you are out.
A. The photocopier B. The fax machine
C. The word processor D. The answering machine
5. What is one disadvantage of sending a fax?
A. We can send a fax only in the office hours.
B. Message sent by a fax are hard to read.
C. We cannot send secret information through a fax machine.
D. Foreigners cannot understand Chinese letters sent by a fax.
6. What can’t a word processor do?
A. Typing a letter.
B. Printing documents.
C. Coping a on report.
D. Sending picture.
7. What does “be rushed off one’s feet” mean in paragraph 1?
A. be on business B. be busy and tired
C. be tired out D. run out of the office
8. The writer says “The fax has greatly changed office work, especially in China.” Because ____.
A. it can send information quickly
B. it is much easier to change Chinese characters into electronic signals
C. it can do a lot of work for the Chinese people such as making copies, posting letters
D. it makes office work easy to do
9.“The fax has greatly changed office work,especially in China.” The underlined word means ____.
Aims and demands:
Aims and demands:
Importance and difficulty: Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and some slides
Teaching procedure:
T: What may cause a fire?
---- smoking, playing with fire ……
T: What is often used to put out the fire?
---- Water, CO……
T: What kind of gas do we breathe?
( Name some of the gases in the air we breathe. )
---- Oxygen, hydrogen……
People may be in danger if there is not enough oxygen. But too much oxygen may cause danger to people , too.
Step 2. Reading for general understanding
Read the text and find out :
1. Where did the fire happen?
----- In a ship which was in a port in Scotland for repairs.
2. What started the fire?
----- A worker fixed the air-line to a supply of oxygen instead of compressed air.
See which pair of Ss can find out the correct answer before the others.
---- The man actually connected the air-line to the oxygen supply line.
1. put these events in the correct order
9-12-6-13-1-4-11-8-3-10-14-7-5-2
Comprehension for Unit 18 Lesson 70 (3B) BDBCD ACAB
1. An extra team of men were sent to repair the ship because ___.
B. this ship needed to be repaired quickly
D. there was a lot of work to do
2. The man took a long time to connect the rubber pipe to the air supply pipe because ___.
A. he smoked a cigarette during the working hours
B. he had to drill holes and lay electrical wires first
C. he found something strange in the air and stopped to have a check
3. There was a strange smell when one man lit a cigarette because ___.
A. the cigarette had the smell itself
B. the smell was caused by the oxygen
C. there was something wrong with the man’s nose
D. the ship was beginning to burn
4. Which of the following is true?
A. The fire caused great damage to the ship.
B. There was an explosion happened inside the ship.
C. No damage was done to the deck at the end of the ship.
D. The fuel on ship caused the fire.
5. What measures were taken to prevent a fire accident?
A. Talks on safety were given to new workers.
B. Smoking was not allowed in the workplace.
C. All the supply lines and taps were marked with signs and warnings.
D. Both A and C.
6. In the ship the “air-line” provides ____.
A. compressed air B. water and steam
7. When the fire broke out, ____.
A. some men sounded the fire alarm
B. all the men jumped into the sea
C. most of the men managed to escape
8. The men’s cigarettes burned strangely and tasted bad because ____ .
A. there was too much oxygen inside
B. something was wrong with the cigarettes
D. lots of compressed air was inside
9. What was the real cause of the fire?
A. The third person struck a match for a cigarette.
B. The air-line was fixed to a supply line of oxygen instead of compressed air.
C. Too many workers smoked in the ship.
D. The fittings the workers had used to repair the ship didn’t match.
Rearrange the following events ( Lesson 70 )
a. It took him some time to connect the long rubber pipe to the air supply pipe that ran round the port, but at last it was done and as a result work was able to progress much faster.
b. Half an hour later, another man struck a match for a cigarette and this time the whole of the inside of the ship caught fire.
c. They had to work inside the ship.
d. A navy ship was in a port in Scotland for repairs.
e. It was important to carry out the work quickly, so an extra team of men were asked to work on the repairs one evening.
f. Another man lit a cigarette but it burnt strangely and so he too put it out.
g. One man was told to fix up an “air-line” to provide compressed air for the machines they were using.
h. After three hours, the men stopped for a meal break. When work continued, one man lit a cigarette as he was working, but, finding it had a strange taste, he put it out.
Translate the following sentences (Lesson 69~70)
1． 一旦他作出決定就不會改變。
Once she made the decision, she wouldn’t change her mind.
2． 我到過那兒一次。
I have been there once.
3． 這是她父親曾經工作過的地方。
This is the place where her father once worked.
4． 該去的是約翰而不是杰克。
John should go rather than Jack.
5． 這些鞋子穿起來很舒服，但并不漂亮。
These shoes are comfortable rather than pretty.
I love swimming rather than skating.
I decided to write rather than ( to ) telephone.
We ought to check up, rather than just accept what he says / accepting what he says.
6． 與其讓這些蔬菜爛掉，他寧愿以一半的價格把他們賣掉。
Rather than allow the vegetables to go bad, he sold them at half price.
Would / had rather do sth than do…
Would / had rather sb. did…
I would rather you knew that now than afterwards.
7． 他們播種忙得個不可開交。( rush sb. off one’s feet )
They are rushed off their feet with the sowing.
8． 沒有必要對這個計劃作出修改。
It is not necessary to make any changes in the plan.
9． 我覺得是我該采取行動的時候了。
I felt it ( was ) time for me to take ( an ) action.
10． 我沒有去看望王先生，因為那天下大雨. 再說，我身邊也沒有他的地址。
I didn’t go to see Mr. Smith , because it was raining hard. What’s more, I didn’t have his address.
11． 中國有許多人正在從事一項“希望工程”，幫助窮苦孩子們上學。
Many people in China are working on a “Project Hope” , helping poor children to go to school.
12． 他在致力于發明一種辦公用的新式機器。
He is working on inventing a new type of machine for office work.
13． 他不得不工作到六十多歲。
He has to work on until he was sixty.
14． 政府給無家可歸的人提供食宿。
The government provided food and shelter for those who were homeless / the homeless.
The government supplied (provide ) the homeless with food and shelter.
15． 他們在忙著安裝電燈。
They are busy fixing up the lights.
Translate:
A. He fixed up the broken chair. 修理
B. I can easily fix you up for the night. 給…... 安排住處
C. We have fixed up a date for the picnic. 確定
D. I’ve fixed up a visit to the theater for next Friday. 安排
E. Do I have to fix up to go to the party. 打扮
16． 花了我一整天的時間修理這臺彩電。
It took me a whole day to fix up the colour TV set.
17． 你應該爭取盡快趕到那兒。
You should try to get there as soon as you can.
You should try to get there as soon as possible.
18． 許多人逃出大火著火了。
Many people escaped from the big fire, with their clothes on fire.
19． 老師走進教室，手里拿著一本書。
The teacher came into the classroom, with a book in his hand.
20． 她似乎（已經）聽到了這件事。
She appeared / seemed to have heard about it already.
It seemed / appeared that she had already heard about it.
21． 房子燒了，準是有什么原因。
The house was burned down. There must have been some cause.
22． 這嬰孩昨夜哭個不停，他準是得了病。
The baby kept crying last night . He must have been ill.
There is a tall tree in front of our teaching building.
There are some students playing football on the playground.
2. think/find it + adj for sb to do sth
(1).I find it necessary to take down notes while listening.
(2).I feel it important to have some working experience.
(3).I found it impossible for me to work out all the problems in such a short time.
(1).I didn’t know the truth until she told me what happened.
(2).Yesterday I didn’t go to sleep until midnight.
(1).Everyone is busy in classroom. Some are reading, others are writing.
(2).There are many foreign students in our class. Some of them are from Europe, others come from America.
(1).In just three years, she had not only finished all the lessons, but also received her doctor’s degree.
(2).Forests can not only fresh the air but also reduce noises.
(1).He is such a good student that everyone likes him.
(2).We were so deeply moved that we could not fall asleep that night.
7.too…to…
(1).They were too angry to say a word that day.
(2).He is too young to go to school.
(1).He worked very hard in order to realize his dream.
(2).In order to get there on time,we set off early in the morning.
9.be about to do sth when…/be doing sth when…
(1).I was about to go out when the telephone rang.
(2).I was walking in the street when I heard a lady cry “Help,help”.
(1).He used to live in Shanghai.
(2).There used to be a tree in front of my house.
11.see/hear/watch/find sb do sth/doing sth
(1).I heard someone laughing.
(2).I saw him put the key in the lock,turn it and open the door.
12. have some difficulty in doing sth/with sth
Do you have any difficulty in understanding spoken English?
He was busy getting ready for his journey.
練習一：根據上下文關系用連接詞把下列各句連接起來，組成一個單句、并列句或復合句。
1.a) Go to see the doctor at once.
b) Your cold may get worse.
Go to see the doctor at once, or your cold may get worse.
2. a) Alice was the first to complete her paper.
b) Alice made quite a few mistakes in her paper.
Alice was the first to complete her paper, but she made quite a few mistakes in it.
3. a) We were about to start off last night.
b) The phone in the living room began to ring.
We were about to start off last night when the phone in the living room began to ring.
4. a) Unfortunately, John’s car broke down on the way home.
b) John had to stop a car for a lift.
Unfortunately, John’s car broke down on the way home, so he had to stop a car for a lift.
5). a) He has made great progress in his studies.
b) All the teachers praise him.
He has made such great progress in his studies that all the teachers praise him.
6. a) Some people waste food.
b) Other people haven’t enough food.
Some people waste food, while others haven’t enough food.
7. a) It’s too late to go to the cinema now.
b) I have an important meeting to attend after lunch.
It’s too late to go the cinema now. Besides, I have an important meeting to attend after lunch.
8. a) Your aunt has no other thought but what is best for you.
b) I have no other thought, either.
Neither your aunt nor I have any other thought but what is best for you.
練習二：1、用but,then,instead,the next moment,when填空：
The accident happened at 7:15 on the morning of February 8, . I was walking along Park Road towards the east when an elderly man came out of the park on the opposite side of the street. Then I saw a yellow car drive up Third Street and make a sudden right turn into Park Road. The next moment the car hit the old man. He fell down with a cry. But the car didn’t stop to save the old man. Instead，it drove off at great speed.
2、用at last,then,so,up to now,that,when填空：
Never shall I forget the first English lesson given by Miss Liu. On that day, when she entered the classroom, we found that she was a young and beautiful lady with a big smile on her face. Then she introduced herself saying that we should call her Miss Liu instead of Teacher Liu, a moment later, she let all of us go to the blackboard and say something about ourselves in English in turn. When it was my turn, I felt so shy and fearful that I didn’t dare to say a word before the class. She came up to me and said kindly, “Don’t be afraid. I believe you can do it. Come and have a try.” My face turned red when I heard that. At last, I went to the blackboard and was able to do it quite well. She praised for what I had done. Up to now, I can still remember her words in the first English lesson: “Practice makes perfect. Don’t lose your courage when you meet with difficulties. Try on and on until you succeed.”
11．By saying “the prize so dearly won” in paragraph 5, the writer wants to ________.
A．show the difficulty in picking the tomatoes
B．show the hardship of growing the roses
C．express her liking for the roses
D．express her care for the tomatoes
12．In the situation described in the text, one good thing is that ________.
A．the roses cost the writer little money
B．the writer has a daily harvest of tomatoes
C．someone will help the writer make the decision
D．the writer can now enjoy both the roses and tomatoes
D
Want a glance of the future of health care? Take a look at the way the various networks of people about patient care are being connected to one another, and how this new connectivity is being exploited to deliver medicine to the patient - no matter where he or she may be.
Online doctors offering advice based on normal symptoms（癥狀）are the most obvious example. Increasingly, however, remote diagnosis（遠程診斷）will be based on real physiological data（生理數據）from the actual patient. A group from the University of Kentucky has shown that by using personal data assistance plus a mobile phone, it is perfectly practical to send a patient’s important signs over the telephone. With this kind of equipment, the cry asking whether there was a doctor in the house could well be a thing of the past.
Other medical technology groups are working on applying telemedicine to rural （countryside） care. And at least one team wants to use telemedicine as a tool for disaster need - especially after earthquakes. On the whole, the trend is towards providing global access to medical data and experts’ opinions.
But there is one problem. Bandwidth（寬帶） is the limiting factor for sending complex （復雜 ）medical pictures around the world, -CU photos being one of the biggest bandwidth users. Communication satellites say be able to deal with the short - term needs during disasters such as earthquakes or wars. But medicine is looking towards both the second - generation Internet and third generation mobile phones for the future of remote medical service.
Doctors have met to discuss computer-based tools for medical diagnosis, training and telemedicine. With the falling price of broadband communications, the new technologies should start a new time when telemedicine and the sharing of medical information, experts’ opinions and diagnosis are common.
13．The writer chiefly talks about ________ .
A. the use of telemedicine B. the on-lined doctors
C. medical care and treatment D. communication improvement
14．Which of the following statements is true according to the text?
A. Patients don’t need doctors in hospitals any more.
B. It is impossible to send a patient’s signs over the telephone.
C. Many teams use telemedicine dealing with disasters now.
D. Broadband communications will become cheaper in the future.
15．The “problem” in the fourth paragraph refers to the fact that ________ .
A. bandwidth isn’t big enough to send complex medical pictures
B. the second - generation of Internet has not become popular yet
C. communication satellites can only deal with short - term needs
D. there is not enough equipment for spreading the medical care
E
As any homemaker who has tried to keep order at the dinner table knows, there is far more to a family meal than food. Sociologist Michael Lewis has been studying 50 families to find out just how much more.
Lewis and his co-workers carried out their study by videotaping (錄像) the families while they ate ordinary meals in their own homes. They found that parents with small families talk actively with each other and their children. But as the number of children gets larger, conversation gives way to the parents’ efforts to control the loud noise they make. That can have an important effect on the children. “In general the more question-asking the parents do, the higher the children’s IQ scores.” Lewis says. “And the more children there are, the less question-asking there is.”
The study also provides an explanation for why middle children often seem to have a harder time in life than their siblings (兄弟姐妹). Lewis found that in families with three or four children, dinner conversation is likely to center on the oldest child, who has the most to talk about, and the youngest, who needs the most attention. “Middle children are invisible.” Says Lewis, “When you see someone get up from the table and walk around during dinner, chances are it’s the middle child.” There is, however, one thing that stops all conversation and prevents anyone from having attention: “When the TV is on.” Lewis says, “dinner is a non-event.”
16．The writer’s purpose in writing the text is to ________.
A．show the relationship between parents and children
B．teach parents ways to keep order at the dinner table
C．report on the findings of a study
D．give information about family problems
17．Parents with large families ask fewer questions at dinner because ______.
A．they are busy serving food to their children
B．they ate busy keeping order at the dinner table
C．they have to pay more attention to younger children
D．they are tired out having prepared food for the whole family
18．By saying “Middle children are invisible” in paragraph 3, Lewis means that middle children __________
A．have to help their parents to serve dinner
B．get the least attention from the family
C．are often kept away from the dinner table
D．find it hard to keep up with other children
19．Lewis’ research provides an answer to the question ________.
A．why TV is important in family life
B．why parents should keep good order
C．why children in small families seem to be quieter
D．why middle children seem to have more difficulties in life
20．Which of the following statements would the writer agree to?
A．It is important to have the right food for children.
B．It is a good idea to have the TV on during dinner.
C．Parents should talk to each of their children frequently.
D．Elder children should help the younger ones at dinner.
Ⅳ單詞拼寫
1．The boy was p_________ to the fourth grade.
2．He was a __________ mayor of the city.
3．He a_________ his wife and child.
4．Banks was the first to move crops from one continent to another on a large s ______.
5． Education should not be considered to be a p_________ in a modern society.
6． She is only twelve years old, she doesn’t have the ______________（身份證） card.
7． They followed the usual ___________ （程序）
8． He is good at managing his__________（企業）.
9． The principal’s ___________（露面）at the party didn’t seem to be very welcome.
10. We hope for a lasting ____________ （解決）of all these troubles.
rush sb. off his feet, change, action, repair, work on, fix up
2. important sentences:
A. It is better to ask for help at the beginning rather than to wait until a busy period when everyone is rushed off their feet.
B. What is more, this “information line” operates 24 hours a day.
C. It did not take the firefighters long to pot out the fire, and they at once started to look for causes of the fire.
D. They had to work inside the ship, cutting away old metal, fixing new metal plate, drilling holes, laying electrical and phone wires and fixing new pipes for water and steam.
3. Grammar: review –ing form, to do form and predicative
4. Useful expressions:
A. May I speak to …?
B. Hello. Who’s that speaking?
C. I called to tell you…..
D. Hold on, please.
E. Wait a moment.
F. Can I take ( leave ) a message?
Aims and demands:
Importance and difficulty: Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and some slides
Teaching procedure:
I can store and recall as much information as possible, and I can work at a very high speed. In modern times, you can’t work without me. What am I? ( computer )
T: Where can you find computer?
S: They are mostly found in offices……
T: What else may you expect find in a large modern office?
( write these words on the blackboard and read after the teacher)
choose the right title for each section
T: What is the fax machine? How does it work?
S: When you place a sheet of paper in a fax machine, the machine “reads” the writing on the page and changes the shapes of letters into electronic signals. It then sends these signals down an ordinary telephone line to another fax machine, which changes the signals back into the shapes of letters.
T: What are the advantages of sending a fax?
Ss: Speed. You can send texts, pictures, diagrams, designs maps and so on .
T: What are the disadvantages of sending a fax?
Ss: It is expensive and not private. ( it can be read by anyone)
T: What is the photocopier? How does it work?
Ss: It can copy a long report and sort the copies and pin them together.
T: What can modern photocopying machines do?
Ss: Modern machines can make the copy bigger or smaller , lighter or darker and copy onto both sides of the paper.
T: What is the word processor? How many parts is the word processor made up of?
Ss: It is made up of three parts . ( a typewriter keyboard, a printer and a computer )
T: What are the advantages of a word processor?
Ss: You can make changes easily and can print a report very quickly.
T: What is the answering machine?
Ss: It is a telephone with a tape recorder.
T: What are the advantage of an answering machine?
Ss: It can receive messages when no one is in the office and can give information.
Step 4. Listening for general understanding
Listen to the tape and write down the headings above the right sections of the text.
Comprehension exercise for Unit 18 Lesson 69 (3B)
Read fast to get a general idea of the passage and fill in the following blanks with one of the four choices below.
1. ____ is a type of machine used to make copies from newspapers, books or reports.
2. ____ is used to send messages including words , pictures, designs and maps.
3. ____ is a kind of machine used to type materials, save them for future use and make changes if necessary.
4. ____ is used to record telephone messages when the receiver is absent.
II. Further comprehension CCADC DBBD
1. Which is WRRONG about learning to use office equipment?
A. It can make the work in offices go smoothly .
B. It is necessary for beginners in offices.
C. It should be learnt during a busy period.
D. It may help you to get a promotion (普升機會).
2. Which is correct about sending a fax?
A. It can be done only during working hours.
B. Sometimes it might take a week or so.
C. It isn’t a good choice to send top-secret information by fax machine.
D. Reports in English cannot be faxed.
3. A word processor ____.
A. can type a long report and make changes
B. can produce colour copies when necessary
C. can send information both at home and abroad
D. includes a keyboard, a photocopier and a computer
4. ____ can be used to answer a phone call automatically (自動地) when you are out.
A. The photocopier B. The fax machine
C. The word processor D. The answering machine
5. What is one disadvantage of sending a fax?
A. We can send a fax only in the office hours.
B. Message sent by a fax are hard to read.
C. We cannot send secret information through a fax machine.
D. Foreigners cannot understand Chinese letters sent by a fax.
6. What can’t a word processor do?
A. Typing a letter.
B. Printing documents.
C. Coping a on report.
D. Sending picture.
7. What does “be rushed off one’s feet” mean in paragraph 1?
A. be on business B. be busy and tired
C. be tired out D. run out of the office
8. The writer says “The fax has greatly changed office work, especially in China.” Because ____.
A. it can send information quickly
B. it is much easier to change Chinese characters into electronic signals
C. it can do a lot of work for the Chinese people such as making copies, posting letters
D. it makes office work easy to do
9.“The fax has greatly changed office work,especially in China.” The underlined word means ____.
Aims and demands:
Aims and demands:
Importance and difficulty: Have a deeper understanding of the text.
Teaching aid: tape recorder and some slides
Teaching procedure:
T: What may cause a fire?
---- smoking, playing with fire ……
T: What is often used to put out the fire?
---- Water, CO……
T: What kind of gas do we breathe?
( Name some of the gases in the air we breathe. )
---- Oxygen, hydrogen……
People may be in danger if there is not enough oxygen. But too much oxygen may cause danger to people , too.
Step 2. Reading for general understanding
Read the text and find out :
1. Where did the fire happen?
----- In a ship which was in a port in Scotland for repairs.
2. What started the fire?
----- A worker fixed the air-line to a supply of oxygen instead of compressed air.
See which pair of Ss can find out the correct answer before the others.
---- The man actually connected the air-line to the oxygen supply line.
1. put these events in the correct order
9-12-6-13-1-4-11-8-3-10-14-7-5-2
Comprehension for Unit 18 Lesson 70 (3B) BDBCD ACAB
1. An extra team of men were sent to repair the ship because ___.
B. this ship needed to be repaired quickly
D. there was a lot of work to do
2. The man took a long time to connect the rubber pipe to the air supply pipe because ___.
A. he smoked a cigarette during the working hours
B. he had to drill holes and lay electrical wires first
C. he found something strange in the air and stopped to have a check
3. There was a strange smell when one man lit a cigarette because ___.
A. the cigarette had the smell itself
B. the smell was caused by the oxygen
C. there was something wrong with the man’s nose
D. the ship was beginning to burn
4. Which of the following is true?
A. The fire caused great damage to the ship.
B. There was an explosion happened inside the ship.
C. No damage was done to the deck at the end of the ship.
D. The fuel on ship caused the fire.
5. What measures were taken to prevent a fire accident?
A. Talks on safety were given to new workers.
B. Smoking was not allowed in the workplace.
C. All the supply lines and taps were marked with signs and warnings.
D. Both A and C.
6. In the ship the “air-line” provides ____.
A. compressed air B. water and steam
7. When the fire broke out, ____.
A. some men sounded the fire alarm
B. all the men jumped into the sea
C. most of the men managed to escape
8. The men’s cigarettes burned strangely and tasted bad because ____ .
A. there was too much oxygen inside
B. something was wrong with the cigarettes
D. lots of compressed air was inside
9. What was the real cause of the fire?
A. The third person struck a match for a cigarette.
B. The air-line was fixed to a supply line of oxygen instead of compressed air.
C. Too many workers smoked in the ship.
D. The fittings the workers had used to repair the ship didn’t match.
Rearrange the following events ( Lesson 70 )
a. It took him some time to connect the long rubber pipe to the air supply pipe that ran round the port, but at last it was done and as a result work was able to progress much faster.
b. Half an hour later, another man struck a match for a cigarette and this time the whole of the inside of the ship caught fire.
c. They had to work inside the ship.
d. A navy ship was in a port in Scotland for repairs.
e. It was important to carry out the work quickly, so an extra team of men were asked to work on the repairs one evening.
f. Another man lit a cigarette but it burnt strangely and so he too put it out.
g. One man was told to fix up an “air-line” to provide compressed air for the machines they were using.
h. After three hours, the men stopped for a meal break. When work continued, one man lit a cigarette as he was working, but, finding it had a strange taste, he put it out.
Translate the following sentences (Lesson 69~70)
1． 一旦他作出決定就不會改變。
Once she made the decision, she wouldn’t change her mind.
2． 我到過那兒一次。
I have been there once.
3． 這是她父親曾經工作過的地方。
This is the place where her father once worked.
4． 該去的是約翰而不是杰克。
John should go rather than Jack.
5． 這些鞋子穿起來很舒服，但并不漂亮。
These shoes are comfortable rather than pretty.
I love swimming rather than skating.
I decided to write rather than ( to ) telephone.
We ought to check up, rather than just accept what he says / accepting what he says.
6． 與其讓這些蔬菜爛掉，他寧愿以一半的價格把他們賣掉。
Rather than allow the vegetables to go bad, he sold them at half price.
Would / had rather do sth than do…
Would / had rather sb. did…
I would rather you knew that now than afterwards.
7． 他們播種忙得個不可開交。( rush sb. off one’s feet )
They are rushed off their feet with the sowing.
8． 沒有必要對這個計劃作出修改。
It is not necessary to make any changes in the plan.
9． 我覺得是我該采取行動的時候了。
I felt it ( was ) time for me to take ( an ) action.
10． 我沒有去看望王先生，因為那天下大雨. 再說，我身邊也沒有他的地址。
I didn’t go to see Mr. Smith , because it was raining hard. What’s more, I didn’t have his address.
11． 中國有許多人正在從事一項“希望工程”，幫助窮苦孩子們上學。
Many people in China are working on a “Project Hope” , helping poor children to go to school.
12． 他在致力于發明一種辦公用的新式機器。
He is working on inventing a new type of machine for office work.
13． 他不得不工作到六十多歲。
He has to work on until he was sixty.
14． 政府給無家可歸的人提供食宿。
The government provided food and shelter for those who were homeless / the homeless.
The government supplied (provide ) the homeless with food and shelter.
15． 他們在忙著安裝電燈。
They are busy fixing up the lights.
Translate:
A. He fixed up the broken chair. 修理
B. I can easily fix you up for the night. 給…... 安排住處
C. We have fixed up a date for the picnic. 確定
D. I’ve fixed up a visit to the theater for next Friday. 安排
E. Do I have to fix up to go to the party. 打扮
16． 花了我一整天的時間修理這臺彩電。
It took me a whole day to fix up the colour TV set.
17． 你應該爭取盡快趕到那兒。
You should try to get there as soon as you can.
You should try to get there as soon as possible.
18． 許多人逃出大火著火了。
Many people escaped from the big fire, with their clothes on fire.
19． 老師走進教室，手里拿著一本書。
The teacher came into the classroom, with a book in his hand.
20． 她似乎（已經）聽到了這件事。
She appeared / seemed to have heard about it already.
It seemed / appeared that she had already heard about it.
21． 房子燒了，準是有什么原因。
The house was burned down. There must have been some cause.
22． 這嬰孩昨夜哭個不停，他準是得了病。
The baby kept crying last night . He must have been ill.
There is a tall tree in front of our teaching building.
There are some students playing football on the playground.
2. think/find it + adj for sb to do sth
(1).I find it necessary to take down notes while listening.
(2).I feel it important to have some working experience.
(3).I found it impossible for me to work out all the problems in such a short time.
(1).I didn’t know the truth until she told me what happened.
(2).Yesterday I didn’t go to sleep until midnight.
(1).Everyone is busy in classroom. Some are reading, others are writing.
(2).There are many foreign students in our class. Some of them are from Europe, others come from America.
(1).In just three years, she had not only finished all the lessons, but also received her doctor’s degree.
(2).Forests can not only fresh the air but also reduce noises.
(1).He is such a good student that everyone likes him.
(2).We were so deeply moved that we could not fall asleep that night.
7.too…to…
(1).They were too angry to say a word that day.
(2).He is too young to go to school.
(1).He worked very hard in order to realize his dream.
(2).In order to get there on time,we set off early in the morning.
9.be about to do sth when…/be doing sth when…
(1).I was about to go out when the telephone rang.
(2).I was walking in the street when I heard a lady cry “Help,help”.
(1).He used to live in Shanghai.
(2).There used to be a tree in front of my house.
11.see/hear/watch/find sb do sth/doing sth
(1).I heard someone laughing.
(2).I saw him put the key in the lock,turn it and open the door.
12. have some difficulty in doing sth/with sth
Do you have any difficulty in understanding spoken English?
He was busy getting ready for his journey.
練習一：根據上下文關系用連接詞把下列各句連接起來，組成一個單句、并列句或復合句。
1.a) Go to see the doctor at once.
b) Your cold may get worse.
Go to see the doctor at once, or your cold may get worse.
2. a) Alice was the first to complete her paper.
b) Alice made quite a few mistakes in her paper.
Alice was the first to complete her paper, but she made quite a few mistakes in it.
3. a) We were about to start off last night.
b) The phone in the living room began to ring.
We were about to start off last night when the phone in the living room began to ring.
4. a) Unfortunately, John’s car broke down on the way home.
b) John had to stop a car for a lift.
Unfortunately, John’s car broke down on the way home, so he had to stop a car for a lift.
5). a) He has made great progress in his studies.
b) All the teachers praise him.
He has made such great progress in his studies that all the teachers praise him.
6. a) Some people waste food.
b) Other people haven’t enough food.
Some people waste food, while others haven’t enough food.
7. a) It’s too late to go to the cinema now.
b) I have an important meeting to attend after lunch.
It’s too late to go the cinema now. Besides, I have an important meeting to attend after lunch.
8. a) Your aunt has no other thought but what is best for you.
b) I have no other thought, either.
Neither your aunt nor I have any other thought but what is best for you.
練習二：1、用but,then,instead,the next moment,when填空：
The accident happened at 7:15 on the morning of February 8, . I was walking along Park Road towards the east when an elderly man came out of the park on the opposite side of the street. Then I saw a yellow car drive up Third Street and make a sudden right turn into Park Road. The next moment the car hit the old man. He fell down with a cry. But the car didn’t stop to save the old man. Instead，it drove off at great speed.
2、用at last,then,so,up to now,that,when填空：
Never shall I forget the first English lesson given by Miss Liu. On that day, when she entered the classroom, we found that she was a young and beautiful lady with a big smile on her face. Then she introduced herself saying that we should call her Miss Liu instead of Teacher Liu, a moment later, she let all of us go to the blackboard and say something about ourselves in English in turn. When it was my turn, I felt so shy and fearful that I didn’t dare to say a word before the class. She came up to me and said kindly, “Don’t be afraid. I believe you can do it. Come and have a try.” My face turned red when I heard that. At last, I went to the blackboard and was able to do it quite well. She praised for what I had done. Up to now, I can still remember her words in the first English lesson: “Practice makes perfect. Don’t lose your courage when you meet with difficulties. Try on and on until you succeed.”
